PREGRADO & GRADUADO
BOLETÍN
UNDERGRADUATE & GRADUATE
BULLETIN
GOD First!
GENERAL INFORMATION
Accreditation
Regional Accreditation
Oakwood University is accredited by the
Southern Association of Colleges and Schools
Commission on Colleges to award associate,
baccalaureate and masters degrees. Contact
the Commission on Colleges at 1866 Southern
Lane, Decatur, Georgia 30033-4097 or
call 404-679-4500 for questions about the
accreditation of Oakwood University.
(The Commission is to be contacted only if
there is evidence that appears to support
signicant noncompliance by Oakwood Uni-
versity with a requirement or standard.)
Denominational Accreditation
Oakwood University is accredited by the
Adventist Accrediting Association of the
Department of Education of the General
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists.
Oakwood University oers programs accredited
by:
Association of Collegiate Business Schools
and Programs
Accreditation Commission for Education
in Nursing
Accreditation Council for Education in
Nutrition and Dietetics
Council for the Accreditation of Educator
Preparation
Council on Social Work Education
The Commission on Accrediting of the
Association of Theological Schools (ATS)
Oakwood University oers programs approved
by the:
Alabama Board of Nursing
Alabama State Department of Education
Accreditation documents may be viewed in
the oce of the Provost and Senior Vice
President.
Policy Revisions
Oakwood University reserves the right to make
changes relating to the Bulletin. A summary of
any changes, including fees and other charges,
course changes, and academic requirements
for graduation, shall be published cumulatively
in the Bulletin Supplement (www.oakwood.
edu/academics/institutional-eectiveness/ie-
publications). Said publication of changes shall
be considered adequate and eective notice for
all students. Detailed information on changes will
be maintained in the Registrar’s Oce and in the
Oce of Academic Administration. Each student
is responsible for keeping informed of current
graduation requirements in the appropriate
degree program.
Equal Opportunity Commitment
Oakwood University is committed to providing
equal opportunity for all qualied persons. It
does not discriminate on the basis of race,
color, national or ethnic origin, gender, marital
status, or handicap in the administration of its
educational and admissions policies, nancial
aairs, employment policies and programs,
student life and services, or any other college-
administered program.
Address: Oakwood University
7000 Adventist Boulevard, NW
Huntsville, AL 35896
Telephone: (256) 726-7000
FAX: (256) 726-7404
Directory:
Enrollment Management
In Alabama ............................ 256-726-7356
FAX .......................................256-726-7154
Credit and Collections .............. 256-726-7379
FAX .......................................256-726-7461
Financial Aid
In Alabama ............................ 256-726-7210
FAX .......................................256-726-7474
Direct Correspondence Accordingly:
President .................................................................................................. General Administration
Provost ............................................................................................................ Academic Policies
Asst. VP for Student Life and Mission .......................................................Residence Information
Dir. of Enrollment Management ................................................................Admissions/Application
Registrar ............................................................................................ Transcripts, Grade Reports
Dir. of Financial Aid ...................................................................................... Federal Financial Aid
Dir. of Credit and Collections .............................................................................Student Accounts
Dir. of Alumni Aairs .......................................................................................... Alumni Concerns
Dean for Graduate Education ........................................................................Graduate Programs
TABLE OF CONTENTS
A Message From the President .................................................................................................3
Mission Statement ............................................................................................................4
Oakwood Facts .................................................................................................................5
UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES .................................................................................................8
Academic Calendar ..........................................................................................................8
Admission Standards ......................................................................................................14
Financial Policies ............................................................................................................21
Student Life and Mission ................................................................................................39
Academic Policies ...........................................................................................................44
Academic Support Services ............................................................................................65
Degree Requirements .....................................................................................................74
General Education ..........................................................................................................75
Non-Departmental Degrees ............................................................................................80
SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES ....................................................................................84
Department of Biological Sciences .................................................................................85
Department of Chemistry ................................................................................................91
Department of Communication .......................................................................................96
Department of English and Foreign Languages ...........................................................113
Department of Mathematics and Computer Science ....................................................123
Department of Music .....................................................................................................134
Department of Psychological Sciences ........................................................................141
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS ...................................................................................................... 147
Department of Business and Information .....................................................................148
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES ........................................................161
Department of Education ..............................................................................................162
Department of History and Political Science .................................................................174
Department of Social Work ...........................................................................................182
SCHOOL OF NURSING AND HEALTH PROFESSIONS .....................................................187
Department of Health and Human Sciences ................................................................188
Department of Nursing ..................................................................................................204
Department of Nutrition and Dietetics ...........................................................................210
SCHOOL OF THEOLOGY ....................................................................................................217
Department of Religion .................................................................................................218
ADULT & CONTINUING EDUCATION ................................................................................226
Academic Calendar .....................................................................................................227
GRADUATE STUDIES .......................................................................................................... 238
MBA and MPH Programs ............................................................................................238
Academic Calendar 2021-23 ....................................................................................238
MBA and MPH Programs ............................................................................................239
Academic Calendar 2022-23 ....................................................................................239
MAPS and MAUM Programs ......................................................................................240
Academic Calendar 2021-22 ....................................................................................240
School of Business ...................................................................................................257
School of Nursing and Health Professions ...............................................................262
School of Theology ...................................................................................................268
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ...................................................................................................276
Traditional Undergraduate Course Descriptions ...........................................................276
Adult & Continuing Education Course Descriptions ......................................................390
Graduate Studies Course Descriptions .......................................................................401
Master of Public Health Course Descriptions ...............................................................403
Master of Arts Pastoral Studies Course Descriptions ...................................................405
Board of Trustees ..................................................................................................................413
Administration .......................................................................................................................414
Deans and Academic Department Chairs .............................................................................414
Administrative Sta ..............................................................................................................415
Faculty ..................................................................................................................................416
3
Greetings and welcome to Oakwood University! I am pleased that you have chosen Oakwood
University to help you meet your educational and professional goals. Your enrollment at Oak-
wood makes you part of a tradition of excellence, innovation, and service.
The Oakwood University Bulletin provides an
outline and description of the curriculum for
each academic program the University oers.
Be sure to follow your curriculum closely with
the assistance of your assigned academic ad-
visor to assure a smooth academic experience
and timely completion of your degree program.
The bulletin also provides the policies and pro-
cedures related to admissions, nances, aca-
demic standing, academic support services,
and so much more. You will nd a list of all
course oerings with descriptions and a list of
our dedicated faculty.
As you peruse this bulletin, whether to plan
your course of study or to familiarize yourself
with the various programs and policies, you will
notice a few recurring themes:
• The Biblical foundation for the disciplines
• The call to Christian service
• The development of critical thinking
• The health and wellness of our campus
At Oakwood, we dene a successful life as one where God is rst in all things; therefore, you
will be immersed in a spiritually-enriched academic environment that results in a three-pronged
education that focuses on your development as a physically, mentally, and spiritually healthy
individual. In this way, we prepare you for a successful life and not simply a successful career.
As our University founder and one of the pioneers of the Adventist faith, Ellen G. White, explains
in the book Education, “The law of love calls for the devotion of body, mind, and soul to the ser-
vice of God and our fellow men. And this service, while making us a blessing to others, brings the
greatest blessing to ourselves. Unselshness underlies all true development” (16).
It is our hope that the practices of academic inquiry and knowledge acquisition lead to a fuller
appreciation for humanity so that the individual who emerges models the life of Christ and em-
bodies the Oakwood University motto, “Enter to Learn; Depart to Serve.”
As you will learn very quickly, our highly trained faculty, sta, and administrators are fully com-
mitted to the Oakwood model and fully committed to you.
Yours in shared service to the mission of Christ,
Leslie N. Pollard, Ph.D., D.Min., M.B.A.
President
4
Mission Statement
The mission of Oakwood University, a historically black, Seventh-day Adventist institution, is to transform
students through biblically-based education for service to God and humanity.
Oakwood University commits to the following values...
Vision: Oakwood University graduates leaders in service to God and humanity.
Respect: Esteem others as worthy of human dignity, regard, and service
Compassion: Manifest sympathy, empathy, care, and concern in our dealings with others
Integrity: Demonstrate honesty, uprightness, moral virtue, and ethical rectitude in every relationship
Excellence: Personal and collective decision to perform at our highest capacity and continually improve
in our work and service
Service: Provide assistance, aid, help, care, outreach, and ministry in response to human need
Innovation: Break with precedent in the advancement of institutional mission by embracing new meth-
ods and introducing major changes
Collaboration: Commit to integrated planning, internal and external partnering, and collegial action
designed to build community and advance our mission.
Seven Organizational Priorities at Oakwood University
• University Mission and Culture. Produce students who model the mission of Oakwood University
and promote the historic culture of faith and life-long service that denes our institution.
• Ensure academic eectiveness in teaching and learning.
• Learning-Supportive Environments. Facilitate a nurturing environment that is sensitive to the
needs of students and supportive of the academic mission of the institution.
• Research and Employee Development. Facilitate development of our research infrastructure and
assure exceptional performance of faculty and sta through the utilization of best-in-class talent
acquisition, management, and employee development.
• Advancement and Development of the University. Secure the University through increased
philanthropy, contracting, and fund development. Raise nancial resources from alumni and non-
alumni sources to fund the educational and capital needs of the institution.
• Fiscal Growth, Responsible Management, and Long-term Stability. Secure the scal health of
Oakwood University by the creation of non-tuition revenue, by managing internal nancial resources
in harmony with the strategic mission of the institution, and by decreasing dependence on gov-
ernmental sources of income through the recovery of industries appropriate for the 21st century.
• Operational and Technological Leadership. Facilitate the use of technology to improve operational
eciency and to create a seamless infrastructure capable of expanding educational and service
opportunities. Communicate the Oakwood mission and message to local, national, and international
markets and constituencies through broadcast and online media.
5
Oakwood Facts
Location
Oakwood University is located ve miles northwest of downtown Huntsville, a cosmopolitan
city with more than 180,000 people. Situated in north central Alabama, in the beautiful Tennessee
Valley, and at the foot of the Appalachian Mountains, Huntsville is home to the Redstone Arsenal
and a thriving space industry. The campus of Oakwood University, recipient of the Huntsville
Beautication Award, occupies approximately 105 acres in the heart of an expansive 1,185 acre
property set at an elevation of 1,100 feet above sea level. The variations in the terrain add to the
natural beauty of the campus.
Student Body
The students of Oakwood University come from as many as 40 and 30 countries. The 3-year
average enrollment is 1,823 students, approximately 42% male and 58% female. The residential
facilities house more than 60 percent of the student body. Family housing is also available for
approximately 15 families.
Faculty
Approximately 106 highly committed faculty relate to students in a caring, family-like atmo-
sphere that emphasizes spiritual growth and academic excellence. More than 70 percent of the
faculty hold doctoral degrees. Students are challenged and motivated by faculty to attain new
levels of thinking, believing, and achieving. Faculty-student engagement extends beyond the
classroom to personal “one-on-one” interaction and group social and religious activities.
Religious Institution Exemption
Oakwood reserves constitutional and statutory rights as a religious institution and employer
to give preference to Seventh-day Adventists in admissions and employment. The university
believes that Title IX regulations are subject to constitutional guarantees against unreasonable
entanglement with or infringements on the religious teachings and practices of the Seventh-day
Adventist Church. Oakwood expects students and employees to uphold biblical principles of
morality and deportment as interpreted by the Seventh-day Adventist Church. The university
claims exemptions from the provisions of Title IX set forth in CFR Sections 86.21, 86.31, 86.40,
and 86.57(b) insofar as they conict with church teachings and practices of morality, deportment,
and appearance.
Sexual Harassment
Sexual harassment is prohibited by the university. All students have the right to report and
are encouraged to report acts of sexual harassment. Contact the Oce of Student Services for
reporting procedures.
Disability Accommodations
In compliance with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) and section 504 of the
Rehabilitation Act of 1973, Oakwood University is committed to ensuring that all students with
disabilities receive reasonable accommodations that promote their physical, residential, and
academic success. For assistance, students should contact the Disability Support Services at
(256) 726-7149.
6
Campus Buildings
• The East Hall, the oldest building, houses the Division of Advancement and Development.
Initial work on the building began in 1907 and was completed in 1909.
• The J. L. Moran Hall, completed in 1944, houses faculty oces and classrooms for the
Department of History and Political Science and the Department of English and Foreign
Languages. It also has an auditorium with a seating capacity of 500.
• The E. I. Cunningham Hall, completed in 1947 and renovated in 2012, houses the Center
for Student Success, Enrollment Services, Financial Aid, Student Accounts, Career Connec-
tions Registrar’s Oce, and Faculty Development.
• The Teachers’ Cottages, completed in 1947, currently house the Art Program, the Chaplain’s
Oce, the Literature Evangelist Training Center, New Beginnings, Public Safety and USM
oces.
• The W. H. Green Hall, completed in 1952, houses faculty oces and classrooms for the
Departments of Psychological Sciences and Social Work.
• The H. E. Ford Hall, completed in 1954 and renovated in 2014-2015, houses Communication
Department oces. Adjacent to Ford Hall, the Leroy and Lois Peters Media Center houses
Oakwood University Broadcast Network (OUBN), studios, oces, and editing suites.
• The F. L. Peterson Hall, completed in 1955.
• The N. E. Ashby Auditorium, constructed in 1956, is the gymnasium.
• The Oakwood Market and Bookstore building was completed in 1957.
• The Physical Plant building was completed in 1959 and also houses the Mailroom.
• The Anna Knight Hall, completed in 1960 and renovated in 1992, houses the Department
of Education.
• The G. E. Peters Hall, completed in 1964, houses faculty oces, classrooms and the ne
arts auditorium for the Department of Music.
• The Bessie Carter Hall, completed in 1966 and renovated in 2014-2015, is the residence
hall for freshman women.
• The W. J. Blake Memorial Center, completed in 1968 and renovated in 2008 and 2009,
contains the administrative oces of the university, student dining hall, meeting rooms and
the presidential dining suite.
• The O. B. Edwards Hall, completed in 1969, is the residence hall for upperclass men.
• The Eva B. Dykes Library, completed in 1973, is a learning, resource, and research center.
It houses a media area with audiovisual equipment and resources, the college archives and
museum (renovated in 2010), a computer laboratory, the Ellen G. White Research Center, the
Anna Knight Women’s Leadership Center, the Copy Express, group study rooms, conference
rooms, a prayer room and classrooms.
• The , completed in 1974, is an educational center consisting of class-
rooms, laboratories, and oces.
• The W. R. Beach Natatorium, completed in 1974, houses an Olympic-size swimming pool,
• classrooms, and oces for the Department of Health and Human Sciences.
• The Oakwood University Church, completed in 1977, has a seating capacity of 2,700.
• The Moseley Complex, completed in 1977 and renovated in 2007, houses faculty oces
and classrooms for the Department of Religion and Theology, and the C. T. Richards Chapel.
7
• The E. A. Cooper Science Complex, completed in 1981, houses laboratories, classrooms,
oces, and storage space for the Departments of Biological Sciences, Chemistry, Health
and Human Sciences, Nutrition and Dietetics, Mathematics and Computer Science, Nursing
and the Child Development Lab.
• The Natelka E. Burrell Hall, renovated in 1982, houses oces and classrooms for the De-
partment of Communication.
• The Millet Activity Center (formerly Oakwood University Skating Rink) was completed in
1986 and renovated in 2010. It houses Student Activities oces, a TV room, and a game
room, in addition to the skate oor and adjoining racquetball courts.
• The Trula E. Wade Residence Hall, completed in 1991, is the residence hall for upperclass
women.
• The Business and Technology Complex, completed in 2001, houses faculty oces and
classrooms for the Business and Information Systems and Adult and Continuing Education
Departments, four computer labs, an auditorium that seats more than 300 people, a Board of
Trustees meeting room, and a faculty resource area and the oces of Oakwood University
Information Technology Department (OUIT) The facility is fully networked and Internet and
audiovisual ready.
• The West Oaks Apartments, completed in 2002, consists of six two-story apartment build-
ings, three for male residents and three for female residents. The West Oaks Clubhouse
was completed in 2004 and features ground oor and basement lounges, a kitchen, laundry
facilities and administrative oces.
• The Morningstar House, donated by the Harris Home Foundation, was relocated to campus
and restored in 2002 by the Alumni Association.
• The Oakwood University Industries (OUI) building, located at 4920 University Square on
the southernmost part of the campus, was acquired in 2003. It houses institutional suppo-
vices such as the WJOU Radio Station and the oce of the Oakwood Memorial Gardens
manager. It also houses businesses that network with and/or employ Oakwood students
and employees. Contact information for the OUI facility is available through the Division of
Advancement and Development.
• The Bradford-Cleveland-Brooks Leadership Center (BCBLC), a 10,000 square foot exten-
sion to the Calvin E. Moseley Religion Complex completed in 2007, houses the Leadership
Center for continuing education in ministry and the Center for Adventist-Muslim Relations. The
extension includes an auditorium, four classrooms, a learning research lab, and four oces.
• The Holland Hall, a 256-bed facility completed in 2008, is the residence hall for freshman and
sophomore males. It provides multiple amenities including: suite-style living, complete with
kitchenettes; single/double-occupancy bedrooms with wireless and cable television access;
study rooms; laundry facilities on each oor; a multipurpose worship room; and an activity
center with exercise, game and entertainment areas.
8
UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES
2021-2022 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
*These dates are subject to change without prior notication
EVENTS Fall Semester 2021
Online/Web Registration for New, Transfer and Re-Admit Students April 12-July 30
Faculty/Sta Colloquium Aug. 2-4
ACT Residual Testing Aug. 4
Registration for New & Transfer Students Aug. 4-5
Orientation for New & Transfer Students begins Aug. 5-6
Freshmen Consecration Aug. 6
Regular Registration for Re-Admitted Students/Late Registration
for Students Enrolled Spring Semester
Aug. 5-6
Health Fair for New Students Aug. 5
Instruction Begins/Late Registration for All Students Aug. 9
Add/Drop Fee Begins ($10) Aug. 10
Last Day to Accept New Students Aug. 11
Last Day to Enter Classes for the First Time Aug. 13
Last Day for Health Insurance Charge Refund Aug. 13
Last Day to Waive Insurance Charges Aug. 13
Last Day to Change Meal Plan Aug. 13
Last Day to Add a Class to Existing Schedule Aug. 13
Late Registration Ends Aug. 13
Last Day for 100 Percent Tuition Refund, Less $100 Assessment Fee Aug. 13
Last Day to Drop a class without receiving a “W” grade Aug. 13
Withdrawal Period Begins Aug. 16
Health Fair for Returning Students Aug. 17
Last Day for 90 Percent Tuition Refund Aug. 20
Last Day to Financially Clear Aug. 22
First Chapel/Academic Convocation Aug. 26
Last Day for 75 Percent Tuition Refund Aug. 27
Class Organized [Seniors] Sept. 1
Last Day for 50 Percent Tuition Refund Sept. 3
Labor Day Observed Sept. 6
Last Day to Register for English Prociency Examination Sept. 9
English Prociency Exam Sept. 12
Classes Organized [Juniors & Sophomores] Sept. 15
Last Day to Submit Incomplete Grades for Spring 2021 Semester Sept. 20
Healthy Campus 2021 Sept. 20-24
Agape Day Sept. 23
Career Week Sept. 27-30
Midterm Grades Due Oct. 4
9
2021-2022 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
*These dates are subject to change without prior notication
EVENTS Fall Semester 2021
Oakwood Live! Oct. 7-9
Advising/Regular Registration for Spring Semester begins Oct. 11-15
Graduation Applications due for May 2022 Oct. 15
Last Day to Register for English Prociency Examination Oct. 21
English Prociency Examination Oct. 24
Last Day to Drop a Class With a “W” (Withdrawal Period Ends) Oct. 29
Last Day to Process Incomplete Nov. 10
Last Day to Process Terminal Leave/Complete Withdrawal Nov. 10
Instruction Ends Nov. 19
Final Exams Nov. 19, 21-23
Holiday Break (Thanksgiving/Christmas/New Year’s) Nov. 24-Jan. 4
Winter Break Minimester Nov 29 - Jan 7
All Grades Due Nov. 30
2021-2022 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
*These dates are subject to change without prior notication
EVENTS
Spring Semester 2022
Online/Web Registration for New, Transfer and Re-Admit Students Nov 1 - Jan 4
Registration for New, Transfer Students & Re-admitted Students Jan. 3-4
Late Registration for Students Enrolled Fall Semester Jan. 3-4
Regular Registration for Re-Admitted Students/Late Registration
for Students Enrolled Spring Semester
Jan. 3-4
ACT Residual Testing Jan. 4
Orientation for New & Transfer Students begins Jan. 4
Instruction Begins/Late Registration for All Students Jan. 5
Add/Drop Fee Begins ($10) Jan. 6
Last Day to Accept New Students Jan. 7
Last Day to Enter Classes for the First Time Jan. 12
Last Day for Health Insurance Charge Refund Jan. 12
Last Day to Waive Insurance Charges Jan. 12
Last Day to Change Meal Plan Jan. 12
Last Day to Add a Class to Existing Schedule Jan. 12
Late Registration Ends Jan. 14
Last Day for 100 Percent Tuition Refund, Less $100 Assessment Fee Jan. 12
Last Day to Drop a class without receiving a “W” grade Jan. 14
M. L. King Birthday Observed Jan. 17
Last Day to Financially Clear Jan. 18
Last Day for 90 Percent Tuition Refund Jan.19
10
2021-2022 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
*These dates are subject to change without prior notication
EVENTS
Spring Semester 2022
Withdrawal Period Begins Jan. 21
Last Day for 75 Percent Tuition Refund Jan. 26
Last Day for 50 Percent Tuition Refund Feb. 2
Last Day to Register for English Prociency Examination Feb. 3
English Prociency Exam Feb. 6
Last Day to Submit Incomplete Grades for Fall 2019 Semester Feb.16
Spring Break Feb. 28 - Mar. 4
Classes Resume Mar. 7
Midterm Grades Due Mar. 9
Advising/Regular Registration for Fall Semester begins Mar. 14-18
Last Day to Drop a Class With a “W” (Withdrawal Period Ends) Mar. 21
Last Day to Process an Incomplete Apr. 4
Last Day to Process Terminal Leave/Complete Withdrawal Apr. 4
Honors Convocation Apr. 7
Tentative Graduation List 2022 to Chairs Apr. 8
Alumni Weekend Apr. 14-17
Graduation Applications Due for Spring 2023 Apr. 18
Summer Sessions Online Registration Apr. 18-May 9
Instruction Ends Apr. 20
Study Days Apr. 21-22
Final Exams Apr. 24-27
All Grades Due May 2
Consecration May 6
Baccalaureate/Commencement May 7
Faculty/Sta Think Tank May 10-31
Summer Session I/Online. . May 9-Jun. 17
Summer Session II/Online Jun. 20-July 29
2022-2023 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
*These dates are subject to change without prior notication
EVENTS Fall Semester 2022
Online/Web Registration for New, Transfer and Re-Admit Students April 11-July 29
Faculty/Sta Colloquium Aug. 1-3
ACT Residual Testing Aug. 3
Registration for New & Transfer Students Aug. 3-5
Health Fair for New Students Aug. 4
Orientation for New & Transfer Students begins Aug. 4-5
11
2022-2023 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
*These dates are subject to change without prior notication
EVENTS Fall Semester 2022
Freshmen Consecration Aug. 5
Regular Registration for Re-Admitted Students/Late Registration
for Students Enrolled Spring Semester
Aug. 4-5
Instruction Begins/Late Registration for All Students Aug. 8
Add/Drop Fee Begins ($10) Aug. 9
Last Day to Accept New Students Aug. 10
Last Day to Enter Classes for the First Time Aug. 12
Last Day for Health Insurance Charge Refund Aug. 12
Last Day to Waive Insurance Charges Aug. 12
Last Day to Change Meal Plan Aug. 12
Last Day to Add a Class to Existing Schedule Aug. 12
Late Registration Ends Aug. 12
Last Day for 100 Percent Tuition Refund, Less $100 Assessment Fee Aug. 12
Last Day to Drop a class without receiving a “W” grade Aug. 12
Health Fair for Returning Students Aug. 16
Last Day for 90 Percent Tuition Refund Aug. 19
Last Day to Financially Clear Aug. 21
First Chapel/Academic Convocation Aug. 25
Last Day for 75 Percent Tuition Refund Aug. 26
Class Organized [Seniors] Sept. 1
Last Day for 50 Percent Tuition Refund Sept. 2
Labor Day Observed Sept. 5
Last Day to Register for English Prociency Examination Sept. 8
English Prociency Exam Sept. 11
Classes Organized [Juniors & Sophomores] Sept. 15
Last Day to Submit Incomplete Grades for Spring 2022 Semester Sept. 19
Healthy Campus 2021 Sept. 19-23
Agape Day Sept. 22
Career Week Sept. 26-29
Midterm Grades Due Oct. 3
Oakwood Live! Oct. 6-8
Advising/Regular Registration for Spring Semester begins Oct. 10-14
Graduation Applications due for May 2023 Oct. 14
Last Day to Register for English Prociency Examination Oct. 20
English Prociency Examination Oct. 23
Last Day to Drop a Class With a “W” (Withdrawal Period Ends) Oct. 28
Last Day to Process Incompletes Nov. 9
Last Day to Process Terminal Leave/Complete Withdrawal Nov. 9
12
2022-2023 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
*These dates are subject to change without prior notication
EVENTS Fall Semester 2022
Instruction End Nov. 18
Final Exams Nov. 18, 20-22
Holiday Break (Thanksgiving/Christmas/New Year’s) Nov. 23-Jan. 5
Winter Break Minimester Nov 28 - Jan 6
All Grades Due Nov. 29
2022-2023 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
*These dates are subject to change without prior notication
EVENTS
Spring Semester 2023
Online/Web Registration for New, Transfer and Re-Admit Students Oct 21 - Jan 10
ACT Residual Testing Jan. 4
Registration for New, Transfer Students & Re-admitted Students Jan. 5-6
Orientation for New & Transfer Students begins Jan. 5-6
Regular Registration for Re-Admitted Students/Late Registration
for Students Enrolled Spring Semester
Jan. 5-6
Late Registration for Students Enrolled Fall Semest Jan. 9
Instruction Begins/Late Registration for All Students Jan. 11
Add/Drop Fee Begins ($10) Jan. 12
Last Day to Accept New Students Jan. 13
M. L. King Birthday Observed Jan. 16
Last Day to Enter Classes for the First Time Jan. 18
Last Day for Health Insurance Charge Refund Jan. 18
Last Day to Waive Insurance Charges Jan. 18
Last Day to Change Meal Plan Jan. 18
Last Day to Add a Class to Existing Schedule Jan. 18
Late Registration Ends Jan. 18
Last Day for 100 Percent Tuition Refund, Less $100 Assessment Fee Jan. 18
Last Day to Drop a class Without receiving a “W” grade Jan. 20
Withdrawal Period Begins Jan. 21
Last Day to Financially Clear Jan. 24
Last Day for 90 Percent Tuition Refund Jan. 25
Last Day for 75 Percent Tuition Refund Feb. 1
Last Day to Register for English Prociency Examination Feb. 2
English Prociency Exam Feb. 5
Last Day for 50 Percent Tuition Refund Feb. 8
Last Day to Submit Incomplete Grades for Fall 2022 Semester Feb.24
Spring Break Mar. 6-10
13
2022-2023 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
*These dates are subject to change without prior notication
EVENTS
Spring Semester 2023
Classes Resume Mar. 13
Midterm Grades Due Mar. 15
Advising/Regular Registration for Fall Semester begins Mar. 20-24
Last Day to Drop a Class With a “W” (Withdrawal Period Ends) Mar. 27
Honors Convocation Apr. 6
Alumni Weekend Apr. 6-9
Tentative Graduation List 2022 to Chair Apr. 7
Last Day to Process Incompletes Apr. 10
Last Day to Process Terminal Leave/Complete Withdrawal Apr. 10
Graduation Applications Due for Spring 2024 Apr. 17
Summer Sessions Online Registration Apr. 17-May 15
Instruction Ends Apr. 26
Study Days Apr. 27-28
Final Exams Apr. 30-May 3
All Grades Due May 8
Consecration May 12
Baccalaureate/Commencement May 13
Faculty/Sta Think Tank May 16-31
Summer Session I/Online. . May 15-Jun. 23
Summer Session II/Online Jun. 26-Aug 4
14
ADMISSION STANDARDS
General Information
Oakwood University welcomes applicants regardless of race, color, nationality, ethnicity, sex,
or physical challenges. Students who meet the academic requirements and adhere to the core
values of the institution may be admitted subject to available space. The University reserves
the right to refuse admission to any applicant who purposely supplies wrongful information or
deliberately omits pertinent information. Such deception, if discovered later, may cause a student
to be subject to dismissal.
Oakwood University is sponsored and nanced primarily by the Seventh-day Adventist
Church, of which the majority of its students are members. Although religious aliation is not a
requirement for admission, all students are expected to abide by the policies and standards of
the university as outlined in the University Bulletin and in the Student Handbook.
Upon recommendation by the University President, the University Board of Trustees approves
all admission policies. Admission to the university does not guarantee admission to a specic
department or program.
Application and Acceptance
Inquiries about admission and acceptance should be addressed to:
Oakwood University
Admissions Oce Telephone: (256)726-7356
7000 Adventist Boulevard Fax: (256)726-7154
Huntsville, AL 35896 E-mail: [email protected]
Applications for general admission are kept on le for one year.
Admission of New Undergraduate Students
Admission of new students (U.S. citizens and permanent residents) to Oakwood University
is either Regular or Conditional.
Regular Status
A student is considered regular status if he/she meets the following admission requirements:
1. Completed application form along with a nonrefundable $25 fee (NO PERSONAL
CHECKS)
2. Submission of acceptable academic records
a. High School Records
• Final ocial high school transcript delivered via email or in a sealed envelope from
the school records oce verifying the student’s graduation date and cumulative
grade point average (GPA) OR
• General Education Diploma (GED) or equivalent
b. Home School Student Records
• Final academic records from Griggs University or another regionally accredited
program OR
• General Education Diploma (GED) or equivalent
15
c. College/University Records
• Provide ocial transcripts from all colleges and/or universities attended (undergradu-
ate and graduate) via email or in a sealed envelope from the school records oce.
3. American College Test (ACT) or the Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) results
Students entering Oakwood University for the rst time are required to provide American
College Test (ACT) or Scholastic Aptitude (SAT) results. To be placed in courses that are
counted towards graduation (i.e., 100 level), a student must demonstrate one or both of the
following:
• Minimum ACT composite score of 17.
• Minimum SAT total score of 920.
Results from these tests are used only for placement, academic scholarships, and/or academic
advising. Oakwood University oers a Residual ACT testing option for accepted students who
do not have access to a conventional testing location (i.e., International students, students with
extenuating catastrophic circumstances, or non-Sabbath testing location options.) The Residual
ACT test is given on campus the day before Freshman Orientation each fall semester.
*Transfer Students - The ACT or SAT regular status requirement will be waived if applicants have
completed one quarter or semester each of college-level English and mathematics with a grade
of C (2.00) or above. Otherwise, the ACT must be taken before the student is allowed to register.
Conditional Status
Applicants may receive a conditional acceptance for the rst semester of attendance. In order
to return a second semester, all requirements must be completed for each circumstance.
Conditional status can aect a student’s ability to participate in extracurricular activities, and
Title IV federal student aid programs.
Circumstance Requirements
A high school student who has completed at least six
semesters and has a cumulative GPA of at least 2.00
The applicant must submit the nal ocial high school
transcript with graduation date.
An applicant who has not taken the required ACT or
SAT test
The applicant must take the ACT or SAT.
An applicant with ACT/SAT results below the minimum
for regular status (see Regular Status)
The applicant must meet with an academic advisor,
and register for remedial course placement during the
rst semester of enrollment.
Applicant with a high school GPA between 1.70 and
1.99
All three requirements must be met as follows:
1. The applicant must submit an essay of a mini-
mum of 100-250 words explaining the choice of
major, career goals, past accomplishments, and
academic diculties.
2. The applicant must register under the require-
ments for Academic Probation (see Academic
Probation).
3. The applicant must submit one academic
reference, from a principal, school guidance
counselor, or teacher, who worked directly with
the student.
16
Applicant with cumulative GPA below 1.70 All four requirements must be met as follows:
1. The applicant must submit an essay of a mini-
mum of 100-250 words explaining the choice of
major, career goals, past accomplishments, and
academic diculties during academic career.
2. The applicant must receive special approval from
the Vice President for Enrollment Services and
Retention. If approved, one semester probation-
ary acceptance is oered with a maximum class
registration limit of 13 credit hours. A minimum
cumulative grade point average of 2.0 is required
at the end of the rst semester to continue enroll-
ment.
3. The applicant must register under the require-
ments for Academic Probation (see Academic
Probation)
4. The applicant must submit one academic
reference, from a principal, school guidance
counselor, or teacher, who worked directly with
the student
Special Conditions
1. Postbaccalaureate. A student with a bachelor’s degree who is enrolled for part-time or
full-time study. Applicant must complete an application and submit ocial transcripts.
2. Nondegree. A student who desires to take a course or courses but has no present plans
to pursue a degree. Credit hours are limited to six hours per semester. Student can take
up to a maximum of 24 hours as a nondegree student. Student must apply for admission
if seeking a degree.
3. Transient. A student submitting evidence that he or she is in good and regular standing
in an accredited college or university but who desires temporary admission to Oakwood
University for one semester. Applicant must complete an application. All other processes
are completed through the Registrar’s Oce.
4. Visiting student. Refer to the Cooperative Programs section in the bulletin for details.
Home School Applicants
Transcripts from home school graduates who have completed their academic courses through
Griggs University or another regionally accredited program are accepted for regular admission. The
General Education Diploma (GED) or equivalent is required from students who do not graduate
from accredited programs.
Admission of International Applicants
Acceptance deadline is 30 days prior to the beginning of the semester.
Oakwood University is approved by the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS)
for the admission of nonimmigrant students. Applicants should not leave their country with the
intention of enrolling at Oakwood University without a letter of acceptance and an I-20 A-B Form
from the Oce of Enrollment Management. To be considered for admission, international students
must submit:
1. An application form completed, signed, and dated along with a $30.00 (U.S. currency)
nonrefundable fee.
2. Ocial/certied academic records of all secondary, preparatory, government exams, and
17
university courses as applicable. High school credentials will be evaluated according to
the guidelines of the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Of-
cers. Transcripts may require evaluation by World Education Services. All documents
must be submitted in the original language together with an English translation if the
original is not English.
3. TOEFL Guidelines
TOEFL TOEFL Internet-
Based Test
Beginning <459 <42
Low Intermediate 460-542 42-71
High Intermediate 543-626 72-94
Low Advanced 627-649 95-100
Exempt 650+ 101+
4. ACT/SAT scores. (These must be submitted before permission to register is granted. The
test is given on campus during freshmen orientation; however, it is advisable for students
to take the test before arriving if it is oered in their country.)
To obtain the Form I-20 A-B, international students must submit an Adavit of Support (the U.S.
sponsor must submit Form I-134) and an advanced security deposit of $1,000 in U.S. currency.
The security deposit is refundable upon graduation or withdrawal from Oakwood University. It
can only be used for an emergency, such as travel for death or sickness of an immediate family
member, and must be replaced before readmission the following semester.
Please note the following immigration regulations:
• Nonimmigrant students applying for admission to the United States for the rst time
after being issued an F-1 student’s visa will not be admitted unless they intend to attend
the school specied in that visa. Therefore, if before they depart for the United States,
students decide to attend another school, they should communicate with the issuing
American consular oce for the purpose of having the other school specied in the visa.
Any other nonimmigrant students will not be admitted to the United States unless they
intend to attend the school as specied in the Form I-20 or Form I-94, which they present
to the immigration ocer at the port of entry.
• Nonimmigrant students who do not register at the school specied on their temporary entry
permit (Form I-94), or whose school attendance is terminated, or who register for less than
a full course of study, or who accept unauthorized employment and fail to maintain their
F-1 status will not be allowed to enroll or continue enrollment until proper documentation
has been received from the U.S. Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS).
• International students must report to the Enrollment Management Oce each semester
after nancial clearance so that USCIS clearance can be processed for immigration
purposes. All students must be registered within 30 days, starting with the rst day of
classes. Copies of the passport, visa, I-94, and nancial clearance forms must be submit-
ted. Students who do not register during this time period may have their immigration
status terminated by USCIS. Students with terminated records will have to reapply to
USCIS and pay additional fees to have their les reinstated. Reinstatement is neither
18
automatic nor guaranteed.
After Enrollment: Services available to international (F-1) students include the following:
1. Advisement in the areas of immigration regulations and documentation, nancial con-
cerns, health insurance, housing and residential life, employment, institutional policies,
and matters of social and cultural adjustment.
2. Orientation session for new international students on F-1 visas.
3. Workshops, seminars, and campus programs to enhance student development, adjust-
ment, and success.
Admission of Veterans
Oakwood University is approved as an institution qualied to oer education to veterans
under the provisions of the Veterans Readjustment Act of 1966. Veterans who have completed
high school or passed the GED or equivalent are admitted under regular admissions standards
for freshmen. Veterans transferring to the University must meet the requirements for transfer
students.
Once enrolled, the veteran must present the Certicate of Eligibility for Educational Benets
to the university’s School Certifying Ocial (SCO) in the Oce of Student Financial Services to
ensure receipt of educational benets.
Physical education/activity credit and equivalent Oakwood University credit completed while
in the armed services of the United States of America will be considered for those veterans who
submit ocial documentation of military service and educational credit earned. Credit will be
determined based on the recommendations in the Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Experi-
ences in the Armed Services.
For students receiving VA education benets, any complaint against the school should be
routed through the VA GI Bill Feedback System by going to the following link: http://www.benets.
va.gov/GIBILL/Feedback.asp. The VA will then follow up through the appropriate channels to
investigate the complaint and resolve it satisfactorily.
Admission of Former Students
Students who have not been enrolled for at least one or more semesters must complete a
Returning Student Application Form from the Registrar’s Oce. A fee of $15 is required.
Admission of Transfer Students/Credits
Students wishing to transfer to Oakwood University from another college or university must
follow the same application procedure as other new students (see Admission Categories—Regular
and Conditional). Most or all of the credits earned by a transfer student at a regionally accredited
institution will be accepted at Oakwood University if they meet the requirements described in the
following paragraph. Oakwood University reserves the right to evaluate and accept or deny
credits from non-regionally accredited institutions.
Transfer students must submit an ocial transcript from each college or university attended. A
high school transcript must also be submitted. A maximum of 64 semester hours may be accepted
from a community college. Students transferring work from another institution will be given credit
only for work completed with grades of C- or above, and only grades of C or higher in a student’s
major or minor eld. All transfer credits will be evaluated by faculty in the related discipline
19
for transfer equivalency before they are applied to the major, minor, general education, or
electives.
The ACT or SAT requirement will be waived if applicants have completed one quarter or
semester each of college-level English and mathematics with a grade of C (2.00) or above.
Otherwise, the ACT must be taken before the student is allowed to register.
Transfer work is not included in Oakwood’s cumulative grade point average.
Admission for Adult and Continuing Education (LEAP)
Applicants are required to be at least 22 years of age and already have previous college credits
to be accepted into the program. However, prospective students who have earned an Associate
degree and are under the age of 22 may also apply to the LEAP program. To be considered for
admission into the program, the applicant must:
1. Submit an online application directly to the LEAP oce.
2. Request ocial transcripts from all postsecondary institutions and have them sent directly
to the LEAP oce.
For more information or to request an application packet, visit leap.oakwood.edu or contact
the LEAP oce at (256) 726-7098. See also the Adult and Continuing Education section of this
bulletin.
International Baccalaureate
International Baccalaureate courses are accepted with a minimum score of HL5-7 for General
Education courses. For a course in the major, the course credit must be approved by the Depart-
ment Chair.
Advanced Placement Courses
High School students who take Advanced Placement (AP) courses and the accompanying
College Entrance Examination Board AP tests are given credit toward graduation for the examina-
tions listed below if the required score is earned. Credit will be recorded without grades and will
not be included in the calculation of the grade point average. Students interested in obtaining
AP credit must forward an ocial score report to the Registrar’s Oce prior to initial enrollment.
AP courses not listed are subject to review by the appropriate academic department.
AP Examination Score U Course Equivalency-Credit
Art History 3 or above AR 217 (3 hours)
Studio Art: 2-D Design 3 or above* AR 101 (3 hours)
Studio Art: 3-D Design 3 or above* AR 101 (3 hours)
Studio Art: Drawing 3 or above* AR 111 (3 hours)
Biology 4 or 5 BI 101 & BI 102 (8 hours)
Calculus AB 3 MA 211 (3 hours)
Calculus AB 4 or 5 MA 171 (4 hours)
Calculus BC 3 MA 171 (4 hours)
Calculus BC 4 or 5 MA 171 & MA 172 (8 hours)
20
AP Examination Score U Course Equivalency-Credit
Chemistry 4 or 5 CH 141 & CH 142 (8 hours)
English Language & Comp 3 or above EN 111 (3 hours)
English Literature & Comp. 3 or above EN 201 or EN 213 (3 hours)
Foreign Language
Chinese Lang. & Culture 3 or above Mod. Lang. requirements (6 hours)
French 3 or above FR 101 & FR 102 (6 hours)
Italian Lang. & Culture 3 or above Mod. Lang. requirements (6 hours)
German 3 or above Mod. Lang. requirements (6 hours)
Japanese Lang. & Culture 3 or above Mod. Lang. requirements (6 hours)
Russian Lang. & Culture 3 or above Mod. Lang. requirements (6 hours)
Spanish 3 or above SP 101 & SP 102 (6 hours)
History
United States History 3 HI 211 (3 hours)
United States History 4 or 5 Hi 211 & HI 212 (6 hours)
World History 3 HI 103 (3 hours)
World History 4 or 5 HI 103 & HI 104 (6 hours)
Music Theory 3 MU 211 (3 hours)
Music Theory 4 or 5 MU 211 & MU 212 (6 hours)
Physics B 3 PH 103 (4 hours)
Physics B 4 or 5 PH 103 & PH 104 (8 hours)
Physics C-Elec. & Magnet. 3 or above PH 121 (4 hours)
Physics C-Mechanics 3 or above PH 122 (4 hours)
Statistics 3 or above MA 321 (3 hours)
*Must include portfolio; portfolio must be approved by Communication Department.
Advanced Level Examination
The following credit toward graduation may be granted to a student who has passed an
Advanced Level Examination (British): six semester hours for each A, B, or C pass and three
semester hours credit for each D or E pass.
Academic Scholarship Program
Academic scholarships are available to entering freshmen whose cumulative GPA is 2.00 or
higher and who have completed the ACT/SAT requirements. National Merit scholars (nalists,
semi-nalists, commended) are given tuition and/or residence hall discounts.
Academic scholarships are for a maximum of four years for all bachelor’s degrees. Engineer-
ing students completing the dual degree program will be awarded for a maximum of three years.
Scholarship recipients must earn at Oakwood University a minimum of 30 credit hours during
each academic year and maintain required scholarship grade point average in order to continue
receiving the scholarship.
21
Scholarships are also available to transfer students whose cumulative GPA is 2.50 and above.
Awards will be prorated according to the admissions classication of transferable hours.
Students who participate in the Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA) program will continue to
receive their academic scholarship(s) while abroad.
Oakwood University oers academic scholarships to all students, regardless of veteran
student status.
All academic awards are posted to the students’ accounts after the last day to drop a course
has occurred. Students cannot receive refunds based on over-awarding of institutional funds.
For details regarding academic scholarships, see the Enrollment Management Oce.
Intent-to-Enroll Fee and Room Deposit
Once accepted, students should submit the following:
1. A one-time $200 Intent-to-Enroll deposit to the Oce of Student Accounts. The deposit is
nonrefundable and is required for all rst-time freshmen and transfer students. Payment
may be made online, by phone, or by mail.
2. The room reservation deposit (one-time refundable fee of $200) and dorm fee ($50) with
the housing application to the Oce of Student Accounts. Payment may be made online,
by phone, or by mail.
3. Evidence of a recent physical examination along with current immunization history to the
Division of Student Life and Missions.
FINANCIAL POLICIES
Schedule of Charges
for 2021-2023 Academic Year
[SUBJECT TO CHANGE]
Tuition Package Per Semester
The Tuition package is available to resident and nonresident students taking 12 to 16 hours
per Semester. The package includes:
TUITION PACKAGE COST
Resident students $9,487
Nonresident students $9,487
ROOM (for Resident Students)
All room choices are subject to availability
Wade Hall (double occupancy)** $2,177
Carter Hall (double occupancy)** $2,346
Carter Hall (double w/bath)** $2,521
Edwards Hall (double occupancy) $1,589
Edwards Hall (single occupancy) $2,122
Room - Annex $2,550
Holland Hall (double w/private bath - A&D rooms) $2,371
22
TUITION PACKAGE COST
Holland Hall (double w/private bath) $2,346
Holland Hall (single w/private bath) $3,086
West Oaks Upstairs (small/balcony) $2,877
West Oaks Upstairs (large/bath/balcony) $3,677
West Oaks Downstairs or Upstairs (small) $2,860
West Oaks Downstairs or Upstairs (large) $2,903
West Oaks Downstairs (large/bath) $3,614
*All private rooms-by occupant’s choice-are double the above rate
**All students who reside in OU designated housing must purchase a meal plan
Note: A&D rooms available in Holland Hall, Edwards Hall and Wade Hall. Contact Student Services for stipulation and
pricing.
MEAL PLANS
Plan A - Fourteen meals per week with 300 Acorn Dollars,
200 Oak Dollars
$2,679
Plan B - Twelve meals per week with 350 Acorn Dollars, 200
Oak Dollars
$2,674
Plan C - Ten meals per week with 400 Acorn Dollars, 200
Oak Dollars
$2,541
Plan D - Eight meals per week with 500 Acorn Dollars, 200
Oak Dollars
$2,434
Access Meal Plan - 200 Acorn Dollars, 200 Oak Dollars
(required for West Oaks and Annex residents)
$400
MATRICULATION FEE
ALL STUDENTS $508
TOTAL CHARGES PER SEMESTER FOR TUITION PACKAGE
• Nonresident students (no meal plan): $9,995
• Resident packages vary depending on room and meal plan choices:$13,618 - 16,151
Tuition Rates per Semester
Undergraduate Tuition Fees Per Semester
12-16 Credit Hours $9,487
8-11 Credit Hours $9,060
1-7 Credit Hours $767 per hour
Over 16 hours $552 per additional hour
23
OTHER STUDENT EXPENSES
Undergraduate Tuition Fees Per Semester
Books and supplies $400 per semester (approximately)-Full
time tradtional students receive a $400
book scholarship each semester
Course/Laboratory hours $15-140 per lab
Drop/Add $10
Graduation Non-Participatory Fee $311
Graduation Fee including Regalia $371
Health Insurance $600 per semester for U.S. citizens and
international students
Intent to Enroll $200
Late Registration $195
*No penalty/late fees for VA students if
unable to meet nancial clearance due to
delayed disbursement by VA (PL 115-407
Sec. 103)
Testing Fees $40-$140
ADULT AND CONTINUING EDUCATION (LEAP) TUITION
LEAP Tuition Fees Per Semester
Per Credit Hours $378
Matriculation Fee $508
GRADUATE TUITION
Graduate Tuition Fees Per Semester
Per Credit Hour $570
General Fee $418
DIETETIC INTERNSHIP TUITION
Dietetic Internship Fees Per Semester
Tuition (per semester) $6000
General Fee $414
Certication Fee $75
24
Remittance
Personal checks are not accepted. Please make all payments in the form of bank drafts,
cashier’s checks, certied personal checks, traveler’s checks, money orders, American Express,
Visa, or MasterCard. Include the student’s ID number on all payments to ensure proper credit.
Payments may also be made by calling the automated telephone attendant at 256-726-7791, or
Online via MyOakwood, which is the preferred method. (ID and password required).
Resident Students are required to pay the total cost of tuition, fees, room and board at the
time of registration. A minimum amount of 70 percent of tuition, fees, room and board is accepted
with an approved payment plan. The amount varies depending on room and meal plan choices.
An example follows:
Tuition and Fees $9,995 (Based on 12-16 hours)
Room and Board $4,656
Totals $14,651 X 70% = $10,256
Balance due in the following installments:
Fall Semester % Amount $
September 30 10 $1,465
October 31 10 $1,465
November 30 10 $1,465
Spring Semester % Amount $
January 31 10 $1,465
February 28 10 $1,465
March 31 10 $1,465
Nonresident Students are required to pay the total cost of tuition and fees at the time of
registration. A minimum amount of 70 percent of tuition and fees is accepted with an approved
payment plan.
• Tuition and fees $9,995 X 70% = $6,997
Balance due in the following installments:
Fall Semester % Amount $
September 30 10 $990
October 31 10 $999
November 30 10 $1,000
Spring Semester % Amount $
January 31 10 $999
February 28 10 $999
March 31 10 $1,000
25
Financial Clearance Policy
A payment plan servicing fee will be charged to all students if the balance is not paid in full or
covered by approved nancial aid, scholarship or other funds. This fee does not apply to students
who self-enrolled in an approved payment plan.
Payment Plan Assessment Fee:
• ECSI $45.00
• Oakwood University (OU) $35.00
Refer to the following link for other important Student Account Policies www.oakwood.edu/
campus-services/student-accounts.
Outstanding Balance Policy
Students with a balance who are not returning to the University must pay in full within sixty (60)
days after separation. Monthly payment arrangements can be made with the Oce of Financial
Resolution before the sixty (60) days expire to avoid collection procedures. If payment in full or
satisfactory arrangements are not met within ninety (90) days, accounts will be turned over to a
collections agency.
Students whose names have been submitted to a collections agency have up to thirty (30)
days to dispute the charges or pay Oakwood University before the nal assignment is made.
Once assigned, collection costs up to 33 and 1/3 percent will apply.
It is to the student’s advantage to pay his or her entire balance by the end of each semester.
Accounts should be reviewed periodically online to make sure all expected resources/payments
have been receipted. The student is liable for any outstanding debt whether or not a statement
has been received.
No transcripts are released to students having outstanding balances.
Policy Governing the Refund
Refund Policy
Institutional charges (tuition and fees, room and board on campus) are refunded appropriately
as follows for drop/withdrawal:
INSTITUTIONAL REFUND
Week 1 (Less $100 assessment fee) 100%
Week 2 90%
Week 3 75%
Week 4 50%
Week 5+ 0%
Tuition and fees refunded for the summer term are as follows for drop/withdrawal:
First 2 class days - 100% (Note: There is no refund after the rst 2 days of summer classes)
26
Department Course Fees
Biological Sciences
BI 111-112 Human Anatomy and Physiology (each) $20.00
BI 131-132 General Biology (each) 20.00
BI 221 Microbiology 35.00
BI 230 Plant Biology 20.00
BI 241 General Microbiology 35.00
BI 316 Biology Instrumentation 20.00
BI 321 Genetics 20.00
BI 323 Undergraduate Research 20.00
BI 380 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 20.00
BI 422-423 General Physiology (each) 20.00
BI 425 General Ecology 20.00
BI 440 Parasitology 20.00
BI 451 Special Topics 20.00
BI 455 Immunology 20.00
BI 460 Cellular and Molecular Biology 20.00
BI 471 Molecular Genetics 20.00
BI 481-482 Human Gross Anatomy (each) 35.00
BI 484 Mycology 20.00
Business and Information Systems
*All majors in the department will be charged $45.00 each semester of their junior and
senior years and not the course fee.
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting I-II (each) $20.00
AC 330 Managerial Accounting 20.00
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications 100.00
IS 121 Microcomputer Applications CE Credit by Examination 75.00
IS 200 Management Information Systems 50.00
IS 250 Business Applications in Excel and Access 50.00
IS 285 Business App Programming in C++ 35.00
IS 290 Advanced Bus. App Programming in C++ 35.00
IS 315 Multimedia Applications 35.00
IS 325 Web Design and Development 35.00
IS 415 Database Management 35.00
IS 425 Information Security and Policy 35.00
27
Department Course Fees
Chemistry
CH 101 Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry $25.00
CH 102 Introduction to Organic Chemistry 25.00
CH 141-142 General Chemistry (each) 25.00
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis 25.00
CH 311L-312L Lab for Organic Chemistry 25.00
CH 341L-342L Lab for Physical Chemistry (each) 25.00
CH 341L-342L Lab for Biochemistry (each) 25.00
CH 410 Applied Chemistry 25.00
CH 411 Instrumental Methods 25.00
CH 490-491 Research and Independent Study 25.00
Communication
AR 101-102 Basic Design $50.00
AR 111 Fundamentals of Drawing 50.00
AR 121 Fundamentals of Painting 50.00
AR 141 Fundamentals of Photography 50.00
AR 201 Color Theory 50.00
AR 204 Page Layout and Design 50.00
AR 231 Typography 25.00
AR 235 Photoshop for Graphic Design 35.00
AR 241 Digital Photography 20.00
AR 243 Studio Photography 25.00
AR 311-312 Advanced Drawing (each) 50.00
AR 321, 422 Advanced Painting (each) 50.00
AR 341 Advanced Photography 35.00
AR 342 Advanced Photography 75.00
AR 343 Portrait Photography 25.00
AR 344 Commercial Photography 25.00
AR 434 Package Design 35.00
BJ 345 Fundamentals of News Production 100.00
BJ 362 Advanced News Production 100.00
BJ 375 Investigative Journalism 100.00
BJ 380 News Magazine Program 100.00
CO 201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking 20.00
CO 342 Radio and TV Broadcasting 100.00
CO 401-402 Practicum in Communications (each) 15.00
28
Department Course Fees
FT 145 History of Film 100.00
FT 146 Fundamentals of Audio and Video Production 50.00
FT 300 Introduction to Video Editing 150.00
FT 346 Television Production 100.00
FT 350 Production Management 100.00
FT 365 Fiction and Dramatic Film and TV Production 100.00
FT 380 Multi-camera Television Studio Directing 100.00
FT 385 Cinematography 300.00
FT 387 Advanced Editing 100.00
FT 387 Travel Photography 2,100.00
Education
ED 200 Educational Psychology $150.00
ED 311 Methods of Teaching Science 150.00
ED 311 Methods of Teaching Secondary Reading 120.00
ED 341 Foundation of Reading 146.00
ED 420 Internship 150.00
ED 430 Internship 150.00
ED 440 Internship 150.00
ED 440 Internship 150.00
English
EN 470 Seminar in English $150.00
EN 353 Fundamentals of Play Directing 50.00
EN 355 Creative Drama 50.00
Health and Human Sciences
CD 231 Developing Creativity in Young Children $15.00
FS 441 Management of Family Resources Practicum 15.00
PE 101 Physical Conditioning 15.00
PE 205 Standard First Aid and CPR 20.00
PE 210 Lifeguard Training 35.00
PE 222, 247 Racquetball (each) 20.00
PE 245, 249 Tennis (each) 20.00
PE 260 Golf 20.00
PE 325 Water Safety Instructor 35.00
Certication fees
PE 305 Theory of Coaching & Ociating Athletics Contests 85.00
29
Department Course Fees
PE 310 Prevention/Care of Athletic Injury 399.00
PE 320 Exercise Testing & Prescription 399.00
PE 345 Personal Training & CPR Certication 700.00
History and Political Science
HI 267 African American History I $125.00
HI 268 African American History II 125.00
PL 252 Moot Court 100.00
PL 280 Legal Assistant Certication 50.00
PL 375 Special Topics in Law 100.00
PS 300 State and Local Government 150.00
PS 351 Public Policy I 150.00
PS 351 Public Policy II 150.00
Mathematics and Computer Science
CM 210 Computer Science with C++ $15.00
CM 220 Computer Sci. Data Structures with C++ 15.00
CM 340 Computer Logic Design 15.00
CM 350 Introductory Computer Architect 15.00
CM 352-353 Operating Systems (each) 15.00
CM 367 Programming Languages 15.00
CM 381 Computer Networks 15.00
CM 480 Selected Topics Computers 15.00
CM 490-491 Research and Independent Study (each) 15.00
Project-based
EG 111 Introduction to Engineering 20.00
EG 112 Engineering Graphics 20.00
EG 211 Statics 20.00
PH 103L-104L General Physics Lab (each) 20.00
PH 121L-122L General Physics with Calculus (each) 20.00
Music
MU 101 Class Piano $15.00
MU 102 Class Voice 15.00
MU 103 Class Instrument 15.00
MU 161-164 Piano Prociency Class (each) 15.00
30
Department Course Fees
MU 470 Audio Workstation I 200.00
All the following individual instruction courses are $200 per credit hour for nonmusic
majors and $130 for music majors ($65 per hour after two hours): MU 100, MU 165-166,
MU 265-266, MU 300, MU 365-366, MU 465-466, and MU 499.
Nursing
NU 210 Fundamentals and Skills $15.00
NU 211 Assessment and Skills 15.00
NU 214 Nursing Performance I 120.00
NU 333 Nursing Performance II 120.00
NU 338 Nursing Performance III 120.00
NU 413 Nursing Performance IV 120.00
NU 414 Nursing Performance RN 1 15.00
NU 417 Nursing Performance V 120.00
NU 418 Nursing Performance RN II 15.00
Nutrition and Dietetics
ND 111 Food Preparation $15.00
ND 301 Experimental Foods 15.00
ND 321 Advanced Nutrition 15.00
ND 360 Vegetarian Cuisine 15.00
Psychology
PY 411 Research I (includes LEAP) $40.00
PY 415 Research II 80.00
PY 431 Black Psychological Perspectives 200.00
Social Work
SW 202 Introduction to Social Work $50.00
SW 350 Pre-Field Orientation 160.00
SW 453 General Methods of MACRO SW Practice 50.00
SW 455 Field Instruction and Seminar 50.00
Religion
RB 311-312 New Testament I-II (each) $50.00
RG 203 Foundations in Biblical Spirituality 75.00
RL 211-212 Greek I, II (each) 90.00
RL 311-312 Hebrew I, II (each) 90.00
31
Department Course Fees
RL 313-314 Greek III, IV (each) 90.00
RP 231 Personal Evangelism 50.00
Graduate Theological Studies
TB 511 Survey of Hebrew Prophets $50.00
TB 512 Survey of Pauline Letters 50.00
TH 521 Christian Theology 50.00
TM 522 Pastoral Care and Counseling 50.00
TM 523 Preaching in Context 50.00
TM 531 Evangelism and Church Growth 40.00
TM 532 Church Planting and Growth in Urban Setting 50.00
TM 542 Church and Community Relations 50.00
TM 550 Clinical Pastoral Education-CP 50.00
TM 641 Church Leadership and Administration 50.00
TM 543 World Religions and Contemporary Cultural Diversity 50.00
TM 553 Worship and Preaching in Black Adventist Traditio 50.00
TM 571 Contextual Pastoral Research 50.00
TM 621 Theology and Practice of Christ-centered Ministry 50.00
TM 672 Contextual Pastoral Praxis and Resource 50.00
Financial Aid
Applying for Financial Aid
Students applying for the Federal Student Aid Program (known as Title IV) must comply with
the following procedures in a timely manner. Failure to complete the process may result in a loss
of Title IV funds.
1. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). The application can
be submitted either online by logging in at www.studentaid.gov, or by downloading the
myStudentAid app. Once the FAFSA has been processed, a Student Aid Report (SAR)
will be emailed to the student and a copy will be transmitted to the Financial Aid Oce
(FAO) if Oakwood University’s school code is included on (001033) on the FAFSA.
2. If you are selected for verication, you may be required to submit documents as requested
by the school:
To receive federal aid, students must:
1. Have a high school diploma or a General Education Development (GED) certicate
32
2. Be enrolled as a regular student in an eligible program to receive federal student aid
(FSA) funds. A regular student is someone who is enrolled or accepted for enrollment in
an eligible institution for the purpose of obtaining a degree or certicate oered by the
school.
3. Be a U.S. citizen or eligible noncitizen
4. Have a valid Social Security number
5. Make satisfactory academic progress
6. Register with Selective Service, if required
Available Federal Funds
• Federal Pell Grant: A need-based grant program only for undergraduate students. Pell
Grant awards vary in amount each year and are based on expected family contribution
(EFC) and hours of enrollment.
• Federal Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant (FSEOG): A need-based, grant
program award to early applicants who demonstrate the greatest nancial need on a “rst
come-rst-serve” basis.
• Federal Work Study: A need-based student employment program that provides part-time
jobs for undergraduate and graduate students with nancial need, allowing them to earn
money to help pay educational expenses.
• Loans made to eligible undergraduate students who
demonstrate nancial need. Interest is subsidized while a student is enrolled in school at
least half time.
• Loans made to eligible undergraduate, graduate
and professional students, but eligibility is not based on nancial need. Interest begins
accruing on the date the loan is received. Applicants may choose to pay the interest only
or allow it to accumulate and capitalize (added to the principal amount of the loan) until
they graduate or leave Oakwood.
• Federal PLUS Loan: Loans made to graduates or professional students or parents of
dependent undergraduate students. Eligibility is not based on nancial need, but a credit
check is required.
Entrance/Exit Interview
First-time borrowers must complete entrance counseling before receiving any loan proceeds.
This is a federally mandated requirement. Exit counseling is required of all students who have
received loans during their matriculation at Oakwood and must be completed prior to graduation
or for students who drop below half-time enrollment.
Annual Student Loan Acknowledgement
Students are required to complete an annual student loan acknowledgement each year a new
federal student loan is accepted. First time borrowers are acknowledging that they understand
their responsibility to repay the loan. Existing student loan borrowers are acknowledging that they
understand how much they owe and how much more they are eligible to borrow.
33
Loan Limits
Annual Loan Limits
Dependent Independent
Subsidized Unsubsidized Subsidized Unsubsidized
Freshman $3,500 $2,000 Freshman $3,500 $6,000
Sophomore $4,500 $2,000 Sophomore $4,500 $6,000
Junior $5,500 $2,000 Junior $5,500 $7,000
Senior $5,500 $2,000 Senior $5,500 $7,000
*Dependent students whose parents are denied a plus loan may be eligible to borrow an additional
unsubsidized loan up to $5,000 depending on academic classication.
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP)
Federal regulations require Oakwood University to ensure all students receiving Title IV aid
maintain Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP). SAP is dened by successfully meeting the
following criteria:
1. Cumulate GPA - maintain a GPA of 2.00 or better. Students only attempting 1-29
hours must have a GPA of 1.70 or better. All graduate school students must maintain a
cumulative GPA of 3.00.
Hours attempted Required Cumulative GPA
1-29 1.70
30+ 2.00
2. Pace (Completion Rate) - student must successfully complete 67 percent of all course
work attempted. (see below)
3. Maximum Timeframe - all degrees must be completed within 150 percent of the published
academic program hours.
Students failing to meet any ONE of these criteria will become ineligible for Financial Aid.
Pace is calculated as follows:
Hours successfully completed divided by Total hours attempted = Completion Rate
The following are included in the Pace Calculation for SAP
• Total Hours Earned = all coursework with a grade hours for A, B, C, or D
• Total Hours Attempted = Total Hours Earned plus all grades of F, W, and I
For the purpose of SAP criteria, GPA hours may also include:
• Hours accepted for transfer
34
• Repeated coursework
• Coursework in which a student is granted academic forgiveness
• Courses that are remedial
The Financial Aid Oce will review the Satisfactory Academic Progress of undergraduate
students after the spring semester of each academic year for any student that attended any term
of the academic year. Students who have not met Satisfactory Academic Progress are place in a
Financial Aid suspension status. Students on suspension are classied as ineligible for aid and
are not eligible for Title IV federal aid programs or state funding. There is no warning period in
which a student can receive aid for an additional semester if SAP requirements are not met.
Students who are identied as not making SAP will be notied via email regarding their status
for the upcoming term.
Students who are determined to be ineligible for federal nancial aid under the Satisfactory
Academic Progress policy may appeal this determination if the student feels extenuating
circumstances are major factors in their inability to meet the Satisfactory Academic Progress
standards. Extenuating circumstances are documented conditions beyond the student’s control
(e.g., injury, illness, or family crisis). All appeals must be submitted through Campus logic to the
Financial Aid Oce.
Financial Aid SAP Appeal Process
Students who need to appeal will be sent a link from oakwood.verifymyfafsa.com (Campus
Logic) to complete a SAP appeal. Third party documentation that corroborates the students’
reason for appeal is required. It is helpful to have as many forms of documentation as possible.
Students will not be allowed to enter classes via MyOakwood, secure dorm rooms, or otherwise
move forward with registration until a Financial Aid SAP appeal has been approved. The appeal
will within 10 business days of receiving the completed SAP appeal form and documentation.
Decisions are made after a careful evaluation of the circumstances, the documentation submitted,
Federal Title IV regulations, and the Oakwood University guidelines. Students will be notied of
the committee’s decisions via their OU email account. During this time, students are responsible
for any tuition and fees (including late fees) that are charged to their accounts
SAP Appeal Deadlines
Students must submit the completed appeal and all required documentation with required
signature by:
• On or before July 15 to appeal for the upcoming Fall Semester
• December 29 (only for students that must be reviewed for Spring)
Failure to meet these deadlines will likely result in the following:
• signicant delay in receiving a response from the SAP committee
• late registration fees
• inability to register for needed classes
• loss of nancial aid eligibility
35
Students whose GPA/Pace appeals are approved will fall into one of the following categories:
• PROBATION - If an appeal is approved for one semester, it will be classied as a “PROBA-
TION” appeal and the student will receive aid for one semester. After that semester the
student must be meet the SAP criteria in order to receive future nancial aid. If the SAP
criteria are not met after one semester on PROBATION, the student will be ineligible for
nancial aid until such time as the SAP criteria are met.
• Financial Aid Probation – A status a school assigns to a student who is failing to make
satisfactory academic progress and who successfully appeals. Eligibility for aid may be
reinstated for one payment period with an academic plan.
• ACADEMIC PLAN - If it is determined that it will take a student more than one semester
to meet the SAP criteria in one probationary term, the student may submit an appeal that
includes an Academic Plan approved by both the academic advisor and an advisor from
the Center for Student Success (CSS). Financial aid will be approved based on the terms
of the Academic Plan. However, the student will be required to meet the terms of the
plan as outlined in the SAP letter from the SAP committee. Failure to meet the terms of
the plan each semester will result in the student becoming ineligible for further nancial
aid. If determined, based on the appeal, that the student should be able to meet the SAP
standards by the end of the subsequent payment period, the student may be placed on
probation without an academic plan.
Condition of Approved Status: Students are expected to participate in no less than six MANDA-
TORY in oce academic counseling sessions throughout the current probationary semester with
an assigned CSS Advisor. A minimum of six counseling sessions and the attainment of a 2.00
current GPA are required to maintain eligibility of Federal Title IV nancial aid (ex. Staord Loan
Program, Pell grant, Federal Work Study, SEOG, etc.). Counseling sessions are available and
designed to assist students in improving their academic standing and to provide needed assistance
while monitoring progress toward reaching a minimum GPA of 2.00. FAILURE TO COMPLY
WITH THESE CONDITIONS MAY RESULT IN A LOSS OF ANY FUTURE TITLE IV FUNDING.
Regaining Title IV Eligibility
A student can regain eligibility only by taking action that brings them into compliance with the
school’s satisfactory academic progress standards.
Maximum Degree Completion Timeframe of 150%
Federal regulations require that students complete their degree requirements within 150% of
the published semester hour length of the academic program. Oakwood University is required
to notify students at the point in time it determines that they may not be able to meet the 150%
requirement regardless of GPA or Pace. If it is determined that a student has not met the 150%
criteria, the student may submit a Program Completion Plan from their academic advisor indicating
the total number of remaining credit hours required to achieve their academic program. If additional
credits are granted, the student will be ineligible for nancial aid once those credits have been
ATTEMPTED, regardless of the grade earned. Appealing more than once for additional credits is
extremely dicult and requires BOTH extenuating circumstances and extensive documentation
for an appeal to be considered.
36
Withdrawals, Incompletes, and Repeated Courses: A students who withdraws from
school and/or from classes, will have withdrawals counted as attempted hours in determining aid
eligibility if enrolled on the census date or after the drop/add date. A calculation of Title IV funds to
be returned must be completed for a student who withdraws from ALL classes before completing
the payment period or period of enrollment. Withdrawals may impact Title IV eligibility.
Incomplete coursework will not be considered as being successfully completed. Incomplete
grades count as “credits attempted” and “credits not earned” until the grades have been changed
to passing grades. Grades of “F”, “I” (Incomplete), “W” (Withdrawals), “WP” (Withdrawal while
passing), or “FA” (Failure due to absences), will not be considered as successful completion of
a course, but will be included in hours attempted.
It is important to note that the nancial aid course repeat policy is dierent from the Oakwood
University course repeat policy as it relates to courses previously passed. Financial Aid will only
pay on time for a repeated course that was previously passed with any grade of D or better.
However, if the student fails the class, Financial Aid will pay for them to repeat it more than
once subject to the regular SAP policy. Additionally, repeated courses will be counted as hours
attempted but not earned when calculating the percentage of courses completed.
Transfer, Summer, Consortium, Transient Hours, and Remedial Courses: The Financial
Aid Oce assumes that students transferring to the university are maintaining reasonable aca-
demic progress. All hours transferred from prior or concurrent attendance at other schools will
be considered in establishing the class standing for nancial aid and are integral in determining
the overall time frame allowed for nancial aid eligibility. GPA’s from other colleges/universities
will not factor into the cumulative GPA at Oakwood University. This method will also be applied
to former Oakwood students if there is a change of major when they are readmitted.
Credits taken at other institutions under a consortium agreement will be considered transfer
credits in the Satisfactory Academic Progress calculation. Remedial courses are allowed and
will be funded up to 30 hours. This includes classes in English as a Second Language. These
courses are subject to review under all aspects of the Satisfactory Academic Progress policy.
Study Abroad, Grades for Test-Based Credits and Audited Courses: Courses approved
by the University for academic credit towards a student’s degree taken in a study abroad program
are counted as attempted and completed credits.
Grades for test-based credits count toward the student’s program and the grades for those
credits count in the student’s GPA for all Federal Student Aid (FSA) purposes.
Audited courses are not taken for credit and are not funded by the federal student aid program.
Therefore, audited courses are not considered in the Satisfactory Academic Progress calculation.
Academic Amnesty/Renewal, Change of majors: There is no provision for the concept
of academic amnesty/academic renewal in Federal Financial Aid Policies. All courses must be
included when evaluating students’ satisfactory progress.
For students who change majors, credits and grades that do not count toward the new major
will not be included in the satisfactory progress determination. This exclusion may only be applied
once during a student’s academic career.
37
Grades: Courses with nonassigned grades, including withdrawals, are considered in deter-
mination of the percentage of hours completed toward the degree. Refer to the University Bulletin
for the regulations concerning the eect on cumulative hours attempted. Acceptable grades are
A, B, C, D, and P. Unacceptable grades are: F, I, W, NC, FA, AU, DG, and U. All of these grades
are considered in evaluating the qualitative, quantitative, and overall timeframe components.
Incarceration: Students who are incarcerated are limited in the amount of federal student
aid funds they can receive. Students incarcerated in federal or state institutions are not eligible
for Federal Pell Grant or federal student loans. Students incarcerated in institutions other than
federal or state institutions may be eligible for limited federal student aid. Please contact the
Oce of Financial Aid for the most recent information on federal guidelines. Any student receiving
federal nancial aid who is incarcerated during a period of enrollment must notify the Oce of
Financial Aid.
Drug Convictions: The Financial Aid Oce may be required to suspend federal student aid
for students convicted under federal or state law for possession of or sale of illegal drugs (not
including alcohol or tobacco). Students who have a past conviction are not automatically ineligible
for federal student aid. In order to determine eligibility, students must complete and submit the
FAFSA application. For further assistance, please contact the Oce of Financial Aid.
Oakwood University reports all student enrollments to the National Student Clearinghouse for
student loan deferments. Students who need verication of enrollment may receive an enrollment
certicate online through the student portal (MyOakwood).
Transfer Students Eligibility for Aid
Transfer students may be eligible for federal aid during their rst semester of attendance at
Oakwood University. Refer to the Satisfactory Academic Progress brochure obtainable from the
Oce of Financial Aid or the Enrollment Management Oce.
Return to Funds/Title IV Policy
Repayment of Title IV Federal Financial Aid is based on the U.S. Department of Education’s
Return of Title IV Funds Policy. When recipients of Title IV aid (ex. Staord loans, PLUS loans,
Pell grants, SEOG, etc.) withdraw from the institution during a semester, the institution must
calculate the amount of Title IV aid students earned as of the withdrawal date. The unearned
portion must be returned to the Title IV programs in accordance with Federal Regulations.
The eective date for return to Title IV is determined by the date the student noties Oakwood
University and completes the withdrawal form. If the student fails to ocially withdraw or ap-
propriately notify Oakwood University, Oakwood will calculate at its discretion the return of the
Title IV funds at 50%. A student receiving nancial aid should consult with the Financial Aid Oce
concerning the possible impact of a withdrawal or a change in course load on awards received.
38
Career Connections
Purpose. The Oce of Career Connections at Oakwood University is committed to assisting
our students with their employment needs. The Student Employment Program serves three
purposes:
• To provide employment opportunities for students enabling them to earn a portion of their
expenses and funds while pursuing a university degree;
• To enhance the educational development and growth of students by providing employment-
related learning experience;
• To provide academically related employment experience which may be of value vocation-
ally in post-college years.
Employment Time Frame. Each semester the employment period begins the rst ocial
day of classes and ends the last day of nal exams.
Campus Employment and OSE Requirements. Students establish eligibility for participation
in the Work-Study Program by completing the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)
each year. All Work-Study jobs are posted at http://www.oakwood.edu/ou-life/student-employment/
student-jobs.
• All students must have a cumulative grade point average of 2.0 or better in order to receive
Federal Work Study funds
• All students must have a resume and cover letter. (Oce of Student Employment has
provided a template on our website.)
• It is mandated that all students must have Direct Deposit; NO exceptions.
•
Students must have the following items complete in order to receive Student Employment
• Financial Clearance verication
• Completed I-9
• W-4 (federal tax form)
• A-4 (state tax form)
• Payroll Deduction Authorization form
•
General Guidelines:
• Work-Study is a part-time job.
• Fringe benets such as sick leave, vacation pay, and holiday pay are not part of students’
compensation.
• Students will not be paid to study.
• Students will not be paid Work-Study funds for hours worked in excess of the maximum
semester amount listed on their contract or after the semester ends.
• Students and their supervisor are responsible for keeping up with the number of hours
authorized to work. If students exceed the total award for a term, other aid for the academic
year may be canceled.
39
• Students who accept Work-Study jobs are expected to work the entire period of the
assignment, to be punctual, and to perform eciently. Student should notify supervisors
in advance when illness or unforeseen circumstances prevent attendance.
• Students must terminate Work-Study employment immediately upon withdrawal from
Oakwood University.
• Students must maintain a minimum of six credit hours to prevent cancellation of Work-
Study positions.
STUDENT LIFE AND MISSION
Some Facts You Should Know
The focus of the Division of Student Life and Mission is the facilitation of learning outside
the classroom for building a community in which students are encouraged to be responsible
citizens. The division consists of the following areas: Non-coed housing (residence halls, annex
apartments and non-traditional (West Oaks Complex), family housing, o-campus housing
approval, intramural sports, Dining Services, Student Activities, Health and Counseling Services,
Athletics, New Beginnings (a single parent program), and the United Student Movement (USM).
All other information concerning the Division of Student Life and Mission can be found in
the current Student Handbook and the Residential Life Guide. For more information contact the
Oce of Student Life and Mission at (256) 726-7396.
Oakwood University is committed to the spiritual nurture and character development of each
student with the goal of developing servant leaders. The Oce of Spiritual Life, in conjunction
with the Oakwood University Church, the United Student Movement (USM), and the residence
halls, oers numerous programs and services for spiritual enrichment including weekly chapel
services, Sabbath church service, Adventist Youth Ministries, residence hall worships, student
missionary program, and club and outreach activities. The institution extends to each student
the opportunity to participate in the Literature Evangelism Training Center (LETC) program. This
program is designed to assist in helping students acquire scholarships for tuition and spread the
gospel in print to a world in need of a Savior. The Oce of Spiritual Life oers spiritual counseling
in a sensitive, condential atmosphere. For more information contact the Oce of Spiritual Life
at (256) 726-7109.
Assembly/Chapel
During the school year, distinguished guest speakers address the student body at the weekly
chapels/assemblies. Registered students carrying six or more credit hours are required to attend
weekly chapel/assemblies on Thursday mornings from 10:00 A.M. to 11:15 A.M.
40
Student and Social Activities
Student Activities contributes to the mission of the University and Student Life and Mission by
providing a variety of co-curricular programs and services, which encourage student involvement
in the campus community and enhance the educational aspects of the Oakwood community. The
cultural, social, recreational, and educational programs supported and developed by Student
Activities are designed to create a positive learning experience. These experiences are to enrich
the value of students’ education; assist students in developing leadership and life skills, and create
awareness and promote understanding of community and social issues.
The Student Activities oce also serves in an advisory capacity to the USM and over 30
student clubs and organizations. The oce provides student groups with information, leadership,
and guidance to support their eorts.
Extracurricular Activities Participation
There are over 30 recognized student clubs and organizations on campus. Student groups
unite around an interest or activity. They create and facilitate programs, speakers, concerts, trips,
etc., that educate their members and the campus community about various cultures, lifestyles,
art forms, and perspectives.
Students who are involved with student clubs or organizations enrich their Oakwood experience
by increasing their opportunities for meeting new people, by discovering an untapped interest
or passion, by enhancing their educational experience through applying knowledge in new or
unexpected places, and by contributing to the Oakwood, Huntsville, and global communities.
Students holding oce in any organization must have a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or better. Members
on academic probation may be limited in the degree to which they may participate in the activities
of their organizations and/or intramural sports.
Membership in the academic departmental clubs, including Varsity Athletics, is a distinct
honor and will be based on academic performance. A student must have a minimum GPA of 2.00
to participate in academic clubs and Varsity Athletic activities and a GPA of 2.50 to hold oce.
GREEK SOCIAL CLUBS ARE NOT ALLOWED TO RECRUIT, ORGANIZE OR FUNCTION ON
CAMPUS.
Student Association
The United Student Movement (USM) of Oakwood University is the major student organization
of the university. This organization seeks to promote a more perfect relationship among all sectors
of the university community; to enhance the religious, academic, cultural, and social programs
of the university; and to emphatically support the aims and objectives of Oakwood University.
Each matriculating student of Oakwood University taking three or more hours is a member of
the USM. The USM nances its own programs through payment of individual membership dues.
With the help and approval of faculty sponsors, the USM carries out its programs along with the
Department of Student Activities.
Class Organizations
Freshman Class Junior Class
Sophomore Class Senior Class
41
Residential Housing Clubs
Carter Hall The Annexes
Edwards Hall Wade Hall
Holland Hall West Oaks Apartments
Intramural Sports
The university sponsors a program of intramural sports for men and women through the
department of Health and Human Sciences Department.
Varsity Athletics
The university oers opportunity for male and female students to participate in non-scholarship
athletics in the following sports:
Basketball (Men & Women) Tennis (Men & Women)
Soccer (Men & Women) Volleyball (Men & Women)
Health and Counseling Services
The Department of Health and Counseling Services provides quality physical and mental
health care in a nurturing environment while preserving condentiality. These services are
provided to all current students of Oakwood University. Our qualied team includes a physician,
nurse practitioner, registered nurses and licensed professional counselors. Medical services are
provided for acute and subacute illnesses and injuries rather than comprehensive medical care
for major problems. Chronic illnesses may be managed by the student’s primary care physi-
cian. Health and Counseling Services will work closely with the primary care physician while
the student attends the university. Clinical hours are 8:30 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. and 1:00 p.m. to
4:30 p.m. Monday-Thursday and Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 11:30 a.m. No clinical hours are available
during the summer break. For medical and mental health emergencies after oce hours, contact
the residence hall deans and/or the campus Public Safety Department at (256) 726-7371. For
care should never be delayed due to the inability to reach Health Services or any on-call
personnel.
All students are required to have health insurance coverage while attending school,
either personal or acquired through the university. International students will be charged
and enrolled into the Student Health Insurance plan.
Oakwood University Health Services will review and receive insurance waivers, immunization
records and health forms. Please email documents to [email protected]. On campus counseling
is available by appointment. Call 256-726-7840
Medical services will be provided at the Community Health Action Clinic (CHAC) located
at, 1863 Sparkman Drive, Huntsville, AL 35816. For further information, please visit the website
located at chac.oakwood.edu. Phone number 256-726-7777.
Oakwood University strives to provide all students with reasonable access to its facilities
and programs in accordance with applicable federal laws, including the Rehabilitation Act of 1973
and the Americans with Disabilities Act. For those needing special accommodations, please alert
the Health and Counseling Services sta.
42
Governing Standards
Oakwood University, a Seventh-day Adventist institution of higher education, is committed
to providing quality education in the context of the Adventist faith. Modeled after the school of
the prophets in the Bible, it integrates faith and learning in a modern-day setting. It oers its
students the opportunity to acquire knowledge, behaviors, skills, and wholesome attitudes. Such
development will equip them to provide the highest service in this life and in the life to come. The
driving principle of Oakwood University is “God First!”
Oakwood University is committed to achieving a high level of spiritual development and
academic excellence. The University’s teachings of morals, values, and standards will result in
a distinctive outcome–the Oakwood man and the Oakwood woman. Therefore, the students of
Oakwood University are expected to exhibit high degrees of honor, integrity, and morality.
It is also expected that the Oakwood student will deal with others with compassion and
sensitivity. In light of this, the University provides the context for the Oakwood Man and the
Oakwood Woman to develop in their use of judgment, in personal maturation, and in their spiritual
journey. Any student desiring counsel and/or additional information concerning the Code of
Student Conduct may contact the Counselor, Residence Hall Directors, or the Vice President for
Student Services.
Student Handbook
In every community there are rules and regulations. It is the responsibility of every student
to read the Student Handbook available online at www.oakwood.edu. It is highly recommended
that you do so prior to becoming a registered student. Familiarity with and acceptance of the
requirements set forth in the Handbook will make life at Oakwood University easy to navigate.
A student’s standing in a Christian school is not solely based on his/her scholastic attainment
but also upon his/her general conduct and attitude toward the community in which he/she lives.
It is imperative that students of the university community adhere to all University policies and
procedures. Any student who violates the rules of the university may be asked to withdraw (see
sections Student Citizenship, below, and Withdrawal from the University due to Disciplinary
Actions, in the Student Handbook).
Student Citizenship
Listed among the governing policies of the institution are infractions which are considered
cause for suspension and may be cause for dismissal or serious disciplinary action. Since no
student who makes a habit of indulging in any of these practices would knowingly be accepted
at Oakwood University, the rst infraction may result in dismissal from school.
A student whose progress or conduct is unsatisfactory or whose inuence is detrimental may
be asked to withdraw at any time.
Any student suspended or expelled from school will be asked to vacate the campus and
may be subjected to charges of trespassing should he or she return without permission from the
administration. A student suspended for disciplinary reasons may not be allowed to make up
class work assigned and completed during his/her absence. Missed work may incur a grade of
“F” and will be computed in the student’s nal grade.
43
Weekend/Overnight Leaves
Permission for an overnight or weekend leave may be obtained from the respective residence
halls. Written permission, regarding travel, is needed from the parent or guardian and must be
on le for every student who is not of legal age (19 years of age in Alabama).
Use of Vehicles
Since the ownership and use of an automobile may have a negative impact on a student’s
success, freshmen are discouraged from bringing automobiles with them. Exceptions may be
made for freshmen residing o-campus and for freshmen who reside in residential halls, but who
are gainfully employed o-campus; such exceptions must rst be approved by the Vice President
for Student Life and Mission.
All students who own or operate any type of motor vehicle (e.g., car, motorcycle, scooter)
must register it with the Department of Public Safety at the time of registration.
Students who operate vehicles on campus are required to have the following: a valid student
identication card, a valid driver’s license, current vehicle registration documentation, and proof
of insurance coverage that meets or exceeds state liability limits. This documentation is to be
produced when requested by Public Safety ocers. For further information, contact Public Safety
at (256) 726-7371.
Residential Housing
Oakwood University is a residential campus. As such, students living in the residence halls
are required to participate in one of the four meal programs (exception: nontraditional housing
residents can opt out of a meal plan). Students who wish to live o campus must meet one of
the following criteria:
• Live with parent(s)/legal guardian(s) or grandparent(s) who maintain primary residence
in the Huntsville area
• Live with sibling(s) or blood related aunt/uncle 23 years of age or older who maintain
primary residence in the Huntsville area (proof of Alabama residency required of a year
or more)
• Married or single custodial parent
• at least 22 years of age or current/previous military service and not currently under
disciplinary probation
• Taking six hours or fewer
Non-Coed Residential Housing Facilities
Residential Facility Contact Information
Edwards Hall
(upper-class men)
ext. 7180
Wade Hall
(upper-class women)
ext. 8207
Holland Hall
male freshmen and sophomores)
ext. 7304
Carter Hall
(female freshmen)
ext. 7094
44
Residential Facility Contact Information
West Oaks Apartments
(upper-class men/women)
(256) 890-5001
ext. 8210
The Annex’s
(upper-class women)
256) 890-5001
Room Reservations
Room reservation will be based on at least 70 percent nancial clearance, which includes
tuition, room and board, residence hall activity fee, general health fee, general student fee and
medical insurance fee (when applicable).
Apartments (Married or single parents)
The university owns 10 unfurnished two-bedroom apartments which are available to married
or single parent students. These apartments rent for reasonable amounts. To be eligible for family
housing, at least one spouse must currently be a full-time matriculated student in the traditional
program. For information, contact West Oaks Apartments (256) 726-8210 or westoaksapts@
oakwood.edu.
.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Curriculum
The curriculum at Oakwood University reects very distinctly the educational philosophy,
purposes, and needs of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. From its earliest history, Seventh-
day Adventist education has been multipurpose—a combination of theory and practice. Strong
emphasis has been given to providing students with an undergraduate program that would grant
them job entry and provide opportunities for the development of a personal code of moral and
social values for Christian living in contemporary society. It is for this reason that the curricular
oerings at Oakwood University have a very pragmatic character. This is true in the humanities,
social sciences, applied sciences, and natural sciences. Because of the needs of the Seventh-day
Adventist Church, as well as society at large, Oakwood University has developed some disciplines
that are almost exclusively professional. However, regardless of the amount of vocational
emphasis, all baccalaureate and associate degree programs have been so organized that there
is a common core of general education studies required of all students.
The mission of the University strongly emphasizes health, the importance of service to the
world, the integration of spiritual instruction and understanding as a part of intellectual growth, and
the facilitation of cultural and personal armation. The general education core curriculum includes
courses in the philosophy of Christian education, basic computer literacy, health and recreation,
the humanities, foreign languages, mathematics, natural sciences, religion and theology, and
social sciences. Masters, baccalaureate and associate degree programs also are designed to
harmonize with the key elements of the university’s mission.
Oakwood has 14 academic departments oering the following degrees: Associate of Science,
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Social
Work, Bachelor of Music, Masters of Arts, Master of Business Administration and Master of Public
Health. About 50 majors and 27 minors are included.
45
Department Degree Major Minor
Biological Sciences B.S.
B.S.
Biology
Biomedical Science
Biology
Business an Informa-
tion Systems
B.S.
B.B.A.
B.S.
B.S
B.S
M.B.A.
Accounting
Business Administration
Management Info. Systems
Finance
Organizational Mgmt.
Business Administration
Accounting
Entrepreneurship
International Business
Management
Management Info. Sys.
Marketing
Chemistry B.S.
B.S.
Biochemistry
Chemistry
Chemistry
Communication A.S., B.A.
B.A.
B.A.
Visual Media
Communication
Communication Media
Art
Communication
Communication Media
Visual Media
Education B.S
B.S.
B.S.
B.S.
B.S.
B.S.
B.S.
B.S.
Elementary Education
Biology Education
English Language Arts Ed
Health/Physical Ed. Teaching
Mathematics Education
Music Education
Religious Education
Social Science Ed.
English and Foreign
Languages
B.A.
B.A.
English
Spanish
English
Spanish
Arabic**
French**
German**
Italian**
Portuguese**
Health and Human
Sciences
B.S.
B.S.
B.S.
B.S.
B.S.
B.S.
B.S.
A.S.
M.P.H
Allied Health Science
Clinical Laboratory Science
Child Dev./Family Stud.
Fitness and Wellness
Health Science
Sports Management
Sports Marketing
Pre-Speech Language Pathol-
ogy
Public Health
Child Development
Fitness and Wellness
Health/Physical Edu-
cation
46
Department Degree Major Minor
History and Political
Science
B.A.
B,A.
B.A.
B.A.
History
International Studies
Pre-Law
Public Policy
History
Amer. Civil Rights
Christian History
Political Science
Mathematics and
Computer Science
B.S.
B.A.
B.S.
B.S.
B.A., B.S.
Applied Mathematics
Computer Networks
Computer Science
Information Technology*
Mathematics
Mathematics
Computer Science
Physics
Music B.A.
B.M.
B.M.
Music
Music Comp. & Rec. Arts
Vocal Performance & Pedagogy
Music
Recording Arts
Nursing B.S. Nursing
Nutrition and Dietetics B.S.
B.S.
M.P.H.
Dietetics
Nutrition
Public Health
Dietetics
Psychology B.A., B.S. Psychology
General Psychology*
Psychology
Correctional Sci.
Sociology
Religion and Theol-
ogy
B.A.
B.A.
B.A.
B.S.
M.A.
M.A.
Biblical Studies & Languages
Ministerial Theology
Pastoral Care & Pre-Chaplaincy
Church Leadership*
Pastoral Studies
Urban Ministry and Community
Development
Biblical Languages
Theology
Social Work B.S.W. Social Work
Non-departmental A.S., B.S.
A.S., B.A.
General Studies
Interdisciplinary Studies
*Adult and Continuing Education degree programs.
** these minors can only be obtained through an Adventist Colleges Abroad year-long program
The Academic Year
The academic year consists of two semesters, Fall and Spring, each of which covers a period
of approximately fteen weeks; two-six week mini sessions held during the summer break; and
one six-week mini session held during the winter break.
Schedule of Classes
Each year the University publishes a schedule of classes which lists the courses oered, the
time of meetings, the rooms, and the instructors. The University reserves the right to set limits
on class size, when necessary, and to cancel any course oering for which there are fewer than
six students.
47
Courses of instruction are classied as remedial, lower division, and upper division.
Remedial courses, numbered 090 through 099 (not counted for graduation credits), may be
required of certain students. Lower division courses are numbered 100 through 299; upper
division courses are numbered 300 through 499; graduate courses are numbered 500-699.
Students should take each level in turn to avoid scheduling problems. Courses with (W) are
designated writing courses. Code to course abbreviations are:
AC Accounting HI History
AE Adult Education IN Interdisciplinary Studies
AH Allied Health (Health & Human Sciences) IS Management Info. Systems
AR Art IT Information Technology
BA Management LD Leadership
BI Biological Sciences MA
Mathematics
BJ Broadcast Journalism MU Music
CD Child Development ND
Nutrition and Dietetics
CH Chemistry OM
Organizational Management
CM Computer Science OU
(Not discipline specic)
CO Communications PE Health & Physical Education
EC Economics PH Physics
ED Education PJ Photojournalism
EG Engineering PL Pre-law
EL English (Second Language) PS Political Science
EM Emergency Management PY Psychology
EN English RB Biblical Studies
EP Entrepreneurship RG Religious Education
FN Finance RL Biblical Languages
FR French RP Practical Studies
FS Family Studies RT
Theological and Religious Studies
FT Film/Television Production SO
Sociology
GE Geography SP Spanish
HC Health Care Administration SW Social Work
Credit
The unit of credit is the semester hour. A semester hour is the amount of credit earned for
the satisfactory completion of one hour a week lecture or recitation or at least two hours a week
laboratory practice throughout one semester.
Hyphenated courses (e.g., 101-102) indicate that the sequence of courses should be taken
in order. Commas separating courses (e.g., 101, 102) indicate that the courses may be taken
out of sequence. The designation 3-3 indicates that the course carries three semester hours of
credit each semester for two semesters, and that the courses should be taken in sequence.
48
Study Load
Class load is governed by classication and previous academic performance as follows:
Cum. GPA Maximum Load
Academic probation below 2.00 13 hours
Freshmen, sophomores, and juniors 2.00 17 hours
Sophomores and juniors 3.00 18 hours
Seniors 2.00 18 hours
Seniors 3.00 21 hours
The class load for any situation includes incompletes, online courses, and courses by coopera-
tive arrangement (neighboring colleges). All online courses and courses taken by cooperative
arrangement must be pre-approved by the Registrar’s Oce. by way of an Academic Request
form. Courses taken without authorization and courses taken that exceed the maximum study
load limit may not be accepted by the University without prior approval.
A class load of 12 credit hours is considered full-time and will satisfy the following authorities:
1. Immigration and Naturalization Service
2. Selective Service
3. Veterans Administration
4. Health, Education, and Welfare
5. U.S. Department of Labor
New students are classied upon acceptance by the Oce of Enrollment Management.
Returning students’ classication for the year is determined by the amount of credit they have
earned at the beginning of the academic year. Students may only advance to the next level
classication upon meeting the minimum 2.00 cumulative GPA requirement. Student classes are
organized early in the Fall semester according to the following levels of academic achievement.
Minimum Cum. GPA Number of Semester Hours
Freshman
1.70 0-24
Sophomore
2.00 25-55
Junior
2.00 56-86
Senior
2.00 87+
49
Special Students
Special students accepted to the university fall in one of the following categories:
1. Postbaccalaureate refers to a student with a bachelor’s degree who is enrolled for part-
time or full-time work.
2. Unclassied applies to any student who meets admission standards but who has no
present plans to pursue a degree or to a student whose classication cannot be determined
at the time of admission.
3. Nondegree refers to a student enrolled in traditional undergraduate courses who desire
to take a course for personal development. Courses are limited to six semester hours
or one course per semester.
4. Transient admission applies to a student submitting evidence that he or she is in good
and regular standing in an accredited college or university but who desires temporary
admission to Oakwood University for one semester. The grades and credits earned at
Oakwood University will be transferred to the student’s original institution.
5. Visiting student (refer to the Cooperative Programs section in this bulletin for details).
Class Standing
Freshmen are limited to lower division courses except by permission of the head of the
department in which the course is being taught. The lower division courses are open to freshmen
and sophomores and should be completed before the student progresses to the junior and senior
years.
A student entering the third year of university work who lacks any of the prescribed courses
of the lower division must rst register for such prescribed courses of the lower division and then
complete the program from the upper division.
Beginning freshmen on academic probation will not be allowed to advance to regular academic
standing until all academic deciencies have been removed and at least 12 hours of other college
credit have been earned with a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00.
Permanent Student Records
The student’s educational records include all admission documents, grades received, grade
changes, disciplinary records, and other documents deemed necessary while the student is in
attendance at the University. The student’s permanent record is the transcript, which includes
all courses taken, all grades received, including grade changes, and the degree conferred to a
student.
Retention and Disposal of Student Records
The retention and disposal of student records is in accordance with the recommendations of
the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Ocers, as published in the
guide entitled Retention of Records: A Guide for Retention and Disposal of Student Records.
50
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
Oakwood University complies with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974
(FERPA). A student’s record is regarded as condential, and release of this information is regulated
by the FERPA Act. Students have the right to inspect their records by scheduling an appointment
with the Registrar’s Oce. Parents of students termed “dependent” for income tax purposes are
entitled to receive information relating to the students’ educational records upon request. Refer
to University website for FERPA guidelines. A copy of the act is on le in the Registrar’s Oce
and located on the University’s website.
In order to verify that students who register in a distance education course at Oakwood
University is the same student who participates in and completes the course and receives credit,
the following system is used:
1. All OU students are issued a secure, personal ID number and password when rst
admitted to the University.
2. Students are instructed to change, utilizing the provisions available within the University’s
administrative software system, the original password to a personal password.
3. Students receive written instructions to protect the identity of their password at all times.
4. Students receive written instructions to change their password if they have concerns
that it has been compromised.
5. Students are instructed to use their personal ID number and password when accessing
the distance education course management platform--Desire to Learn (D2L).
6. Students are unable to participate in distance education courses without a valid OU
approved ID number and password.
7. Faculty must register a student into a distance education course using the student’s
valid OU ID number.
8. The administrative software system will not accept a student ID number if it is not
currently valid.
Registration
Registration includes advising, selection of courses, and payment of fees. Students are
required to register on the designated registration dates as published in the Bulletin. Information
on registration is available at the University/registration website. Students are not officially
registered for courses until they have been nancially cleared.
Late Registration
Students failing to register during the scheduled registration periods are assessed a late
registration fee (See Financial Policies; fees are subject to change). Class periods missed because
of late registration are counted as absences. Students who register late may be required by the
advisor and Provost or designee to reduce their class load. Late registrants are required to make
up missed coursework.
51
Drop/Add/Change of Section Process
Students who wish to add or drop a class or change a course section should follow the process
below:
1. Before the published deadline, obtain the form from the MyOakwood portal
2. Secure the proper signatures
3. Pay the appropriate fee
Expect a ‘W’ for a class dropped after the published deadline (rst week-and-a-half of the
semester). Forgetting or failure to drop ocially through submitting the appropriate form will result
in a nal grade of FA. A ‘W’ grade will be calculated in the attempted hours, but not in the grade
point average. A grade of ‘FA’ will be calculated in both the attempted hours and the grade point
average.
A $10 fee is charged for each change of schedule until the last day for any tuition refund,
except when the change is made necessary by the cancellation of a scheduled class or a change
of class time which renders it impossible for students to maintain their original schedule.
Withdrawal from the University
Students who choose to discontinue a course of study, must complete a withdrawal form at
least one week before nal examinations begin. The form may be secured from the Registrar’s
Oce. (See Refund and Repayment Policy in the Financial Aid section of the bulletin).
Withdrawal due to Disciplinary Action.
A student suspended for disciplinary reasons will receive a grade of “W” in all courses. (See
Refund and Repayment Policy in the Financial Aid section of the bulletin).
Final Examinations
Should the nal examination schedule require a student to complete four examinations in one
day, arrangements may be made with the department chair to complete one of the examinations
at another time. Otherwise, all students must take the nal examination in each course at the time
listed in the ocial time schedule. Exceptions may be made only by the Provost or designee.
Each student is required to take a prociency examination in English by completion of the junior
year. Upper division transfer students who have completed Freshman Composition are required
to take the English Prociency Examination during the rst semester in which the examination is
oered. This examination is administered as indicated in the academic calendar. Juniors who fail
to pass the examination twice are required to enroll in and pass EN 250 English Fundamentals
in order to qualify for graduation. Students who take EN 304 at Oakwood University and earn at
least a B (3.00) are exempt from this examination. A fee of $30 is charged for this examination.
See the Department of English and Foreign Languages for details.
Exit Examination
All seniors are required to pass a departmental exit examination in their major area of study
prior to graduation. Exit examinations may be internal or external, written by the department or
obtained from an external source such as the Educational Testing Service.
52
Life Experience Policy
Life experience credit is granted upon the evaluation of accomplishments and competencies
not ordinarily considered part of the traditional classroom experience. The policy is geared toward
the mature adult who has had a minimum of ten years of experience in a given area. Credit,
however, is not applicable until the student has completed a minimum of 16 semester hours with
a minimum GPA of 2.00 at Oakwood University. It is the student’s responsibility to prove to the
satisfaction of the academic department that from experience he/she has developed competencies
that are equivalent to classroom learning. Academic departments may require a challenge exam.
Students should follow procedures outlined by the department which may include the following:
1. Describe learning experiences believed to translate into academic credit.
2. Suggest what courses are applicable.
3. Review documents with academic advisor.
4. Submit documentary evidence that may be used to verify the experiences identied (this
may include testimonials from former employers and/or supervisors).
5. Pass challenge examinations in areas for which credit is expected.
The following evaluation formula will be used:
1. Three hours will be given for each year of full-time work approved for credit by examination.
2. Not more than 25 percent of the 120 hours required for graduation shall be earned through
life experience.
3. Not more than 25 percent of the requirements for the major may be met through life
experience credit.
The charge for life experience credit is $282 per credit hour.
Credit by Exam (CE)
IS121 Microcomputer Applications (CE): A student who presents satisfactory evidence
of having competence or exposure in the Microsoft Oce applications covered in IS121
Microcomputer Applications may meet an academic requirement by passing all three application
certication exams currently given, or higher, in the course in MS Word, MS PowerPoint and MS
Excel. The following policies apply to the program:
1. A minimum score of 700 for each of the three exams must be acquired before credit can
be granted as determined by the testing company, Certiport. Changes in scores by
Certiport may change acceptable scores by Oakwood University.
2. Acceptable certication scores on all three exams shall earn course credit for IS121, but
no letter grade shall be assigned or quality points considered.
3. Once Credit by Exam (CE) credit is placed on the transcript, a student may not repeat,
for a grade, the course for which credit was given by examination.
4. If a student does not pass one or more of the three certication exams, no record is
placed on the transcript. The exam(s) may be retaken six weeks after initial testing.
5. Students acquiring certication in the Microsoft Oce Applications taught in the IS120
class from another institution must provide their ocial Microsoft Oce Transcript as
evidence to receive credit.
53
6. A Credit by Exam (CE) fee of $75 will be charged each student in addition to a $30 fee
per exam for exams administered at Oakwood University.
7. Microsoft Certication exams are administered within the Business and Information
Systems Department by the IS120 Course Coordinator.
8. The student must schedule with the IS120 Course Coordinator testing times and all exams
must be taken within ve days of the rst appointment.
9. The student must complete and submit an Academic Request form to the Registrar’s
Oce for preapproval for the Credit by Exam option.
College Level Examination Program (CLEP)
A student who presents satisfactory evidence of having competence or exposure in a certain
area covered by a required course may meet an academic requirement by passing a CLEP test.
The following policies apply to the program:
1. The recommended maximum number of CLEP credits a student may apply toward
graduation is 32 semester hours.
2. In each major the maximum number of CLEP subject examination credits a student may
earn is determined by the major department.
3. In the case of the general education requirements, the Academic Policies Committee
will determine which courses can be taken by CLEP and how much credit a student may
earn from the basic general education requirements.
4. The minimum scores listed below must be acquired before credit can be granted. Changes
in scores by ETS (Educational Testing Services) may change acceptable scores by
Oakwood University.
5. Acceptable CLEP scores shall earn corresponding course credit; a letter grade of P will
be awarded but no quality points will be awarded (see grading system).
6. Once CLEP credit is placed on the transcript, a student may not repeat, for a grade, the
course for which credit was given by examination.
7. If a student does not pass a CLEP test, no record is placed on the transcript. A subject
exam may be retaken three months after initial testing.
8. Incoming students wishing to take the CLEP test before entering Oakwood University
must have the approval of the Registrar’s Oce before the test is taken.
9. All CLEP scores previously obtained at another school are subject to review by the
Registrar’s Oce.
10. A fee covering the cost of the examination and its administration will be charged each
student desiring to take the CLEP examination at Oakwood University.
11. The student must complete and submit an Academic Request form to the Registrar’s
Oce to take a CLEP test.
54
The following table lists the CLEP subjects, corresponding courses and minimum scores
acceptable by Oakwood University:
CLEP subject Score Course Equivalent
American Government 50 PS 211 (3 hours)
American Literature 50 EN 303 (3 hours)
Biology 50 BI 101-102 (6 hours)
CLEP subject Score Course Equivalent
Calculus 50 MA 171 (4 hours)
General Chemistry 50 CH 141-142 (6 hours)
College Algebra 50 MA 108 (3 hours)
College Composition 50 EN 111 (3 hours)
College Mathematics 50 MA 101 (3 hours)
English Literature 50 EN 213 (3 hours)
French Language (Level I and II) 50 FR 101-102 (6 hours)
History of the United States I and II 50, 50 HI 211, 212 (6 hours)
Human Growth and Development 50 FS 355 (3 hours)
Introduction to Educational Psychology* 50 ED 200 (3 hours)
Financial Accounting 50 AC 220 (3 hours)
Introductory Business Law 50 BA 475 (3 hours)
Introductory Psychology 50 PY 101 (3 hours)
Introductory Sociology 50 SO 101 (3 hours)
Precalculus** 50, 50 MA 121-122 (6 hours)
or MA 123 (4 hours)
Principles of Macroeconomics 50 EC 283 (3 hours)
Principles of Microeconomics 50 EC 282 (3 hours)
Principles of Management 50 BA 310 (3 hours)
Principles of Marketing 50 MK 301 (3 hours)
Spanish Language 50 SP 101-102 (6 hours)
Western Civilization I and II 50, 50 HI 103, 104 (6 hours)
*Not acceptable for education majors.
**Must be MA 121-122 or MA 123 and not both.
Grading System
The grading system utilizes the four-point scale. The grade point values are outlined as fol-
lows:
GRADE Grade Point Per Hour
A (superior) 4.0
A- 3.7
B+ 3.3
B (above average) 3.0
55
GRADE Grade Point Per Hour
B- 2.7
C+ 2.3
C (average) 2.0
C- 1.7
D+ 1.3
D (below average) 1.0
D- 0.7
F (failure) 0.0
FA (failure due to absences) 0.0
AU (audit)
DG (deferred grade)
I (incomplete) 0.0
WB (Academic Bankruptcy)
WIP (work in progress)
NC (noncredit) 0.0
NR (no report)
P/F (pass/fail)
W (withdrew) 0.0
Grade Point Average
The cumulative grade point average and the grade point average (GPA) for the semester are
computed by adding quality points earned in all courses attempted and dividing by the quality
hours attempted (GPA=QP/QHA). Credits are included in calculating the GPA for grades of F,
FA and I. The symbols AU, NC, DG, IP, NR, W, and P/U are disregarded in computing the grade
point average. Transfer work is not included in the cumulative GPA (except for repeated courses).
The academic progress record allows for repeated courses without GPA penalty. However,
the GPA used to determine the eligibility for nancial aid includes all work attempted.
Pass/Unsatisfactory Procedures
To qualify for taking courses on a pass/unsatisfactory basis, a student must be a sophomore,
junior, or senior, and must not be on academic probation. No more than 16 hours may be taken on
this basis. The pass/unsatisfactory system applies to elective courses only. A pass is equivalent
to a C, although some graduate and professional schools treat the pass as a D.
Approval for the P/U option should be obtained at the Registrar’s Oce before the close of
late registration.
Non-credit Courses
Oakwood University does not award academic credit for courses taken on a non-credit basis.
Non-credit courses do not impact the GPA and are not calculated in the number of credits earned.
56
Deferred Grades
A deferred grade (DG) is assigned when an instructor determines that instructional obstacles,
not the student, are responsible for incomplete work. This may be the result of books or research
materials arriving late, equipment failure, or insucient time. A statement of outstanding
requirements, including deadlines for their completion, shall be made available to the student.
A DG will be changed to a regular grade when the class work is completed within the approved
deadline. Such a deadline might range from a few days to several weeks, but no longer than the
sixth week of the next semester, except in cases of research courses, even when the student is
not registered for the next semester. In the case of research courses, the deadline for completion
will be the end of the following semester. The DG automatically converts to an ”F” if not removed
within the prescribed time. Before the deadline expires, the instructor may submit a request for
an extension of the time to the Assistant Provost. The request must be in writing and must be
adequately justied.
Incomplete Work
When at the end of a semester students are behind in their class work, the teacher does not
automatically grant a grade of “I” for more time to complete the requirements. However, because
of interruptive illness or other unavoidable circumstances, students may request a grade of “I”
to allow more time to fulll class requirements. They must apply in time so that a nal decision
may be made before the beginning of nal examinations. The procedures to be followed are:
1. The student must request an incomplete with the instructor
2. The instructor must obtain and ll out a “Request and Authorization for Incomplete” from
MyOakwood.
3. The student must provide a physician’s statement (if the reason is medical) or written
justication for non-medical causes to attach to the form
4. The instructor must submit for appropriate signatures
5. The department chair must submit the form to the Oce of the Assistant Provost at least
ve working days before the beginning of nal examinations
An ”I” may be changed to a regular grade when the class work is completed by the approved
deadline. Such a deadline might range from a few days to several weeks (at the discretion of
the instructor), but no longer than the sixth week of the next semester, even when the student
is not registered the next semester. The ”I” automatically converts to an ”F” if not removed
by the prescribed time. Should more time be needed to remove the incomplete-because of
further illness or unavoidable circumstance-the student may, before the deadline expires, request
in writing an extension of time from the Academic Policies Committee.
Repeated Courses
A student may elect to repeat a course. In all cases, the best grade for the repeated course
will be accepted for credit and used to calculate the cumulative GPA. Some departments place
a limit on the number of courses and/or the number of times a course may be repeated. Please
review the requirements for individual departments in the section of this bulletin entitled, “Depart-
ments of Instruction.”
57
Auditing Courses
A student who is interested in auditing a course should request this status from the Registrar’s
Oce during regular registration. Permission to audit the course is at the discretion of the course
instructor. Audited courses receive no credit and do not impact the GPA nor the number of credits
earned. The course will appear with an “AU” on the student’s transcript. The tuition charged
for auditing is one-half the regular charge for courses receiving credit. A course started on an
auditing basis cannot be changed to a credit basis after the rst week of instruction.
Correspondence Courses
Oakwood University recognizes and accepts credit for courses taken through Griggs University
and International Academy, which is the extension division of the Associated Colleges of Seventh-
day Adventists. The policies governing acceptance of correspondence courses include:
• All requests for correspondence work must be approved by the Registrar’s Oce and/
or the Academic Policies Committee.
• A maximum of 12 semester hours of correspondence work may apply toward a bac-
calaureate degree program and eight semester hours toward an associate degree.
• While enrolled at Oakwood, a student will not be permitted to carry correspondence if
the course is available at the university.
• A correspondence course with a D grade or below is not acceptable for credit.
• No correspondence credit will be entered on the student’s record until a minimum of 16
hours in residence with a cumulative GPA of at least 2.0 has been earned.
It is not recommended that seniors do correspondence or extension work. When such work
is done as an absolute necessity, the ocial transcript for the work completed must be in the
Registrar’s Oce by the rst business day in April for spring graduation.
Griggs University courses do not meet the Alabama State Certication requirements for
education majors.
Grade Reports
Grade reports are issued to students via the student information portal on line at the end of
each semester.
Errors and Corrections
Students should carefully review grade reports at the end of each semester for correctness
as to the courses, credits, and grades recorded. Requests for corrections must be initiated
within four weeks after the issuance of the grade report.
Dean’s List
To qualify for the Dean’s List in a given semester, students must have a minimum grade point
average of 3.50, carry a minimum of 15 semester hours with no grade below a B (3.00), and have
no incompletes.
58
Honor Roll
To qualify for the Honor Roll in a given semester, students must have a grade point average
of 3.00 or above, carry a minimum of 12 hours with no grade below a C (2.00), and have no
incompletes.
Honors Convocation
To give formal and public recognition for outstanding scholastic achievement, loyalty to
university standards, and exemplary citizenship, the University conducts an annual Honors
Convocation. To be eligible for participation the student must have a cumulative GPA of not less
than 3.50 for a minimum of 24 hours earned at Oakwood University or a cumulative GPA of 3.25
and a minimum of 33 hours earned at Oakwood University. All grades must be posted by the
end of January.
Graduation With Distinction
Students graduate with honors under the following conditions:
• Honorable Mention Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.25
• Cum Laude Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.50
• Magna Cum Laude Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.75
• Summa Cum Laude Minimum cumulative GPA of 3.90
Academic Probation, Suspension, and Dismissal
A student whose cumulative GPA is less than 2.00 is placed on academic probation. Students
on academic probation should expect to take more than two years to complete the requirements
for an associate degree and more than four years to graduate with a bachelor’s degree. This
status requires the student to take part in the academic improvement program conducted by the
Center for Student Success (CSS). Failure of a student on academic probation to take part in this
program can result in dismissal from the university in most cases, unless there are catastrophic
extenuating circumstances that precluded the student’s participation in the program.
A student who fails to make acceptable academic progress according to the established
policies and procedures of the institution will be suspended. A rst suspension because of poor
academic performance will result in ineligibility for readmission or reacceptance consideration for
a period of one semester from the date of suspension. If suspended a second time, the student
becomes eligible for readmission or reacceptance after one calendar year from the suspension
date. During that time, the student must attend another accredited institution for at least one
semester, carrying a minimum of 12 semester hours with no grade lower than C. In both cases,
the student must apply for readmission through the Registrar’s Oce.
Any student who, after four academic semesters or 61 semester hours, has not attained a
cumulative GPA of 2.00 will be recommended for suspension. During the suspension, the student
must attend another accredited college carrying a minimum class load of 12 hours and passing
with no grade lower than C. Class schedules must include courses previously taken at Oakwood
where grades of D or lower were received. Application for readmission must be submitted to the
Registrar’s Oce at Oakwood University.
59
A student recommended for suspension will receive an ocial notication of their suspension or
dismissal that includes an Academic Suspension Appeal Form. Notications for the Fall semester
will be made by December 22nd and for the Spring semester by May 31st. Appeals can be made
that document catastrophic extenuating circumstances which may have impacted the students’
academic progress. Once the student is notied, the following guidelines apply:
1. The appeal form must be completed and returned to the Academic Risk Management
Oce (ARM) of CSS within one week of receiving the notication.
2. A copy of either the Appeal Approval Form or Appeal Denial Form signed by the ARM
oce manager will be forwarded to the student within two weeks after receipt of the
appeal form.
Note that academic approval for readmission does not mean that a student meets nancial aid
guidelines for Satisfactory Academic Progress. (Contact the Financial Aid Oce for assistance).
A student whose cumulative GPA is below 2.00 is denied the opportunity and permission to
represent the university in any ocial capacity; to hold oce in any student organization; to be
employed in any academic administrative area involving records and condentiality. Some social
restrictions involving leave requests may also apply.
Students on academic probation:
1. Must limit registration to a class load of 13 hours per semester.
2. Must be advised by the CSS academic advisors for class schedule approval during
registration.
3. Must include in the class load courses in which the student received an F. In some instances
related to their major or a transfer course, students may need to repeat a course they
eanred a D grade in.
4. Must register for remedial courses when the following conditions exist:
Condition Student must take:
ACT English is less than 16 or
SAT English (ERW) is less than 470
EN111 with Lab Support
ACT Math is less than 16 or
SAT Math is less than 480
MA 095
ACT composite is less than 17 or
SAT total is less than 920
GPA is less than 2.00
OU 097
5. Must successfully pass remedial courses with at least a C before registering for classes
in mathematics.
6. Must receive weekly tutorial assistance at the CSS.
7. Students with a GPA below 2.00 must attend weeky sessions with a CSS advisor.
Honors Program
The Oakwood University Honors Program aords academically gifted students an enhanced
learning experience through:
• Interdisciplinary team projects
60
• Internships
• Enhanced curricula for general education courses
• Leadership development
• Service and global learning opportunities
• Formal research projects
Admission Requirements: Admission to the OU Honors Program is subject to the following
requirements:
• High school GPA minimum of 3.7
• Minimum score of 1150 on the SAT or 25 on the ACT
• A robust high school transcript that includes any number of the following:
• Precalculus or calculus
• Physics
• AP or college dual enrollment courses
Note: A single course may not be used to satisfy more than one requirement.
Recognizing that a single academic metric may not accurately predict a student’s success in the Honors
program, students who meet at least two of the admission requirements are encouraged to apply.
Team Projects: Team projects will allow interdisciplinary groups of students to work together
to solve real-world problems. The teams will work outside the traditional classroom setting with
the guidance of a project advisor. Projects will reflect the values of Oakwood University
as an HBCU and a Seventh-day Adventist institution. Viable project categories include:
• Public Health
• Humanitarian
• Educational Disparities
• Environmentalism
• Social Justice
Project teams will have an opportunity to present their solutions to an interdisciplinary panel
of faculty at a research symposium.
Internships & Research Projects: All Honors scholars will have opportunities to apply and grow
their knowledge while participating in research or corporate internships. The program also provides
students exposure to the formal research enterprise and an opportunity to le their thesis with
the Eva B. Dykes Library to facilitate greater access.
Service & Leadership: Honors scholars will grow through participation in service activities and
leadership assignments. The program will also include a six-part speaker series on various aspects
of leadership. These experiences will increase students’ value proposition when matriculating
to graduate programs or professional employment.
More Information: For more information, please visit our website at https://www2.oakwood.edu/
honors-program
Cooperative Programs
Cooperative programs are made available at Oakwood University for visiting students. A
visiting student arrangement exists with Alabama A & M University, Athens State College, John
C. Calhoun State Community College, the University of Alabama in Huntsville, and Oakwood
61
University. Under this arrangement, a student at any of the participating institutions may request
permission to attend a class at one of the other schools. Conditions governing the granting of
permission include the following:
1. The student must be a full-time student.
2. The student must have an overall average of C (2.00) or higher.
3. The course desired must be unavailable at the student’s home institution.
4. The student’s request must be approved by the advisor and other appropriate personnel.
5. Permission of the institution teaching the course is dependent upon availability of space
for the visitor after its own students are accommodated.
Any student interested in participating in the Visiting Student Program should complete and
submit to the Registrar’s Oce a Cooperative Education Application form.
Adventist Colleges Abroad
Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA) is a consortium of Seventh-day Adventist colleges and
universities in North America and Australia which operates under the auspices of the Oce of
Education of the North American Division of Seventh-day Adventists located in Columbia, Maryland.
The ACA consortium provides opportunities to qualied undergraduate students for study
in other countries, such as Argentina, Austria, Brazil, England, France, Germany, Israel, Italy, ,
Lebanon, Spain and Taiwon, while completing the requirements of their programs at their home
colleges. This allows students to be immersed in the culture and life of another country while
becoming conversant in its language. Through such experiences students also may gain an
appreciation of, and perhaps an inspiration for, mission or other multicultural service (see the
Department of English and Foreign Languages for details).
Student Missionary Program
Each year several Oakwood students go to foreign countries to serve as missionaries. The
range of their responsibilities include religious leadership, teaching, and industrial/vocational
work. For further information, contact Campus Ministries in the Oce of Spiritual Life.
Following are the academic requirements for student missionaries:
1. Applicants must have attained at least sophomore standing (minimum 30 semester hours)
with a cumulative grade point average of C or above, and no grade below C in all English
composition and grammar courses.
2. Applicants must have a B average or above in the subject area that they are expected
to teach as student missionaries.
Other Academic Information
Writing Emphasis Courses
Two upper-division writing emphasis courses of at least two hours each are required of all
students. Each department will designate and supervise at least one required course for its majors
which will emphasize essay tests and/or written reports or a term paper. A (W) after a course title
designates a writing course.
62
Prerequisites
A course with prerequisites may not be taken until all prerequisites are met. Prerequisites
include, but are not limited to:
• Class standing: indicates that a certain number of credit hours must have been success-
fully completed (see Classication of Students)
• Course titles: indicate which course(s) must have been completed with passing grade(s)
(see Degree Requirements)
Minimesters (Online Summer and Winter Courses)
Oakwood University oers three mini-mesters during the summer break and one during the
winter break. Courses are available to Oakwood University students and other students whose
primary residence is in Alabama. Each mini-mester is six weeks long. The online program oers
students the exibility to complete courses from any location, the opportunity to lighten their load
during the traditional school year, and the option of completing degree requirements sooner. No
textbook purchase is required for many courses. Oakwood Online University holds membership
in the National Council for State Authorization Reciprocity Agreements (NC-SARA). For more
information, visit us online at: www.oakwood.edu/academics/oakwood-online-university.
Transient Letters
Students desiring to register at another college or university with the intent of returning must
obtain a transient letter from the Registrar’s Oce, which recommends the student for temporary
admission to the other school without the student having to g: o through normal admission require-
ments. Transient letters, however, are not granted for attendance at colleges or universities within
a fty-mile radius of Huntsville during the fall or spring semesters.
Transient credits with grades below C- are not accepted. Acceptable credits are recorded
as transfer credits. Students from other schools desiring transient admission to Oakwood must
provide an ocial letter of support from the home institution. Oakwood students must make the
request to have an ocial transcript forwarded to Oakwood University once the course work is
completed.
Transcripts
The Registrar’s Oce releases an ocial or unocial transcript of a student’s work at
Oakwood upon the student’s request. Students may request an ocial transcript online or by
mail. The instructions and fees for each can be found online at https://www2.oakwood.edu/
nancing-oakwood/transcript-requests/ under Transcript Requests. Ocial transcripts must be
sent directly to the recipient indicated on the student’s request.
Requests by mail should be accompanied by cashier’s check or money order. Requests in
person should be accompanied by a receipt for payment from the Student Accounts Oce. NO
PERSONAL CHECKS OR CASH will be accepted by the Registrar’s Oce.
Currently enrolled students may obtain a printout of their academic history for personal use
by accessing MyOakwood using the student ID and password.
The University reserves the right to withhold all information concerning the record of any
student who has unpaid accounts or other charges, or who is delinquent or in default status in
the payment of student loans.
63
Ocial transcripts from other institutions which have been presented to Oakwood for admission
and evaluation of credit become the property of the University and are not reissued or copied for
release.
Class Absences
Attendance with punctuality is required at all classes and laboratory appointments. Absences
are counted from the rst ocial day of classes. If for any reason the total hours of absences
are double the number of credit hours of the course per semester, credit may, at the discretion
of the instructor, be forfeited and a grade of FA be recorded.
Authorized leaves of absence from campus do not excuse the student from required class
work. The student must make arrangements with the teacher for every anticipated school trip
and other authorized leaves at least 72 hours before the beginning of such anticipated schedules.
All makeup work involving examinations and other class requirements must be made up within
seven days after the absence occurs.
It is the responsibility of students to keep a record of their absences, to keep themselves
informed of the requirements of the instructor, to take all examinations at the time prescribed by
the instructor, and to turn in all assignments when they are due.
Academic Honesty
Oakwood University is dedicated to scholastic integrity. Consequently, students of the university
are required to maintain high Christian standards of honesty. If students are found or suspected
of engaging in any of the following types of academic misconduct, the procedures set forth in this
policy will be implemented.
Types of Academic Dishonesty:
1. Dishonesty in testing (e.g., copying from another student’s paper, using unauthorized
materials, or collaborating with any other person without authority from the instructor
during an examination; stealing test materials; obtaining test information prior, during, or
after an administered examination; or any other form of test dishonesty).
2. Plagiarism—dened as unacknowledged use of another’s work (e.g., submitting any
written, oral, aesthetic, computer, or laboratory work prepared totally or in part by another
person; such work need not be copyrighted).
3. Any other practice deemed by the University as academic misconduct not listed above.
Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty
If a teacher nds irrefutable evidence of academic dishonesty, the teacher should immediately
speak with the student and issue zero credit for the particular examination, assignment, or project.
If academic misconduct is suspected by an instructor, that instructor must follow certain steps.
1. The instructor must rst speak with the student about the question of dishonesty. If the
student acknowledges engaging in academic misconduct, the student will be given no
credit for the particular examination, assignment, or project.
2. If the situation cannot be resolved between the instructor and student, then it must be
brought to the attention of the instructor’s department chair.
3. If the department chair is unable to resolve the matter, the Provost or designee must then
64
be consulted, and may refer the issue to the Academic Appeals Committee.
4. Subsequent incidents of academic dishonesty make a student eligible for dismissal from
the university. Students are, however, given the option of appealing this decision through
the Academic Appeals Committee.
5. Each established incident of academic misconduct shall be departmentally documented
and submitted to both the student, the student’s major department chair, the Provost or
designee, and the Vice President for Student Life and Missions.
Academic Grievance
Any student who desires to express concern regarding instructional matters such as perceived
unfairness, grading methodology, cheating, or some other misunderstanding within or without the
classroom is encouraged to confer rst with the instructor of the class and, if deemed necessary,
with the instructor’s department chair. If the matter is not resolved satisfactorily at the rst two
levels, the student should confer with the dean of the school. The dean of the school may refer
the matter to the Provost or designee should the matter not be resolved.
The Provost or designee will review the matter to (a) make a nal determination of the matter,
or (b) refer the matter to the Academic Appeals Committee for further review and recommendation.
In either case, the nal decision is the responsibility of the Provost or designee .
The Academic Appeals Committee receives referrals directly from the Provost or designee .
Cases are referred to this committee if the Provost or designee determines that more information
is needed to make an equitable decision. The process is as follows: (a) the Provost or designee
noties the chair of the Academic Appeals Committee of the student’s concern, (b) the aggrieved
student submits a written report of the complaint to the chair of the Academic Appeals Committee,
and (c) a recommendation is made to the Provost or designee .
Students or faculty members have the option to appear in person before the Academic Appeals
Committee, bringing documentation to support their views; however, it is not required that they
appear in person. It should be understood that the purpose of the appeals process is to peaceably
resolve issues which have not been resolved through other means. Therefore, the approach to
problem resolution in the appeals process is through consensus, so far as is possible.
The membership of the Academic Appeals Committee consists of six individuals: the USM
academic vice president, one elected student representative, two full-time teaching faculty, one
full-time sta member and the Provost or designee.
Bulletin Selection
Students may meet degree requirements under the bulletin of initial registration or any
bulletin in eect during the time of continuous residence at Oakwood. Selecting the senior year
bulletin must be done prior to the nal semester of the graduating year. Students who discontinue
enrollment must meet the following bulletin requirements:
1. If not enrolled for one calendar year or less, students may return under the initial bulletin
of their enrollment or the most current bulletin. Transfer credit will be accepted provided
that a transient letter request has received prior approval from the Registrar’s Oce.
2. Students not enrolled for more than one calendar year must meet the requirements of
the current bulletin.
65
3. Seniors with 9 hours or less remaining at the time of spring graduation have a
maximum of two calendar years to complete their requirements and remain under
the bulletin they selected during their senior year.
4. All transfer students must fulll the requirements of the current bulletin.
Double Major
Students may enroll for a double major provided they meet all of the requirements for both
majors. Students should not select a second major within the same department as the rst major.
Pursuing a double major will require more than 120 hours and may take longer than four years
to complete.
Pre-Medicine
Biology and chemistry are the most frequently chosen majors at Oakwood for students prepar-
ing for a career in medicine. However, students from every academic major are accepted into
medical school. Diversity is actually encouraged by many medical schools which have come to
realize that students who pursue majors in art, literature, mathematics, engineering, psychology,
and other areas of liberal arts study tend to become well-rounded, and highly competent physicians.
To prepare for the medical school admission test (MCAT), students must take general biology,
general chemistry, organic chemistry, biochemistry, psychology, and sociology. Most medical
schools also require one calculus course.
ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES
Center for Student Success
The purpose of the Center for Student Success (CSS) is to facilitate student learning and
degree completion by providing programs, resources and services that advance academic and
spiritual goal-setting, skill development, personal transition to and within the University setting,
and eective critical thinking and decision making.
The Center for Student Success, located on the second oor of Cunningham Hall, provides a
variety of educative and empowering support services for all Oakwood University students. Our
Center provides academic resources that commissions students to overcome challenges, develop
self-ecacy, and gain a competive edge. The Center oers a safe, reassuring environment where
all students are welcome to advance their education.
The Center for Student Success sta collaborates with Oakwood faculty, University Sta,
Alumni, and the Oakwood student, to assist students at every phase of their scholastic journey.
Directed support includes Academic Advising, Disability and Testing Services, Tutoring, Success
Workshops, Classroom Instruction, and OU 101 Freshmen Seminar Courses. Our Labs provide
support for students with Disabilities, Reading, and Writing needs. We also collaborate with the
Mathematics Department for students who struggle in that area. Junior and Senior students, as
well as Alumni, also provide tutoring for STEM majors. Moreover, The Center for Student Success
collaborates with all academic departments to develop critical thinking citizens who will succeed
both at the university, and beyond.
66
The Reading Lab: The Reading Lab provides intervention to students who scored lower on
standardized testing for admission or have a GPA below 2.0. The lab also serves all students
who may have a reading need. The Lab is also utilized by other departments to prepare students
for the testing they need to pass to demonstrate readiness and prociency for 100 to 400 level
courses required for a four-year degree.
In the Reading Lab students are taught techniques and strategies that promote scholastic
improvement for their success in college and beyond. Students increase their academic prociency
in diverse reading environments using everyday vocabulary, by practicing reective thinking and
responding, and by reading widely. The strategies enable them to read more, to read with better
speed and comprehension, and to integrate knowledge and understanding of the connections
between college courses through reading. The Reading Lab is located on the 2nd oor of Cun-
ningham Hall. Our goal is to help all Oakwood University students to become procient and excited
about reading at the college level.
The Writing Lab: The Oakwood University Writing Lab is a free service oered to all Oakwood
University students. The Lab is staed with trained Writing Lab assistants who help students
with all stages of the writing process in all disciplines. The lab sta utilize guided questions
to help writers understand assignments, generate content, and polish prose. The Writing Lab
also prepares students who have identied challenges with college writing based on admission
entrance assessments or a GPA below 2.0 through interactive labs and one-on-one tutoring. Lab
sta provide collaborative support to assist all writers in retaining ownership and responsibility of
their writing to become critical thinkers and independent writers. The Writing Lab is is located on
the 2nd oor of Cunningham Hall. Our goal is to help all Oakwood University students to become
condent about the right way to write.
Math Tutoring & Support: Tutoring and instructional support services for students taking
MA 095 are available in the computer labs of the Mathematics and Computer Sciences Depart-
ment, Cooper Complex. The students have access to a variety of materials, and tutors to help
them navigate and better understand the concepts covered. Each semester a schedule is posted
for the convenience of our students.
Learning Assistants: Learning Assistants are well trained student employees that support
their peers by providing regular one-on-one and group meetings with students to provide help
with various academic tasks such as managing the completion of assignments, communicating
with professors, reading, and understanding a syllabus, creating a time management schedule,
developing student and notetaking skills, and maneuvering online platforms such as MyOakwood,
D2L, MindTap and others. They also direct students to on-campus resources such as academic
advisors, tutors, the Writing and Reading Labs, Health & Counseling Services, as well as Disability
Support Services.
Academic Recovering Program: The Center for Student Success advisors work with
students whose academic performance falls below the institution’s requirement of good standing,
a 2.00 GPA. Students with a career GPA below 1.99 are on academic probation. If academic
diculty continues, it is possible for a student to be suspended or dismissed. In support of the
67
student, advisors often work with them to develop a plan for success. To do this they must work
in partnership and understand the causes of the current situation, identify what needs to change,
and implement a plan for improvement. Its intention is to reconnect the student to the school and
its purpose to educate them academically, spiritually, and emotionally. Programming in the form
of individual advising sessions with students, workshops, and referrals to key resources on and
o campus is required for students on academic probation or who have been admitted due to
a Special Admit status. The individual advising sessions and workshops provide students with
training in both collegiate learning, personal understanding, and motivation towards success. All
Oakwood University students are welcome to attend the individual sessions or workshops but it
is a requirement for students on academic probation.
Tutorial Services: Tutoring is available to all students at the Center of Student Success to
supplement their learning experiences. Tutoring is available because there are times students
need additional help beyond the explanations given in class or found through independent
research. Tutoring is meant to encourage independence on the part of the student in need rather
than dependence on the tutor. The method used at the center is one-on-one peer interaction or
small group instruction.
First Year Experience (FYE) & Second Year Experience (SYE): The First Year Experience
program is a composite of diagnostic, instructional, and supportive services for rst-year students.
Its purpose is to increase students’ potential for academic success. The Division of Student Life and
Missions oversees programming and support for entering students to ensure a strong adjustment
to the demands of university life. The Second Year Experience is for returning students who are
participating in their second year of college life and has focused on career planning as well as
orientation.
OU 101: All entering rst-year students and lower division transfer students with less than 30
credits are required to take OU 101 Freshman Seminar, a semester-long course, in addition to
attending orientation at the beginning of the semester in which they enter Oakwood University. The
OU 101 Faculty and Sta collaborate with the FYE and SYE to ensure a strong start to college
life. .
Peer Mentoring: Peer mentoring provides a student-to-student connection and resources
for rst-year students in the classroom. Peer mentors wear many hats as they assist rst-year
students in their transition from high school to college. These include being a role model of a
successful student, a coach for academic skills, a tutor for course content, and a resource for
campus information, and a liaison with faculty and/or sta. The FYE program supports peer
mentors.
New Student Orientation: New student and transfer student orientation commences each
year during the fall semester one week prior to the rst day of instruction. New students are
expected to report as notied and participate in the scheduled activities of the week. These include
orientation to the academic and residential requirements of the university and introductions to
the resources that are available to assist all students in successful matriculation. Developmental
68
guidance and instruction regarding tasks, skills, and attitudes that are essential for academic and
personal success are also presented.
Testing Center: OU Testing Services Support students, faculty, sta and community members
by administering exams and assessments in a secure environment. Services include testing
accommodations for students registered with Disability Support Services, ACT Residual testing,
distance education examination proctoring, and other testing related to college and career success.
All tests are proctored to ensure academic honesty.
Testing accommodations for students with disabilities include provisions of a proctor, extended
testing time, reduced-distraction testing spaces, noise cancelling headphones or earbuds, com-
puters, and other assistive technology, as needed. Before the beginning of each semester, the
American College Test (ACT) Residual is administered to international, home schooled, transfer
students, and freshmen who have not already taken the ACT or the Scholastic Aptitude Test
(SAT). Students who have taken the ACT or SAT are not eligible to take the ACT Residual Test.
Results are used for placing students in appropriate courses of study. This fullls Alabama state
requirements for entrance into special programs and assists advisors and counselors in their work
of helping students to plan their academic programs, evaluate their academic progress, and set
realistic personal and career goals. Test scores are used for institutional purposes and cannot
be released to another college.
OU Testing Services are in Cunningham Hall on the 2nd Floor and can be reached at testing@
oakwood.edu.
Disability Support Services (DSS) is committed to serving and supporting students with
disabilities at Oakwood University by providing equal access to all facilities, programs, and services
under the guidelines of the American with Disabilities Act (ADA) – Amendments Act of 2008 and
Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973. We empower students to realize their academic
and personal potential by facilitating equal access and coordinating accommodations and support
services for eligible students with a focus on the development of strong self-advocacy skills. We
also help students to appreciate their distinctive ways of learning and help the Oakwood University
community develop positive modes of interacting with students with disabilities.
Documentation is essential in determining whether a student is eligible to receive accom-
modations as per the ADA. Documentation relating to disabilities is regarded with the highest
condentiality and is maintained by the oce of Disability Support Services. For more information,
contact DSS at [email protected] or 256-727-7149.
Advising: Academic Advising assists students in the development of meaningful educational
plans consistent with their life goals. The major components of this program include assigned
advisors for each academic department, specialized advisors from the Center for Student Success
for students at-risk of failure or not graduating. The CSS Advisors and academic department
advisors collaborate with campus and community-based resources for mental health, disability
accommodations, and/or other supports.
Students in their second semester upon entering the university, unless on academic probation,
are advised by our academic department advisors (i.e., faculty).
69
Retention: Retention is a campus wide eort at Oakwood University. Therefore, the University
is committed to improving the quality of student life and learning. With retention as a responsibility,
each department facilitates campus initiatives geared toward improving retention/graduation
rates. The Retention Committee establishes, reviews, and/or implements strategies to improve
student completion rates of the academic programs. It also works to improve student learning,
satisfaction, and successful achievement of educational goals. Finally, the committee assesses
the implementation, progress, and eectiveness of these plans across the campus.
The Vice President charged with retention, the Dean of Student Success, the Retention
Coordinator are the contacts for any eorts regarding retention. However, all faculty and sta
make it their responsibility to retain students as a campus wide eort.
Early Alert & Consult Referrals: During the rst two months of the Fall and Spring semester,
before mid-term exams, students struggling with academics are referred to the Center for Student
Success by faculty members. This is an early intervention procedure implemented by CSS to
identify students who are experiencing academic failure and attendance problems. In collaboration
with faculty, department chairs, and academic deans, the Center for Student Success will work
to take specic steps through the Early Alert Tier System to help improve the student’s academic
performance. The Consult Referrals continue well after the Early Alert period in the semester and
CSS Advisors follow-up with students in need of support.
Remedial Courses. Incoming freshmen entering Oakwood University must pursue a pre-
scribed course of remedial studies during their rst year, which may include any of the following:
EN 095, EN 099, MA 095, and OU 097. Students must register for remedial courses when the
following conditions exist:
• High School GPA is below 2.00; student must register for OU 097
• ACT composite is less than 17 or SAT total less than 920; student must register for OU 097
• ACT English score is less than 16 or SAT English score is less than 560; student must
register for EN 095 and EN 099
• ACT mathematics score is less than 16 or SAT mathematics score is less than 480;
student must register for MA 095
• Students who have scored less than 500 on the TOEFL must take EN 090 and EN 091
during the rst year.
•
These remedial courses, which are in addition to the 120 hours needed for graduation, must
each be passed with a minimum grade of C before registering for other courses in English and
mathematics. Any course failed must be repeated until passed. Grade and hours from remedial
courses will not be computed for graduation purposes in the cumulative GPA
Skill Development Courses: Incoming freshmen entering Oakwood University must pursue
a prescribed course of developmental studies during their rst year, which may include any of
the following: EN 111 with Lab support, MA 095, and OU 101 with Lab supports. Students must
register for developmental courses when the following conditions exist:
• High School GPA is below 2.00; student must register for OU 101 with Lab
• ACT composite is less than 17 or SAT total less than 920; student must register for OU
101 with Lab
70
• ACT mathematics score is less than 14 or SAT mathematics score is less than 360;
student must register for MA 108 with Lab
• Students who have scored less than 500 on the TOEFL must take EN 090 and EN 091
during the rst year as a part of our English as a Second Language program.
These developmental courses, which are in addition to the 120 hours needed for graduation,
must each be passed with a minimum grade of C before registering for other courses in math-
ematics. Any course failed must be repeated until passed. Grades and hours from developmental
courses will not be computed for graduation purposes in the cumulative GPA
Service-Learning: Service-learning at Oakwood University is a university wide initiative
characterized by the integration of service into the curriculum. Generally, service-learning is
dened as a course-based, credit-bearing educational experience in which students participate in
organized service activities that meets identied needs and reect on the service activity in such
a way as to gain further understanding of course content, a broader appreciation of the discipline,
and an enhanced sense of personal values and civic responsibility. Each academic department
will oer at least one service-learning integrated course.
The University oers service-learning courses designed to allow the students to gain a better
understanding and appreciation of service in the context of Christian faith. For further information
see the course descriptions for OU 101 Freshmen Seminar and OU 205 Global Missions.
English as a Second Language (ESL)
Program Description
The Oakwood University English as a Second Language (ESL) program combines curricular
and co-curricular initiatives to oer language support for Oakwood students whose rst language
is not English. The primary goal of the ESL program is to prepare students to eectively com-
municate in written and spoken English in a variety of academic and professional settings. The
program will also provide students with vital cultural and historical information about Alabama
and the southern region of the United States. To this end, the ESL program includes personnel
and infrastructure, coursework, advising, academic support, and excursions to sites of cultural
and historical signicance.
The Oakwood University ESL program curriculum provides ESL courses in grammar, composi-
tion, listening and speaking, and reading comprehension at the beginning, low intermediate, high
intermediate, and advanced levels. Courses in the ESL curriculum are listed among the oerings
of the Department of English & Foreign Languages and carry an “ESL” prex. For ESL program
courses, classroom instruction is supplemented by activities in the University’s Language Lab, a
physical space currently located in Moran Hall.
Students who complete the ESL program will be procient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Demonstrate prociency in the use of structural elements of English grammar in written
and oral communication
2. Develop compositions with a stated thesis with concrete and specic support that explore
the writer’s point of view, information, and assumptions
3. Demonstrate critical thinking skills in the interpretation of written English texts by relating
71
new information to prior knowledge, making predictions about the content of a text, and
drawing inferences
4. Develop academic speaking skills, including the abilities to express, summarize,
synthesize, contrast, and debate ideas.
Admissions Standards
Students will apply for participation in the ESL program at the same time that they apply for
admission to the University. If you did not attend a high school in English for four complete years,
you will need to take an English language placement test before beginning classes at Oakwood
University.
To be admitted for programs during the academic year, international students from non-
English speaking countries must submit a minimum TOEFL score of 543 (paper-based test), 72
(Internet-based test), or the equivalent on other recognized international language prociency
exams (e.g., TSWE, IELTS). Students whose TOEFL scores fall in the range between 543-649
(paper-based test) or 72-100 (Internet-based test) are required to matriculate in the University’s
ESL program before beginning major coursework.
To be admitted for the University’s intensive summer ESL program, international students
from non-English speaking countries must submit a minimum TOEFL score of 460 (paper-based
test), 42 (Internet-based test), or the equivalent on other recognized international language
prociency exams (e.g., TSWE, IELTS). Upon successful completion of the intensive summer
program, students are required to matriculate in the University’s academic year ESL program
before beginning major coursework.
To be exempt from participation in the University’s ESL program, international students from
non-English speaking countries must submit a minimum TOEFL score of 650 (paper-based test),
101 (Internet-based test), or the equivalent on other recognized international language prociency
exams (e.g., TSWE, IELTS).
Testing Requirements
Once students are admitted to the University and identied for participation in ESL courses,
they will sit for a language placement exam to assess English language prociency at one of
the following levels: beginning, low intermediate, high intermediate, and low advanced. This
designation will guide student placement in ESL courses.
In lieu of sitting for the University-administered placement exam, students may opt for place-
ment using their TOEFL test scores according to the following score ranges:
TOEFL TOEFL Internet-
Based Test
Beginning <459 <42
Low Intermediate 460-542 42-71
High Intermediate 543-626 72-94
Low Advanced 627-649 95-100
Exempt 650+ 101+
72
Students who score in the “low intermediate” range must successfully complete the intensive
summer ESL program before matriculating at the University. Students who score in the “high
intermediate” or “low advanced” range may be admitted to the academic year ESL program and
must enroll in and successfully complete the ESL course series before beginning major coursework.
Attendance Policy
Attendance with punctuality is required at all classes and laboratory appointments. Absences
are counted from the rst ocial day of classes. If for any reason the total hours of absences are
double the number of credit hours of the course per semester, credit may, at the discretion of the
instructor, be forfeited and a grade of FA be recorded.
Authorized leaves of absence from campus do not excuse the student from required class
work. The student must make arrangements with the teacher for every anticipated school trip and
other authorized leaves at least 72 hours before the beginning of such anticipated schedules.
All makeup work involving examinations and other class requirements must be made up within
seven days after the absence occurs.
It is the responsibility of students to keep a record of their absences, to keep themselves
informed of the requirements of the instructor, to take all examinations at the time prescribed by
the instructor, and to turn in all assignments when they are due.
Program Completion
Students may progress to the next level in the ESL curriculum (e.g., intermediate low to inter-
mediate high) in one of two ways: (1) by successfully completing the courses on the level before,
or (2) by testing into the next level via TOEFL scores or University-administered English language
placement tests. Students who successfully complete ESL 122 High Intermediate Composition and
ESL 132 Advanced Composition will fulll EN 111 Freshman Composition requirement. Students
who successfully complete courses at the Low Advanced level will complete the ESL program
and transition to the university’s general course oerings, with language support from the ESL
program oce as needed.
Grading Policy
For courses evaluated using the Pass/Fail grading scheme, “successful completion” means
that a student completes the course with a grade of Pass. For courses evaluated using the letter
grade scale, “successful completion” means that a student completes the course with a grade of
“C” or above.
Grievance Policy
Any student who desires to express concern regarding perceived unfairness, grading methodol-
ogy, cheating, or some other misunderstanding within or without the classroom is encouraged
to confer rst with the instructor of the class and, if deemed necessary, with the ESL program
director. If the matter is not resolved satisfactorily at the rst two levels, the student should confer
with the Assistant Provost for Undergraduate Education.
73
The Eva B. Dykes Library
https://www.library.oakwood.edu
Mission Statement: The Eva B. Dykes Library supports the curricula by providing access to
scholarly resources and services to Oakwood University students, faculty, sta and constituents in
order to facilitate excellence in teaching, learning and research, informed by a Biblical worldview.
Services
The Eva B. Dykes Library is the university’s information gateway that connects learners with
information and enables the creation and communication of knowledge. It oers a variety of print,
digital, archival, and multimedia materials and services to meet your information and research
needs. Your current Oakwood University ID card is your library card. Services include access
to more than 40 networked computers in the Computer Lab and throughout the library; wireless
internet connection; interlibrary loans from libraries worldwide, printing, varied study spaces, and
class or individual instruction. Librarians and sta are ready to assist you in identifying, locating,
evaluating, and using resources eectively and ethically.
Resources
In addition to the print book and periodical collections, resources include thousands of
e-books, academic databases and streaming media that are accessible on and o campus.
Media Resources makes available to library users thousands of DVDs, audio-books, laptops,
easels, and other multi-media equipment. The Alabama Virtual Library (AVL) augments library
e-resources with over 40 databases for Alabama students and residents. The Eva B. Dykes
Library is also the home of the University Archives, a unique research collection of historical
monographs, documents, photographs, objects, digital and media materials about the history
of Oakwood University and Black Seventh-day Adventism. The Clara Peterson-Rock Museum
oers a visual story of Oakwood University and Black Seventh-day Adventism in the context of
American and Adventist history.
Partnerships
Oakwood University students, faculty, and sta may also borrow books directly from the
Learning Resource Center at Alabama A&M University, from Athens State University Library and
the library at J.F. Drake Community and Technical College. Simply present your OU ID prior to
checking out items. You are responsible for all items borrowed. The library partners with campus
entities to present programs and workshops throughout the year.
The Library is an aliate member of the Network of Alabama Academic Libraries (NAAL),
a member of the Adventist Libraries Cooperative (ALICE), the Christian Library Network and
LYRASIS. These consortia oer resources at reduced cost and provide on-going professional
development and training for library faculty and sta. The Library holds professional memberships
in the HBCU Library Alliance, the American Library Association, Association of College and
Research Libraries, Association of Seventh-day Adventist Librarians, and the Association of
Christian Librarians
74
The Ellen G. White Estate Research Center
The Ellen G. White Estate Research Center is located on the lower level of the library. It houses
several complete sets of Ellen White’s published writings, duplicates of her original unpublished
letters and manuscripts (1844-1915), books about Ellen White and other Seventh-day Adventist
pioneers, denominational histories, and other related documents. Ellen White research software
tools are available.
Department Curriculum Laboratories
Individual departments of the university may have centers or laboratories for the practical
use of their students. For instance, the Mathematics Department has a mathematics/computer
science laboratory, located in the Cooper Science Complex, Building B, designed as a center
for the reinforcement of biology, chemistry, and physics. The Departments of Psychology and
Social Work share a computer laboratory located in Green Hall. The Department of Nursing has
a clinical skills laboratory that provides simulated clinical practice, and a computer laboratory with
test item databanks that assist students in preparing for the exit examination and the National
Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses. Other departments have seminar rooms
and places where students may use computers or get special assistance.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees
General
1. A candidate for a degree must have a satisfactory academic record and be of good
moral character. In addition, the candidate must possess personal attributes which will
reect well upon Oakwood University. The University reserves the sole and nal right to
determine whether the candidate possesses such personal attributes.
2. The student is responsible at all times for knowing his or her scholastic standing and for
fullling all requirements of the University by referring to published academic policies,
regulations and standards and by consulting with the appropriate dean, department chair
or advisor. It is the student’s responsibility to ascertain and meet course requirements,
prerequisite requirements, graduation requirements, appropriate course sequencing, and
any other requirements of the University.
Quantitative
1. The satisfactory completion of required remedial courses and removal of admission
deciencies. This may add to the total hours required to complete the degree.
2. The satisfactory completion of the general education requirements.
3. The satisfactory completion of a major of at least 36 hours, including a minimum of 16
hours of upper division courses, except in Interdisciplinary Studies.
4. The satisfactory completion of a minor, if required (see individual departments). A minor
must be between 18-21 hours, of which 8 hours must be upper division.
5. The satisfactory completion of the oral and written prociency requirements (English
75
Prociency Examination and CO 201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking).
6. The satisfactory completion of two upper division writing emphasis courses of at least
2 hours each, one of which must be in the major. A (W) after a course title designates a
writing course. EN112 is a prerequisite for all courses with the (W) designation.
7. The satisfactory completion of a minimum of 120 semester hours including 40 hours at
the upper division level. Remedial courses are not included in the total credits.
8. The satisfactory completion of the major departmental exit examination.
Qualitative
1. The attainment of a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.00
2. The attainment of a minimum overall GPA of 2.25 in the major and 2.00 in the minor elds.
3. No grade below C (2.00) may apply toward the major or minor.
4. No grade below C- (1.70) for EN 111, EN111LAB and EN 112, and no grade below D
(1.00) in other courses may apply toward the general education requirements.
Residence
At least 25% of the credit hours required for a degree must be earned through instruction
oered by Oakwood University, and include:
1. Satisfactory completion of at least 24 semester hours earned during the senior year.
2. Satisfactory completion of at least 20 semester hours at the upper division level.
3. Satisfactory completion of at least 8 upper division hours in the major eld.
4. Satisfactory completion of at least 3 upper division hours in the minor eld, if a minor is
selected or required.
Second Bachelor’s Degree
Two dierent bachelor’s degrees may be conferred at the same time if the candidate has met
the requirements of both degrees and has completed a minimum of 154 semester hours of credit.
The university does not grant two degrees of the same kind to any one person at the same time,
such as two B.A.’s or two B.S.’s. However, after one degree has been conferred, students may
earn a second degree a by completing an additional 32 or more semester credits, meeting the
basic degree requirements of both degrees and meeting the requirements of a second major.
GENERAL EDUCATION
Rationale
The General Education program of Oakwood University equips students with a broad,
informed, Christ-centered understanding of his/her service in the world. Through an integrative
and cross-disciplinary course of study, the General Education program provides the foundation
for students to develop intellectually, spiritually, physically, and professionally. It also prepares
students for the rigors of inquiry and praxis required for courses in their majors. Ultimately, the
General Education program prepares students for responsible leadership and service in com-
munities at home and abroad. The General Education curriculum accomplishes this primarily
76
through the active development of six critical competencies—broadening cultural awareness,
applying biblical foundations for moral decision-making, using eective oral and written com-
munication, demonstrating critical thinking, applying quantitative and scientic reasoning, and
utilizing technology and information literacy appropriately. The nal outcome of this integrative
and transformative educational process will be seen in the University’s unique product—the
Oakwood Man and the Oakwood Woman.
General Education Student Learning Outcomes
1. Cultural Awareness: Students will examine the impact of the contributions of diverse
peoples with an emphasis on African Americans and peoples of the African diaspora.
2. Biblical Foundations: Students will apply Biblical knowledge and Christ-centered values
and attitudes to current issues, health principles, service, and moral decision-making.
3. Communication: Students will demonstrate the ability to communicate eectively to
local, national and global audiences using multiple methods.
4. Critical Thinking: Students will demonstrate competence in critical thinking through
writing.
5. Students will apply knowledge of basic science
and mathematics for understanding the physical and social world.
6. Technology/Information Literacy: Students will display competence in the application
of technology and information literacy.
General Education Requirements for all Bachelor’s Degrees
All bachelor’s degrees require a minimum of 120 semester hours composed of: general edu-
cation requirements (47-59 hours), major requirements, and electives. In those instances where
the credits for general education, the major, and electives within the major are less than 120
hours, additional electives outside the major are required. Variations in the total hours required
for degree completion or in the selection of general education courses are noted in the bulletin
sections of the appropriate departments. Please consult the appropriate academic advisor for
details.
General Education Curriculum
The following courses satisfy the general education requirements:
BIBLICAL STUDIES, HEALTH, AND WELLNESS: 16-17 hours
Students entering as freshmen are required to complete all religion requirements before gradu-
ation. Dual degree students are required to complete RG 102, RG 202, and RG 301. Transfer
students who are sophomores are required to complete RG 102, RG 202, and RG 301; juniors
and seniors are required to complete RG 202 and RG 301. All religion students must select RG321.
• RG 102 Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 hours
• RG 202 Fundamentals of SDA Beliefs 3 hours
• RG 301 The Gift of Prophecy 3 hours
77
• Select one course from: RG 101, RG 203, or RG 321 3 hours
• PE 211 Health Principles or ND 131 Nutrition 2-3 hours
• Select two PE activity courses from: PE 100-200 level courses, excludes
PE 205, PE 210, PE 270 and PE285 2 hours
HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS 12 hours
• EN 111, EN111LAB, EN 112 Freshman Composition I, II (minimum grade of C-) 6 hours
• CO 201 Public Speaking 3 hours
• Select one course from: EN 201, EN 213, EN 221*, AR 217, MU 200, MU 223* 3 hours
• Foreign Language (see additional requirements)
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 10 hours
• OU 101 Freshman Seminar 2 hours
• ED 250 Fundamentals of Christian Education 2 hours
• Select one History course from: HI 103, HI 104, HI 265*, HI 267*,or HI 268* 3 hours
• Select one Psychology, Sociology or Social Work course from:
PY 101, SO 101, or SW 201 3 hours
SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 6-8 hours
• Select one Biological or Physical science course from: BI 101, BI 102,
BI 111, BI 131,CH 100, CH 101, CH 141,PH 101, PH 103, PH 121 3-4 hours
• Select one Mathematics course from: MA108, MA 110, MA 121, MA 123,
MA 171, MA 211, MA 221 3-4 hours
TECHNOLOGY 3 hours
• Select one Technological Skills course from: IS 110, IS 120, 121 or CM/EG 108 3 hours
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
• Select one *African-American culture course from: EN 221, HI 265, HI 267, HI 268 or MU
223 (also meets a requirement above)
• All students who are completing the B.A. degree must take two semesters (6 hours) of the
same foreign language
• Any student seeking a B.S. degree who has not taken at least two full years of a single foreign
modern language at the high school level is required to take at least one full year of a single
foreign language at the college level.
Total for B.A. Degrees 53-56 hours
Total for other Baccalaureate Degrees 47-56 hours
Requirements for Associate Degrees
1. The satisfactory completion of required remedial courses and removal of admission
deciencies. This may add to the total hours required to complete the degree.
2. The satisfactory completion of the general education requirements for Associate Degrees.
78
3. The satisfactory completion of a major of at least 27 hours, including a minimum of 8
hours of upper division courses.
4. The satisfactory completion of a minimum of 60 semester hours with a minimum cumula-
tive GPA of 2.00.
5. The attainment of a minimum overall GPA of 2.25 in the major. No grade below C may
apply toward the major.
6. A minimum of 24 semester hours in residence at Oakwood University.
7. The satisfactory completion of the major departmental exit examination.
General Education Requirements for Associate Degrees
All associate degrees require a minimum of 60 semester hours, composed of: general educa-
tion requirements (31-33); major requirements; electives, as required, in the major; and electives,
as necessary, outside the major. Variations in the total hours required for degree completion or
in the general education requirements are noted in the bulletin sections of the appropriate de-
partments. In those instances where the credits for general education, the major, and electives
within the major are less than 60 hours, additional electives are required. Please consult with the
appropriate academic advisor for details.
BIBLICAL STUDIES, HEALTH, AND WELLNESS: 9-10 hours
• RG 102 Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 hours
• RG 301 The Gift of Prophecy 3 hours
• PE 211 Health Principles or ND 131 Nutrition 2-3 hours
• Select one PE activity course from: PE 100-200 level courses, excludes
PE 205, PE 210, PE 270 and PE285 1 hour
HUMANITIES AND FINE ARTS 9 hours
• EN 111, EN 111LAB, EN 112 Freshman Composition I, II (minimum grade of C-) 6 hours
• CO 201 Public Speaking 3 hours
SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 7 hours
• OU 101 Freshman Seminar 2 hours
• ED 250 Fundamentals of Christian Education 2 hours
• Select one course from: HI 103, HI 104, HI 265*, HI 267*,or HI 268*
PY 101, SO 101, or SW 201 3 hours
SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS 3-4 hours
• Select one course from: BI 101, BI 102, BI 111, BI 131,CH 100, CH 101, CH 141,
PH 101, PH 103, PH 121, MA 108, MA 110, MA 121, MA 123, MA 171, MA 211,
MA 221 3-4 hours
TECHNOLOGY 3 hours
• Select one Technological Skills course from: IS 110, IS 120, IS 121 or CM/EG 108 3 hours
Total for Associate Degrees ..................................................................................31-33 hours
79
Degree Candidacy
To be eligible to begin the degree candidacy process, a student must have no more than 36
hours to complete in their senior year, including both fall and spring semesters. Students are
considered degree candidates when the following have been satisfactorily met:
1. Approval of an Application for Graduation is processed through the major advisor to the
department chair by September 15 and to the Registrar’s Oce by October 1 for seniors
enrolled during the fall semester.
2. Payment of the required graduation fee of $271 and an additional $100 for regalia by
October 15 of the academic year in which graduation is anticipated.
3. Payment of an extra $35 for each additional degree, beyond the rst degree, by October
15 of the academic year in which graduation is anticipated.
3. CLEP, incompletes, and transfer credit results, including Griggs University credits, must
be in the Registrar’s Oce by April 1 or the rst business day in April for participation in
spring graduation.
4. Enrollment in Home Study courses must be completed by the end of regular registration
for the graduation term.
No application for spring graduation will be accepted after February 1.
Commencement Participation
The following policy denes the requirements that must be met for students to participate in
commencement exercises. Spring graduates must:
• have an application for graduation on le that has been reviewed and approved by the
Registrar’s Oce
• be enrolled in spring semester classes at Oakwood University that will complete all de-
gree requirements
• be nancially cleared by the Student Accounts Oce
Graduation Diplomas
Diplomas for degree candidates are ordered for those qualied to participate in the senior
presentation program. Diplomas are only issued to graduates who have fullled all academic
and nancial obligations to the university. Diplomas are issued at the following times:
• by the end of June for spring semester completion
• by the end of August for summer completion
• by the end of January for fall semester completion
Graduation in Absentia
All spring semester degree candidates are expected to participate in the Commencement
exercises. A request to graduate in absentia must be sent to the Registrar’s Oce accompanied
by a receipt from the Student Accounts Oce for the $40 fee.
80
NON-DEPARTMENTAL DEGREES
Bachelor of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies
Purpose
The interdisciplinary studies major provides an opportunity for students to pursue an area
of interest that crosses disciplines and prepares them to meet the needs of new or undened/
emerging professions and to achieve personal educational goals.
Student Learning Outcomes
Students who complete the B.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies degree will be procient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate the interrelatedness of their three elds of study.
2. Apply an interdisciplinary approach to address complex problems and/or new
situations.
3. Critique the strengths and weaknesses of each discipline when applied to problem-
solving/decision-making.
4. Formulate ideas and information eectively utilizing oral, written and appropriate media
formats
5. Dierentiate applicable general biblical principles for ethical decision-making in the
disciplines
Major Requirements
1. The general education requirements are the same as for other B.A. degrees.
2. Instead of a single major, three disciplines of a minimum of 18 hours each are
required. Each discipline must include at least 11 upper division hours and fulll the
requirements for a minor in the discipline, if oered. No more than two disciplines may
be from the same department.
3. IN 410 Senior Seminar in Interdisciplinary Studies is required.
Students who are interested in this major are advised to meet with the director of the
program as early as possible to plan their program of study.
Course Description
IN 410 Senior Seminar in Interdisciplinary Studies 1 hour
This course requires an interdisciplinary approach by integrating three areas of study
in addressing contemporary issues. Students will select a contemporary topic of
study and write a paper demonstrating the interrelatedness and unique contributions
that each area of study brings to the topic. Special emphasis will be placed on the
strengths and weaknesses of each discipline as part of an integrated approach to
problem-solving/decision-making. The proposed research must be approved by the
program advisor. Prerequisites: An Interdisciplinary Studies major and senior standing.
81
Associate of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies
Purpose
The Associate of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies degree requires a minimum of 60
semester hours composed of general education requirements and core elective hours. This
degree provides students with a broad-based education that promotes critical thinking skills
and allows for an opportunity to make an informed choice in educational preferences.
Student Learning Outcomes
Students who complete the A.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies degree will be procient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate general knowledge and applicatin of Biblical and theological issues and
principles.
2. Exhibit a foundation in general education knowledge and skills.
3. Possess the ability to pursue further study or serve in various roles in the church or
society.
Major Requirements
Recommended courses for Associate of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies
Biblical Studies, Health and Wellness
RG 102 Life and Teachings of Jesus ......................................................................... 3 hours
RG 301 The Gift of Prophecy ..................................................................................... 3 hours
PE 211 Health Principles or ND 131 Nutrition .....................................................2 or 3 hours
Select 1 PE activity course .......................................................................................1 hour
Humanities and Fine Arts
EN 111 Freshman Composition I (minimum grade of C-) .......................................... 3 hours
EN 112 Freshman Composition II (minimum grade of C-) ......................................... 3 hours
CO 201 Public Speakinig ........................................................................................... 3 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences
OU 101 Freshman Seminar ....................................................................................... 2 hours
ED 250 Fundamentals of Christian Education ........................................................... 2 hours
Select one from: HI 103, HI 104, HI 211, HI 212, HI 265, HI 267, HI 268, PY 101, SO 101,
or SW 201 ................................................................................................................. 3 hours
Science and Mathematics
Select one course from: BI 101, BI 102, BI 111, BI 131, CH 100, CH 101, CH 141, PH 101,
PH 103, PH 121, MA 101, MA 108, MA 121, MA 123. MA 171 ............................. 3-4 hours
Technology
IS 120 or CM 210 ....................................................................................................... 3 hours
Culture
African-American culture elective: HI 267, HI 268, EN 221 ....................................... 3 hours
Total General Education ............................................................................................33-34 hours
82
Core Elective Requirement (27 hours)
A minimum of 9 hours must be completed in 3 dierent disciplines including a minimum of
9 hours of upper division courses to meet the core requirements. Only courses approved by
the department chair of each discipline will meet this requirement.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, core
requirements, major, minor or free electives.
Bachelor of Science in General Studies
Purpose
Oakwood University developed its Bachelor of Science in General Studies program to
meet the needs of traditional Oakwood students who want to complete their college education
without declaring a specic major or minor. Students selecting this degree are encouraged to
pursue further education that focuses on a specic discipline or career track.
Student Learning Outcomes
Students who complete the B.S. in General Studies will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Present content, whether verbally or in writing, in a coherent, organized fashion
2. Relate ideas and information eectively utilizing various formats
3. Support ethical judgments applying general applications of biblical principles
4. Appraise specic areas of personal responsibility in a domestic and global society
5. Demonstrate competency in fundamental concepts, methods, and techniques used in
various elds
6. Formulate how at least one area of study applies to a broader picture of human
knowledge
Degree Requirements
Candidates for the Bachelor of Science in General Studies must meet the degree
requirements as stated in the Requirements for Baccalaureate Degrees section of this bulletin,
with the following variations:
1. Quantitative requirement 3: Only coursework with a C or better and not including
courses fullling general education requirements shall be considered for meeting the
requirements related to a major (including a minimum of 40 hours of upper division
courses). Coursework need not be discipline specic.
2. Qualitative requirement 2: The coursework identied for Quantitative requirement 3 must
have a minimum cumulative GPA of 2.25, with no grade below C (2.00). No grade below
C- (1.70) for EN 111 and EN 112, and no grade below D (1.00) in other courses may apply
toward the general education requirements.
Students who are interested in this major must contact the director of the program as early
as possible to plan their program of study.
All General Studies majors are required to take an exit examination during their senior
year. A minimum of 73 percent is required for passing. Students who fail must retake the
examination.
83
Associate of Science in General Studies
Purpose
The Associate of Arts in General Studies degree requires a minimum of 60 semester hours
composed of general education requirements and core elective hours. This degree provides
students with a broad-based education that promotes critical thinking skills and allows for an
opportunity to make an informed choice in educational preferences.
Student Learning Outcomes
Students who complete the A.A. in General Studies degree will be procient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Analyze and interpret texts in a variety of disciplines.
2. Present orally one’s own thoughts and plan.
3. Recognize a problem and devise a plan of action to solve it.
4. Demonstrate an ethical mindset and exercise professional responsibility in a global
context.
Major Requirements
Recommended courses for Associate of Arts in General Studies
Biblical Studies, Health and Wellness
RG 102 Life and Teachings of Jesus ......................................................................... 3 hours
RG 301 The Gift of Prophecy ..................................................................................... 3 hours
PE 211 Health Principles or ND 131 Nutrition .....................................................2 or 3 hours
Select 1 PE activity course .......................................................................................1 hour
Humanities and Fine Arts
EN 111 Freshman Composition I (minimum grade of C-) .......................................... 3 hours
EN 112 Freshman Composition II (minimum grade of C-) ......................................... 3 hours
CO 201 Public Speakinig ........................................................................................... 3 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences
OU 101 Freshman Seminar ....................................................................................... 2 hours
ED 250 Fundamentals of Christian Education ........................................................... 2 hours
Select one from: HI 103, HI 104, HI 211, HI 212, HI 265, HI 267, HI 268, PY 101, SO 101,
or SW 201 ................................................................................................................. 3 hours
Science and Mathematics
Select one course from: BI 101, BI 102, BI 111, BI 131, CH 100, CH 101, CH 141, PH 101,
PH 103, PH 121, MA 101, MA 108, MA 121, MA 123. MA 171 ............................. 3-4 hours
Technology
IS 120 or CM 210 ....................................................................................................... 3 hours
Total General Education ............................................................................................32-33 hours
Core Elective requirements
The satisfactory completion of an area of study of at least 27 hours, including a minimum of 9 hours
of upper division courses.
84
SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
DEAN: Chandra Tyler Mountain, Ph.D.
Purpose Statement
The School of Arts and Sciences supports the mission of Oakwood University through its
commitment to create an academic environment where faculty teaching, scholarship and service
enhance the academic, spiritual, social and physical development of its students. The school
seeks to equip all students with the skills necessary for success in a rapidly evolving environment:
critical thinking, eective oral and written communication, research, and computer competency.
Departments
Biological Sciences
Elaine Vanterpool, Ph.D.
(Chair)
Chemistry
Patrick Ochieng, Ph.D.
(Chair)
Communication
Rennae Elliott, Ph.D.
(Chair)
English and Foreign Languages
Benson Prigg, Ph.D.
(Chair)
Mathematics and Computer Sciences
Lisa James, Ph.D.
(Chair)
Music
Jason Ferdinand, Ph.D.
(Chair)
Psychological Sciences
Martin Hodnett, Psy.D.
(Chair)
85
Department of Biological Sciences
Professors:
Onesimus Otieno, Ph.D.
Londa Schmidt, Ph.D.
Elaine Vanterpool, Ph.D. (Chair)
Associate Professors:
Juliet Bailey-Penrod, Ph.D.
Juliet Durant, Ph.D.
Melissa Richardson, Ph.D.
Marie-Claire Boutrin, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors:
Stanton Dulan, M.D.
Jacques Mbongue, Ph.D. (Dual appointment)
Majors: Biology (B.S.)
Concentrations:
Biomedical Engineering
General Biology
Pre-Dentistry/Pre-Dental Medicine
Pre-Medicine/Pre-Osteopathic Medicine
Pre-Pharmacy
Pre-Veterinary Medicine
Biology Education (B.S.)
Biomedical Sciences (B.S)
Minor: Biology
Purpose
It is the purpose of the Department of Biological Sciences to develop in its students a thorough
understanding and an appreciation of the principles underlying the basic functions of living
organisms. The curriculum is designed for those students wishing to enter graduate, medical,
dental, veterinary, pharmacy or allied health schools, as well as for those planning to teach in
elementary or secondary schools. Opportunity is also available for laboratory research for those
planning to enter research careers.
High School Preparation
High School Preparation Students wishing to pursue a degree in biology or biomedical sciences
should take high school courses in biology, chemistry, general science, and mathematics. Where
possible AP classes in any or all these areas should be considered.
86
Program Description
The Department of Biological Sciences endeavors to develop in its students a thorough
under-standing and appreciation of the principles underlying the basic structure and functions
of living organisms. The basic principles of molecular, cellular, physiological, morphological,
developmental, ecological biology and genetics are emphasized. Biology graduates will be
taught to think critically, to work independently and to make meaningful contributions to team
eorts. Students are encouraged to participate in research and problem-solving activities which
deepen their appreciation of the eld of biology, increase their skills in laboratory techniques and
applications, and their awareness of the available opportunities. The program prepares students
for further studies in graduate and professional schools, and for careers in a variety of elds.
Exit Examination
All senior biology and biomedical science majors are required to take the exit examination.
The ETS Major Field Test (MFT), is used as the exit exam. A scaled score representing one
standard deviation below the mean of the national mean is considered a pass. Students who fail
to achieve this score after two attempts must take BI 250 Biology Review. Students can opt to
take the GRE Advanced Biology Test, which must be passed with a score within one standard
deviation of the national mean.
Career Opportunities
A degree in Biology or biomedical sciences remains the major of choice for students who
desire to enter the elds of medicine, dentistry, veterinary medicine, pharmacy, and biomedical
research. Students interested in nursing and other health related eld will nd that biology
provides the best foundation for entry to and success in these areas. It is also the best degree
for conservation, crop development, biology education, bioinformatics, biotechnology, medical
and scientic illustration, and many other career choices
Major Degree Requirements
Students are required to complete corequisites courses and labs for application towards a
degree in Biology and Biomedical Sciences. Students from other departments must consult with
their advisors and program coordinators for corequisites degree requirements.
Bachelor of Science in Biology
The biology program is a four-year time course of study requiring the successful completion
of 120 approved semester credits that lead to a Bachelor of Science (BS) degree in Biology with
a specialized concentration. These Biology concentrations is designed to equip the students in
such a way that they have courses that prepare them for competitive careers in their careers.
Students who complete the B.S. in Biology will be procient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Correctly apply the scientic method
2. Demonstrate integration of cellular, systemic, and organismal processes
3. Identify biblical principle in relation to biological concepts and processes
4. Demonstrate the ability to perform quantitative analysis using instrumentation or other
technological resources
87
Biology Core Requirements
BI 132 General Biology and Laboratory .................................................................... 4 hours
BI 204 Introduction to Research. ................................................................................1 hour
BI 215 Introductory Biostatistics. ............................................................................... 2 hours
BI 230 Plant Biology with Laboratory OR BI 425 General Ecology with laboratory .. 4 hours
BI 321 Genetics with Laboratory ............................................................................... 4 hours
BI 323 Undergraduate Research ...............................................................................1 hour
BI 403 Biology Seminar ..............................................................................................1 hour
BI 430 Philosophy of Science ................................................................................... 2 hours
BI 460 Cell and Molecular Biology and Laboratory ................................................... 4 hours
CH 141-142 General Chemistry with Laboratory. ..................................................... 8 hours
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry with Laboratory. ...................................................... 8 hours
PH 103-104 General Physics and Laboratory ........................................................... 8 hours
Total Core ..................................................................................................................... 47 hours
Required General Education Selections (No grade below a C): Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics
BI 131 General Biology with laboratory ..................................................................... 4 hours
MA 171 Calculus I (MA 121, 122, or 123 may be required rst) ................................ 4 hours
Concentration: Biomedical Engineering
Biology Core Curriculum ......................................................................................... 47 hours
BI 316 Biological Instrumentation. ............................................................................. 2 hours
BI Elective (should be upper division). ...................................................................... 4 hours
CH 401 Biochemistry I with laboratory ...................................................................... 4 hours
EG 201 Introduction to Engineering .......................................................................... 2 hours
EG 212 Engineering Graphics I with AutoCAD ......................................................... 3 hours
EG 212 Engineering Graphics II with AutoCAD ........................................................ 3 hours
EG 490 Research and Independent Study ............................................................... 3 hours
MA 172 Calculus II .................................................................................................... 4 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 72 hours
General Education .............................................................................................49-50 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...................................................................... 121-122 hours
Concentration: General Biology
Biology Core Curriculum ......................................................................................... 47 hours
BI Electives (12 hours should be upper division). ................................................... 20 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 67 hours
General Education .............................................................................................49-50 hours
Free Electives ........................................................................................................4-5 hours
Total Required for Degree .................................................................................. 120-122 hours
Concentration: Pre-Dentistry/Pre-Dental Medicine
Biology Core Curriculum ......................................................................................... 47 hours
AH 230 Introduction to Dentistry. .............................................................................. 2 hours
BI 331 Histology and Laboratory. .............................................................................. 4 hours
88
BI 388 Developmental Biology and Laboratory. ........................................................ 4 hours
BI 422 General Physiology and Laboratory. .............................................................. 4 hours
BI Electives ............................................................................................................... 8 hours
CH 401 Biochemistry I and Laboratory. .................................................................... 4 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 74 hours
General Education .............................................................................................49-50 hours
Total Required for Degree .................................................................................. 123-124 hours
Concentration: Pre-Medicine/Pre-Osteopathic Medicine
Biology Core Curriculum ......................................................................................... 47 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology. .................................................................................... 3 hours
BI 331 Histology and Laboratory. .............................................................................. 4 hours
BI 388 Developmental Biology and Laboratory. ........................................................ 4 hours
BI 422 General Physiology I and Laboratory. ........................................................... 4 hours
BI 481 Human Gross Anatomy I and Laboratory. ..................................................... 4 hours
BI Electives ............................................................................................................... 4 hours
CH 401 Biochemistry I and Laboratory. .................................................................... 4 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 74 hours
General Education .............................................................................................49-50 hours
Total Required for Degree .................................................................................. 123-124 hours
Concentration: Pre-Pharmacy
Biology Core Curriculum ......................................................................................... 47 hours
BI 422, 423 General Physiology I, II and Laboratory. ................................................ 8 hours
BI Electives (should be upper division). .................................................................... 8 hours
CH 401-402 Biochemistry I-II .................................................................................... 6 hours
CH 401L-402L Biochemistry I-II Laboratory (Optional). ............................................ 2 hours
PE 350 Pharmacology for Health Professionals ....................................................... 3 hours
Total Hours for Major ............................................................................................. 72-74 hours
General Education .............................................................................................49-50 hours
Total Required for Degree .................................................................................. 121-124 hours
Concentration: Pre-Veterinary Medicine
Biology Core Curriculum ......................................................................................... 47 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology. .................................................................................... 3 hours
BI 380 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy & Laboratory. ........................................... 4 hours
BI 440 Parasitology and Laboratory .......................................................................... 4 hours
BI Electives ............................................................................................................. 12 hours
CH 401 Biochemistry I and Laboratory ..................................................................... 4 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 74 hours
General Education .............................................................................................49-50 hours
Total Required for Degree .................................................................................. 123-124 hours
Students MUST choose BI 425 General Ecology and Laboratory - 4 hours in the Biology Core Curriculum.
89
Bachelor of Science in Biology Education
This program is accredited by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation
(CEAP). The program quali es a person to teach secondary school biology. After graduation,
students may apply for the Alabama Class B Certi cate: Biology, grades 7-12; and the SDA
Basic Teaching Certi cate: Biology, grades 7-12.
Refer to the Department of Education section in this bulletin for the program outline. Pro-
gram advisor: O. Otieno.
Bachelor of Science in Biomedical Sciences
The biomedical sciences program is a four-year, full time intensive course of study requiring
the successful completion of 128 approved semester credits and leading to a Bachelor of Science
(BS) degree in Biomedical Sciences. For continued enrollment in the program, a student must
maintain a cumulative science GPA of 3.20. First-year applicants must have: 1) a SAT combined
score of at least 1100, with a mathematics score of at least 500 or an ACT score of at least 23; 2)
an overall grade point average of B or higher in the sciences; 3) research or outreach experience;
and 4) AP and Honors courses.
Students who complete the B.S. in Biomedical Science will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Correctly apply the scientic method
2. Demonstrate integration of cellular, systemic, and organismal processes
3. Illustrate basic biological concepts
4. Identify a Biblical principle in relation to biological concepts and processes
5. Demonstrate the ability to perform quantitative analysis using instrumentation or other
technological resources
Major Requirements:
BI 132 General Biology and Laboratory .................................................................... 4 hours
BI 204 Introduction to Research. ................................................................................1 hour
BI 215 Introductory Biostatistics. ............................................................................... 2 hours
BI 241 General Microbiology and Laboratory ............................................................ 4 hours
BI 316 Biological Instrumentation .............................................................................. 2 hours
BI 321 Genetics with Laboratory ............................................................................... 4 hours
BI 323 Undergraduate Research ...............................................................................1 hour
BI 331 Histology and Laboratory ............................................................................... 4 hours
BI 388 Developmental Biology and Laboratory ......................................................... 4 hours
BI 430 Philosophy of Science ................................................................................... 2 hours
BI 460 Cellular and Molecular Biology and Laboratory ............................................. 4 hours
BI 481-482 Human Gross Anatomy I-II with Laboratory. ........................................... 8 hours
BI Electives. .............................................................................................................. 8 hours
CH 141-CH 142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ................................................ 8 hours
90
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry I-II Laboratory. ........................................................ 8 hours
CH 401 Biochemistry I and Laboratory ..................................................................... 4 hours
CH 402 Biochemistry II ............................................................................................. 3 hours
PE 450 Epidemiology ................................................................................................ 3 hours
PH 103-104 General Physics and Laboratory ........................................................... 8 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 82 hours
General Education .............................................................................................49-50 hours
Total Required for Degree .................................................................................. 131-132 hours
Required General Education Selections (No grade below a C): Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics:
BI 131 General Biology with laboratory ..................................................................... 4 hours
MA 171 Calculus I (MA 121, 122, or 123 may be required rst) ................................ 4 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness
RG 321 Christian Ethics ............................................................................................ 3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives
Minor in Biology
BI 131-132 General Biology and Laboratory ............................................................. 8 hours
BI 230 Plant Biology and Laboratory. ........................................................................ 4 hours
BI 430 Philosophy of Science. .................................................................................. 2 hours
BI Electives (upper division) ...................................................................................... 6 hours
Total Hours ................................................................................................................... 20 hours
91
Department of Chemistry
Professors:
Kenneth LaiHing, Ph.D.
Rufus Ranatunga, Ph.D.
Alexandre Volkov, Ph.D.
Associate Professor
Steven LaiHing, Ph.D
Patrick Ochieng, Ph.D. (Chair)
Majors: Biochemistry (B.S.)
Chemistry (B.S.)
Chemistry/Chemical Engineering (B.S.)
Minor: Chemistry
Purpose
The purpose of the Department of Chemistry is to provide students with quality Christian
education that integrates faith with science, technology and learning. The Department prepares
graduates to serve humanity as chemists, biochemists and health care professionals. Also, the
department prepares them for graduate or professional school in fulllment of their educational
objectives.
High School Preparation
Students planning to study chemistry at Oakwood should include as many science and
mathematics courses as possible in high school, and they should endeavor to make superior
grades in these courses. The following courses are strongly recommended: Algebra I, Algebra
II, Precalculus, Geometry, Biology, Chemistry, and Physics.
Application for Admission
To be admitted as a major in the Department of Chemistry, students must have completed
at least 32 hours of course work, including EN 112 Freshman Composition, and have an overall
minimum GPA of 2.25.
Prerequisites:
All prerequisites must be passed with a minimum grade of C.
Exit Examinations
Chemistry majors will be required to take an exit examination prepared by the American
Chemical Society that will be administered in the junior year. The examination is designed to
ascertain the student’s general knowledge of the subject areas of general, organic, analytical,
92
physical chemistry, instrumental methods and biochemistry. A minimum of 45 percent is required
for passing, and if failed, the student may repeat the examination in the senior year.
Career Opportunities
Ask an old chemist what he would like most, and his answer would be, ‘’a young chemist.”
This statement describes the atmosphere of enthusiasm about chemistry and chemical research
that permeates the department. Indeed, chemistry at Oakwood is an exciting confrontation of the
student with the theories and the methods of modern chemistry and biochemistry. Many of the
graduates of this department have earned doctoral degrees in science, medicine, and dentistry
from some of the most prestigious universities in this country and in Europe. Others have achieved
successful careers in the laboratories of government and industry as chemists, biochemists, and
engineers. Oakwood has been listed as one of the 23 historically Black colleges that are most
productive of Black scientic talent.
Bachelor of Science in Biochemistry
This program is designed to meet the needs of those students who are primarily interested in
preparing for careers in such areas as biochemistry, biotechnology, pharmacology, neurochemistry,
medicine, dentistry, or pharmacy.
Students who complete the B.S. in Biochemistry will be procient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate Christian values through service
2. Integrate best practices in the Biochemical Sciences
3. Construct laboratory reports using standard scientic writing protocols
4. Evaluate fundamental concepts and applications in biochemical sciences necessary for
graduate/professional schools and discipline-related careers
Major Requirements:
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ......................................................8 hours
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis and Laboratory ..........................................................4 hours
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory. ......................................................8 hours
CH 341 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory. ......................................................4 hours
CH 350 or 351 Chemistry Seminar .......................................................................... 1 hour
CH 401-402 Biochemistry and Laboratory ............................................................... 8 hours
CH 410 Applied Chemistry and Laboratory ...............................................................4 hours
CH 411 Instrumental Methods and Laboratory ....................................................... 4 hours
CH 490 or CH 491 or CH 492 Research & Independent Study ............................... 1 hour
BI 132 General Biology and Laboratory ...................................................................4 hours
BI 321 Genetics ........................................................................................................4 hours
BI 460 Cell and Molecular Biology or BI 481 Human Gross Anatomy I or BI 482 Human Gross
Anatomy II .................................................................................................................4 hours
MA 172 Calculus II ....................................................................................................4 hours
93
PH 103-104 General Physics and Laboratory ..........................................................8 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................66 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 49-50 hours
General Electives ......................................................................................................7 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ................................................................... 122-123 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 131 General Biology and Laboratory ....................................................................4 hours
MA 171 Calculus I (MA 121-122 may be required rst) ............................................4 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry/Chemical Engineering
This is a ve-year program in collaboration with the University of Alabama in Huntsville
where the student spends three years at Oakwood and two years at the University of Alabama in
Huntsville. After successful completion of all requirements, the University of Alabama in Huntsville
will grant the degree of B.S. in Chemical Engineering and Oakwood will grant the degree of B.S.
in Chemistry.
Students who complete the B.S. in Chemistry/Chemical Engineering program will be procient
in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate Christian values through service
2. Integrate best practices in the Biochemical Sciences
3. Construct laboratory reports using standard scientic writing protocols
4. Evaluate fundamental concepts and applications in chemical sciences necessary for
graduate/professional schools and discipline-related career
5. Formulate chemistry laboratory protocols that are transferable to solving chemical
engineering design problems
Major Requirements:
CH 142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ............................................................4 hours
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory .....................................................8 hours
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis and Laboratory .........................................................4 hours
CH 341 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory ...........................................................4 hours
MA 172 Calculus II ..................................................................................................4 hours
MA 271 Calculus III .................................................................................................4 hours
MA 311 Dierential Equations .................................................................................3 hours
MA 321 Probability and Statistics .............................................................................3 hours
PH 121-122 General Physics (Calculus based) and Laboratory ..............................8 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................42 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 49-50 hours
UAH requirements ..................................................................................................40 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ................................................................... 131-132 hours
94
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
CH 141 General Chemistry and Laboratory ..............................................................4 hours
MA 171 Calculus I (MA 121-122 may be required rst) ............................................4 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Chemistry
This program is designed to meet the needs of those chemistry majors who are primarily
interested in a professional career in chemistry or graduate studies. This program prepares the
student either for work in the chemical industry or for advanced studies in graduate school.
Students who complete the B.S. in Chemistry will be procient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate Christian values through service
2. Integrate best practices in the Biochemical Sciences
3. Construct laboratory reports using standard scientic writing protocols
4. Evaluate fundamental concepts and applications in chemical sciences necessary for
graduate/professional schools and discipline-related career
Major Requirements:
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Laboratory .................................................... 8 hours
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis and Laboratory ......................................................... 4 hours
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory. .................................................... 8 hours
CH 341-342 Physical Chemistry and Laboratory. ................................................... 8 hours
CH 350 or CH 351 Chemistry Seminar ................................................................... 1 hour
CH 401 Biochemistry and Laboratory ......................................................................4 hours
CH 410 Applied Chemistry and Laboratory ..............................................................4 hours
CH 411 Instrumental Methods and Laboratory ........................................................4 hours
CH 490 or CH 491 or CH 492 Research & Independent Study ........................... 1-2 hours
MA 172-271 Calculus ...............................................................................................8 hours
MA 308 Linear Algebra .............................................................................................3 hours
MA 311 Dierential Equations ..................................................................................3 hours
PH 103-104 General Physics and Laboratory ..........................................................8 hours
Total Hours for Major ........................................................................................... 64-65 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 49-50 hours
General Electives ......................................................................................................7 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ................................................................... 120-122 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 131 General Biology and Laboratory ....................................................................4 hours
MA 171 Calculus I (MA 121,122, or 123 may be required rst) ................................4 hours
95
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Minor in Chemistry
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ......................................................8 hours
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis and Laboratory ..........................................................4 hours
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory. .....................................................8 hours
CH 350 or CH 351 Chemistry Seminar ................................................................... 1 hour
Total ......................................................................................................................21 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives
96
Department of Communication
Associate Professors:
Dwyane Cheddar, M.A.
R. Rennae Elliott, Ph.D. (Chair)
Bobby Harrison, M.S.
Janice Watson, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors:
Dawnette Chambers, M.S.
Visual Media (A.S.)
Concentrations: Graphic Design, Photography
Communication (B.A.)
Concentrations: Communication Arts, Public Relations
Communication Media (B.A.)
Concentrations: Broadcast Journalism, Film & TV Production, Print/
Digital Media
Visual Media (B.A.)
Concentrations: Graphic Design, Photography, Photojournalism
Art
Communication: Communication Arts
Communication: Public Relations
Communication Media: Broadcast Journalism
Communication Media: Film and Television Production
Communication Media: Print/Digital Media
Visual Media: Graphic Design
Visual Media: Photography
Visual Media: Photojournalism
Purpose
The purpose of the Communication Department is to shape the communication professionals
of tomorrow by providing a synergistic learning experience that combines spiritual awareness,
theoretical grounding and practical application, thus enabling our students to successfully complete
in today’s marketplace.
Introduction
The Department of Communication serves a dual purpose. First, it provides general education
courses for a large segment of the student population; second, it oers majors in four distinct
areas.
97
Service Department
The department provides general education course oerings in public speaking and art, thus
serving most students.
Majors
The department oers four majors, one Associate of Science degree in Visual Media and
three Bachelor of Arts degrees in Communication, Communication Media, and Visual Media.
Visual Media (AS): This major allows students to pursue one of two concentrations: graphic
design or photography.
• Graphic design prepares students to make rapid application of their skills in the world of
visual communication.
• Photography has very broad and practical uses such as photojournalism, portraiture,
documentation, illustration, and ne art.
Students are encouraged to continue their preparation by completing one of the four-year
Visual Media degrees after earning the associate degree.
Communication: This major allows students to pursue one of two concentration tracks:
communication arts or public relations.
• The communication arts concentration provides students with expertise applicable to
people-oriented careers, including the ability to organize and communicate ideas eectively
in a variety of contexts such as law, medicine, politics, management, etc.
• For those students who enjoy fast-paced excitement, the public relations concentration
facilitates the development and use of skills in a variety of areas, including event planning,
corporate communication, media relations, and crisis management.
Communication Media: This major allows students to pursue one of three concentration
tracks: broadcast journalism, lm & TV production, or print/digital media.
• The broadcast journalism concentration focuses on providing students with a high degree
of competency and knowledge enabling them to obtain entry-level positions in a broad
spectrum of radio and television information programming.
• The concentration focuses on providing both practical
and theoretical knowledge needed to enter the workforce at entry level or graduate school.
Students should be able to demonstrate competencies in writing, technical operation,
producing, and directing.
• Graduates with emphasis in print/digital media have built successful careers in newspaper
and broadcast journalism, web design, technical writing, education, governmental public
service, and law.
Visual Media (BA): This major provides the students with skills to seek employment in the
media elds of photojournalism, photography, or graphic design. Course content is designed
to equip students with theoretical and practical experience to handle creative solutions for their
visual media concentration selections.
98
• The graphic design concentration develops the student’s ability to explore and create
visual concepts by hand and use of computer software to communicate ideas that inspire,
inform, and captivate the masses. Career opportunities include multimedia, web, and logo
designers, creative/art directors, and layout artists.
• The photography concentration focuses on the principles and techniques of communicating
information, ideas, moods, and feelings through the creation of images on digital imaging
sensors, photographic lms, and papers. The program prepares the student to enter the
world of professional photography careers in portraiture, commercial, fashion, sports,
wedding, and freelance photography.
• The photojournalism concentration provides the student with theories and practice in both
photography and writing. The two arts combined become a powerful means of conveying
concepts and ideas.
High School Preparation
Students wishing to major in communication or visual media should follow the college pre-
paratory program in high school. Students should endeavor to read widely and learn to express
themselves clearly and correctly in speech and in writing.
Admission Requirements
Admission to Oakwood University does not guarantee admission to the Department
of Communication. Freshmen intending to major in the department receive provisional
admission upon arrival or declaration of the major.
Any student may apply for admission to this department after meeting the following require-
ments:
• Completion of 32 credit hours with a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or higher;
• Completion of EN 111: Freshman Composition with minimum grade of C;
• Completion of CO 201: Fundamentals of Public Speaking with a minimum grade of C; and
• Completion of the Departmental Diagnostic Exam
Exit Requirements
During their nal year, all majors are required to:
• pass an exit examination with a minimum passing grade of C.
• complete a senior project specic to their area of concentration. Projects may include
activities such as portfolio presentations, participation in art shows, and research papers.
Career Opportunities
Students in communication are prepared for professional careers in broadcasting, journalism,
and public relations, or for media-related positions in education and industry. Other opportunities
include graduate school, consulting, law, library science, public aairs, and teaching. Artists nd
employment in a variety of professions in thousands of organizations around the world. For more
detail on career opportunities, refer to the departmental website.
99
Associate of Science in Visual Media
Visual Media is a wide-ranging eld encompassing written word, imaging, and creative
design. The Associate of Science in Visual Media prepares students for exciting careers in
graphic design, photography, and photojournalism. Teaching methodologies include artistic
and graphic theory, hands on assignments, and practical experiences.
Students many earn this AS degree in one of two concentrations: graphic design or
photography.
General Education ..............................................................................................31-33 hours
Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 33 hours
Total ......................................................................................................................... 64-66 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following Humanities and
Fine Arts Elective
AR 217 Art Appreciation ............................................................................................. 3 hours
Students must make a minimum grade of C in AR 217 Art Appreciation, EN111/EN111Lab-EN
112 Freshman Composition, and CO 201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Concentration: Graphic Design
This two-year program is designed to prepare students to make rapid application of their
skills. The students concentrate on creating posters, banners, murals, and other publicity-type
productions. Designs and layouts for books, magazines, advertisements, and other printed
materials are studied in a practical manner to produce camera-ready art for printing.
Students who complete the concentration in Graphic Design will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Integrate principles of aesthetics in visual design concepts
2. Show eective use of typography in graphic design layouts
3. Illustrate through production designs eective media layouts
4. Develop a professional body of work
Major Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design I .............................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 102 Basic Design II ............................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 111 Fundamentals of Drawing or AR 121 Fundaments of Painting ................... 3 hours
AR 204 Page Layout and Design .............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 231 Typography .................................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 235 Photoshop/Digital Design Imaging ............................................................... 3 hours
AR 241 Digital Photography ...................................................................................... 3 hours
100
AR 331 Graphic Design for Print Media I .................................................................. 3 hours
AR 434 Package Design ........................................................................................... 3 hours
AR Electives (must be upper division and approved by advisor)) ............................. 6 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 33 hours
Concentration: Photography
This two-year program provides theory and practical experience with analog and digital
cameras as well as professional light equipment that will prepare the individual to begin a rewarding
career in the many facets of photography
Students who complete the concentration in Photography will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Integrate principles of aesthetics in visual design concepts
2. Exhibit application of digital photography
3. Develop a professional body of work
4. Exhibit application of studio photography techniques
5. Develop original creative image productions
6 Use image-lling software eectively
Concentration Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design 2D ........................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 204 Desktop Publishing for Graphic Design ........................................................ 3 hours
AR 241 Fundamentals of Digital Photography ........................................................... 3 hours
AR 236 Photoshop for Photography .......................................................................... 3 hours
AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio Photography ........................................................... 3 hours
AR 262 History of Photography ................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 341 Advanced Photography ................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 343 Portrait Photography ..................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 344 Commercial Photography ............................................................................. 3 hours
AR Electives (must be upper division and approved by advisor) ............................... 6 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 33 hours
Bachelor of Arts in Communication
Students may earn this BA degree in one of two concentrations: Communication Arts or
Public Relations. Each requires the following:
General Education ..............................................................................................53-59 hours
Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 46 hours
Core .................................................................................................................. 13 hours
Concentration ................................................................................................... 33 hours
Minor required ..................................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives .........................................................................................................0-3 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...................................................................... 120-126 hours
101
Required General Education Selections:
Students must make a minimum grade of C in EN 111/EN111Lab-EN 112 Freshman
Composition and CO 201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Concentration: Communication Arts
Students who complete the concentration in Communication Arts will be procient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Deliver eective oral presentations
2. Write eectively in multiple formats for various audiences
3. Evaluate content of written and oral communication
4. Use appropriate technology eectively (software and hardware)
5. Develop and demonstrate research abilities
6. Apply communication theories within every day and workplace communication
7. Communicate eectively in various communication contexts
Core Requirements:
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication ........................................................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 330 Communication Theory................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 395 Communication Research Methods ............................................................. 3 hours
CO 477 Senior Seminar ............................................................................................. 1 hour
Total Core Hours .......................................................................................................... 13 hours
Concentration Requirements:
CO 320 Voice and Diction or CO 301 Eective Presentations................................... 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 345 Small Group Communication ........................................................................ 3 hours
CO 415 Organizational Communication or CO 425 Intercultural Communication ..... 3 hours
CO 421 Persuasion .................................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 204 Desktop Publishing for Graphic Design ........................................................ 3 hours
Total Concentration Hours ......................................................................................... 15 hours
Elective Options for Communication Arts:
AR 241 Digital Photography ....................................................................................... 3 hours
BJ 232 Writing Non-ction for Electronic Media ......................................................... 3 hours
BJ 342 Radio and Television Broadcasting ................................................................ 3 hours
CO 241 Principles and Practices of Public Relations ................................................ 3 hours
CO 301 Eective Presentations ................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 315 Mass Media Law ........................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 320 Voice and Diction .......................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 333 Feature Writing ............................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 356 Media Relations and Digital Strategies ......................................................... 3 hours
102
CO 415 Organizational Communication .................................................................... 3 hours
CO 425 Intercultural Communication ......................................................................... 3 hours
CO 435 Editing ........................................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 490 Research and Independent Study .............................................................1-3 hours
BA 302 Business Communication .............................................................................. 3 hours
EN 341 Professional Writing ...................................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 281 Writing for Photojournalism ............................................................................ 3 hours
PJ 384 Beginning Photojournalism ............................................................................ 3 hours
Concentration: Public Relations
Students who complete the concentration in Public Relations will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Analyze biblical themes of reconciliation and transformation using public relations
principles and practices
2. Write eectively in multiple formats for various audiences
3. Use appropriate technology eectively (software and hardware)
4. Construct an eective PR campaign or program
5. Demonstrate the ability to implement a PR campaign or program
6. Demonstrate professional skills consistent with industry entry-level positions
7. Eectively evaluate written and oral communication
Core Requirements:
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication ........................................................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 330 Communication Theory................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 395 Communication Research Methods ............................................................. 3 hours
CO 477 Senior Seminar ............................................................................................. 1 hour
Total Core Hours .......................................................................................................... 13 hours
Concentration Requirements:
AR 204 Desktop Publishing for Graphic Design ........................................................ 3 hours
CO 241 Principles and Practices of Public Relations ................................................ 3 hours
CO 311 Principles of Advertising ................................................................................ 3 hours
CO 315 Mass Media Law .......................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 316 Mass Communication Ethics ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 331 Public Relations Planning and Case Studies ............................................... 3 hours
CO 332 Writing for Public Relations........................................................................... 3 hours
CO 332 Writing for Public Relations Lab....................................................................0 hour
CO 356 Media Relations and Digital Strategies ......................................................... 3 hours
CO 371 Public Relations Management ...................................................................... 3 hours
CO 401 Practicum in Communication or CO 403 Internship in Communication ........ 3 hours
Concentration Electives ............................................................................................. 3 hours
Total Hours for Concentration .................................................................................... 33 hours
103
Elective Options for Public Relations:
AR 241 Digital Photography ....................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 331 Graphic Design for Pint ................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 232 Writing Non-ction for the Electronic Media.................................................. 3 hours
CO 301 Eective Presentations ................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 333 Feature Writing ............................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 401/402 Practicum in Communication or
CO 403 Internship in Communication .....................................................................1-3 hours
CO 421 Persuasion .................................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 425 Intercultural Communication ......................................................................... 3 hours
CO 435 Editing ........................................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 490 Research and Independent Study .............................................................1-3 hours
EN 341 Technical Writing ........................................................................................... 3 hours
MK 301 Principles of Marketing ................................................................................. 3 hours
Bachelor of Arts in Communication Media
Media is a multifaceted eld ranging from the written word to the still and moving image. The
Bachelor of Arts in Communication Media prepares students for stimulating careers in broadcast-
ing, photojournalism, and print journalism through theory, hands on assignments, and practical
experiences.
Students may earn this BA degree in one of two concentrations: Broadcast Journalism or
Film Television Production. Each requires the following:
General Education .....................................................................................................53-59 hours
Major Requirements ................................................................................................. 46 hours
Core .................................................................................................................. 19 hours
Concentration ................................................................................................... 27 hours
Minor required ..................................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives .........................................................................................................0-3 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...................................................................... 120-126 hours
Required General Education Selections:
Students must make a minimum grade of C in EN 111/EN111Lab-EN 112 Freshman Composition
and CO 201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Concentration: Broadcast Journalism
Students who complete the concentration in Broadcast Journalism will be procient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Integrate principles of design and composition eectively in media works
104
2. Use emerging communication media
3. Write eectively for various types of electronic media
4. Analyze content of written, oral, and visual communication
5. Demonstrate professional skills consistent with industry level positions
6. Produce programs from concept to reality
7. Use appropriate technology eectively (software and hardware)
Core Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design ................................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication ........................................................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 315 Mass Media Law ........................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 401 Practicum in Communication or CO 403 Internship in Communication ........ 3 hours
CO 477 Senior Seminar ............................................................................................... 1 hour
Total Core Hours .......................................................................................................... 19 hours
Concentration Requirements:
CO 356 Media Relations and Strategies .................................................................... 3 hours
FT 146 Fundamentals of Audio and Video Production ............................................... 3 hours
FT 300 Introduction to Video Editing .......................................................................... 3 hours
BJ 232 Writing Non-ction for Electronic Media ......................................................... 3 hours
BJ 315 Media Literacy ............................................................................................... 3 hours
BJ 342 Radio and Television Broadcasting ................................................................ 3 hours
BJ 345 Fundamental of News Production .................................................................. 3 hours
BJ 362 Advanced News Production ........................................................................... 3 hours
BJ 380 News Magazine Program .............................................................................. 3 hours
Concentration Electives ............................................................................................. 3 hours
Total Hours for Concentration .................................................................................... 27 hours
Elective Options for Broadcast Journalism:
AR 241 Digital Photography ....................................................................................... 3 hours
BJ 375 Investigative Journalism ................................................................................ 3 hours
BJ 410 Broadcast Advertising .................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 211 Media Writing ................................................................................................ 3 hours
CO 242 Mass Communication and Society ............................................................... 3 hours
CO 310 Advanced Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 316 Mass Communication Ethics ........................................................................ 3 hours
CO 320 Voice and Diction .......................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 333 Feature Writing ............................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 356 Media Relations and Digital Strategies ......................................................... 3 hours
CO 425 Intercultural Communication ......................................................................... 3 hours
CO 490 Research and Independent Study .............................................................1-3 hours
105
Concentration: Film & Television Production
Students who complete the concentration in lm & television production will be procient in
the following student learning outcomes:
1. Write eectively for various types of electronic media
2. Use emerging communication media
3. Analyze content of written, oral, and visual communication
4. Produce programs from concept to reality
5. Use appropriate technology eectively (software and hardware)
6. Demonstrate professional skills consistent with industry entry-level positions
7. Integrate principles of design and composition eectively in media works
Core Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design ................................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication ........................................................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 315 Mass Media Law ........................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 401 Practicum in Communication or CO 403 Internship in Communication ........ 3 hours
CO 477 Senior Seminar ............................................................................................. 1 hour
Total Core Hours .......................................................................................................... 19 hours
Concentration Requirements:
FT 146 Fundamentals of Television Production ......................................................... 3 hours
FT 300 Introduction to Video/Film Editing .................................................................. 3 hours
FT 346 Television Production ..................................................................................... 3 hours
FT 350 Production Management................................................................................ 3 hours
FT 360 Fiction and Dramatic Screen Writing ............................................................. 3 hours
FT 365 Fiction and Dramatic Film/TV Production ...................................................... 3 hours
FT 385 Cinematography ............................................................................................ 3 hours
FT 380 Multi-camera Television Studio Directing ....................................................... 3 hours
Total Hours for Concentration .................................................................................... 27 hours
Elective Options for Film & Television Production
AR 201 Color Theory ................................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 235 Photoshop/Digital Design Imaging ................................................................ 3 hours
AR 241 Digital Photography ....................................................................................... 3 hours
BJ 410 Broadcast Advertising .................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 333 Feature Writing ............................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 356 Media Relations and Digital Strategies ......................................................... 3 hours
CO 401 Practicum in Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 403 Internship in Communication ........................................................................ 3 hours
CO 425 Intercultural Communication ......................................................................... 3 hours
FT 401 Film Thesis Production .................................................................................. 3 hours
FT 403 Television Thesis Production ......................................................................... 3 hours
106
EN 355 Creative Drama ............................................................................................. 3 hours
EN 370 Literature of Film ........................................................................................... 3 hours
Concentration: Print/Digital Media
Students who complete the concentration in Print/Digital Media will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Write news eectively for multiple journalistic platforms
2. Use established processed to produce news - research, interviews, live coverage
3. Incorporate Associated Press style
4. Analyze print and visual content
5. Use appropriate technology for composition, design (hardware and software)
6. Use appropriate newsroom/editorial technology (hardware and software)
7. Demonstrate professional skills consistent with industry entry-level positions
Core Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design ................................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication ........................................................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 315 Mass Media Law ........................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 401 Practicum in Communication or CO 403 Internship in Communication ........ 3 hours
CO 477 Senior Seminar ............................................................................................. 1 hour
Total .............................................................................................................................. 19 hours
Concentration Requirements:
CO 211 Media Writing ................................................................................................ 3 hours
CO 310 Advanced Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 316 Mass Communication Ethics ........................................................................ 3 hours
CO 333 Feature Writing ............................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 435 Editing ........................................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 204 Desktop Publishing for Graphic Design ........................................................ 3 hours
Concentration Electives ............................................................................................. 6 hours
Total Hours for Concentration .................................................................................... 27 hours
Elective Options for Print/Digital Media:
AR 331 Graphic Design for Print ............................................................................... 3 hours
AR 341 Advanced Photography ................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 431 Photojournalism ............................................................................................ 3 hours
BA 302 Business Communication .............................................................................. 3 hours
CO 242 Mass Communication and Society ............................................................... 3 hours
CO 320 Voice and Diction .......................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 330 Communication Theory................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 332 Writing for Public Relations........................................................................... 3 hours
107
CO 345 Small Group Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 356 Media Relations and Digital Strategies ........................................................ 3 hours
CO 425 Intercultural Communication ........................................................................ 3 hours
CO 490 Research and Independent Study ............................................................ 1-3 hours
EN 341 Professional Writing ...................................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 281 Writing for Photojournalism 3 hours
PJ 384 Beginning Photojournalism ........................................................................... 3 hours
Bachelor of Arts in Visual Media
Visual Media is a wide-ranging eld encompassing written word, imaging, and creative design.
The Bachelor of Arts in Visual Media prepares students for exciting careers in graphic design,
photography, and photojournalism. Teaching methodologies include artistic and graphic theory,
hands on assignments, and practical experiences.
Students may earn this BA degree in one of two concentrations: Communication Arts or
Public Relations. Each requires the following:
General Education ..............................................................................................53-59 hours
Major Requirements ............................................................................................53-56 hours
Core .................................................................................................................. 17 hours
Concentration ..............................................................................................36-39 hours
Minor required .......................................................................................................... 18 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...................................................................... 124-133 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following Humanities and
Arts Elective:
AR 217 Art Appreciation ................................................................................................... 3 hours
Students must make a minimum grade of C in AR 217 Art Appreciation, EN 111/EN111Lab-EN
112 Freshman Composition, and CO 201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Concentration: Graphic Design
Students who complete the concentration in Graphic Design will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Integrate principles of aesthetics in visual design concepts
2. Exhibit application of digital photography
3. Develop a professional body of work
4. Show eective use of typography as related to graphic design
5. Produce compelling print and digital media using computer layout programs
6. Illustrate through production, eective media layouts
108
Core Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design I ............................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 204 Page Layout and Design ............................................................................... 3 hours
AR 241 Fundamentals of Digital Photography ........................................................... 3 hours
AR 401 Practicum or AR 403 Internship .................................................................... 3 hours
AR 405 Special Projects ............................................................................................ 3 hours
AR 497 Senior Seminar in Art/Photography ...............................................................1 hour
AR 498 Gallery Presentation .....................................................................................1 hour
Total Core Hours .......................................................................................................... 17 hours
Requirements:
AR 102 Basic Design II .............................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 111 Fundamentals of Drawing .............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 121 Fundamentals of Painting ............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 201 Color Theory ................................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 231 Typography ................................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 235 Photoshop for Graphic Design ...................................................................... 3 hours
AR 311 Advanced Drawing ........................................................................................ 3 hours
AR 331 Graphic Design for Print Media ..................................................................... 3 hours
AR 332 Graphic Design for Web Media ..................................................................... 3 hours
AR 433 Graphic Design for Media III ......................................................................... 3 hours
AR 434 Package Design ............................................................................................ 3 hours
Concentration Electives (must be upper division) ...................................................... 3 hours
Total Hours for Concentration .................................................................................... 36 hours
Elective Options for Graphic Design
AR 321 Advanced Painting ........................................................................................ 3 hours
AR 341 Advanced Photography I ............................................................................... 3 hours
AR 490 Research and Independent Study ................................................................ 3 hours
CO 301 Eective Presentations ................................................................................ 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ...................................................................... 3 hours
CO 356 Media Relations and Digital Strategies ........................................................ 3 hours
CO 425 Intercultural Communication ........................................................................ 3 hours
MK 301 Principles of Marketing ................................................................................ 3 hours
Concentration: Photography
Students who complete the concentration in Photography will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Integrate principles of aesthetics in visual design concepts
2. Exhibit application of digital photography
3. Develop a professional body of work
4. Exhibit application of studio photography techniques
5. Develop original creative image productions
6 Use image-lling software eectively
109
Core Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design I ............................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 204 Page Layout and Design ............................................................................... 3 hours
AR 241 Fundamentals of Digital Photography ........................................................... 3 hours
AR 401 Practicum or AR 403 Internship .................................................................... 3 hours
AR 405 Special Projects ............................................................................................ 3 hours
AR 497 Senior Seminar in Art/Photography ............................................................... 3 hours
AR 498 Gallery Presentation ..................................................................................... 3 hours
Total Core Hours .......................................................................................................... 17 hours
Concentration Requirements:
AR 236 Photoshop for Photography .......................................................................... 3 hours
AR 242 Fundamentals of Film Photography .............................................................. 3 hours
AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio Photography ........................................................... 3 hours
AR 262 History of Photography ................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 341 Advanced Photography I ............................................................................... 3 hours
AR 342 Advanced Photography II .............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 343 Portrait Photography ..................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 344 Commercial Photography ............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 441 Advanced Photography III ............................................................................. 3 hours
PJ 384 Beginning Photojournalism ............................................................................ 3 hours
PJ 385 Travel Photography/Writing ........................................................................... 3 hours
Concentration Electives (must be upper division) ...................................................... 6 hours
Total Hours for Concentration .................................................................................... 39 hours
Elective Options for Photography:
AR 490 Research and Independent Study ................................................................ 3 hours
CO 301 Eective Presentations ................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 356 Media Relations and Digital Strategies ........................................................ 3 hours
CO 425 Intercultural Communication ......................................................................... 3 hours
MK 301 Principles of Marketing ................................................................................. 3 hours
PJ 386 Editorial Photography .................................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 387 Photography for Social Media ........................................................................ 3 hours
Concentration: Photojournalism
Students who complete the concentration in Photojournalism will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Integrate principles of aesthetics in visual design concepts
2. Exhibit application of digital photography
3. Develop a professional body of work
4. Write correctly and clearly in forms and styles appropriate for the photojournalistic
professions, audiences and purposes they serve
110
5. Use photographs to communicate in dierent media
6 Apply a variety of media including photographs, video, and text to create multimedia
packages conveying stories to a general audience
Core Requirements:
AR 101 Basic Design I ............................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 204 Page Layout and Design ............................................................................... 3 hours
AR 241 Fundamentals of Digital Photography ........................................................... 3 hours
AR 401 Practicum or AR 403 Internship .................................................................... 3 hours
AR 405 Special Projects ............................................................................................ 3 hours
AR 497 Senior Seminar in Art/Photography............................................................... 1 hour
AR 498 Gallery Presentation ..................................................................................... 1 hour
Total Core Hours .......................................................................................................... 17 hours
Concentration Requirements:
AR 236 Photoshop for Photography .......................................................................... 3 hours
AR 242 Fundamentals of Film Photography .............................................................. 3 hours
AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio Photography ........................................................... 3 hours
AR 262 History of Photography ................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 341 Advanced Photography ................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication ........................................................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 281 Writing for Photojournalism ............................................................................ 3 hours
PJ 384 Introduction to Photojournalism ..................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 385 Travel Photography/Writing............................................................................ 3 hours
PJ 386 Editorial Photography .................................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 387 Photography for Social Media ........................................................................ 3 hours
Concentration Elective (must be upper division) ........................................................ 3 hours
Total Hours for Concentration .................................................................................... 39 hours
Elective Options for Photojournalism:
AR 342 Advanced Photography II .............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 343 Portrait Photography ..................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 344 Commercial Photography ............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 490 Research and Independent Study ................................................................ 3 hours
CO 301 Eective Presentations ................................................................................. 3 hours
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 356 Media Relations and Digital Strategies ......................................................... 3 hours
CO 425 Intercultural Communication ......................................................................... 3 hours
MK 301 Principles of Marketing ................................................................................. 3 hours
111
Minor in Art
AR 101 Basic Design ................................................................................................ 3 hours
AR 102 Basic Design II ............................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 111 Fund. of Drawing or AR 121 Fund. of Painting ............................................. 3 hours
AR 405 Special Projects ........................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 490 Research and Independent Study ............................................................... 3 hours
AR or PJ Elective (must be upper division and approved by advisor) ...................... 3 hours
Total Hours Required for Minor ............................................................................... 18 hours
Communication: Public Relations
CO 231 Beginning Reporting .................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 241 Principles and Practices of Public Relations ................................................ 3 hours
CO 331 Public Relations Planning and Case Studies ............................................... 3 hours
CO 332 Writing for Public Relations .......................................................................... 3 hours
CO 356 Media Relations & Digital Strategy .............................................................. 3 hours
CO 395 Communication Research ........................................................................... 3 hours
Total Hours Required for Minor .................................................................................. 18 hours
Communication Media: Broadcast Journalism
FT 146 Fundamentals of Audio/Video Production ..................................................... 3 hours
FT 300 Introduction to Video/Film Editing ................................................................. 3 hours
BJ 232 Writing Non-ction for Electronic Media ........................................................ 3 hours
BJ 342 Radio and Television Broadcasting ............................................................... 3 hours
BJ 345 Fundamentals of News Production ............................................................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting .................................................................................... 3 hours
Total Hours Required for Minor .................................................................................. 18 hours
Communication Media: Film and Television Production
FT 145 History of Film ............................................................................................... 3 hours
FT 146 Fundamentals of Audio/Video Production ..................................................... 3 hours
FT 300 Introduction to Video/Film Editing ................................................................. 3 hours
FT 346 Television Production .................................................................................... 3 hours
FT 350 Production Management ............................................................................... 3 hours
FT Upper Division Elective ........................................................................................ 3 hours
Total Hours Required for Minor .................................................................................. 18 hours
112
Communication: Print/Digital Media
CO 211 Digital Media Writing .................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication .......................................................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting .................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 310 Advanced Reporting .................................................................................... 3 hours
CO 316 Mass Communication Ethics ....................................................................... 3 hours
CO 333 Magazine and Feature Writing ..................................................................... 3 hours
Total Hours Required for Minor .................................................................................. 18 hours
Visual Media: Photography
AR 241 Digital Photography ...................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 236 Photoshop for Photography ......................................................................... 3 hours
AR 341 Advanced Photography II ............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 343 Portrait Photography .................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 405 Special Projects ........................................................................................... 3 hours
AR or PJ Elective (must be upper division and approved by advisor) ...................... 3 hours
Total Hours Required for Minor .................................................................................. 18 hours
Visual Media: Photojournalism
AR 241 Digital Photography ...................................................................................... 3 hours
AR 204 Page Layout and Design .............................................................................. 3 hours
AR 201 Color Theory................................................................................................. 3 hours
AR 331 Graphic Design for Print Media .................................................................... 3 hours
AR 434 Package Design ........................................................................................... 3 hours
AR or PJ Elective (must be upper division and approved by advisor) ...................... 3 hours
Total Hours Required for Minor .................................................................................. 18 hours
Visual Media: Graphic Design
AR 101 Basic Design ................................................................................................ 3 hours
AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio Photography .......................................................... 3 hours
PJ 281 Writing for Photojournalism ........................................................................... 3 hours
PJ 384 Beginning Photojournalism ........................................................................... 3 hours
CO 356 Media Relations & Digital Strategy .............................................................. 3 hours
AR or PJ Elective (must be upper division and approved by advisor) ...................... 3 hours
Total Hours Required for Minor .................................................................................. 18 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor
or free electives.
113
Department of English and Foreign Languages
Professors:
Ramona L. Hyman, Ph.D.
Associate Professors:
Roman Lesnov, Ph.D.
Chandra T. Mountain, Ph.D.
Benson Prigg, Ph.D. (Chair)
Kayla Ward, Ed.D.
Assistant Professors:
Paul Nixon, M.A.
Karen Tucker, M.S., M.Ed.
Joshua Williams, M.A.
Soa Wolhein Nava, M.A.
English (B.A.)
Concentrations: Literature; Performance Studies,
Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL)
English Language Arts Education (B.S.)
Spanish (B.A.)
English
Spanish
Arabic**
French**
German**
Italian**
Portuguese**
**NOTE: These minors can only be obtained through an Adventist Colleges Abroad year-
long program
Purpose
The purpose of the Department of English and Foreign Languages is to provide students
with varied opportunities to enhance oral and written communication and critical thinking skills
through the study of language and literatures within various contexts in preparation for careers
and further study. The Department achieves this purpose through the study and practice of
literature, professional writing, Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL),
and foreign languages. The Department supports the mission of the University by using the
Bible as a foundational text for thinking through issues in language and literary studies.
114
Introduction
Two distinct goals emerge from the Department of English and Foreign Languages’ purpose,
one that is related to the University’s General Education program and the other that focuses on
the development of the student major.
A. General Education
The Department provides a major component of the University’s liberal arts curriculum
through general education oerings in writing, literature, and foreign languages. The
Department also provides remediation through courses in reading, writing, and English
as a second language.
B. Majors
The English program meets the needs of students who desire a strong liberal arts founda-
tion and writing skills by oering the traditional English major concentration in literature
as well as concentrations in professional writing and Teaching English to Speakers of
Other Languages (TESOL). Graduates in English pursue advanced studies in English
and related elds, as well as law, medicine, and other careers.
The Spanish language program oers students the opportunity to gain the cultural and
linguistic prociency that will enable them to understand and explore, in-depth, dierent aspects
of the Hispanic culture and the Spanish language. The content and experiences in the required
courses will help prepare students to use Spanish in professional contexts by focusing on Culture,
Film, Linguistics, Literature and Translation. Study abroad opportunities, in conjunction with
Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA), are interwoven into the fabric of the curriculum to increase
students’ uency and prociency, their awareness and sensitivity of the social dynamics surround-
ing language, and their relevance when placed in various academic, social, political, professional,
and religious contexts of the Spanish-speaking world.
High School Preparation
Students wishing to major in English or Spanish should follow the college preparatory program
in high school. Students should endeavor to read widely and learn to express themselves clearly
and appropriately in speech and writing.
Exit Examinations
All students must complete a capstone experience: Majors in English produce a senior thesis
or project; Spanish majors participate in the ACA program for one year and produce a senior
thesis; language arts majors complete the Praxis examination and teaching practicum.
Career Opportunities
By the end of their tenure, students majoring in English and foreign languages will be qualied
to pursue a number of interesting, challenging and rewarding professions, such as teaching,
translation, interpretation, diplomacy, law, creative and/or technical writing, publishing, public
relations, communications, advertising, banking, retailing, or business- and industry-related
activities. Moreover, English and foreign languages majors are also poised to consider graduate
school options in such areas as literature, linguistics, rhetoric, language studies, cultural studies,
law, speech pathology, medicine, business, psychology, education, and so much more.
115
Bachelor of Arts in English
The Bachelor of Arts in English is intended to meet the needs of students desiring a strong
liberal arts background or of students planning to enter graduate or professional school or the
work force.
The Department’s curriculum for the English major is designed so that students:
Literature:
1. Develop advanced competence in spoken and written English
2. Examine texts from multiple biblical, critical, theoretical, and/or creative perspectives
3. Apply research skills using multiple print, digital, and archival resources
4. Demonstrate preparedness for graduate and professional study, and discipline-related
vocations
5. Critique texts from diverse literary traditions
6. Demonstrate skills in close reading, critical thinking, analysis, and evaluation of a
variety of texts
Performance Studies:
1. Develop advanced competence in spoken and written English
2. Examine texts from multiple biblical, critical, theoretical, and/or creative perspectives
3. Apply research skills using multiple print, digital, and archival resources
4. Demonstrate preparedness for graduate and professional study, and discipline-related
vocations
5. Critique texts from diverse literary traditions
6. Demonstrate the ability (aptitude) to function in various aspects of dramatic
performance
Professional Writing:
1. Develop advanced competence in spoken and written English
2. Examine texts from multiple biblical, critical, theoretical, and/or creative perspectives
3. Apply research skills using multiple print, digital, and archival resources
4. Demonstrate preparedness for graduate and professional study, and discipline-related
vocations
5. Analyze writer’s processes and techniques
Teaching English to Speakers of Other Languages (TESOL):
1. Develop advanced competence in spoken and written English
2. Examine texts from multiple biblical, critical, theoretical, and/or creative perspectives
3. Apply research skills using multiple print, digital, and archival resources
4. Demonstrate preparedness for graduate and professional study, and discipline-related
vocations
5. Evaluate language learners’ English prociency levels
6. Use explicit knowledge of language as an integrative system
116
*All majors must take the required core courses and choose a concentration of courses listed
below:
English Core Curriculum:
EN 201 World Literature............................................................................................. 3 hours
EN 213 British Literature ............................................................................................ 3 hours
EN 303 Survey of American Literature ....................................................................... 3 hours
EN 304 Advanced Composition ................................................................................. 3 hours
EN 313 African American Literature ........................................................................... 3 hours
EN 412 Linguistics or EN 413 Descriptive English Grammar .................................... 3 hours
EN 470 Senior Seminar in English .............................................................................1 hour
Total Core Hours .......................................................................................................... 19 hours
Concentration: Literature
EN 203 Scholarship in English .................................................................................2 hours
EN 205 Genre Studies .............................................................................................3 hours
EN 305 Biblical Literature .........................................................................................3 hours
EN 311 Theory and Practice in Literacy Criticism ....................................................3 hours
EN 325 U.S. Ethnic Literatures ................................................................................3 hours
EN 431 Shakespeare ..............................................................................................3 hours
EN upper division electives .................................................................................. 3-9 hours
Total Hours for Concentration ............................................................................. 20-26 hours
Students are required to take 3 hours of upper division EN electives and up to 9 hours depending
upon the number of hours needed to secure 120 hours for graduation
Concentration: Performance Studies
MU 102 Class Voice ................................................................................................ 1 hour
EN 203 Scholarship in English .................................................................................2 hours
EN 222 Beginning Dramatic Performance ...............................................................3 hours
EN 322 Introduction to Performance Studies Literature ...........................................3 hours
EN 333 Special Topics in Playwriting .......................................................................3 hours
EN 353 Fundamentals of Play Directing ..................................................................3 hours
EN 355 Creative Drama ...........................................................................................3 hours
CO 320 Voice and Diction .......................................................................................3 hours
EN 435 OU Performance Internship ........................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Concentration ...................................................................................30 hours
Concentration: Professional Writing
EN 203 Scholarship in English .................................................................................2 hours
EN 220 Writers at Work ............................................................................................3 hours
EN 305 Biblical Literature .........................................................................................3 hours
Select one Special Topics* from: EN 330 Poetry, EN 331 Fiction,
EN 332 Creative Non-ction, EN 333 Playwriting or
EN 334 Technical Writing ....................................................................................3 hours
117
EN 341 Professional Writing ....................................................................................3 hours
EN 351 Creative Writing ...........................................................................................3 hours
EN 401 Writing Studies ............................................................................................3 hours
EN 460 Writing for Publication .................................................................................3 hours
EN upper division elective ........................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Concentration ...................................................................................26 hours
*Students are required to select one course from the Special Topics series, but may elect no more
than two courses from series. Student may not take the same course for credit more than once.
Concentration: TESOL
EN 203 Scholarship in English .................................................................................2 hours
EN 214 TESOL: Theory and Culture ........................................................................3 hours
EN 215 TESOL: Practices and Materials .................................................................3 hours
EN 305 Biblical Literature .........................................................................................3 hours
EN 413 Descriptive English Grammar .....................................................................3 hours
EN 490 Research and Independent Study ...............................................................3 hours
EN upper division electives ......................................................................................6 hours
ED 370 Educational Tests and Measurements ........................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Concentration ...................................................................................26 hours
General Education ..............................................................................................53-54 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives .........................................................................................................3-4 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................. 120 hours
General Education requirements: Majors and Minors must earn a minimum grade of C in
college composition and all English and Language related courses.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in English Language Arts Education
The English Language Arts Education program is accredited by the Council for the Accredita-
tion of Educator Preparation (CAEP). The program qualies persons to teach secondary school
English or language arts. After graduation, students may apply for the Alabama Class B Certicate:
English Language Arts, grades 7-12; and SDA Basic Teaching Certicate: English Language
Arts, grades 7-12.
Refer to the Department of Education section in this bulletin for the program outline. Program
Advisor: Department of English and Foreign Languages Chair.
118
Bachelor of Arts in Spanish
The Spanish major oers students an opportunity to gain the cultural and linguistic prociency
that will enable them to understand and explore in depth dierent aspects of the Hispanic culture
and the Spanish language. The content and experiences in the required courses will help prepare
students to use Spanish in professional contexts focusing on culture, lm, linguistics, literature, and
translation. Study abroad opportunities are interwoven into the fabric of the curriculum to increase
Spanish uency, prociency, awareness and sensitivity of the social dynamics surrounding
language, and their relevance when placed in various academic, social, political, professional,
and religious contexts of the Spanish-speaking world.
Students who intend to use ACA classes to major or minor in Spanish must be advised by
the program director or department chair before registering for classes.
Students who complete the B.A. in Spanish will be procient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Communicate thoughts, ideas, and opinions orally in the target language as described
by the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages (ACTFL) Prociency
Guidelines
2. Communicate thoughts, ideas, and opinions in writing in the target language as
described by the American Council on the Teaching of Foreign Languages (ACTFL)
Prociency Guidelines
3. Interact within diverse social and cultural contexts in the target-language-speaking
world
4. Demonstrate an understanding of complex questions and answers in the target
language, reecting multiple perspectives
5. Contextualize and explain the signicance of a representative selection of gures,
texts, and tendencies in the literature and other cultural productions of the target
language-speaking world
6. Analyze a text in the target language using research techniques
Major Requirements: One Year Study Abroad
SP 201-202** Intermediate Spanish ......................................................................... 6 hours
SP Electives (Oered at ACA campuses - 41 qtr. hrs.) ........................................... 27 hours
SP 455*** Survey of Spanish Literature or
SP 456*** Survey of Spanish-American Literature .............................................. 3 hours
SP 457*** Advanced Composition and Conversation ............................................... 3 hours
SP 470*** Seminar .................................................................................................... 3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 42 hours
General Education ..............................................................................................50-54 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives .......................................................................................................3-10 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................ 120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
119
**Students majoring or minoring in Spanish are required to take two intermediate courses before
enrolling in an ACA school. Otherwise, they must take 33 hours (50 quarter hours) of electives
instead of 27 hours (41 quarter hours) at the ACA campus.
***To be completed upon return from ACA campus
NOTE: .667 quarter hours = 1 semester hour
Major Requirements: One Spring Semester Study Abroad
SP 201-202** Intermediate Spanish ......................................................................... 6 hours
SP 313 Spanish Grammar and composition ............................................................. 3 hours
SP 250 Intro to Spanish Phonetics and Phonology .................................................. 3 hours
SP 367 Hispanic Cultures, Film, and Media .............................................................. 3 hours
SP Electives (Oered at ACA campuses - 27 qtr. hrs.) ........................................... 18 hours
SP 455*** Survey of Spanish Literature or
SP 456*** Survey of Spanish-American Literature .............................................. 3 hours
SP 412 Spanish Linguistics or 457*** Advanced Composition and Conversation .... 3 hours
Spanish Electives*** .................................................................................................. 6 hours
SP 470*** Seminar .................................................................................................... 3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 48 hours
General Education ..............................................................................................50-54 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives ...................................................................................................................0-4
Total Hours Required for Degree ..................................................................... 120-123 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
**Students majoring or minoring in Spanish are required to take two intermediate courses before
enrolling in an ACA school. Otherwise, they must take 24 hours (36 quarter hours) of electives
instead of 18 hours (27 quarter hours) at the ACA campus.
***To be completed upon return from ACA campus
NOTE: .667 quarter hours = 1 semester hour
English and Foreign Language Minors
For all minors, students must complete at least eight upper division hours (300-400 level
courses) in the minor discipline.
Minor in English
EN 203 Scholarship in English .................................................................................. 2 hours
EN upper division electives from Literature or Professional Writing Curriculum ....... 9 hours
EN upper division electives (not previously taken) .................................................... 9 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................. 20 hours
120
Minor in English (Performance Studies)
EN 222 Beginning Dramatic Performance ...............................................................3 hours
EN 322 Introduction to Performance Studies Literature ...........................................3 hours
EN 353 Fundamentals of Play Directing ..................................................................3 hours
EN 355 Creative Drama ...........................................................................................3 hours
EN 435 OU Performance Internship ........................................................................3 hours
Minior Electives (3-4 hours)
MU 102 Class Voice ................................................................................................ 1 hour
CO 320 Voice and Diction .......................................................................................3 hours
EN 333 Special Topics in Playwriting .......................................................................3 hours
Minor in English (TESOL)
EN 203 Scholarship in English .................................................................................. 2 hours
EN 214 TESOL: Theory and Culture ......................................................................... 3 hours
EN 215 TESOL: Practices and Materials .................................................................. 3 hours
EN 305 Biblical Literature .......................................................................................... 3 hours
EN 413 Descriptive English Grammar ...................................................................... 3 hours
EN 490 Research and Independent Study ................................................................ 3 hours
ED 370 Tests and Measurements ............................................................................. 3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................. 20 hours
Minor in Spanish
For all minors, students must complete at least eight upper division hours (300-400 level
courses) in the minor discipline.
SP 201-202** Intermediate Spanish ......................................................................... 6 hours
SP Electives (Oered at ACA campus - 13.5 quarter hours) ..................................... 9 hours
SP 470 *** Seminar in Spanish Linguistics .............................................................. 3 hours
SP 457*** Advanced Composition and Conversation ............................................... 3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................. 21 hours
**Students majoring or minoring in Spanish are required to take two intermediate courses before
enrolling in an ACA school. Otherwise, they must take 15 hours (22.5 quarter hours) of electives
instead of 9 hours (13.5 quarter hours) at the ACA campus.
***To be completed upon return from ACA campus
NOTE: .667 quarter hours = 1 semester hour
121
One Year Study Abroad ACA Minors
Minor in Arabic
One Year Study Abroad Option
ARB Electives (Oered at ACA campuses - 27 qtr. hours) 18 hours
Minor in French
One Year Study Abroad Option
FR Electives (Oered at ACA campuses - 27 qtr. hours) 18 hours
Minor in German
One Year Study Abroad Option
GRM Electives (Oered at ACA campuses - 27 qtr. hours) 18 hours
Minor in Italian
One Year Study Abroad Option
ITL Electives (Oered at ACA campuses - 27 qtr. hours) 18 hours
Minor in Portuguese
One Year Study Abroad Option
POR Electives (Oered at ACA campuses - 27 qtr. hours) 18 hours
Minor in Spanish
One Year Study Abroad Option
SP Electives (Oered at ACA campuses - 13.5 qtr. hours) 9 hours
NOTE: For all ACA minors, students must complete at least eight upper division hours (300-400 level courses)
in the minor discipline. Upon return from the ACA institution, students must also complete FL 470 to fulll
the three-hour residency requirement.
Adventist Colleges Abroad
Adventist Colleges Abroad (ACA is a consortium of Seventh-day Adventist colleges and
university in North America under the auspices of the Oce of Education of the North American
Division of Seventh-day Adventists located in Columbia, Maryland. The ACA consortium provides
qualied undergraduate students opportunities to study in other countries such as Argentina,
Austria, Brazil, England, France, Italy, Lebanon, and Spain while completing the requirements
of their programs at their home colleges. Studying abroad allows students to be immersed in the
122
culture and life of another country while becoming conversant in its language. Students can minor
in a foreign language through one of the ACA programs. Through such experiences students
also may gain an appreciation of, and perhaps an inspiration for, mission or other multicultural
services. For more information on ACA programs, see the Department of English and Foreign
Languages and the ACA website: https://www.acastudyabroad.com.
123
Department of Mathematics and Computer Science
Professors:
A. John Osei, Ph.D.
Darayas Patel, Ph.D.
Associate Professors:
Lisa James, Ph.D. (Chair)
Shushannah Smith, M.S., M.S.E.
Tara Young, Ed.D.
Assistant Professors:
Joseph Jeries, M.S.
Jea Joseph, M.S.
Majors: Applied Mathematics ( B.S.)
Concentrations: Quantitative Science, Mathematical Techniques,
Engineering
Computer Networks (B.A.)
Computer Science (B.S.)
Information Technology (B.S.-LEAP/Adult Education)
Mathematics (B.A. and B.S.)
Mathematics Education (B.S.)
Minors: Computer Science
Mathematics
Physics
Engineering (B.S.) - Dual Degree Partnership Program
Purpose
The Department of Mathematics and Computer Science seeks to provide students with
experiences that will assist them in dening their life and career objectives. Course oerings,
advising, and day-to-day contact with faculty and other students contribute to this goal. The courses
provide the necessary background to allow students to pursue graduate work, teach secondary
school, obtain employment in government and industry, and acquire mathematical tools for use in
the physical, social, life, and management sciences. The Department also functions as a service
unit for the entire University, teaching such mathematics courses as other departments deem
necessary for their programs. In addition to the students’ academic development, the Department
provides an intellectual environment for fostering personal development, interpersonal skills, and
self-understanding. These goals reect the Department’s philosophy that our primary reason for
being is to foster the intellectual growth and development of the students.
124
High School Preparation
Potential mathematics majors should follow the college preparatory program in high school.
Students should take as many mathematics courses as possible to acquire the knowledge and
skills in algebra, geometry, and trigonometry needed for college calculus.
Application for Admission
To be admitted as a major in the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science,
students must have completed as least 32 hours of course work, including EN 112 Freshman
Composition. Students must also have completed MA 171-172 Calculus I and II if a mathematics
major, or CM 210-220 Computer Science I and II if a computer science or Computer Networks
major. Applicants must have an overall minimum GPA of 2.00 and a minimum GPA of 2.25 in
mathematics or computer science. Application forms must be obtained from and returned to the
department.
Exit Examination
Majors in the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science are required to pass an
exit examination with a minimum passing grade of C. The exit examination is administered
during both the fall and spring semesters. See the exit examination policy and procedures in the
departmental curriculum guide.
Career Opportunities
Since mathematical scientists use mathematics to solve real-world problems, a degree in
mathematics, applied mathematics, or computer science prepares a student for a variety of
positions in business, government, industry, and education (teaching K-12). The types of exciting
and rewarding careers available include actuary, cryptologist, computer programmer, computer
systems analyst, information scientist, mathematician, engineer, numerical analyst, operations
research analyst, and statistician.
Dual Degree Program in Applied Mathematics/Engineering
This is a cooperative dual degree program in which most students complete the rst 96 or
more hours at Oakwood University (OU) and 60 or more hours at the University of Alabama in
Huntsville (UAH). Following the successful completion of all program requirements, the student
will be awarded the Bachelor of Science degree in Applied Mathematics with a concentration
in Engineering from Oakwood University. The student will also receive the Bachelor of Science
degree in Engineering from UAH in one of the following areas: aerospace engineering, civil
engineering, computer engineering, electrical engineering, industrial and systems engineering,
mechanical engineering, or optical engineering.
Admission Requirements for the Dual Degree Program
Admission to Oakwood University does not guarantee admission to the dual degree program.
A separate application to the Department of Mathematics and Computer Science is necessary
to gain admittance into the dual degree program and should be submitted after all the admission
125
requirements below have been met.
1. University cumulative GPA of 3.00 or above on a 4.00 scale
2. Earn a grade of B or better in MA 171 Calculus I and EG 201 Introduction to Engineering
(formerly EG 111). Note: EG 201 is a prerequisite course for admission into the dual
degree program. The dual degree program begins with EG 212 Engineering Graphics
with AutoCAD (formerly EG 112 Engineering Graphics)
3. Students having two failures (C- or less) in the hard sciences (biology, chemistry, physics),
mathematics, or engineering courses will lose admittance in the dual degree program
and will be placed in the B.S. in Applied Mathematics 4-year program
Dual Degree Applied Mathematics/Engineering Requirements:
B.S. Applied Mathematics: Engineering ........................................................ 120-125 hours
UAH requirements ............................................. Completion of B.S. degree in Engineering
Total for degrees ...................................................................................................See Advisor
Bachelor of Science in Applied Mathematics
This program is designed to prepare students for employment in the private sector or in
government agencies requiring high-level quantitative skills and the ability to think critically and
locally. It also provides the background required to enter graduate school in mathematics or re-
lated areas.
Students who complete the B.S. in Applied Mathematics will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Explain how a mathematical concept reveals a biblical principle(s) or attribute of God
2. Integrate technological tools to solve applied mathematics problems
3. Demonstrate quantitative skills through the application of mathematics
4. Demonstrate experimental skills through the application of scientic principles
Applied Mathematics Core Requirements:
CM 210 Computer Science with C++ ........................................................................3 hours
CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++ ...........................................3 hours
MA 172, 271 Calculus II & III .....................................................................................8 hours
MA 221 Introductory Statistics ..................................................................................3 hours
MA 305 Applied Mathematics with Technical Writing or
PH 305 Mathematical Methods of Physics ..........................................................3 hours
MA 308 Linear Algebra ..............................................................................................3 hours
MA 311 Dierential Equations ...................................................................................3 hours
MA 312 Numerical Analysis ......................................................................................3 hours
MA 490 Research and Independent Study ...............................................................3 hours
PH 121-122 General Physics (calculus based) ........................................................8 hours
BI 131 & BI 131L General Biology and Laboratory ...................................................4 hours
CH 142 General Chemistry and Lab .........................................................................4 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................48 hours
126
Major Requirement
Applied Mathematics Core ......................................................................................48 hours
Concentration (Choose one from: Mathematical Techniques, Quantitative Science, Com-
puter Science or Engineering) ................................................................................. 21-27 hours
Total Hours for Major ........................................................................................... 69-75 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 47-53 hours
Electives (3 hrs must be upper division) ............................................................... 0-4 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree .................................................................... 120-128 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
EG 110 or CM 110 Introduction to Computational Tools ...........................................3 hours
Science & Mathematics (no grade below C)
CH 141 General Chemistry and Laboratory ..............................................................4 hours
MA 171 Calculus I .....................................................................................................4 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor, or
free electives.
Concentration: Quantitative Science
Students who complete the concentration in Quantitative Science will be procient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Apply mathematical analysis to solve a broad range of quantitative science problems
2. Apply mathematical models to real-world phenomena
Concentration Requirements:
Choose two tracks ............................................................................................ 18-21 hours
Upper Division Electives (MA or PH) ........................................................................6 hours
Choose two of the following courses
MA 401 Advanced Calculus ......................................................................................3 hours
MA 402 Advanced Calculus ......................................................................................3 hours
PH 301 Theoretical Mechanics .................................................................................3 hours
PH 305 Mathematical Methods of Physics ...............................................................3 hours
PH 311 Electricity and Magnetism ............................................................................3 hours
Total hours ............................................................................................................ 24-27 hours
Track: Probability & Statistics
MA 321 Probability & Statistics .................................................................................3 hours
MA 322 Probability & Statistics II ..............................................................................3 hours
MA 401 Advanced Calculus ......................................................................................3 hours
Total hours ....................................................................................................................9 hours
127
Track: Biology
BI 132 & BI 132L General Biology and Laboratory ...................................................4 hours
BI 430 Philosophy of Science ...................................................................................2 hours
BI 490 Research & Independent Study .....................................................................3 hours
Total hours ....................................................................................................................9 hours
Track: Chemistry
CH 311-CH 312 Organic Chemistry and Lab ............................................................8 hours
CH 350 or 351 Chemistry Seminar .......................................................................... 1 hour
Total hours ....................................................................................................................9 hours
Track: Computer Science
CM 340 Computer Logic Design ...............................................................................3 hours
CM 367 Programming Languages ............................................................................3 hours
CM 490 Research & Independent Study ..................................................................3 hours
Total hours ....................................................................................................................9 hours
Track: Engineering
EG 201 Intro to Engineering .................................................................................... 3 hours
EG 212 Engineering Graphics I with AutoCAD .........................................................3 hours
EG 312 Engineering Graphics II with AutoCAD ........................................................3 hours
EG 490 Research and Independent Study ...............................................................3 hours
Total hours ..................................................................................................................12 hours
Concentration: Mathematical Techniques
Students who complete the concentration in Mathematical Techniques will be procient in
the following student learning outcomes:
1. Apply mathematical analysis to solve a broad range of mathematical problems
2. Explain the fundamental concepts involved in the analysis of change
3. Develop quantitative skills through the application of mathematics
4. Construct logical mathematical proofs
Concentration Requirements:
MA 313 Mathematics Essentials ...............................................................................3 hours
MA 401 Advanced Calculus ......................................................................................3 hours
MA 411 Introduction to Modern Algebra ....................................................................3 hours
MA 419 Real Analysis ...............................................................................................3 hours
Upper Division Elective (MA or PH) ..........................................................................6 hours
Elective (BI, CH, CM, EG, MA, or PH) ......................................................................3 hours
Total hours ..................................................................................................................21 hours
Concentration: Engineering
Students who complete the concentration in Engineering will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
128
1. Apply mathematical analysis to solve a broad range of engineering problems
2. Design a system which meets real-world constraints such as economics, environment
manufacturability, and sustainability
Concentration Requirements
EG 201 Intro to Engineering .....................................................................................3 hours
EG 212 Engineering Graphics I with AutoCAD .........................................................3 hours
EG 490 Research and Independent Study ...............................................................3 hours
MA 321 Probability and Statistics ..............................................................................3 hours
Upper Division Electives (EG courses only) ...........................................................12 hours
Total hours ..................................................................................................................24 hours
Bachelor of Arts in Computer Networks
This curriculum is appropriate for students planning a career in industry in the computer
networking eld. It provides computer networks majors with a broad-based knowledge in areas
such as computer programming, algorithm design and analysis, computer architecture, and
computer networks. The courses provide a deep knowledge in various computer topics and
especially in the eld of computer networks. Students who successfully complete the program
will be ready for industry jobs in computer networks elds as a network engineer.
Students who complete the B.A. in Computer Networks will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Explain how a mathematical concept reveals a Biblical principle(s) or attribute of God
which will allow students to view the eld of Computer Networks through the lens of the
Bible
2. Write a C++ program to implement a complex algorithm using Objected Oriented con-
cepts
3. Design and implement computer networks and protocols such as LANs, WANs,
VLANs, RIP, and OSPF
4. Simulate the components of a CPU (e.g. Arithmetic and Logic Unit, Register Bank,
Control Unit, or Program Counter)
Major Requirements:
CM 210 Computer Science with C++ ........................................................................3 hours
CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++ ...........................................3 hours
CM 340 Computer Logic Design ...............................................................................3 hours
CM 350 Introductory Computer Architecture .............................................................3 hours
CM 352 Operating Systems I ....................................................................................3 hours
CM 367 Programming Languages ............................................................................3 hours
CM 370 Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming in Java ................................3 hours
CM 381 Computer Networks .....................................................................................3 hours
CM 401 Discrete Structures ......................................................................................3 hours
129
CM 402 Design and Analysis of Algorithms ..............................................................3 hours
CM 480 Selected Topics ...........................................................................................3 hours
CM 481 Advanced Computer Networking .................................................................3 hours
CM 490 Research and Independent Study ...............................................................3 hours
MA elective (MA 171 or above) or IS elective (IS 3 25, IS 415, or IS 425) ...............3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................42 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 53-59 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................. 18-21 hours
Free Electives ....................................................................................................... 0-7 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
EG 110 or CM 110 Introduction to Computational Tools ...........................................4 hours
Science & Mathematics (no grade below C)
MA 121 Precalculus Algebra (or higher) ........................................................... 3 or 4 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor, or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Computer Science
This curriculum is appropriate for students planning a career in industry or graduate study
in computer science. It provides computer science majors with a broad-based knowledge in
areas such as computer programming, algorithm design and analysis, computer architecture,
and computer networks. The program includes adequate courses from mathematics to provide
the quantitative tools required for problem solving in computer science.
Students who complete the B.S. in Computer Science will be procient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Explain how a mathematical concept reveals a Biblical principle(s) or attribute of God
which will allow students to view the eld of Computer Science through the lens of the
Bible
2. Write a C++ program to implement a complex algorithm using Objected Oriented con-
cepts
3. Convert mathematical concepts into computer data structures
4. Simulate the components of a CPU (e.g. Arithmetic and Logic Unit, Register Bank,
Control Unit, or Program Counter)
Major Requirements:
CM 210 Computer Science with C++ ........................................................................3 hours
CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++ ...........................................3 hours
CM 340 Computer Logic Design ...............................................................................3 hours
CM 350 Introductory Computer Architecture .............................................................3 hours
130
CM 352 Operating Systems I ....................................................................................3 hours
CM 367 Programming Languages ............................................................................3 hours
CM 401 Discrete Structures ......................................................................................3 hours
CM 402 Design and Analysis of Algorithms ..............................................................3 hours
CM 490 Research and Independent Study ...............................................................3 hours
Select three courses from:
CM 370 Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming in Java,
CM 381 Computer Networks,
CM 480 Selected Topics in Computer Science,
CM 481 Advanced Computer Networking, or
CM 491 Research and Independent Study ........................................................ 9 hours
MA 172-271 Calculus ................................................................................................8 hours
MA 308 Linear Algebra ..............................................................................................3 hours
MA 312 Numerical Analysis ....................................................................................3 hours
MA 321 Probability and Statistics ..............................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................53 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 47-53 hours
Free Electives ................................................................................................... 14-20 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
MA 171 Calculus I .....................................................................................................4 hours
Technology (no grade below C)
EG 110 or CM 110 Introduction to Computational Tools ...........................................4 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor, or
free electives.
Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science in Mathematics
The following core courses are required for all B.A. and B.S. in Mathematics:
Mathematics Core Curriculum:
MA 172-271 Calculus II, III ........................................................................................8 hours
MA 308 Linear Algebra .............................................................................................3 hours
MA 311 Dierential Equations ...................................................................................3 hours
MA 313 Mathematics Essentials ...............................................................................3 hours
MA 321 Probability and Statistics ..............................................................................3 hours
MA 401 Advanced Calculus ..................................................................................... 3 hours
MA 411 Introduction to Modern Algebra ....................................................................3 hours
MA 419 Introduction to Real Analysis .......................................................................3 hours
CM 210 Computer Science with C++ ........................................................................3 hours
CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++ ...........................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................35 hours
131
Bachelor of Arts in Mathematics
The B.A. in Mathematics program is designed to prepare students for employment by the
private sector or by government agencies requiring high-level quantitative skills and the ability
to think critically and locally. It provides the background required to enter graduate school in
mathematics or related areas. This program diers from the B.S. in Mathematics program in
that the student pursuing a B.A. in Mathematics degree (1) is required to select a minor course of
study oered at the university, and (2) may take fewer hours of mathematics or science courses
than the B.S. requires.
Students who complete the B.A. in Mathematics will be procient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Explain how mathematical concepts reveal Biblical principles
2. Demonstrate prociency in communicating mathematical concepts
3. Construct induction, equality, and implication proofs
4. Perform high-level mathematical computations
5. Develop mathematical models of real-world phenomena
Major Requirements:
Mathematics Core ...................................................................................................35 hours
MA upper division electives (only 3 hours from the MA 490-491 sequence) ............9 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................44 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 53-59 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................. 18-21 hours
Free electives ........................................................................................................ 0-5 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ................................................................... 120-121 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C):
MA 171 Calculus I .....................................................................................................4 hours
PH 103 General Physics or CH 141 General Chemistry and Lab .................... 3 or 4 hours
Technology (no grade below C):
EG 110 or CM 210 Introduction to Computational Tools ...........................................4 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor, or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics
This program is designed to prepare students for graduate school in Mathematics or a career
in mathematical research. The program requires students to complete a variety of courses that will
give them the foundation needed to be successful in any graduate program in mathematics. This
program diers from the B.A. in Mathematics in that the student pursuing a B.S. in Mathematics
degree (1) is not required to select a minor course of study, and (2) is required to take more hours
of mathematics and science courses than the B.A. requires.
132
Students who complete the B.S. in Mathematics will be procient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Explain how mathematical concepts reveal Biblical principles
2. Explain the fundamental concepts involved in the analysis of change (e.g. limits, dif-
ferentiation)
3. Perform high-level mathematical computations
4. Construct induction, equality, and implication proofs
Major Requirements:
Mathematics Core ...................................................................................................35 hours
MA upper division electives .....................................................................................18 hours
PH 121-122 General Physics I & II with Calculus and Labs .....................................8 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................61 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 47-53 hours
Free Electives ..................................................................................................... 6-12 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...........................................................................120 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C):
BI 131 General Biology and Laboratory or
CH 141 General Chemistry and Laboratory ..........................................................4 hours
MA 171 Calculus I .................................................................................................... 4 hours
Technology (no grade below C)
EG 110 or CM 210 Introduction to Computational Tools ...........................................4 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Education
This program is accredited by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP).
The program qualies a person to teach secondary school mathematics. After graduation, students
may apply for the Alabama Class B Certicate: Mathematics, grades 7-12; and the SDA Basic
Teaching Certicate: Mathematics, grades 7-12.
Refer to the Department of Education section in this bulletin for the program outline.
Bachelor of Science in Information Technology
This degree program is designed specically for the adult learner and oered in a non-
traditional format. Refer to the Adult and Continuing Education section of the bulletin for the
program outline and description of courses.
133
Minor in Computer Science
CM 210 Computer Science I with C++ .....................................................................3 hours
CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structure with C++ ............................................3 hours
CM 340 Computer Logic Design ..............................................................................3 hours
CM 367 Programming Languages ............................................................................3 hours
CM electives (upper division) .................................................................................. 6 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................18 hours
Minor in Mathematics
MA 171-172, 271 Calculus (may need MA 121-122 or MA 123 rst) ......................12 hours
MA 308 Linear Algebra .............................................................................................3 hours
MA 311 Dierential Equations ...................................................................................3 hours
MA elective (upper division) ......................................................................................3 hours
Total ...................................................................................................................... 21 hours
Minor in Physics
PH 121-122 General Physics I & II with Calculus and Labs .....................................8 hours
PH 301 Theoretical Mechanics .................................................................................3 hours
PH 305 Mathematical Methods of Physics ...............................................................3 hours
PH 311 Electricity and Magnetism ............................................................................3 hours
EG 211 Statics ..........................................................................................................3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................20 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor, or
free electives.
134
Department of Music
Professors:
Wayne Bucknor, D.M.A.
Audley Chambers, Ph.D.
Jason Ferdinand, D.M.A., (Chair)
Associate Professors:
Julie Moore Foster, D.M.A.
Sung Jun Kim, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors:
Iris Hankins-Fordjour, M.M.
Stephen Murphy, M.M.
Riter St. Luc, M.M.
Majors: Music (B.A.)
Concentrations: Piano, Voice, Instrument
Music Composition and Recording Arts (B.M.)
Music Education: Instrumental (B.S.)
Music Education: Choral (B.S.)
Vocal Performance and Pedagogy (B.M.)
Minor: Music
Recording Arts
Purpose
The Music Department supports the mission of the university by providing students with access
to quality music instruction, opportunities, and services. The Department prepares students for
graduate school and employment by oering curricula leading to a Bachelor of Arts in Music,
Bachelor of Science in Music Education, a Bachelor of Music in Music Composition and Recording
Arts, and a Bachelor of Music in Vocal Performance and Pedagogy. Students who are committed
to developing their musical talent for service to God and to humankind are encouraged to apply.
Application for Admission
Music majors must fulll all the general admission requirements of the University. Acceptance
to the University, however, does not guarantee admission to the Music Department as a music
major. Students who want to major or minor in music at Oakwood University will need to audition
on their instrument or voice. The Admission Audition for the music faculty can be either in person
or by audio/video tape. This audition must be accompanied by three letters of recommendation.
Students must take placement examinations.
135
How to Prepare for Auditions
Naturally, music study and vocal and/or instrumental practice are very important. While it is
not a requirement for admission as a music major, most students auditioning for acceptance as
music majors have had private lessons. All music majors at Oakwood, regardless of performance
area, are required to reach a basic prociency in piano, so piano study before attending the
university is useful. If a deciency is found in this area at the Admission Audition, the student will
be required to take the Piano Prociency course MU 161-164. Failure to accomplish this task
by the end of the sophomore year may prolong the time for fullling the degree requirements.
Foreign language study is also helpful for all music majors; French, German or Italian is required,
for voice majors.
Music Ensemble Participation
Majors and minors must participate in a departmental ensemble eight consecutive semesters
(except when student teaching or doing internship). Students may enroll in more than one
ensemble, but must remain for the entire year. Large ensembles include Aeolians, University
Choir, Wind Ensemble, and Orchestra. Small ensembles include composition, piano, chamber
ensembles, vocal, string and instrumental.
Recital Requirements
Every student majoring in music is required to enroll in and successfully complete a recital
class every semester of residence. Graded on a pass/fail basis, this course receives zero (0)
hours credit. A passing grade is based on the attendance of seven approved recitals, forums, or
master classes per semester. This requirement is prorated for part-time students according to
hour load. The requirements for transfer students are determined on an individual basis by the
department chairperson.
Examinations
• Placement. All entering students into the music department are required to take written
and aural placement examinations in music theory, piano prociency, and in the applied
area. The results of these exams are used to place students in classes appropriate to
their level of ability. To obtain Freshman standing as a music major, the student must
qualify for MU 211, Theory I and MU 165, applied area.
• Piano Prociency. All music majors must demonstrate keyboard prociency by passing
a piano prociency examination. Students who fail the exam will be required to take
piano prociency courses until the exam can be passed. This must be completed by
the sophomore year. Keyboard prociency includes the ability to play hymns, scales,
triads, several moderately easy compositions and accompaniments, and harmonize
simple folk melodies.
• Solo Recital. Solo recitals are required for junior and senior music majors and minors.
Individual instruction is required and must be preceded by a pre-recital four weeks prior
to the recital date.
• Exit Examinations. All majors in the Music Department are required to take a written exit
examination, administered during the fall and spring semesters of the student’s senior
year, and pass with the minimum score of 70 percent.
136
Career Opportunities
Study in the eld of music oers a general creative education as well as skills in communication
and analysis that are essential in most careers. Some students pursue careers closely related
to music, such as performers, educators, songwriters, church musicians, conductors, arrangers,
composers, musicologists and music business attorneys. Others choose to work behind the
scenes, or in the business area of music in careers such as producers, engineers, managers,
agents, and in publishing and sales. Many careers do not require a specic major but rather a
wide range of demonstrated skills and accomplishments. Thus, some graduates pursue careers
in elds quite unrelated to music. Regardless of your career choices, increasing your marketability
to employers through internships, responsible work experience, good grades, and involvement in
university activities is important. A bachelor’s degree is sucient for many entry-level positions,
but for advancement in an area of specialization, an advanced degree may be required.
Bachelor’s Degrees
The following core courses are required of all music students as part of their major.
NOTE: Timely progression in the music core is contingent upon the passing of all aspects of
one’s entrance audition. To eliminate conditional music admission, we strongly recommend early
(pre-college) piano and instrumental studies especially for prospective Music Teacher Education
majors. Such studies should include sight reading, sight singing, sight playing, and accompanying.
Early serious study minimizes one’s conditional music acceptance.
Students who complete the core requirements for the Bachelor’s degree in Music will be
procient in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate the ability to perform and/or produce a varied repertoire of music
2. Demonstrate a basic prociency in oral skills and notation
3. Demonstrate the ability to conduct a variety of musical works
4. Demonstrate the ability to describe and evaluate musical styles and music performances
5. Compose and arrange melodies for solo and instrumental combinations using music
software such as Finale and Sibelius
6. Dene, describe, and identify various musical styles and literature of Western and non-
Western culture
Music Core Curriculum:
MU 090 Music Recital Class-every semester of residence ......................................0 hours
MU 165, 166, 265, 266, 365, 366, 465, 466 Individual Instruction and
Laboratory (in area of concentration) ...................................................................16 hours
MU 211-212 Theory I and Laboratory** ....................................................................6 hours
MU 217, 218 Sight Singing, Ear Training, and Dictation ...........................................2 hours
MU 220 Music Repertoire .........................................................................................3 hours
MU 311-312 Theory II and Laboratory*** .................................................................6 hours
MU 317, 318 Sight Singing, Ear Training, and Dictation ...........................................2 hours
MU 320, 321, 322 Music History I, II, III ....................................................................9 hours
MU 360 Conducting ..................................................................................................3 hours
MU Ensemble (MU 201, MU 202, MU 204, MU 205, MU 207) .................................8 hours
137
MU 499 Recital .........................................................................................................0 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................55 hours
**Must be taken concurrently with MU 217, 218
***Must be taken concurrently with MU 317, 318
Minor is not required
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Bachelor of Arts in Music
This degree oers a broad-based study of music within a liberal arts curriculum. Students
interested in general music as a double major are encouraged to pursue this degree. In addition
to the core requirements, students can elect one of ve areas of concentration: general music,
piano, voice, instrument, or composition.
Students who complete the B.A. in Music will be procient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Demonstrate the ability to perform standard repertoire at a required level
2. Demonstrate the ability to interpret standard repertoire with appropriate performance
practice
3. Demonstrate the ability to analyze, notate, sight read, and conduct various repertoire
related to their instrument
Major Requirements:
Music Core ..............................................................................................................55 hours
Music elective (upper division) ................................................................................. 3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................58 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................53 hours
Free Electives ...........................................................................................................9 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Bachelor of Music in Music Composition and Recording Arts
A professional degree designed to prepare undergraduate music composition and recording
arts majors to meet the entrance requirements for graduate schools, schools of music, conser-
vatories, and professional pursuits.
Students who complete the B.M. in Music Composition and Recording Arts will be procient
138
in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Compose and arrange music within specic guidelines
2. Analyze various musical scores and identify the contrapuntal devices that are used
3. Record and produce music with major music software and hardware
4. Demonstrate the knowledge of using microphones for live or studio recording projects
5. Score and produce music using music notation programs and virtual instruments
6. Score music for common orchestral instruments
7. Demonstrate the knowledge of the basic theory of musical acoustics
8. Demonstrate the knowledge of the applied theory of musical acoustics
Major Requirements:
Music Core Curriculum ............................................................................................ 55 hours
MU 170 Introduction to Music Technology ................................................................ 3 hours
MU 270 Music Acoustics ........................................................................................... 2 hours
MU 316 Orchestration ................................................................................................3 hours
MU 470 Audio Workstation I .......................................................................................3 hours
MU 471 Audio Workstation II ......................................................................................3 hours
MU 472 Virtual Instruments ........................................................................................2 hours
Total Hours for Major ...................................................................................................71 hours
General Education .................................................................................................47 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...........................................................................121 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Bachelor of Science in Music Education
Choral or Instrumental Major
This program is accredited by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP)
and qualies a person to teach either vocal/choral or instrumental music. After graduation,
students may apply for the Alabama Class B Certicate: Vocal/Choral or instrumental music,
grades preschool-12; and the SDA Basic Teaching Certicate: Music, grades preschool-12.
Refer to the Department of Education section in this bulletin for program outline. Program
advisor:
139
Bachelor of Music in Vocal Performance and Pedagogy
This is a professional degree and is designed to better prepare undergraduate vocal
music majors to meet the entrance requirements for graduate schools, schools of music, and
conservatories, or to teach studio voice.
Students who complete the B.M. in Vocal Performance and Pedagogy will be procient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate through teaching practicum the understanding of the breath cycle, phonation,
the vocal tract, and vocal health to a party inexperienced in the art of singing
2. Demonstrate the ability to pronounce English, German, French, Italian, and Latin with
correct phonemes
3. Demonstrate knowledge of operatic literature for beginning voice students with appropriate
libretto and character study
4. Demonstrate ability of teaching private lessons though a supervised practicum
5. Demonstrate an understanding of representative composers, poets, and works, with
extensive listening and performing in class
Major Requirements:
Music Core Curriculum ...........................................................................................55 hours
MU 140 English and Italian Diction ..........................................................................3 hours
MU 141 French and German Diction .......................................................................3 hours
MU 326 Vocal Literature - Song Repertoire .............................................................2 hours
MU 340 Modern Foreign Language Reading for Musicians .....................................3 hours
MU 362 Opera Workshop I or MU 363 Opera Workshop II ......................................2 hours
MU 383 Anatomy for Singers ...................................................................................3 hours
MU 384 Vocal Pedagogy ..........................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................74 hours
General Education .................................................................................................50 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...........................................................................124 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Minor in Music
MU 090 Music Recital Class ....................................................................................0 hours
MU 165-466 Individual Instruction and Laboratory
(three hours must be upper division) ...................................................................6 hours
MU 211-212 Theory I and Laboratory ......................................................................6 hours
MU 217, 218 Sight Singing, Ear Training, and Dictation ..........................................2 hours
MU 320 or MU 321 or MU 322 Music History .........................................................3 hours
MU 360 Conducting .................................................................................................2 hours
140
MU Ensemble (MU 201, MU 202, MU 204, MU 205, MU 207) ................................2 hours
MU 499 Recital .........................................................................................................0 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................21 hours
NOTE: Music fees, in addition to tuition, are assessed for certain courses (see department
course fees).
Minor in Recording Arts
MU 170 Introduction to Music Technology ...............................................................3 hours
MU 270 Music Acoustics ..........................................................................................2 hours
MU 316 Orchestration ..............................................................................................3 hours
MU 470 Audio Workstation I .....................................................................................3 hours
MU 471 Audio Workstation II ....................................................................................3 hours
MU 472 Virtual Instruments ......................................................................................2 hours
MU 165 CMP, MU 166 CMP, MU 265 CMP .............................................................6 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................22 hours
NOTE: Music fees, in addition to tuition, are assessed for certain courses (see department
course fees).
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
141
Department of Psychological Sciences
Professor:
Howard Weems, Ph.D. (Administrator)
Associate Professors:
Carmen Bucknor, Ph.D.
Martin Hodnett, Psy.D (Chair)
Regular Part-time:
Helen Kessio, M.S.
Eva Starner, Ph.D.
Majors: Psychology (B.A. and B.S.)
Minors: Correctional Science
Psychology
Sociology
Purpose
It is the purpose of the Department of Psychological Sciences to provide a liberal arts, un-
dergraduate foundation with a basic understanding of the theories, principles, facts, approaches,
and methods of research in psychology. The goal of the department is to aid the student in (1)
acquiring knowledge and developing skills for entry-level professional service, (2) understanding
and embracing the scientic nature of the eld, (3) preparing for entry into graduate programs, (4)
receiving a Christian perspective of psychology, and (5) expanding an understanding of self and
others with an appreciation of the origin and nature of individual dierences from the psychological
viewpoint.
High School Preparation
A strong academic background with emphasis on biology, computer skills, mathematics, and
social sciences will be valuable for aspiring psychology majors.
Application for Admission
Students seeking to pursue a degree in the Department of Psychological Sciences will be
admitted upon completion of the following admission criteria:
• Submission of departmental application in the fall semester of the student’s sophomore
year. Applications must be obtained from and returned to the department.
• Applications must be submitted and approved by the end of the sophomore year.
• A cumulative college GPA of at least 2.50. This GPA must be maintained until graduation.
142
Exit Examination
All Psychology students are required to take an exit examination during their nal semester.
The minimum passing score is 70 percent. Students who do not achieve a passing score on their
rst attempt may apply to take the exam again after completing remediation recommended by the
department. Students must complete the second administration of the exam within one calendar
year of the rst administration during the ocially scheduled exam time. Students who do not
successfully pass the second exam within one year will be referred to another degree program
(e.g. General Studies)
Career Opportunities
Human understanding and service constitute great needs among people today. Psychology
graduates are entering a multiplicity of occupations including business, law, government, private
practice or mental health agency employment, and education. The bachelor’s degree in psychol-
ogy is a exible and versatile way to prepare for a career in human services and diverse lines
of work. Psychology graduates are upwardly mobile, but their advances are strongly correlated
with training beyond the bachelor’s degree.
Bachelor’s Degrees
Psychology Core Curriculum:
All psychology majors are required to complete the following courses as part of their
program:
PY 105 Introduction to Psychology for the Major ......................................................3 hours
PY 201 Psychology of Religion .................................................................................3 hours
PY 280 Seminar in Psychology ...............................................................................2 hours
PY 307 Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences ........................................................3 hours
PY 321 Abnormal Psychology ...................................................................................3 hours
PY 371 Biological Psychology...................................................................................3 hours
PY 411 Research I ....................................................................................................3 hours
PY 415 Research II ...................................................................................................3 hours
PY 460 Research III - Experimental Methods ...........................................................3 hours
PY 460L Research III - Experimental Methods Lab ................................................. 1 hour
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................27 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 131 General Biology and Lab (required for BS degree) ......................................4 hours
BI 101 Life Science (BA degree) ...............................................................................3 hours
MA 108 College Algebra ...........................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
143
• PY 101 Principles of Psychology may be substituted for PY 105 Introduction to Psychology
for the Major for transfer students or students who have changed their major to psychology
and have already taken PY 101 Principles of Psychology or equivalent.
• PY 105 - Introduction to Psychology for Majors is required for all other majors.
Bachelor of Arts in Psychology
The B.A. degree in Psychology oers a broad study of behavior and provides the academic
preparation required for graduate training. This degree is designed around the American Psy-
chological Association (APA) guidelines for the undergraduate psychology major.
Students who complete the B.A. in Psychology will be procient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Apply Biblical foundations to psychological concepts and issues as it applies to ethical
behavior.
2. Successfully organize research ideas based upon the scientic method.
3. Demonstrate acquisition of actual knowledge with regards to their own behavior, to ways
of interacting with others, and to their roles in culture and society.
4. Construct research papers based upon principles of the scientic method.
5. Construct portfolio(s) reecting acquisition of knowledge on abnormal behavior using
scientic research and critical thought.
Major Requirements:
Psychology Core Curriculum ..................................................................................27 hours
PY 401 History and Systems of Psychology .............................................................3 hours
Select from: PY 320 Social Psychology,
PY 319 Theories of Personality,
PY 325 Developmental Psychology, and
PY 345 Adolescent Psychology .............................................................................6 hours
PY Electives ..............................................................................................................9 hours
Total Hours for Major ................................................................................................ 45 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 47-48 hours
Foreign Language requirement .................................................................................6 hours
Free Electives* .................................................................................................. 21-22 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
*Minor recommended [cannot be within the Psychological Sciences Department]
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................3 hours
144
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 101 Life Science (BA degree) ...............................................................................3 hours
MA 108 College Algebra ...........................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Psychology
The B.S. Psychology degree is designed around the American Psychological Association (APA)
guidelines for the undergraduate psychology major. Students will develop an understanding of
human learning, emotions, and behaviors. Learners will also develop skills in research, writing,
problem solving, and critically synthesizing and evaluating information, which are valued in a wide
range of professions beyond psychology. Successful graduates of this program are prepared to
continue their studies at the graduate level or pursue careers in a variety of elds that employ
psychological knowledge and skills, including public service, law enforcement, business, sales,
market research, health care, and social services.
Students who complete the B.S. in Psychology will be procient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Examine the Biblical Foundations of psychology.
2. Apply the theories and research ndings of the discipline to psychological phenomena.
3. Distinguish between the major perspectives of psychology.
4. Demonstrate ability to apply counseling methods.
5. Produce an original research paper involving data collection and analysis.
6. Exhibit ethical behavior in the eld based on spiritual principles.
Major Requirements:
Psychology Core Curriculum ..................................................................................27 hours
Select two from: PY 320 Social Psychology, PY 319 Theories of Personality,
PY 325 Developmental Psychology, or PY 345 Adolescent Psychology ...............6 hours
Select one from:
PY 331 Group Dynamics, PY 351 Organizational Psychology, or
PY 430 Psychological Testing ...............................................................................3 hours
PY 421 Counseling Skills or PY 423 Counseling Theories .......................................3 hours
PY 422-424 Counseling Practicum ...........................................................................4 hours
Select one from:
PY 340 Behavior Disorders in Children, PY 236 Black Psychological Perspectives, or
SO 361 Marriage and the Family ...........................................................................3 hours
PY or SO Electives..................................................................................................15 hours
Total Hours for Major ................................................................................................61 hours
General Education ............................................................................................ 48-49 hours
Free electives .....................................................................................................10-11 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
145
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 131 General Biology and Lab ...............................................................................4 hours
MA 108 College Algebra ...........................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives
Bachelor of Science in General Psychology-Adult and Continuing Education (LEAP)
This degree program is designed specically for the adult learner and oered in a nontraditional
format. Refer to the Adult and Continuing Education section of the bulletin for the program
outline and description of courses.
All students who select a minor from the Department of Psychological Sciences must
be advised by an advisor within the department
Minor in Correctional Science
PY 101 Principles of Psychology or
PY 105 Intro to Psychology for the Major.............................................................3 hours
PY 321 Abnormal Psychology ...................................................................................3 hours
PY 398 Psychology and the Law ..............................................................................3 hours
PY or SO Electives....................................................................................................6 hours
SO 398 Probation .....................................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................18 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following Social and Behavioral
Sciences (no grade below C)
SO 101 Principles of Sociology ................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Minor in Psychology
PY 201 Psychology of Religion .................................................................................3 hours
PY 321 Abnormal Psychology ...................................................................................3 hours
Select from: PY 320 Social Psychology, PY 319 Theories of Personality, and
PY 331 Group Dynamics .......................................................................................6 hours
146
PY 421 Counseling Skills or PY 423 Counseling Theories .......................................3 hours
PY Elective ..............................................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................18 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following Social & Behavioral
Sciences (no grade below C)
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ..............................................................................3 hours
Minor in Sociology
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................3 hours
SO 231 Social Problems ...........................................................................................3 hours
SO 241 Race Relations ............................................................................................3 hours
SO Electives ............................................................................................................9 hours
PY Elective (upper division) ......................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................21 hours
147
SCHOOL OF BUSINESS
Theodore Brown, Sr., Ph.D., M.B.A. (Dean)
Purpose Statement
The School of Business supports the mission of Oakwood University by promoting excellence
in providing quality Christian education for business students, enabling them to meet the
challenges of the global competitive marketplace and to wholeheartedly serve God and humanity.
Department
Business and Information Systems
Kelley Duncanson, Ph.D., M.B.A.
(Chair)
148
Department of Business and Information
Systems
Professor:
Theodore Brown, Sr., Ph.D., M.B.A. (Dean)
Leslie Pollard, Ph.D., M.B.A. (Administrator)
Prudence Pollard, Ph.D., M.P.H., SPHR (Administrator)
Raghavalu Ramella, Ph.D., M.Phil., MBA, MDBA, M.A. (MBA Program Director)
Associate Professors:
Richard Blanco-Topping, Ph.D., M.B.A.
Kelley Duncanson, Ph.D., M.B.A. (Chair)
Japheth Kessio, Ph.D., M.B.A.
Assistant Professors:
Handel Fraser, Ed.D., M.B.A.
Vern Gohanna, M.B.A.
James Lewis, M.B.A., CPA
Kenneth Mercury, M.S.
Shaunda Roach, M.B.A.
C. Leon Thomas, Ph.D., M.B.A.
Julian Waddell, M.B.A., CIPM, CVA, CSMIE, MICT
Majors: Accounting (B.S.)
Business Administration (B.B.A.)
Emphasis in: Health Care Administration, Human Resource Management,
Management, Marketing
Finance (B.S.)
Management Information Systems (B.S.)
Business Administration (B.S. - LEAP)
Minors: Accounting
Entrepreneurship
Finance
International Business
Management
Management Information Systems
Marketing
Purpose
The purpose of the Department of Business and Information Systems is to provide students
with a quality Christian education in business and information systems, enabling them to meet
the challenges of the global competitive market.
149
Accreditation
Oakwood University, through its Business and Information Systems Department, is nationally
accredited by the Accreditation Council for Business Schools and Programs to oer the following
business degrees: The Bachelor of Science (B.S.), with majors in Accounting, Finance,
Management Information Systems and Organizational Management; the Bachelor of Business
Administration (B.B.A.) with concentrations in Health Care Administration, Human Resource
Management, Management, and Marketing.
Application for Admission
To be admitted as a major in the Department of Business and Information Systems, students
must have completed at least 30 hours of course work including EN 112 Freshman Composition,
and have an overall minimum GPA of 2.00.
Any Business and Information Systems courses taken without prior satisfactory completion of
all catalog prerequisite courses will not be counted toward fulllment of graduation requirements.
Exit Examinations
All majors in the Business and Information Systems Department are required to successfully
pass an exit examination, administered during the fall semester of the student’s senior year.
There will be a charge of $35 for the exit exam.
Students who take the departmental exit exam (Fall Semester) and do not pass must enroll
in BA 250 Business Review (Spring Semester). The ETS Exit Exam will be given as the nal
exam for BA 250. The exam will be at the expense of the department.
Internships
Every business major may choose to do an internship in his/her respective major area with the
exception of Health Care majors who are required to do a practicum as an internship. Internships
must have a minimum of 150 hours. All Internships MUST be applied for and approved by the
department chair prior to deployment for internship. In order to receive credit/grade, students
must register for the Internship in their respective discipline.
Bachelor’s Degrees
Students who complete the core requirements for a Bachelor’s degree in Business will be procient
in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Create oral and written business reports
2. Demonstrate critical thinking in business decision-making
3. Eectively collaborate in the dynamic global environment
4. Interpret nancial data for decision-making
5. Identify the economic forces that impact business operations
6. Demonstrate the general application of biblical principles for ethical decision-making in
the business environment
150
The following core courses are required of all business students as part of their major.
Business Core Curriculum:
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting ......................................................................6 hours
BA 260 Business Statistics .......................................................................................3 hours
BA 302 Business Communication ............................................................................3 hours
BA 310 Principles of Management ...........................................................................3 hours
BA 371 Production Management* ............................................................................3 hours
BA 375 Business Law ..............................................................................................3 hours
BA 460 Business Ethics ...........................................................................................3 hours
BA 495 Business Policy .......................................................................................... 3 hours
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics ......................................................................3 hours
EC 283 Principles of Macroeconomics ....................................................................3 hours
FN 311 Principles of Finance ...................................................................................3 hours
IS 200 Management Information Systems** ............................................................3 hours
MK 301 Principles of Marketing ...............................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................42 hours
*Not needed by Management Information Systems or Marketing majors
**Not needed by Accounting majors.
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ..........................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C )
MA 171 Calculus (MA 121-122 may be required rst) or
MA 211 Applied Calculus*** ................................................................................. 4-3 hours
***Students who opt to take MA 211 instead of MA 171 may have to nd a substation for 1 credit
hour.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Accounting
This degree is designed to oer an institutional program with an emphasis on the principles
and concepts of accounting relating to measuring, recording, classifying, summarizing, and
interpreting nancial transactions. It prepares students for accounting careers in business,
government, not-for-prot organizations, and graduate school.
Students who complete the B.S. in Accounting will be procient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate and execute planning and control skills necessary for achieving accuracy
and ethical analysis and interpretations of data for the reporting of nancial data
2. Master the use of nancial reporting systems
151
3. Demonstrate the transaction cycle for a business
4. Design internal controls that validate nancial information
5. Prepare and present nancial reports in accordance with GAAP
6. Demonstrate an ability to identify textual and practical examples of secular accounting
principles and theorems and their correlation to biblical principles of truth and
stewardship
Major Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum .....................................................................................39 hours
AC 325-326 Intermediate Accounting .....................................................................6 hours
AC 341 Cost Accounting .........................................................................................3 hours
AC 350 Federal Taxation ........................................................................................ 3 hours
AC 351 Corporate Taxation .....................................................................................3 hours
AC 380 Accounting Information Systems .................................................................3 hours
AC 420 Governmental and Non-Prot Accounting .................................................. 3 hours
AC 421 Advanced Accounting ..................................................................................3 hours
AC 431 Auditing ......................................................................................................3 hours
AC 432 Auditing II ....................................................................................................3 hours
IS 250 Business Applications in Excel and Access ..................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................72 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................0 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ..........................................................................3 hours
Mathematics and Science (no grade below C)
MA 171 Calculus (MA 121-122 may be required rst) or
MA 211 Applied Calculus*** ................................................................................. 4-3 hours
***Students who opt to take MA 211 instead of MA 171 may have to nd a substation for 1 credit
hour.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Business Administration
This is a professional degree, with concentrations in Health Care Administration, Human
Resource Management, Management, and Marketing.
Major Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum ............................................................................... 39-42 hours
152
Concentration in Health Care Administration, Human Resource Management ,Management,
or Marketing* ..................................................................................................... 24-27 hours
Total ................................................................................................................. 63-69 hours
Health Care Administration concentration:
This concentration provides a broad understanding of health care management and hands-on
experience in applying learned principles. It is designed for those persons interested in a career
in health care administration. Graduates will be prepared for careers in health care organizations,
including hospitals, public agencies, health care networks, group practices, long-term care, and
managed-care settings.
Students who complete the concentration in Health Care Administration will be procient in
the following student learning outcomes:
1. Critique the current U.S. Healthcare Delivery System based on its historical development,
how it operates today, who participates in the system, what legal and ethical issues arise
as a result of the system, how it is nanced, and what problems continue to plague the
health care system
2. Appraise the operational and resource responsibilities of today’s health care administrators
and the utility of products and services oered by health care organizations
3. Formulate a knowledge base of the abilities, skills, and expertise essential to managing
complex health organization in an environment of constant change.
4. Critique the response of the current health care environment to the vast array of challenges
including regulatory and policy changes; medicinal and technological advancements;
funding; education; and ethical issues that plague the industry
5. Evaluate the rationale for a health care system oriented to chronic care
6. Develop a major management project that evaluates and critiques the management
functions of the health care institution or agency to which the student has been assigned
for a practicum experience, and provides recommendations for improvements in the
production and provision of care.
7. Demonstrate the general application of biblical principles in relations to the role of moral
and ethical decision-making in the health care industry
Concentration Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum .....................................................................................42 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology....................................................................................3 hours
HC 325 Introduction to Health Services Administration ...........................................3 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspects and Ethics of Health Care ....................................................3 hours
HC 340 Health Technology and Human Diseases ...................................................3 hours
HC 454 Long Term Care Administration ...................................................................3 hours
HC 495 Health Services Management Problems and Research .............................3 hours
HC 497 Practicum in Health Care Management ......................................................6 hours
IS 250 Business Application in Excel & Access .......................................................3 hours
FN 411 Insurance and Risk Management ................................................................3 hours
153
Total ......................................................................................................................72 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................0 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ..........................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
MA 171 Calculus (MA 121-122 may be required rst) or
MA 211 Applied Calculus*** ................................................................................. 4-3 hours
***Students who opt to take MA 211 instead of MA 171 may have to nd a substation for 1 credit
hour.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Human Resource Management concentration:
This concentration focuses on people as human resources in domestic and global
organizations, and examines the overall purpose in which human resources are utilized
to achieve and maximize employee performance and productivity in the organization and
workplace. Students will also learn the function of the HR department processes domestically
and globally in areas such as employee-benets and compensation; employee recruitment;
training and development; and performance appraisals, etc. as it relates to organizational
behavior and change.
Students who complete this concentration in Human Resource Management will be
procient in the follow student learning outcomes:
1. Execute understanding of applications, concepts, terms, processes and strategies of
human resource management pertaining to HR department and management
2. Develop a knowledge base of the abilities, expertise and skills necessary to eectively
manage a human resource department
3. Interpret domestic and global trends impacting the eld of human resource management
4. Evaluate employee training and career development; and employee benets and
compensation packages
5. Examine the inuence of employment law and labor relations on HR planning in
organizations
6. Design of a plan for human resources that contribute to an organization’s overall
performance and strategy
7. Apply general biblical principles pertaining to ethics, problem-solving and decision-making
that is applicable to human resource management
Concentration Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum .....................................................................................42 hours
BA 380 Employment Law .........................................................................................3 hours
154
BA 383 Human Resource Management ...................................................................3 hours
BA 385 International Business .................................................................................3 hours
BA 387 Employment Stang and Development ......................................................3 hours
BA 390 Compensation Management .......................................................................3 hours
BA 415 Organizational Behavior ..............................................................................3 hours
BA 487 Negotiations .................................................................................................3 hours
BA 488 Leadership and Organizational Climate ......................................................3 hours
FN 411 Insurance and Risk Management ................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................69 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Management concentration:
This concentration focuses on people and productivity. Management is the process of
planning, organizing, leading, and controlling the eorts of organizational members, of making
decisions, and of using all other organizational resources to achieve stated organizational
goals. Students learn how to be productive managers in their study of such fundamental
professional skills as leadership, team building, project coordination, performance evaluation,
resource allocation, and strategy formulation.
Students who complete the concentration in Management will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate mastery of basic management concepts
2. Apply the various functions of management to the internal and external organizational
environment
3. Implement sound decision-making and problem-solving skills to adapt to changing
domestic and global markets
4. Execute electronic devices, software and technology to enhance the communication
process in business sectors
5. Select and eectively communicate ideas and information in oral, written and various
formats
6. Dierentiate between business and biblical ethical principles and practices in leadership
and management
Concentration Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum .....................................................................................42 hours
BA 383 Human Resource Management ...................................................................3 hours
BA 385 International Business .................................................................................3 hours
BA 415 Organizational Behavior ..............................................................................3 hours
BA 487 Negotiations .................................................................................................3 hours
BA 488 Leadership and Organizational Climate ......................................................3 hours
AC 330 Managerial Accounting ................................................................................3 hours
FN 401 Financial Decision-Making ..........................................................................3 hours
IS 250 Business Applications in Excel and Access ..................................................3 hours
155
MK 480 Supply Chain Management ........................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................69 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ..........................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
MA 171 Calculus (MA 121-122 may be required rst) or
MA 211 Applied Calculus*** ................................................................................. 4-3 hours
***Students who opt to take MA 211 instead of MA 171 may have to nd a substation for 1 credit
hour.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Marketing concentration:
This concentration emphasizes the facilitation of exchanges between one business and
another, as well as between businesses and consumers. Key marketing activities include designing
and modifying products, pricing, selling, and sales management, and gathering market information.
Career opportunities include sales, retail management and buying, advertising account executives,
and marketing research associates.
Students who complete the concentration in Marketing will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Eectively analyze fundamental marketing concepts, theories, principles, best practices,
and developments within the eld
2. Assess problem-situations and be able to make recommendations and provide solutions
3. Formulate promotional theories, strategies, and tools to demonstrate a systematic
approach to marketing
4. Utilize eective communication skills, creativity, and artistry to prepare appropriate
business documents and deliver professional oral presentations
5. Collaborate with cross-functional teams for designated projects
6. Establish decision-making processes and systematic approaches
7. Demonstrate the general application of biblical principles for ethical decision-making in
the marketing eld
Concentration Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum .....................................................................................39 hours
MK 342 Marketing Research ....................................................................................3 hours
MK 343 Consumer Behavior ....................................................................................3 hours
MK 345 Advertising Management ............................................................................3 hours
156
MK 350 Sales Management .....................................................................................3 hours
MK 448 International Marketing ...............................................................................3 hours
MK 468 Retail Merchandising and Design Management .........................................3 hours
MK 480 Supply Chain Management ........................................................................3 hours
IS 250 Business Applications in Excel and Access ..................................................3 hours
IS 315 Multimedia Applications ................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................66 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................6 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ..........................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
MA 171 Calculus (MA 121-122 may be required rst) or
MA 211 Applied Calculus*** ................................................................................. 4-3 hours
***Students who opt to take MA 211 instead of MA 171 may have to nd a substation for 1 credit
hour.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Finance
The degree in Finance focuses on the nancial sectors of the modern economy. Students
are taught the concept of value: the creation of wealth. Students will be challenged to be critical
thinkers and to master fundamental nancial management tools used in analyzing and executing
the nancial aspects of managerial decisions. Graduates majoring in Finance will be prepared
to nd employment in nancial institutions such as banks, insurance companies, and brokerage
rms; with government agencies; and in church institutions.
Students who complete the B.S. in Finance be procient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Demonstrate comprehension of basic nance concepts, principles and theories
2. Use Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) and other valuation techniques to value projects and
rms
3. Appraise contemporary measures of performance and risk in Financial Institutions
4. Evaluate the global environment and the impact in making nancial decisions
5. Build a diversied portfolio and assess its performance
6. Illustrate the general application of biblical principles for ethical decision-making in nance
Major Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum .....................................................................................42 hours
157
FN 321 Money and Banking .....................................................................................3 hours
FN 381 Investments .................................................................................................3 hours
FN 401 Financial Decision-Making ..........................................................................3 hours
FN 411 Insurance and Risk Management ...............................................................3 hours
FN 426 Financial Markets and Institutions ...............................................................3 hours
FN 436 Management of Financial Institutions ..........................................................3 hours
FN 481 Portfolio Management and Security Analysis ..............................................3 hours
FN 486 International Finance ...................................................................................3 hours
IS 250 Business Applications in Excel and Access ..................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................69 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C)
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ..........................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
MA 171 Calculus (MA 121-122 may be required rst) or
MA 211 Applied Calculus*** ................................................................................. 4-3 hours
***Students who opt to take MA 211 instead of MA 171 may have to nd a substation for 1 credit
hour.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Management Information Systems
The purpose of the Management Information Systems (MIS) major is to prepare students for a
career in information systems. This program is designed to build a bridge between management
and technology. Graduates will be prepared to assume major roles in information systems within
business, industry and government in support of organizational objectives.
Students who complete the B.S. in Management Information Systems will be procient in
the following student learning outcomes:
1. Evaluate and support information/database management within organizations
2. Demonstrate comprehension of the management information systems project management
process
3. Implement computer networking concepts and principles
4. Create computer programming code to solve organizations product/service needs
5. Demonstrate comprehension of organizations information security environment
6. Demonstrate the general application of biblical principles of good stewardship of
information resources within organizations
158
Major Requirements:
Business Core Curriculum .....................................................................................39 hours
IS 250 Business Applications in Excel and Access ..................................................3 hours
IS 285 Business Application Programming in C++ ...................................................3 hours
IS 290 Advanced Business Application Programming in C++ ..................................3 hours
IS 315 Multimedia Applications ................................................................................3 hours
IS 325 Web Design and Development .....................................................................3 hours
IS 330 Network Management and Telecommunications ..........................................3 hours
IS 340 Advanced Business Networks ......................................................................3 hours
IS 415 Database Management ...............................................................................3 hours
IS 425 Information Security and Policy ....................................................................3 hours
IS 440 Systems Analysis and Project Management .................................................3 hours
IS 450 Information Resource Management .............................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................72 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................0 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Technology (no grade below C):
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ..........................................................................3 hours
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C ):
MA 171 Calculus (MA 121-122 may be required rst) or
MA 211 Applied Calculus*** ................................................................................. 4-3 hours
***Students who opt to take MA 211 instead of MA 171 may have to nd a substation for 1 credit
hour.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
This degree program is designed specically for the adult learner and oered in a nontraditional
format. Refer to the Adult and Continuing Education section of the bulletin for the program outline
and description of courses.
Minor in Accounting
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting .....................................................................6 hours
AC 325-326 Intermediate Accounting ......................................................................6 hours
AC Electives ...........................................................................................................6 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................18 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
159
Minor in Entrepreneurship
EP 400 Introduction to Entrepreneurship Business ..................................................3 hours
EP 410 Entrepreneurship Development and Perspectives .......................................3 hours
EP 420 Selected Topics on Entrepreneurship ...........................................................3 hours
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics ......................................................................3 hours
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting ........................................................................6 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................18 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Minor in Finance
FN 321 Money and Banking .....................................................................................3 hours
FN 381 Investments .................................................................................................3 hours
FN 401 Financial Decision-Making ..........................................................................3 hours
FN 411 Insurance and Risk Management ...............................................................3 hours
FN 426 Financial Markets and Institutions ...............................................................3 hours
FN 486 International Finance ...................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................18 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Minor in International Business
BA 310 Principles of Management ............................................................................3 hours
BA 385 International Business ..................................................................................3 hours
BA 410 International Management ............................................................................3 hours
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics ......................................................................3 hours
EC 283 Principles of Macroeconomics .....................................................................3 hours
MK 448 Global Marketing .........................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................18 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Minor in Management
BA 310 Principles of Management ............................................................................3 hours
BA 383 Human Resource Management ...................................................................3 hours
BA Electives (must be upper division) .......................................................................6 hours
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting ........................................................................6 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................18 hours
160
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Minor in Management Information Systems
IS 200 Management information Systems ................................................................3 hours
IS 250 Business Application in Excel and Access .....................................................3 hours
IS 315 Multimedia Applications .................................................................................3 hours
IS 325 Web Design and Development ......................................................................3 hours
IS 440 Systems Analysis and Project Management .................................................3 hours
BA 302 Business Communications ...........................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................18 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Minor in Marketing
MK 301 Principles of Marketing ................................................................................3 hours
MK 343 Consumer Behavior .....................................................................................3 hours
MK 350 Sales Management ......................................................................................3 hours
MK 448 Global Marketing .........................................................................................3 hours
MK 468 Retail Merchandising and Design ................................................................3 hours
Electives (Marketing or Communication/Art; must be approved by advisor) ............3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................18 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
161
SCHOOL OF EDUCATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
DEAN: James Mbyirukira, Ph.D.
Purpose Statement
The purpose of the School of Education and Socials Sciences is to provide quality Christian
education that challenges each student to set higher expectations for his/her intellectual and
professional growth and to help each student to expand his/her understanding of society and
human behavior.
Departments
Education
Deril Wood, Ph.D.
(Chair)
History and Political Science
Samuel London, Ph.D.
(Chair)
Social Work
Shalunda Sherrod, Ph.D.
(Chair)
162
Department of Education
Associate Professor
Deril Wood, Ph.D., (Chair)
Dana Wilchcombe, Ph.D.
Assistant Professors
Donaldson Williams, Ph.D.
Non-Instructional:
Ellengold Goodridge, M.S. (Administrator)
David Richardson, Ed.D. (Administrator)
Zachary Mngo, Ph.D. (Administrator)
Part-time:
Jeannette Dulan, Ph.D.
Sharon Lewis, M.A.T.
Biology Education Music: Instrumental Education P-12
Elementary Education Music: Vocal/Choral Education P-12
English Language Arts Education Religious Education
Health/Physical Education Teaching P-12 Social Science Education
Mathematics Education
Purpose
The purpose of the Department of Education is the “holistic preparation of teachers for service
in a multicultural society.” The programs are designed to prepare teachers for certication in
Seventh-day Adventist church schools and in public school systems, as well as for graduate study
in education and related elds. The Educator Preparation Provider (EPP) conceptual framework
is built on the theme--”Holistic Preparation of Teachers for Service in a Multicultural Society”
and provides the framework for the teaching and assessment systems. The fteen conceptual
framework outcomes are clearly identied in every aspect of teaching and of the assessment
system to help students gain knowledge, skills, and dispositions to become eective teachers (see
Conceptual Framework outcomes on unit website, Internship Handbook, and Policy Handbook).
Accreditation
The Teacher Education Program is a member of the American Association of Colleges
for Teacher Education and it is approved by the Alabama State Department of Education, the
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventist Department of Education, and the Council for the
Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP).
163
Elementary Education
The elementary education curriculum prepares students for elementary school teaching,
graduate studies, employment in supervision, and related services. The curriculum qualies
students to apply for Alabama Class B Certication: grades K-6; certication in other states; and
SDA Basic Teaching Certication: grades K-8.
Secondary Education
The following teaching areas are oered in secondary education: Biology Education, English
Language Arts Education, Mathematics Education, Religious Education, and Social Science
Education. Religious education majors are certied by the church. However, if state certication
is desired, a second teaching eld (state approved) must be pursued in order to be eligible for
state certication (see education advisor).
Students pursuing secondary education must earn an academic major in the appropriate
discipline except Physical Education and Religion.
P-12 Programs
The following teaching areas are oered in pre-school through grade 12 programs: Music
Education instrumental (P-12), Music Education vocal (P-12), and physical education teaching
(P-12).
These curricula allow students, upon graduation, to apply for Alabama Class B Certication:
P-12; and SDA Basic Teaching Certication: K-12. The certication requirements for the North
American Division states that “an applicant for denominational teaching certicate must be a
member of the Seventh-day Adventist Church as outlined in the employment policies of the union
conference education code.” (See Certication Requirements K-12 for North American Division
Seventh-day Adventist Schools.)
The North American Division of Education and the Alabama State Board of Education periodi-
cally revise the requirements governing certication. Therefore, requirements for degrees leading
to certication are subject to change from those published in this catalog. The student is required
to seek advisement from the Education Department at the beginning of his/her program of study
to ensure that both degree requirements and certication requirements are met.
Application for Admission
Admission to Oakwood University does not mean admission to a teacher education program.
Criteria for admission into teacher education include the following:
1. A formal written application for admission to teacher education submitted after completion
of at least 60 semester hours, including 48 hours of general education.
2. No candidate may take method courses before admission to the program.
3. A cumulative GPA of 2.75 and no grade below C in all courses.
4. Satisfactory recommendations from advisor(s) including content area advisors for
secondary candidates only, an employment supervisor (if applicable), and a residence
hall dean (if applicable).
5. An acceptable disposition assessment rating.
6. No incompletes.
7. A satisfactory personal statement to members of the Teacher Education Council.
8. Criminal background check and ngerprinting.
164
Additional Guidelines
Students who wish to receive credit for study at institutions outside the United States must obtain
an evaluation of the credits from a state, federal, or private foreign credential evaluation service
recognized by the Teacher Certication Oce of the Alabama State Department of Education.
All correspondence work in general studies or work taken o campus must have prior approval
by the department.
Students desiring a career in secondary education must consult the secondary education
program advisor no later than the rst semester of the sophomore year in order to plan an ap-
propriate course of study.
The exact course requirements may dier from candidate to candidate depending on the
precise time a candidate enrolls in teacher education. This curriculum is based on denominational,
state, and institutional policies and is thereby subject to change.
The Teacher Education Assessment and Review Council (TEARC) reserves the right to
admit persons to teacher education who, in the judgment of the council, are most likely to prot
from the teacher education program of study oered at Oakwood University. The TEARC has
the responsibility and authority to administer, evaluate, and revise all professional education
programs.
Application to Internship
Prior to the student teaching semester/year, the teacher candidate must submit an application
for internship (student teaching) to his/her respective advisor and review the following criteria
with his/her advisor to ensure that these requirements have been met.
1. Cumulative, professional, and teaching eld GPA of 2.75
2. A grade of C or higher in all courses.
3. Recommendations (advisor, education faculty)
4. Passing score on the English Prociency Exam
5. An acceptable disposition assessment rating
6. Passing two PRAXIS II tests for Elementary and one Praxis II test for Secondary.
During internship, candidates must complete and sumbit an educative Teacher Performance
Assessment (edTPA) portfolio to be eligible for graduation. Candiates must receive a passing
score on edTPA to be eligible for state certication.
It is the candidate’s responsibility to prepare and submit to the EPP the following items:
application for graduation (which includes the nal year schedule), transfer credit form with the
required signatures (if applicable), completed checksheet, university transcript, applications
for SDA and Alabama State certications information for graduate registry, and conrmation of
registration with Career Services.
Consult your education advisor about courses in general studies that may also be counted in
the teaching eld for P-12 and secondary education programs. (For additional information, see
unit website, Internship Handbook, and Policy Handbook.)
Application for Graduation
During their junior year, it is the candidate’s responsibility to prepare and submit a graduation
application to the EPP the following items: a graduation application accompanied by OU transcript/
165
degree audit; a complete checksheet and state checklist; a grade of C or higher is required on
all courses. Courses to be taken must be listed on the application. Candidates must meet with
their education advisors to review the application and obtain signatures.
Due Process - Field Experience Program
At the recommendation of a school-based clinical faculty (SBCF) cooperating teacher, an
intern can be placed on probation for two or more weeks. During the probationary period, the intern
will be closely observed by the university based clinical faculty (UBCF) and the eld experience
coordinator. Any infraction during the probationary period is cause for immediate removal from
the program. The student will be notied in writing.
Any intern removed from internship for any cause, is automatically removed from the internship.
To be readmitted the intern is required to reapply and to submit a letter of intent that addresses his/
her problem. The letter and the application will be reviewed by the Teacher Education Assessment
and Review Council (TEARC). The student will be notied in writing of the recommendation from
the TEARC.
A teacher candidate who wishes to appeal any grievance arising during internship or any
other eld experience, should follow the steps outlined on the unit’s website, in the internship
Handbook, and Policy Handbook.
Grievances other than those related to eld experiences follow Oakwood University Student
Handbook policies.
Exit Examination
PRAXIS II replaces the departmental exit examination for all elementary and secondary
programs except Religious Education.
Alabama state certication requires: (1) a completed application; (2) an application fee; (3)
an ocial transcript (submitted by the candidate); (4) completed program checksheet.
Candidates are encouraged to apply for Alabama certication within one (1) year of their
graduation date.
The EPP will provide remediation, free of charge, to any graduate whose performance is found
to be decient in his/her area of specialization within two years of the program’s completion.
Bachelor’s Degrees
Students who complete the core in Education will be procient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Knowledge of the content in his/her teaching eld
2. Use multiple approaches in teaching
3. Integrate technology in his/her teaching eld as a tool to enhance learning
4. Assess student progress
5. Be sensitive to student needs
6. Utilize research to improve instruction
166
The following core courses are required of all education students as part of their major:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum:
ED 130 Orientation to Teaching ................................................................................. 2 hours
ED 200 Educational Psychology.................................................... ............................ 3 hours
ED 240 Principles of Teaching: P-12.......................................................................... 2 hours
ED 254 History, Philosophy, and Foundations of Education......... ............................. 2 hours
ED 275 Instructional Technology................................................... ............................. 3 hours
ED 300 Classroom Organization and Management: P-12 ......................................... 3 hours
ED 350 Introduction to Special Education..................................... ............................ 3 hours
ED 370 Tests and Measurements................................................... ........................... 3 hours
ED 400 Praxis II Preparation .....................................................................................1 hour
ED 420 or 430 or 440 Internship ......................................................................... 11-12 hours
CD 355 Human Development .................................................................................... 3 hours
Total ................................................................................................................... 36-37 hours
Education majors are to be exempt from taking IS120, Micro Computer Applications
Bachelor of Science in Biology Education
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum ................................................................36-37 hours
ED 335 Methods in Teaching Science ....................................................................... 2 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading .................................................... 3 hours
Total ................................................................................................................... 41-42 hours
Academic Major: General Biology
BI 131-132 General Biology ....................................................................................... 8 hours
BI 204 Introduction to Research ................................................................................1 hour
BI 215 Introduction to Biostatistics ............................................................................. 3 hours
BI 221 Microbiology ................................................................................................... 4 hours
BI 230 Plant Biology and Laboratory ........................................................................ 4 hours
BI 321 Genetics and Laboratory ................................................................................ 4 hours
BI 403 Biology Seminar .............................................................................................1 hour
BI 422 General Physiology ........................................................................................ 3 hours
BI 425 General Ecology ................................................................................. 3 hours
BI 430 Philosophy of Science .................................................................................2 hours
BI 451 Special Topics in Biology ................................................................................ 2 hours
BI 460 Cellular and Molecular and Laboratory ........................................................... 4 hours
BI 490 Research and Independent Study ................................................................. 1 hour
CH 141-142 General Chemistry ................................................................................. 8 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 48 hours
General Education ...........................................................................................49-50 hours
Total Hours Required for the Degree .............................................................. 134-135 hours.
167
Required General Education selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics:
BI 111 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory .......................................... 4 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Bachelor of Science in Elementary Education
Students who complete the B.S. in Elementary Education will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Apply biblically-based principles that undergird excellence in teaching and service to
elementary level students
2. Explore a variety of research-based strategies in providing eective instructions for
students in all subjects taught at the elementary level
3. Analyze eective reading instruction and practices including those identied in the
Alabama Reading Initiative publication: Essential Skills of Teachers of Reading
4. Use research-based strategies in helping children develop numeracy skills at the
mastery level specied by the NCTM
5. Evaluate the theoretical and practical exercises that promote safety as well as
physical, social, and emotional well-being of students
6. Engage in a variety of activities that foster children sociocultural development and
political understandings
7. Facilitate the teaching of the arts including music, music theory and history as well as
active engagement in producing and responding to music
8. Engage students in a variety of activities that encourage discovery, solutions, and
improved understanding of the scientic process
9. Create of select a variety of assessments for data collection and tracking of students;
progress
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum ..................................................................... 36 hours
ED 341 Foundations of Reading .............................................................................. 3 hours
ED 342 Reading Diagnosis ........................................................................................ 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 42 hours
Teaching Field:
ED 311 Methods in Teaching Science and Health: K-8 .......................................... 3 hours
ED 312 Methods in Teaching Music: K-8 ................................................................. 3 hours
ED 313 Methods in Teaching Lang. Arts and Children’s Literature: K-8 .................... 3 hours
ED 315 Methods in Teaching Mathematics: K-8 .................................................. 3 hours
ED 316 Methods in Teaching Art: K-8 ................................................................... 3 hours
ED 318 Methods in Teaching Social Studies and Bible: K-8 .................................. 3 hours
168
MA 200 Introduction to Elementary Mathematics ..................................................... 3 hours
PE 330 Methods in Teaching Physical Education: P-12 ............................................ 3 hours
Total .......................................................................................................................... 24 hours
General Education ................................................................................................ 47 hours
Additional State Requirements:
English elective .......................................................................................................... 3 hours
Mathematics electives ................................................................................................ 9 hours
Natural Science electives ........................................................................................... 9 hours
Social Studies electives ............................................................................................. 9 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................ 140 hours
Required General Education Selections (No grade below C): Students must select from the
following Humanities and Fine Arts electives:
Literature: EN 201, 213, or 221* ................................................................................ 3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.D
Bachelor of Science in English Language Arts Education
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum ..................................................................... 36 hours
ED 332 Methods in Teaching Language Arts ........................................................... 2 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading ................................................... 3 hours
Total .............................................................................................................................. 41 hours
Academic Major: English
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication ........................................................... 3 hours
CO 231 Beginning Reporting ..................................................................................... 3 hours
EN 213 Survey of English Literature ........................................................................ 3 hours
EN 303 Survey of American Literature ....................................................................... 3 hours
EN 304 Advanced Composition ................................................................................. 3 hours
EN 311 Theory and Practice in Literary Criticism ....................................................... 3 hours
EN 313 Survey of African-American Literature .......................................................... 3 hours
EN 323 Twentieth Century American Literature ......................................................... 3 hours
EN 353 Fundamentals of Play Directing .................................................................... 3 hours
EN 355 Creative Drama ............................................................................................. 3 hours
EN 413 Descriptive English Grammar ..................................................................... 3 hours
EN 431 Elizabethan Literature ................................................................................... 3 hours
EN 470 Seminar in English ........................................................................................1 hour
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 37 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 50 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................. 128 hours
169
Required General Education Selections (No grade below C): Students must select the
following Humanities and Fine Arts elective:
EN 201 World Literature............................................................................................. 3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Bachelor of Science in Mathematics Education
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum ..................................................................... 36 hours
ED 334 Methods in Teaching Math .................................................................... 2 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading ............................................... 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 41 hours
Academic Major: Mathematics
MA 172 Calculus II .................................................................................................... 4 hours
MA 221 Introductory Statistics ................................................................................... 3 hours
MA 251 Geometry ...................................................................................................... 3 hours
MA 271 Calculus III .................................................................................................... 4 hours
MA 308 Linear Algebra ............................................................................................... 3 hours
MA 311 Dierential Equations .................................................................................... 3 hours
MA 313 Mathematics Essentials ................................................................................ 3 hours
MA 401 or MA 402 Advanced Calculus I or II ............................................................. 3 hours
MA 411 Introduction to Modern Algebra ..................................................................... 3 hours
MA upper division electives (only 3 hours from MA 490 or MA 491) .......................... 4 hours
Total* Hours for Major* ......................................................................................... 33 hours
**Pending Alabama State approval
General Education ................................................................................................... 48 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................ 122 hours
Required General Education Selections (No grade below C): Students must select the
following Science and Mathematics elective:
MA 171 Calculus I ...................................................................................................... 4 hours
Technology:
CM 210 Computer Science I with C++ ....................................................................... 3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
170
Bachelor of Science in Music Education-Instrumental
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum ..................................................................... 36 hours
MU 230 Principles of Teaching Music Education ...................................................... 2 hours
MU 332 Methods and Materials of Teaching I ............................................................ 2 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading ............................................. 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 43 hours
Academic Major: Music Instrumental
MU 165, 465, 466 Individual Instruction .................................................................... 6 hours
MU 204 *Wind Ensemble/Jazz Ensemble (repeatable) ............................................. 8 hours
MU 211-212 Theory I and Laboratory .............................................................. 6 hours
MU 231 Survey of Woodwind Instruments ...........................................................1 hour
MU 232 Survey of String Instruments .....................................................................1 hour
MU 233 Survey of Percussion Instruments ................................................................1 hour
MU 234 Survey of Brass Instruments ........................................................................1 hour
MU 311-312 Theory II and Laboratory ....................................................................... 6 hours
MU 315 Form and Analysis ....................................................................................... 3 hours
MU 320, 321 or 322 Music History and Literature I, II, or III .................................... 6 hours
MU 330 Literature of School Music ............................................................................ 3 hours
MU 360 Conducting ................................................................................................... 3 hours
MU 499 Recital ..........................................................................................................0 hour
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 45 hours
*1 hour repeatable for 8 semesters
General Education ................................................................................................... 50 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................. 138 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Bachelor of Science in Music Education-Vocal
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum ..................................................................... 36 hours
MU 230 Principles of Teaching Music Education ...................................................... 2 hours
MU 332 Methods and Materials of Teaching I ............................................................ 2 hours
MU 333 Methods and Materials of Teaching II ........................................................... 3 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading .................................................... 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 46 hours
Academic Major: Music Vocal
MU 165, 465, 466 Individual Instruction .................................................................... 6 hours
MU 201 *University Choir (repeatable) ...................................................................... 8 hours
171
MU 211-212 Theory I and Laboratory ........................................................................ 6 hours
MU 311-312 Theory II and Laboratory ....................................................................... 6 hours
MU 315 Form and Analysis ....................................................................................... 3 hours
MU 320 Music History and Literature I ....................................................................... 3 hours
MU 321 or 322 Music History and Literature II, or III ................................................ 3 hours
MU 330 Literature of School Music ............................................................................ 3 hours
MU 331 Diction for School Music ............................................................................... 1 hour
MU 360 Conducting ................................................................................................... 3 hours
MU 499 Recital ..........................................................................................................0 hour
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 42 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 50 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................ 138 hours
*1 hour repeatable for 8 semesters
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Bachelor of Science in Health/Physical Education Teaching
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum .................................................................... 37 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading .................................................... 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 40 hours
Teaching Field:
PE 285 Introduction to Physical Education ................................................................ 3 hours
PE 303 Individual and Team Sports I ......................................................................... 3 hours
PE 305 Theory of Coaching & Ociating Athletic Contests ....................................... 3 hours
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries ........................................................ 3 hours
PE 315 Motor Learning .............................................................................................. 3 hours
PE 330 Methods: Physical Education ........................................................................ 3 hours
PE 340 Administration of Physical Education ............................................................ 3 hours
PE 345 Personal Training and CPR ........................................................................... 3 hours
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise .................................................................................. 3 hours
PE 410 Adapted Physical Education .......................................................................... 3 hours
PE 415 Kinesiology ................................................................................................... 3 hours
BI 112 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory .......................................... 4 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 37 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 47 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................ 124 hours
**Pending Alabama State approval
172
Required General Education Selections (No grade below C): Students must select the
following Science and Mathematics elective:
BI 111 Human Anatomy & Physiology and Laboratory ............................................... 4 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness::
PE 207 Intermediate Swimming ...................................................................................1 hour
PE Elective: Take any 100 or 200 level except PE 205, 211, or 285) ..........................1 hour
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Bachelor of Science in Religious Education
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum .................................................................... 36 hours
ED 331 Methods in Teaching Bible ............................................................................ 2 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading .................................................... 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 41 hours
Academic Major: Religious Education
RB 311-312 New Testament I, II .............................................................................3-3 hours
RB 401-402 Hebrew Prophets-Pentateuch & Writings ...........................................3-3 hours
RB 417 Studies in Daniel .......................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 418 Studies in Revelation .................................................................................... 3 hours
RH 444-445 History of Christianity in the World I-II ................................................3-3 hours
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics .................................................................................... 2 hours
RT 322 World Religions ............................................................................................. 2 hours
RT 421-RT 422 Christian Theology I-II ...................................................................3-2 hours
HI 314 History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church ................................................. 3 hours
Total .............................................................................................................................. 36 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 47 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................. 124 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Bachelor of Science in Social Science Education
Professional Studies:
Professional Studies Core Curriculum ..................................................................... 36 hours
ED 333 Methods in Teaching Social Studies ............................................................. 2 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading .................................................... 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 41 hours
173
Academic Major: History
GE 302 Regional Geography ................................................................................... 3 hours
HI 104 World Civilizations II .................................................................................... 3 hours
HI 267 African American History I or HI 268 African History II ................................... 3 hours
HI 211, 212 United States History .............................................................................. 6 hours
HI 265 Minorities in America ...................................................................................... 3 hours
HI 319 Colonial Latin America or
HI 320 Recent Latin America/Caribbean .............................................................. 3 hours
HI 314 History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church ................................................. 3 hours
HI 321 or HI 322 History of England I or II ................................................................. 3 hours
HI 327 African History I or HI 328 African History II ................................................... 3 hours
HI 459 Recent American History or HI 460 America in the Industrial Age ................. 3 hours
HI 469 Modern Europe ............................................................................................... 3 hours
HI 480 Research Seminar .......................................................................................... 3 hours
HI 490 Independent Study ......................................................................................... 3 hours
HI upper division electives ......................................................................................... 3 hours
PS 211 American Government ................................................................................... 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 48 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 50 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................ 139 hours
Required General Education Selections (No grade below C): Students must select the following
Social and Behavioral Sciences elective:
HI 103 World Civilizations I ...................................................................................... 3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
174
Department of History and Political Science
Professor:
Samuel London, Ph.D. (Chair)
Assistant Professor:
Marcya Burden, J.D.
Preston Foster, M.P.A.
Savonna Greer, M.A.
Gabriel Nava, M.A.
Majors: History (B.A.)
International Studies (B.A.)
Pre-Law (B.A.)
Public Policy (B.A.)
Social Science Education (B.S.)
Minors: American Civil Rights History
Christian History
History
Political Science
Introduction
The Department of History and Political Science comprises areas of study in history, pre-
law, political science, international studies, and geography. Courses are designed to address the
questions of the past, present, and future.
Purpose
It is the purpose of the Department of History and Political Science to educate students in
the disciplines of history, pre-law, political science, and international studies. The Department’s
programs are designed to prepare students for graduate and professional schools, as well as the
workforce.
Eligibility Requirements
Prospective majors must have an overall minimum GPA of 2.00.
Exit Examinations
Candidates for the B.A. degree must pass a departmental exit examination in their senior
year with a minimum grade of 70%, or take one of the national standardized tests (e.g., the GRE,
LSAT).
175
Double Majors
Students are not allowed to double major within the Department. This prevents “double-
dipping,” which academic policy does not allow.
Career Opportunities
The list of careers available to students that major in the elds of history, international studies,
political science, and pre-law is almost endless. However, a brief list of job opportunities associated
with these academic elds of study are: advertising executive, analyst, archivist, broadcaster,
consultant, lawyer, teacher, editor, foreign service ocer, foundation staer, information specialist,
intelligence agent, journalist, lobbyist, public relations staer, researcher, diplomat, politician,
librarian, and paralegal.
Bachelor of Arts in History
This program is designed to educate students in history, including that of the United States
and other regions of the world.
Students who complete the B.A. in History will be procient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Discuss history from a Biblical foundation
2. Relate historical events to modern situations
3. Examine ethical problems in history
4. Critique historical matters in writing using appropriate citation methods
5. Develop a presentation using technology
Major Requirements:
GE 302 Regional Geography ....................................................................................3 hours
HI 103 World Civilizations I .......................................................................................3 hours
HI 104 World Civilizations II ......................................................................................3 hours
HI 211 U.S. History I..................................................................................................3 hours
HI 212 U.S. History II ...............................................................................................3 hours
HI 324 History of England .........................................................................................3 hours
HI 350 History of the American Civil Rights Movement ............................................3 hours
HI 480 Research Seminar .........................................................................................3 hours
HI 495 Capstone Senior Seminar .............................................................................3 hours
Students must choose three of the following courses
HI 318 Latin American History ...............................................................................3 hours
HI 326 African History ............................................................................................3 hours
HI 330 Asian History ..............................................................................................3 hours
HI 340 Middle Eastern History ...............................................................................3 hours
HI 459 Recent American History ............................................................................3 hours
HI 469 Modern Europe ..........................................................................................3 hours
HI Electives (must be upper division) ........................................................................6 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................42 hours
176
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences
HI 267 or 268 African American History I or II ...........................................................3 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................47 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................. 18-21 hours
Free Electives ................................................................................................... 10-13 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...........................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Bachelor of Arts in International Relations
This program is designed to prepare students for careers in an international setting. Special
emphasis is given to international history and politics, and an understanding of the world we live
in.
Students who complete the B.A. in International Relations will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Discuss international relations from a Biblical foundation
2. Identify problems within international relations
3. Examine the unique policies and cultures of nation states
4. Critique issues concerning international relations using appropriate citation methods
5. Incorporate technological tool to communicate key concepts within international relations
Major Requirements:
GE 302 Regional Geography ...................................................................................3 hours
HI 318 Latin America History ....................................................................................3 hours
HI 326 African History ...............................................................................................3 hours
HI 459 Recent America .............................................................................................3 hours
HI 469 Modern Europe ..............................................................................................3 hours
HI 480 Research Seminar. ........................................................................................3 hours
HI 495 Capstone Senior Seminar or PS 495 Capstone Senior Seminar ..................3 hours
PS 120 Introduction to Political Science ...................................................................3 hours
PS 200 Comparative Governments. .........................................................................3 hours
PS 351 Public Policy. ................................................................................................3 hours
PS 440 International Relations. ................................................................................3 hours
PS 450 American Diplomacy ...................................................................................3 hours
EC 282 Microeconomics or EC 283 Macroeconomics ..............................................3 hours
FR 201-202 Intermed. French or SP 201-202 Intermed. Spanish* .......................... 6 hours
RT 322 World Religions ............................................................................................2 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................47 hours
*All modern foreign languages at the intermediate level taken at other accredited institutions
will be accepted to meet this intermediate language requirement in the International Studies
Program.
177
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences
HI 103 or HI 104 World Civilizations I or II ................................................................3 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................47 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................. 18-21 hours
Free Electives ....................................................................................................... 5-8 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Bachelor of Arts in Legal Studies
This major is designed to prepare students for admission into law school via the 3+3 program. Upon
successful completion of the program requirements, students will be able to start law school after
completing three years at Oakwood University. Special emphasis is given to LSAT preparation,
legal analysis, critical thinking, writing and editing, legal research and exposure to the law.
Students who complete the B.A. in Legal Studies will be procient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Discuss matters of law from a Biblical foundation
2. Interpret the law
3. Examine ethical problems in law
4. Critique court decisions using appropriate citation methods
5. Incorporate technological tools to communicate key concepts within law
Major Requirements
HI 211 or 212 U.S. History I or II ...............................................................................3 hours
PL 115 Intro to Legal Studies ...................................................................................3 hours
PL 215 LSAT Prep I...................................................................................................2 hours
PL 275 Legal Research .............................................................................................3 hours
PL 280 Legal Assistant Certication ..........................................................................3 hours
PL 315 LSAT Prep II..................................................................................................2 hours
PL 350 Negotiations ..................................................................................................2 hours
PL 375 Special Topics in Law ...................................................................................3 hours
PL 485 Legal Writing .................................................................................................3 hours
PS 300 State and Local Government .......................................................................3 hours
PS 351 Public Policy .................................................................................................3 hours
PS 471-472 Constitutional Law I-I ........................................................................ 3-3 hours
PS 495 Capstone Senior Seminar ............................................................................3 hours
Students may choose one of the following:
PL 250 Mock Trial .....................................................................................................3 hours
178
PL 252 Moot Court ....................................................................................................3 hours
PS 253 OU Law and Politics Blog .............................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................40 hours
General Education Requirements: Students must select the following:
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
HI 103 or 104 World Civilizations I or II .....................................................................3 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................47 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ..............................................................................87 hours
*(Students must complete all program requirements and be admitted into law school to graduate with this
degree. Students do not have to complete a minor)
Bachelor of Arts in Public Policy
This major is designed to prepare students for the world of politics. Special emphasis is given
to public policy, constitutional interpretation, and U.S. foreign relations.
Students who complete the B.A. in Public Policy will be procient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Discuss political science from a Biblical foundation
2. Examine the role and policies of governmental systems
3. Critique political theories using appropriate citation methods
4. Develop a public policy prescription
5. Incorporate technological tool to communicate key concepts within political science
Major Requirements
PS 120 Introduction to Political Science ...................................................................3 hours
PS 200 Comparative Governments ..........................................................................3 hours
PS 211 American Government ..................................................................................3 hours
PS 300 State and Local Government. .....................................................................3 hours
PS 351 Public Policy .................................................................................................3 hours
PS 355 Social Justice Advocacy ...............................................................................3 hours
PS 400 Church and State .........................................................................................3 hours
PS 440 International Relations ................................................................................3 hours
PS 450 American Diplomacy ....................................................................................3 hours
PS 471 U.S. Constitutional Law I ..............................................................................3 hours
PS 495 Capstone Senior Seminar ............................................................................3 hours
EC 283 Principles of Macroeconomics .....................................................................3 hours
HI 318 Latin American History ..................................................................................3 hours
HI 469 Modern Europe ..............................................................................................3 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods .......................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................45 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:Social and
Behavioral Sciences
HI 103 or HI 104 World Civilizations I or II ................................................................3 hours
179
General Education ..................................................................................................47 hours
Minor required ................................................................................................. 18-21 hours
Free Electives ..................................................................................................... 7-10 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Bachelor of Arts in Pre-Law
This major is designed to prepare students for law school and other careers related to law.
Special emphasis is given to legal analysis, critical thinking, writing and editing, legal research
and exposure to the law.
Students who complete the B.A. in Pre-Law will be procient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Discuss matters of law from a Biblical foundation
2. Interpret the law
3. Examine ethical problems in law
4. Critique court decisions using appropriate citation methods
5. Incorporate technological tools to communicate key concepts within law
Major Requirements:
HI 324 History of England .........................................................................................3 hours
PL 101 Logic I .......................................................................................................... 1 hour
PL 201 Logic II ......................................................................................................... 1 hour
PL 275 Legal Research .............................................................................................3 hours
PL 280 Legal Assistant Certication ..........................................................................3 hours
PL 301-302 Critical Thinking I-II ................................................................................2 hours
PL 350 Negotiations ..................................................................................................2 hours
PL 375 Special Topics in Law ...................................................................................3 hours
PL 485 Legal Writing .................................................................................................3 hours
PS 120 Introduction to Political Science ...................................................................3 hours
PS 211 American Government ..................................................................................3 hours
PS 300 State and Local Government .......................................................................3 hours
PS 351 Public Policy .................................................................................................3 hours
PS 471-472 Constitutional Law I-II ...........................................................................6 hours
PS 495 Capstone Senior Seminar ............................................................................3 hours
Students may choose one of the following:
PL 250 Mock Trial ................................................................................................. 1 hour
PL 252 Moot Court ................................................................................................ 1 hour
PS 253 OU Law and Politics Blog ........................................................................ 1 hour
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................43 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:Social and
Behavioral Sciences
180
HI 103 or HI 104 World Civilizations I or II ................................................................3 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................47 hours
Minor required* ............................................................................................... 18-21 hours
Free Electives ..................................................................................................... 9-12 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...........................................................................120 hours
*(Students in this program cannot minor in Political Science)
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Bachelor of Science in Social Science Education
This program is accredited by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation (CAEP).
The degree provides a comprehensive secondary school social science program, including
economics, history, geography, political science, psychology, and sociology. After graduation,
students may apply for the Alabama Class B Certicate: Social Science, grades 7-12; and the
SDA Basic Teaching Certicate: Social Science grades 7-12.
Refer to the Department of Education section of this bulletin for the program outline.
Minor in American Civil Rights History
HI 265 Minorities in America .....................................................................................3 hours
HI 267, HI 268 African American History I and II .......................................................6 hours
HI 350 History of the American Civil Rights Movement ...........................................3 hours
HI 459 Recent American History ..............................................................................3 hours
HI Elective (must be upper division) .........................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................18 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Minor in Christian History
HI 103 World Civilization I .........................................................................................3 hours
HI 212 U.S. History II ................................................................................................3 hours
HI 314 History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church ...............................................3 hours
HI 340 Middle Eastern History ..................................................................................3 hours
HI 443 History of Christianity ...................................................................................3 hours
HI Elective (must be upper division) .........................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................18 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
181
Minor in History
GE 302 Regional Geography ....................................................................................3 hours
HI 103 or HI 104 World Civilizations I or II ................................................................3 hours
HI 211 or HI 212 U.S. History I or II...........................................................................3 hours
HI 350 History of the American Civil Rights Movement ............................................3 hours
HI Electives (3 hours must be upper division) ..........................................................6 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................18 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
Minor in International Relations
BA 410 International Management or CO 425 Intercultural Communication ...........3 hours
GE 320 Regional Geograph ......................................................................................3 hours
HI 103 or HI 104 World Civilizations I or I .................................................................3 hours
PS 440 International Relations .................................................................................3 hours
PS 120 Introduction to Political Science ...................................................................3 hours
RT 322 World Religions ............................................................................................3 hours
Students must choose one of the following courses:
HI 318 Latin America History ..............................................................................3 hours
HI 326 African History ........................................................................................3 hours
HI 330 Asian History ...........................................................................................3 hours
HI 340 Middle Eastern History ...........................................................................3 hours
HI 469 Modern Europe. ......................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................20 hours
Minor in Political Science
PS 120 Introduction to Political Science ...................................................................3 hours
PS 440 International Relations ................................................................................3 hours
PS 211 American Gov’t. or PS 300 State and Local Gov’t. ......................................3 hours
PS 351 or PS 352 Public Policy I or II ......................................................................3 hours
PS 450 American Diplomacy ....................................................................................3 hours
PS 471 or PS 472 U. S. Constitutional Law I or II .....................................................3 hours
PS Elective (must be upper division) ........................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................21 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to one program: general education, major, minor or free
electives.
182
Department of Social Work
Professor:
George Ashley, Ph.D., LMSW. (Director, Field Instruction)
Associate Professor:
Shalunda Sherrod, D.S.W., LICSW, PIP (Chair)
Assistant Professors:
Bernice Quashie McKenzie, Ph.D., LMSW
Tracy Thompson, MSW
Major: Social Work (B.S.W.)
Purpose
It is the purpose of the Department of Social Work to prepare students for entry-level,
generalist practice for service to individuals, groups, families, organizations, and communities.
This preparation includes an emphasis on personal, spiritual, and professional introspection
and growth through a liberal arts foundation and core curriculum of social work values, ethics,
knowledge, and skills. This prepares students to: meet the changing need of clients; be advocates
for underserved populations; promote a global perspective; promote social and economic justice;
advance human rights; promote the elimination of poverty; and improve conditions for all people
regardless of race, ethnicity, culture, economic status, religion, sexual orientation, and physical or
mental capability. The core curriculum and eld education provide students with the knowledge,
skills, and values necessary to assess, plan, intervene, evaluate, and terminate service to diverse
populations within the micro, mezzo, and macro systems.
Accreditation
The social work program is accredited by the Council on Social Work Education.
Council on Social Work Education
333 John Carlyle St., Suite 400
Alexandria, VA 22314USA
Phone: + 1.703.683.8080
Fax: + 1.703.683.8099
E-mail: [email protected]
High School Preparation
High school students who anticipate entering the eld of social work should take as many
college preparation courses as possible. Courses in the social sciences and those relating to
marriage and family and to the problems of society will be helpful, as well as basic computer
courses designed to enhance student software application skills. At least two years of foreign
language is encouraged.
183
Application for Admission
Students who apply for admission to the social work program must meet the following criteria
which is simplied in three phases:
Phase I
Students must obtain admittance into Oakwood University and declare Social Work as a major.
Applications into the program will not be considered unless students have formally completed
Phase I.
Phase II
1. Students are required to read the program’s Admission Handbook and the Student
Handbook. A copy of both handbooks is available online under the program’s website.
After reading the manuals, students must sign the “Agreement Form of Acknowledgement
and Compliance” and give the signed form to the SW202 instructor. Students are formally
oriented about the Social Work Department’s admission’s process through the SW202
course. The Social Work Student Handbook, and all related forms will be reviewed during
the course. It is also in this course that students:
2. Sign the “Agreement Form of Acknowledgement and Compliance” (see Appendix) and
have given a signed copy to the SW202 instructor.
3. Attain a minimum cumulative Grade Point Average (GPA) of 2.0 by the conclusion of the
spring semester of their freshman year.
4. Complete the Student Self-Assessment. The assessment results are to be included as a
part of the departmental entrance forms. The assessment is designed to help students
develop introspection into their personal values, ethics and competence as it relates to
the eld of social work. The assessment is also used to aide in the determination of the
student’s suitability for the profession of social work. It is anticipated that students will
use this assessment as a means for personal evaluation and professional growth.
5. Demonstrate a commitment to the profession as reected in class discussions, class
assignments (i.e. SW201 and SW202), the application material, and participation in the
various clubs available within the Department of Social Work.
Phase III
Each student is required to complete 15 hours of service learning as a part of the SW 202
Introduction to Social Work course. The instructor conducts a formal evaluation of the student’s
performance. During this course, students undergo a formal interview by the department’s faculty.
During the interview, a series of questions are asked in order to ascertain the student’s motivation
for and readiness for admission into the program. As part of the interview, students are given a
short case scenario and ask to respond to it from a student desiring to enter the profession. The
purpose is to uncover the student’s thoughts, attitudes, and introductory skills around a social
work issue. Students are informed that the purpose of using this exercise is to illustrate the kind
of situations that they may encounter in social work practice. Students are informed that there
is no right or wrong answers. A time limit of 10 minutes is given to each student, after which
the student is told to return to the interviewing room to discuss thoughts in relations to the case
scenario. The faculty provides each student with feedback on the scenario and the interview. The
184
student is invited to ask questions concerning the Social Work program. Finally, the student is
briefed on the process, specically who, when and where they will expect to be informed of the
outcome. The faculty, utilizing the Admission Interview Evaluation Rubric, generates a score for
the student.
Students are notied in writing concerning the department’s decision regarding their admission
to the Social Work Department. Transfer students who have already completed SW 202 may
acquire the application information from the departmental oce and are subject to the same
admission requirements. Admission to the program is a prerequisite for taking the following
courses: SW 334, SW 350, SW 380, SW 400, SW 420, SW 451, SW 452, SW 453, SW 454, SW
455, and SW 480.
Field Education Practicum and Service Learning
Social Work majors are required to complete eld education practicum and service learning
projects for the integration of theoretical knowledge, values, and skills acquired in the classroom
with practice. Required eld education and service learning hours are as follows: SW 202
Introduction to Social Work, students complete 15 hours of service learning; and in SW 454 and
455 Field Instruction and Seminar I and II, students are required to complete 450 hours (225 in
each course) of eld education in an assigned social service agency. Transportation to and from
eld placement is the sole responsibility of the student.
Students who qualify to enter the senior eld education courses are required to enroll in the
course SW 350 Pre-Field Orientation during the spring semester of their junior year. The orienta-
tion course includes the completion of the eld application package and individual interviews
with each potential senior eld student to review his or her preparedness for eld, and 50 hours
in pre-eld internship at a local social service agency. Students must complete a background
check, become a member of the National Association of Social Workers (NASW), and purchase
liability insurance. Students must show evidence of their completion of all lower division classes
and required foundation social work courses in order to be approved for enrollment in the senior
eld education course SW 454. Students must also successfully complete SW 400 and SW 451
in order to gain admittance to SW 454.
Detailed information on the social work major is outlined in the Social Work Admissions Manual,
Social Work Student Handbook, and Field Instruction Manual available on the departmental
website (see the Oakwood University website, Academic link).
Exit Examination
The exit examination process for social work seniors includes three major components:
the completion of a professional ePortfolio, an oral interview, and a review of the student’s eld
practicum performance. An Exit Eam Committee will assess each of these areas to determine
the student’s readiness for social work practice. Students must successfully complete each of
these stages with a minimum score of 80%.
• ePortfolio. All Social Work majors are required to develop, maintain, and complete
a professional eportfolio designed to measure their progress in achieving the program
competencies and disposition expectations. The eportfolio serves as a key instrument
used to assess the student’s progress in their personal character and professional growth
within the program. The completed eportfolio will be reviewed by members of the Exit
185
Exam Committee comprised of social work faculty and members of the Social Work
Advisory group. The ePortfolio process is outlined in the ePortfolio Handbook, and is
available to students online.
• Oral Interview. Students will present their ePortfolio before the Exit Exam Committee.
The Committee will assess the student’s progress toward achieving the program com-
petencies based on the quality of the completed ePortfolio and the student’s interview
scores during an oral evaluation.
• Field Education Practicum. The eld education practicum experience is the signature
component pedagogy in the general curriculum of the program. in which a Students are
able to demonstrate their ability to integrate theory and practice. The Exit Exam Committee
will review the student’s eld evaluations as a part of assessing the student’s readiness
for professional practice.
Career Opportunities
Students having a bachelor’s degree in social work (BSW) may nd employment in a large
assortment of agencies. Some examples are: business sector (i.e. employee assistance programs),
child welfare services, correctional facilities, counseling, gerontology, hospitals, law oces,
addictions (drug, alcohol) programs, private practice, mental health centers, nursing homes,
public health agencies, public welfare agencies, substance abuse, and the school system. Also,
employment may be found in public relations with public and private non-prot organizations,
administrative areas where relationship skills are valuable, personnel areas, where a knowledge
of human relations is essential, and/or research with various organizations.
Social work licensing requirements will vary from state to state. Some states may require
licensing for the social work title to be used, or before social work services can be provided.
Oakwood University’s Bachelor of Social Work Program prepares its graduates for the rst level
of licensure recognized for social workers: Licensed Baccalaureate Social Worker or LBSW.
Persons seeking LBSW licensure must meet the state-specic requirements for the social work
licensing or regulatory board in the desired state of practice.
Note: A professional licensure/certication disclosure listing by state for Oakwood University’s
Bachelor of Social Work Program can be found on the Oakwood University website at: https://
www2.oakwood.edu/professional-licensure-disclosures/
Bachelor of Social Work
Detailed information on the social work major is outlined in the Social Work Student Handbook
and is available to all majors on the departmental web page. Additional information concerning the
requirements for the eld instruction courses are outlined in the Field Instruction Manual which
is also available on the departmental web page.
Students who complete the requirements for the Bachelor of Social Work will be procient in
the following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate ethical and professional behavior.
2. Engage diversity and dierence in practice
3. Advances human rights, social, economic, and environmental justice
186
4. Generate practice-informed research and research-informed practice.
5. Analyze social work-related federal, state, and local policies
6. Interact with individuals, families, groups, communities, and organizations
7. Assess individuals, families, groups, communities, and organizations
8. Demonstrate interventions skills with individuals, families, groups, communities and
organizations
9. Evaluate practice with individuals, families, groups, communities, and organizations
10. Evaluate social work content from a biblical foundational perspective
Major Requirements:
SW 201 Introduction to Social Welfare .....................................................................3 hours
SW 202 Introduction to Social Work .........................................................................3 hours
SW 330 Human Behavior and Social Environment I ................................................3 hours
SW 331 Human Behavior and Social Environment II ...............................................3 hours
SW 334 Understanding Diversity and Oppression ....................................................3 hours
SW 340 Modern Social Work Theories and Practice ................................................3 hours
SW 350 Pre-eld Orientation ....................................................................................3 hours
SW 380 Welfare Policies...........................................................................................3 hours
SW 391 Ethics in Social Work Practice.....................................................................3 hours
SW 400 Generalist Skills and Practice .....................................................................3 hours
SW 420 Research in Social Work .............................................................................3 hours
SW 430 Research in Social Work II ..........................................................................3 hours
SW 451 General Methods of Micro Social Work ......................................................3 hours
SW 452 General Methods of Mezzo Social Work .....................................................3 hours
SW 453 General Methods of Macro Social Work......................................................3 hours
SW 454 Field Instruction and Seminar I ...................................................................7 hours
SW 455 Field Instruction and Seminar II ..................................................................7 hours
SW 480 Career Preparation ......................................................................................3 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods .....................................................................................3 hours
PY 411 Principles of Research .................................................................................3 hours
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................68 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................47 hours
Free Electives ...........................................................................................................5 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree .......................................................................... 120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
187
SCHOOL OF NURSING
AND
HEALTH PROFESSIONS
DEAN: Karen Benn Marshall, Ph.D.
Purpose Statement
The School of Nursing and Health Professions has the primary objective of educating health
professionals in nursing, allied health, exercise science, nutrition and dietetics. The school
aims to facilitate learning that focusses on a Christ-centered, service oriented curriculum that
promotes excellence in character development, achievement of professional goal, and adher-
ence to professional standards.
Departments
Health and Human Sciences
Benjamin A. Young, Ph.D.
(Chair)
Nursing
Dorothy Forde, PhD, RNC-NIC, CNS
(Chair)
Nutrition and Dietetics
Sherine Brown-Fraser, Ph.D.
(Chair)
188
Department of Health and Human Sciences
Associate Professor:
Benjamin Young, Ph.D. (Chair)
Assistant Professors:
Terry Hamilton, M.Ed.
Earl S. Henry, Dr.P.H.
Elaine Isaac, Ed.D.
Jacques C. Mbongue, Ph.D.
Gregory Peters, MPT
Mishael C. Williams, P.T., MHS
Vashon Williams, Ed.D.
Majors:
Child Development and Family Studies (B.S.)
Fitness and Wellness (B.S.)
Health and Physical Education Teaching (B.S.)
Health Science (B.S.)
Concentrations: Health Science, Pre-Physical Therapy; Pre-Occupational
Therapy; Pre- Physician Assistant
Medical Technology (B.S.)
Pre- Speech-Language Pathology (A.S.)
Sports Management (B.S.)
Sports Marketing (B.S.)
Minors: Child Development
Fitness and Wellness
Health and Physical Education
Purpose
The Health and Human Sciences Department promotes quality Christian education and
academic excellence by providing faculty, sta, and students with educational pursuits in physical
sciences that will enhance their mental, social, personal, and spiritual dimensions. It is our purpose
to provide undergraduate education for future Christian health care providers in the disciplines
of child development and family studies, medical technology, various concentrations of health
science, speech language pathology, tness and wellness, and both sports management and
sports marketing.
Application for Admission
To be accepted as a major in the Department of Health and Human Sciences, students must
have an overall minimum GPA 2.50. Although this is an eligibility requirement for our department
189
here at Oakwood, students seeking to pursue graduate studies will need to maintain competitive
GPA’s to qualify for programs. (PT 3.75 and above, OT 3.00 and above, etc.).
Exit Examination
Seniors are required to take and pass at the 70th percentile a written exit examination from
the department, the rst attempt to be taken by the end of the fall semester of their senior year.
Career Opportunities
The Health and Human Sciences curriculum and advisement are designed to maximize
academic success and support the University’s mission to assist in the development of Christian
character. Graduates of the department may have careers or pursue further education in the
following areas; . Physical therapy, occupational therapy, physician assistant, athletic training,
personal training, sports management, coaching, tness specialists, , corporate wellness
coordinators, intramural directors, parks and recreation programmers, sports medicine personnel,
teachers, water safety instructors, child life specialist, dietician, family life specialist, hospital
administrator, medical technologist, nutritionist, occupational therapist, physical therapist, physician
assistant, preschool director and teacher, and speech-language pathologist.
Bachelor of Science in Child Development and Family Studies
Child Development and Family Studies (CDFS) is an interdisciplinary program that provides a
comprehensive academic and professional background for working with children and families. The
program strives to improve the lives of children and families. This program prepares students to
work with children, adults, and families throughout the lifespan in a broad range of settings. The
curriculum prepares students for careers in child development, child life, family life, government,
social services agencies, and businesses which specialize in goods and services for the family,
The CDFS majors have the opportunity to utilize the Oakwood University Child Development
Laboratory to gain hands on experience in Child Development. Students have the opportunity
to obtain/gain The Auxillary Teacher Certication Certicate.
Students who complete the B.S. in Child Development and Family Studies will be procient
in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Assess the development, roles, and interaction patterns of children, youth, and families
within their social structure
2. Apply Biblical principles and ethics in the care of children and families across the lifespan
3. Communicate eectively oral and written developmental concepts and theories
4. Identify and assess graduate and career opportunities in child development and family
studies
5. Incorporate diverse teaching methods and strategies which are appropriate to addressing
the needs of children and families
Major Requirements:
CD 101 Introduction to Child Development and Family Studies .............................. 1 hour
CD 210 Principles of Early Childhood Education ......................................................3 hours
190
CD 231 Developing Creativity in Young Children ......................................................3 hours
CD 302 Preschool Environments ..............................................................................3 hours
CD 305 Parent-Child Relations .................................................................................3 hours
CD 315 Literacy for Young Children .........................................................................3 hours
CD 355 Human Development ...................................................................................3 hours
CD 358 Infant and Toddler Development ..................................................................3 hours
CD 403 Child Development Practicum .....................................................................3 hours
CD 404 Administration and Supervision of Preschools .............................................3 hours
CD 453 Senior Seminar .......................................................................................... 1 hour
CD 454 Internship in Child Development and Family Studies ..................................3 hours
Upper Division Electives in CD, PY, SO, and SW .....................................................9 hours
FS 340 Family Economics and Management ...........................................................3 hours
FS 342 Intimate Relations and Marriage ..................................................................3 hours
FS 452 Advanced Family Studies .............................................................................3 hours
ED 341 Foundations of Reading ...............................................................................3 hours
ND 322 Life Span Nutrition .......................................................................................3 hours
PY 345 Adolescent Psychology ................................................................................3 hours
SO 231 Social Problems ...........................................................................................3 hours
SW 330 Human Behavior and Social Environment ..................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................62 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness (no grade below C)
ND 131 Nutrition ........................................................................................................ 3 hours
Social and Behaviorial Sciences (no grade below C)
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ............................................................................... 3 hours
General Education ........................................................................................... 48-49 hours
General Electives ............................................................................................... 9-10 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...........................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Fitness and Wellness
This program is designed to meet the needs of students who are seeking a career as a tness
specialist, athletic trainer, exercise physiologist, kinesiologist or corporate tness consultant or
graduate studies. Admission to this curriculum requires approval of the department.
Students who complete the B.S. in Fitness and Wellness will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Understand the transformation of the whole person through biblically-based education
for service to God and humanity
191
2. Apply solutions to current health and tness related challenges
3. Design an Individualized Exercise Prescription (IEP) as a preventive measure to
circumvent chronic diseases and maintain a health enhancing level of physical tness
4. Analyze movement concepts as they relate to the development of motor skills
5. Evaluate tness assessments, health behaviors, and risk factors for physical dysfunction
6. Apply anthropometric techniques in evaluating the components of health-related tness
Major Requirements:
PE 285 Introduction to Physical Education .............................................................3 hours
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries .....................................................3 hours
PE 315 Motor Learning ...........................................................................................3 hours
PE 320 Exercise Testing and Prescription for Performance Enhancement ............3 hours
PE 325 Water Safety Instructor ..............................................................................3 hours
PE 335 Statistics for Health Professions ................................................................3 hours
PE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Ed. ......................................3 hours
PE 345 Personal Training and CPR Certication ...................................................3 hours
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise ...............................................................................3 hours
PE 410 Adapted Physical Education ......................................................................3 hours
PE 415 Kinesiology .................................................................................................3 hours
PE 421 Health Promotion .......................................................................................3 hours
PE 422 Fitness Management .................................................................................3 hours
PE 490 Research and Independent Study .............................................................3 hours
PE 492 Internship for Health Professions ...............................................................3 hours
BA 105 Introduction to Business ............................................................................3 hours
BI 112 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory........................................4 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspects and Ethics of Health Care ..................................................3 hours
MK 301 Principles of Marketing ..............................................................................3 hours
ND 131 Nutrition .....................................................................................................3 hours
PY 421 Counseling Skills ........................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................64 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 111 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ..........................................4 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness (no grade below C)
PE 211 Health Principles...........................................................................................2 hours
PE 207 Intermediate Swimming ............................................................................ 1 hour
PE 280 Weight Training ......................................................................................... 1 hour
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ..............................................................................3 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................48 hours
General Electives ......................................................................................................8 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
192
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor, or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Health and Physical Education Teaching
This program is accredited by the Council for the Accreditation of Educator Preparation
(CAEP). The program qualies a person to teach physical education. After graduation, stu-
dents may apply for the Alabama Class B Certicate: Physical Education, grades P-12; and the
SDA Basic Teaching Certicate: Physical Education, grades P-12.
Refer to the Department of Education section in this bulletin for the program outline. Pro-
gram advisor: A. Young
Bachelor of Science in Health Science
Concentration: Health Science
This program is designed to meet the needs of students who are seeking a career as a health
educator, public health analyst, hospital health educator, or health inspector. It meets require-
ments for pre-med, pre-dental, and other clinical degrees and graduate studies. Admission to
this curriculum requires approval of the department chair.
Students who complete the B.S. in Health Science will be procient in the following student
learning outcomes:
1. Understand the transformation of the whole person through biblically-based education
for service to God and humanity
2. Analyze how socioeconomic, cultural, behavioral, structural, biological, environmental
and other factors impact the health of individuals and communities
3. Apply skills of leadership and management to human, scal, capital and social resources
when administering health education strategies
4. Synthesize information relevant to improving global health
5. Evaluate theories of health, disease, and well-being in the planning, implementation,
assessment of various health programs
Major Requirements:
AH 100 or 130 Introduction to Health Professions/Intro to Public Health ...............2 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology and Laboratory .........................................................3 hours
BI 112 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory........................................4 hours
BI 131-132 General Biology and Lab ......................................................................8 hours
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Lab ...............................................................8 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspects and Ethics of Health Care ..................................................3 hours
NU 106 Non-Drug Therapeutics .............................................................................3 hours
PE 315 Motor Learning ...........................................................................................3 hours
PE 335 Statistics for Health Professions ................................................................3 hours
PE 350 Pharmacology for Health Professions ........................................................3 hours
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise ...............................................................................3 hours
PE 415 Functional Anatomy and Kinesiology and Lab ...........................................3 hours
193
PE 421 Health Promotion .......................................................................................3 hours
PE 450 Epidemiology and Disease Control ............................................................3 hours
PE 490 Research and Independent Study .............................................................3 hours
PH 103-104 General Physics and Lab ...................................................................8 hours
PY 357 Health Psychology .....................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................66 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 111 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ........................................... 4 hours
MA 121 Precalculus I ................................................................................................. 3 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness (no grade below C)
PE 211 Health Principles............................................................................................ 2 hours
Social and Behaviorial Sciences (no grade below C)
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ............................................................................... 3 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
General Electives .....................................................................................................6 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...........................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor, or
free electives.
Concentration: Pre-Physical Therapy
Following completion of the concentration requirements and the degree, the student can
complete professional masters or doctoral education at a physical therapy graduate school. This
concentration is designed to allow students who desire to apply to the 3+3 programs (e.g. Andrews
University) to complete all the prerequisite courses by the end the junior year. The student must
complete the general education requirements at Oakwood University before entering the partnering
institution. The student must complete: BI 111-112 Anatomy and Physiology with labs; BI 131-132
General Biology with labs; CH 141-142 General Chemistry with labs; PH 103-104 General Physics
with labs; PY 101 Principles of Psychology; PY 307 Statistical Methods; PY 325 Developmental
Psychology; PE 401 Physiology of Exercise; and AH 350 Medical Technology. Three-plus-three
students who successfully complete the rst year of physical therapy professional graduate school
will be awarded the B.S. in Allied Health Science from Oakwood University.
The Pre-Physical Therapy students have two options: The generic track; and the accelerated
(3+3) track:
• Generic track: complete the four year B.S in Allied Health Science curriculum at Oakwood
University, then attend a physical therapy graduate school. Having a bachelor degree
expands the number of professional school programs that a student can choose from,
and increases the likelihood of acceptance. Completion of a doctorate in physical therapy
requires 3 years after Oakwood.
• Accelerated (3+3) Track: complete the Pre-Physical Therapy concentration curriculum
through the junior, then transfer to a 3+3 physical therapy program (e.g. Andrews University
194
or Loma Linda University). After successful completion of the rst year of professional
graduate school, the student is eligible to receive the B.S. in Allied Health Science from
Oakwood University (completion of the doctorate in physical therapy requires 3 years
after Oakwood.) See the Allied Health advisor for additional information.
Students who complete the B.S in Allied Health Science with the Pre-Physical Therapy
concentration will be procient in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Plan strategies to integrate Christian principles and ethics in the care of patients
2. Construct critical thinking strategies to problem solving, decision making and evaluation
of research
3. Apply principles of cultural competence
4. Arrange the organization and function of the human body from the cell to system levels
5. Demonstrate the importance of disease prevention, wellness promotion, and the impact
of health disparities
6. Evaluate personal skills, traits, and goals in relationship to those traits required for physical
therapy
7. Demonstrate essential communication skills and professional demeanor
8. Identify and assess graduate and career opportunities relative to Allied Health professions
Concentration Requirements:
AH 100 or 130 Intro. to Health Professions/Introl t Public Health ............................2 hours
AH 310 Practicum in Physical Therapy ....................................................................3 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology and Laboratory ..........................................................3 hours
AH 410 Critical Thinking in Health Care ...................................................................2 hours
BI 112 Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory .....................................................4 hours
BI 131-132 General Biology and Laboratory ............................................................8 hours
BI 221 Microbiology ..................................................................................................4 hours
CD 355 Human Development ..................................................................................3 hours
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ......................................................8 hours
PE 315 Motor Learning ............................................................................................3 hours
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise ................................................................................3 hours
PE 415 Functional Anatomy and Kinesiology and Lab ............................................3 hours
PH 103-104 General Physics and Laboratory ..........................................................8 hours
PY 335 Statistical or Health Professions ..................................................................3 hours
PY 357 Health Psychology or PY elective ................................................................3 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspect or RG 321-02 Christian Ethics ...............................................3 hours
SO 211 Cultural Anthropology ..................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................67 hours
General Education ........................................................................................... 48-49 hours
General Electives .....................................................................................................5 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...........................................................................120 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 111 Human Anatomy & Physiology and Laboratory .............................................4 hours
PY 101 Principles of Psychology .............................................................................3 hours
195
MA 121 Precalculus I ...............................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Concentration: Pre-Occupational Therapy
This concentration is designed for students who desire to pursue a career, but may also be
used as a foundation for graduate study in many medical and health related professions. This
concentration contains the prerequisite courses required by most occupational therapy professional
programs. Pre-Occupational Therapy concentration majors will complete the four year bachelor
of Allied Health Science degree program and then apply to a masters or doctorate professional
program in Occupational Therapy. Programs that oer master’s degrees typically require 2 years
after Oakwood; doctoral education typically requires 3 years.
Students who complete the B.S in Allied Health Science with the Pre-Occupational Therapy
concentration will be procient in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Plan strategies to integrate Christian principles and moral integrity in the care of patients
2. Construct critical thinking strategies to problem solving, decision making and the evaluation
of research
3. Arrange the organization and function of the human body from the cell to the system levels
4. Recognize normal physiological behavior and the common treatment modalities for
abnormal behavior
5. Evaluate personal skills, traits, and goals in relationship to those traits required for the
occupational therapist
6. Demonstrate essential communication skills and professional demeanor
7. Identify and assess graduate and career opportunities relative to Allied Health Professions
Concentration Requirements:
AH 100 or 130 Intro. to Health Professions/Introl t Public Health ............................2 hours
AH 300 Practicum in Physical Therapy ....................................................................3 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology and Laboratory ..........................................................3 hours
AH 410 Critical Thinking in Health Care ...................................................................3 hours
BI 112 Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory .....................................................4 hours
BI 131-132 General Biology and Laboratory ............................................................8 hours
CH 141-142 General Chemistry I & II and Laboratory .............................................8 hours
CD 355 Human Development ..................................................................................3 hours
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries ......................................................3 hours
PE 315 Motor Learning ............................................................................................3 hours
PE 335 Statistics for the Health Professions ............................................................3 hours
PE 350 Pharmacology for Health Professions .........................................................3 hours
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise ................................................................................3 hours
PE 415 Functional Anatomy and Kinesiology and Lab ............................................3 hours
PY 321 Abnormal Behavior ......................................................................................3 hours
PY 421 Counseling Skills .........................................................................................3 hours
PY or FS upper division elective ............................................................................. 3 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspect or RG 321-02 Christian Ethics ...............................................3 hours
196
SO 211 Cultural Anthropology ..................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................64 hours
General Education .................................................................................................48 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................8 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 111 Human Anatomy & Physiology and Laboratory .............................................4 hours
MA 121 Precalculus I ...............................................................................................3 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
PY 101 Principles of Psychology .............................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Concentration: Pre-Physician Assistant
This concentration is designed for students who desire to pursue a career in Physician
Assistant, but may also be used as a foundation for graduate study in many medical and health
related professions. This concentration contains the prerequisite courses required by most
physician assistant professional programs. Pre-Physician Assistant concentration majors will
complete the four year Bachelor of Science in Allied Health Science degree program, and then
apply to a master’s professional program in Physician Assistant. Programs that oer master’s
degrees typically require two years after Oakwood.
Students who complete the B.S in Allied Health Science with the Pre-Physician Assistant
concentration will be procient in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the Biblical foundation principle ‘Transformation’ and
its application to personal and public health
2. Describe the organization and function of the human body from the cell to the system level
3. Describe the structure and function of organic molecules
4. Explain the importance of disease prevention, wellness promotion, and the impact of
health disparities
5. Evaluate personal skills, traits, and goals in relationship to those traits required for the
physician assistant
6. Demonstrate basic communication skills and professional demeanor
7. Construct critical thinking strategies to problem-solving, decision-making, and the
evaluation of research
8. Apply principles of cultural competence
9. Identify and assess graduate and career opportunities relative to Allied Health professions
Concentration Requirements:
AH 100 or 130 Intro. to Health Professions/Introl t Public Health ............................2 hours
AH 300 Practicum in Physical Therapy ....................................................................3 hours
197
AH 350 Medical Terminology and Laboratory ..........................................................3 hours
AH 410 Critical Thinking in Health Care ...................................................................2 hours
BI 111-112 Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ...............................................8 hours
BI 221 Microbiology and Laboratory ........................................................................4 hours
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ......................................................8 hours
CH 311 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory .............................................................4 hours
BA 310 Principles of Management ...........................................................................3 hours
CD 355 Human Development ..................................................................................3 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspects of Health Care .....................................................................3 hours
PE 350 Pharmacology for Health Professions .........................................................3 hours
PE 335 Statistics for the Health Professions ............................................................3 hours
PY 321 Abnormal Behavior or PY upper division elective ........................................3 hours
PE 490/491 or AH 490 Research and Independent Study .......................................3 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspect or RG 321-02 Christian Ethics ...............................................3 hours
SO 211 Cultural Anthropology ..................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................62 hours
General Education ........................................................................................... 48-49 hours
Free Electives ..........................................................................................................8 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...........................................................................120 hours
Required General Education selections: Students should select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 131 General Biology ...........................................................................................4 hours
MA 121 Precalculus I ...............................................................................................3 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences
SO 101 Principles of Sociology ................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Medical Technology
This is a consortium program in which the student spends three years at Oakwood University
and approximately twelve months at a partnering institution: Andrews University. The student
must complete the general education requirements at Oakwood University before entering the
partnering institution (Andrews University). (Application for admission to partnering institution must
be made separately and admission is based on a minimum overall and science GPA of 2.5).
Students who complete the B.S. in Medical Technology will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate an understanding of the Biblical foundation principle ‘Transformation’ and
its application to personal and public health
2. Identify biomolecules such as carbohydrates, amino and nucleic acids, lipids, enzymes,
vitamins, and cofactors
3. Describe biological processes that occur at the human cellular level, system level, and
198
in the ecological environment
4. Identify the clinical features of bacterial diseases and diagnostic procedures
5. Evaluate personal skills, traits, and goals in relationship to those traits required for the
clinical laboratory scientist
6. Demonstrate clinical laboratory skills and professional demeanor appropriate for the
entry-level clinical laboratory scientists
Major Requirements:
AH 100 or 130 Intro. to Health Professions/Introl t Public Health ............................2 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology and Laboratory ..........................................................3 hours
BI 132 General Biology ............................................................................................4 hours
BI 241 General Microbiology ....................................................................................4 hours
BI 321 Genetics and Laboratory ..............................................................................4 hours
BI 422 General Physiology and Laboratory .............................................................4 hours
BI 455 Immunology and Laboratory .........................................................................4 hours
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Laboratory ......................................................8 hours
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis and Laboratory ..........................................................4 hours
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry and Laboratory .....................................................8 hours
CH 401 Biochemistry and Laboratory ......................................................................4 hours
MA 122 Precalculus ................................................................................................3 hours
PH 103-104 General Physics ...................................................................................8 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods ......................................................................................3 hours
AH 400, 401 Medical Technology Clinical Education ............................... (hours may vary)
Total Hours for Major .............................................................................................. 63+ hours
General Education ........................................................................................... 47-53 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics
BI 131 General Biology and Laboratory ...................................................................4 hours
MA 121 Precalculus .................................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Sports Management
This program is designed to prepare students to develop the skills and experience
they will need to succeed in the competitive industry of sports management. Through
courses that encourage and develop critical thinking and problem solving, the program will
progress students into leaders who can apply business practices to the sports industry.
Students who complete the B.S. in Sports Management will be procient in the following
199
student learning outcomes:
1. Understand the transformation of the whole person through biblically based education
for service to God and humanity.
2. Create concepts from business disciplines that apply to complex sports management
issues.
3. Evaluate global perspective as it relates to the function of sports management in an
increasingly multicultural world.
4. Apply ethical standards to contemporary business situations.
5. Apply current concepts of sports business management. Associate of Science in Pre-
Speech-Language Pathology
Major Requirements:
PE 305 Theory of Coaching & Ociating Athletic Contests ...................................3 hours
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries .....................................................3 hours
PE 315 Motor Learning ...........................................................................................3 hours
PE 320 Exercise Testing and Prescription for Performance Enhancement ............3 hours
PE 335 Statistics for Health Professions ................................................................3 hours
PE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education .............................3 hours
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise ...............................................................................3 hours
PE 415 Kinesiology .................................................................................................3 hours
PE 490 or PE 491 Research and Independent Study ........................................... 3 hours
PE 492 Internship for Health Professionals ............................................................3 hours
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting I & II .............................................................6 hours
BA 105 Introduction to Business .............................................................................3 hours
BA 310 Principles of Management ..........................................................................3 hours
BA 375 Business Law .............................................................................................3 hours
BA 383 Human Resource Management .................................................................3 hours
BA 385 International Business ................................................................................3 hours
BA 487 Negotiations ...............................................................................................3 hours
BI 112 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory........................................4 hours
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics ....................................................................3 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspects and Ethics of Health Care ..................................................3 hours
PY 351 Organizational Psychology .........................................................................3 hours
Total .....................................................................................................................67 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
BI 111 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ........................................4 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness (no grade below C)
PE 211 Health Principles ........................................................................................2 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ............................................................................3 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................48 hours
200
General Electives ......................................................................................................5 hours
Total required for degree .........................................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor, or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Sports Marketing
This program is designed to prepare students to work on the business side of the sports
industry. Graduates of this specialized marketing degree will be equipped to manage the sales,
promotion, and advertising of athletic organizations or products.
Students who complete the B.S. in Sports Marketing will be procient in the following
student learning outcomes:
1. Understand the transformation of the whole person through biblically based education
for service to God and humanity.
2. Analyze the process and structure in sports events.
3. Evaluate the sports marketing environment and trends inuencing marketers.
4. Create a proposal for the sponsorship of a sports-related sponsorship property (e.g.,
league, team or athlete).
Major Requirements:
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries ......................................................3 hours
PE 315 Motor Learning ...........................................................................................3 hours
PE 320 Exercise Testing and Prescription for Performance Enhancement ............3 hours
PE 335 Statistics for Health Professions ................................................................3 hours
PE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education .............................3 hours
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise ...............................................................................3 hours
PE 415 Kinesiology .................................................................................................3 hours
PE 490 or PE 491 Research and Independent Study ........................................... 3 hours
PE 492 Internship for Health Professionals ............................................................3 hours
BA 105 Introduction to Business .............................................................................3 hours
HC 330 Legal Aspects and Ethics of Health Care ..................................................3 hours
IS 315 Multimedia Applications ...............................................................................3 hours
MK 301 Principles of Marketing ..............................................................................3 hours
MK 343 Consumer Behavior ...................................................................................3 hours
MK 345 Advertising Management ...........................................................................3 hours
MK 350 Sales Management ...................................................................................3 hours
MK 468 Retail Merchandising & Design .................................................................3 hours
BI 112 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory........................................4 hours
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics ....................................................................3 hours
PY 351 Organizational Psychology .........................................................................3 hours
PY 421 Counseling Skills ........................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................64 hours
Required General Education Selections (No Grade below C): Students must select the following:
201
Science and Mathematics
BI 111 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ........................................4 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness (no grade below C)
PE 211 Health Principles ........................................................................................2 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
PY 101 Principles of Psychology 3 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................48 hours
General Electives ......................................................................................................8 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor, or
free electives.
Associate of Science in Pre-Speech Language
Following completion of this degree, the student must complete professional education at a
college or university that oers this major.
Students who complete the A.S. in Pre-Speech-Language Pathology will be procient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Apply Christian principles to the delivery of health care services
2. Arrange the organization and function of the human body from the cell to system level
3. Identify the basic components of vocal production and the impact of non-verbal
communication
4. Demonstrate the importance of disease prevention, wellness promotion and the impact
of health disparities
5. Evaluate personal skills, traits, and goals in relationship to those traits required for the
speech-language pathologist
6. Demonstrate essential communication skills and professionalism
Major Requirements
AH 100 or 130 Intro. to Health Professions/Intro to Public Health ...........................2 hours
AH 350 Medical Terminology and Laboratory ..........................................................3 hours
BI 111-112 Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ...............................................8 hours
CD 355 Human Development ..................................................................................3 hours
CH 141 General Chemistry and Laboratory .............................................................4 hours
CO 320 Voice and Diction ........................................................................................3 hours
SO 101 Principles of Sociology ................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................26 hours
General Education ........................................................................................... 31-33 hours
Free electives ........................................................................................................ 0-3 hour
Total Hours Required for Degree ........................................................................ 60-61 hours
Required General Education Selections (No Grade below C): Students must select the following:
Science and Mathematics
202
MA 121 Precalculus .................................................................................................3 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences
PY 101 Principles of Psychology .............................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Minor in Child Development
CD 210 Principles of Early Childhood Education ......................................................3 hours
CD 231 Developing Creativity in Young Children ......................................................3 hours
CD 302 Preschool Environments ..............................................................................3 hours
CD 305 Parent-Child Relations .................................................................................3 hours
CD 355 Human Development ..................................................................................3 hours
CD 358 Infant and Toddler Development Studies .....................................................3 hours
CD 403 Child Development Practicum .....................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................21 hours
Minor in Fitness and Wellness
ND 131 Nutrition .....................................................................................................3 hours
PE 285 Introduction to Physical Education .............................................................3 hours
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries .....................................................3 hours
PE 340 Organization and Administration of Physical Education .............................3 hours
PE 345 Personal Training and CPR Certications ..................................................3 hours
PE 422 Fitness Management .................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................18 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness (no grade below C)
PE 211 Health Principles ........................................................................................2 hours
Minor in Health and Physical Education
PE 303 Individual/Team Sports I .............................................................................3 hours
PE 304 Individual/Team Sports II ............................................................................3 hours
PE 305 Theory of Coaching & Ociating Athletic Contests ....................................3 hours
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries .....................................................3 hours
PE 315 Motor Learning ...........................................................................................3 hours
PE 330 Methods of Teaching Physical Education...................................................3 hours
203
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................18 hours
Required General Education Selections: Students must select the following:
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness (no grade below C)
PE 211 Health Principles ........................................................................................2 hours
204
Department of Nursing
Professor:
Karen Anderson, Ph.D., RN, CNE
Associate Professors:
Dwight Huslin, M.S.N, RN
Rise Lowery, Ph.D., RN
Dorothy Forde, PhD, RNC-NIC, CNS (Chair)
Assistant Professors:
Bianca Norris, M.S.N., CRNP
Mukesha Mbuguje, Ph.D., RN
Priscilla Morris, M.S.N., RN
Mattie Sherard, DNP, RN
Veronica Leftridge, M.S.N., RN
Major: Nursing ( B.S.) Generic Option
RN Completion Program Option
Purpose
It is the purpose of the Department of Nursing to provide Christ-centered education for nursing
students that promotes excellence in character, achievement of professional goals, leadership
and service to a multicultural community and prepares nurses to care for the biopsychosocial
and spiritual needs of clients across the life cycle in a variety of health-care settings.
Approval
The program in nursing is approved by the Alabama Board of Nursing with a follow-up
report due March 2022.
ABN
RSA Plaza, Ste. 250
770 Washington Ave.
Montgomery, AL 36104
www.abn.state.al.us
Accreditation
The program in nursing is accredited with stipulations (Good Cause) by the Accreditation
Committee for Education in Nursing (ACEN). A follow-up report and a site visit are due Spring
2022.
Accreditation Committee for Education in Nursing (ACEN)
3390 Peachtree NE, Suite 1400
Atlanta, GA 30326
404-975-5000
205
www.acenursing.org
Career Opportunities
The Department of Nursing oers two baccalaureate degree options: a generic (four-year BS)
option that prepares students to take the National Council Licensure Examination for Registered
Nursing (NCLEX-RN); and a two-year BS completion program for RNs that provides registered
nurses prepared at the associate degree or diploma level an opportunity to obtain a bachelors
degree in nursing. Both programs prepare students for graduate study in nursing and to practice
at the professional level in a variety of health care settings, including the community, industry,
government, hospitals, and clinics.
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
Generic Option
Admission Requirements:
1. Admission by the university and submission of separate application to nursing
2. University cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.00 or above on a 4.00 scale.
3. ACT composite score of 17 or above, or SAT composite of 840 or above.
4. Demonstrated reading at the 13th grade level, as indicated through diagnostic testing on
the Nelson Denny Exam.
5. Earn a grade of B or better in the NU 107 Introduction to Professional Nursing course..
6. No grade less than C in the sciences (biology, chemistry) courses.
7. Achieve a cumulative score of 75 percent or above on the HESI Admission Assessment
Exam (reading/comprehension, math, grammar, anatomy & physiology).
Admission by Transfer
1. Transfer credits for cognate courses will be evaluated by the appropriate university
department.
2. Transfer credits for nursing courses are non-transferable.
3. Credits for science courses in anatomy & physiology, microbiology, nutrition, and chemistry
earned more than ve years prior to admission will not be accepted. Applicants may
choose to validate knowledge by examination or by repeating the course.
Progression
To progress through the nursing program to graduation, the student must:
1. Pass a math prociency examination, two attempts, at the 100 percent level prior to
or at the beginning of NU 212 Nursing Pharmacology, and pass a dosage calculation
examination two attempts, prior to or at the beginning of each nursing performance course
at the 100 percent level.
2. Pass all required clinical skills performance assessments.
3. Maintain a cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.00 or above.
4. Complete with a passing grade all previous level courses (cognate and nursing) before
progression to the next level.
5. Repeat successfully all nursing courses in which the minimum grade B- was not achieved
(except NU107 where B is required for entrance criteria). No more than two course may
206
be repeated, only one of which may be a nursing course. Courses may be repeated
in the following combination: one nursing and one cognate, or two cognate courses.
6. Fulll any remedial contracts specied by the department.
7. Present annual verication of current CPR certication and tuberculosis screening.
8. Demonstrate the personal qualications necessary to the professional practice of nursing
as evaluated by the Department of Nursing faculty.
9. Participate in scheduled and random drug screening and background checking as required
10. Complete all standardized testing at the required level.
Students who are dismissed from the university through the Disciplinary Policy are not eligible
for progression.
Students who do not maintain the minimum required cumulative GPA of 3.00 described
above may not progress to the next nursing course until the required GPA is achieved (if slots
are available).
Students who engage in misconduct that would jeopardize their professional performance as
nurses may be denied admission to or be removed from the program.
The Department of Nursing reserves the right to revise its policies and procedures within an
academic year as considered appropriate and necessary. Changes take eect immediately, or
as voted by the faculty. All changes will be promptly communicated to faculty and students, on
the date made, or as soon as possible after, and will be published or made accessible in writing to
those aected by the policy or procedure. The Nursing Department Student Handbook is renewed
and updated regularly and supersedes policies contained here.
Students in the generic option must successfully complete all courses to graduate in order
to write the National Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN). The
RN license may be denied where there is failure to show good moral character as it pertains
to nursing, including but not limited to conviction of a felony, abuse of or addiction to alcohol or
drugs, and theft of drugs. The decision as to whether the applicant is of good moral character is
at the discretion of the State Board of Nursing.
HESI RN Integrated Testing Program
In preparation for the NCLEX-RN exam which all nursing graduates must take to become
registered nurses, the Health Education Systems Inc. (HESI) integrated testing program is
administered throughout the student’s course of study. Students must successfully complete
HESI remediation as required throughout the program. This will assist students in being prepared
after graduation to pass the NCLEX-RN on the rst attempt. Refer to the departmental Student
Handbook for complete details.
Student Learning Outcomes
Students who complete the B.S. in Nursing (generic or RN completion) will:
1. Exhibit a pattern of caring behaviors consistent with Christ’s attitude and actions.
2. Utilize the nursing process to provide evidence-based nursing care for individuals, families,
groups and communities.
3. Develop plans to promote health based on SDA Biblical health principles.
4. Demonstrate awareness of innovative health care modalities, technology and tools used
207
in nursing practice.
5. Illustrate social and professional responsibility through reection on participation in
leadership and/or service-learning experiences.
Major Requirements:
NU 107 Introduction to Professional Nursing ............................................................. 2 hours
NU 111 Health Promotion and Environmental Health ................................................ 3 hours
NU 210 Fundamentals and Skills ............................................................................... 3 hours
NU 211 Assessment and Skills ................................................................................. 3 hours
NU 212 Pharmacology for Nursing ............................................................................ 2 hours
NU 214 Nursing Performance I .................................................................................. 1 hour
NU 312 Pharmacology for Nursing II ......................................................................... 2 hours
NU 319 Nursing Ethics ............................................................................................... 2 hours
NU 330 Pathophysiology ........................................................................................... 3 hours
NU 331 Adult and Gerontological Nursing I ............................................................... 3 hours
NU 332 Mental Health Nursing .................................................................................. 4 hours
NU 333 Nursing Performance II ................................................................................. 2 hours
NU 336 Research in Nursing ..................................................................................... 3 hours
NU 339 Adult and Gerontological Nursing II .............................................................. 5 hours
NU 409 Nursing With Infants and Children ................................................................ 4 hours
NU 411 Community Health Nursing ........................................................................... 4 hours
NU 412 Nursing With Women during Childbearing Years .......................................... 4 hours
NU 416 Management and Leadership inl Nursing ..................................................... 2 hours
NU 419 Complex Medical Surgical Nursing ............................................................... 3 hours
NU 421 Nursing Seminar ........................................................................................... 2 hours
NU 495 Capstone Course .......................................................................................... 3 hours
Cognates: (No grade below C)
BI 112 Anatomy and Physiology and Lab ................................................................ 4 hours
BI 221 Microbiology and Lab ..................................................................................... 4 hours
CH 101 Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry and Lab ................................................ 3 hours
CH 102 Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry and Lab ....................................... 3 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods ........................................................................................ 3 hours
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................. 3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 80 hours
General Education (includes 12 hours of Biblical Studies) .............................. 49 hours
Nursing requirements ........................................................................................... 60 hours
Required cognates ................................................................................................ 20 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................. 129 hours
Required General Education Selections (No Grade below C): Students must select the following:
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness
208
ND 131 Nutrition ........................................................................................................ 3 hours
Science and Mathematics:
BI 111 Anatomy and Physiology and Lab ................................................................... 4 hours
MA 110 Survey of Mathematics or MA 108 Introduction to College Algebra .............. 3 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ............................................................................... 3 hours
Humanities and Fine Arts elective
EN 221 Literature of African Peoples ......................................................................... 3 hours
Technology
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications ............................................................................ 3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Nursing
RN Completion Program
Admission Requirements
1. Admission by the university. Admission to the university does not guarantee admission
to a specic department or program.
2. University cumulative grade point average (GPA) of 3.00 or above.
3. Current license to practice as a registered nurse in Alabama.
4. Completion or equivalency credit for an accredited associate degree program in nursing.
(See prerequisite courses below).
5. Evidence of current CPR certication.
6. Medical clearance from Oakwood University Health Services.
7. Students having two failures (C- or less) in the physical sciences (biology, chemistry,
microbiology) or two failures in previous nursing courses are not eligible for admission
to the nursing program.
Prerequisites
Specic prerequisite requirements will vary according to the student’s previous program of
study. The student is expected to have completed the following courses with a grade of C (2.00)
or better prior to entering the program in nursing:
• English Composition I and II
• Anatomy and Physiology I and II
• College Mathematics or Beginning Calculus
• Microbiology
• Inorganic Chemistry
• Introduction to Psychology
• Nutrition
• Public Speaking
• PE Activity (1 semester credit)
Successful completion of NU 340 Transition to Professional Nursing is prerequisite to
progression to the second semester of the nursing program.
209
Progression
1. Earn a grade of B (3.00) or better in each required nursing theory course and a grade of
Pass in each required nursing clinical (nursing performance) course.
2. Courses required for the major may be repeated only once. No more than two courses
may be repeated, only one of which may be a nursing course.
3. Graduation requirements include a minimum GPA of 3.00 in the major.
Major Requirements:
NU 319 Nursing Ethics ............................................................................................... 2 hours
NU 330 Pathophysiology ........................................................................................... 3 hours
NU 334 Nursing Informatics ....................................................................................... 2 hours
NU 335 Transcultural Nursing .................................................................................... 2 hours
NU 336 Research in Nursing ..................................................................................... 3 hours
NU 340 Transition to Professional Nursing ................................................................ 4 hours
NU 411 Community Health Nursing ........................................................................... 3 hours
NU 414 Nursing Performance RN I ............................................................................ 2 hours
NU 415 Gerontological Nursing ................................................................................. 3 hours
NU 416 Management and Complex Medical-Surgical Nursing .................................. 3 hours
NU 418 Nursing Performance RN II ........................................................................... 4 hours
NU 450 Nursing Elective ........................................................................................... 3 hours
CH 102 Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry and Lab ....................................... 3 hours
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................. 3 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree .............................................................................. 40 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
210
Department of Nutrition and Dietetics
Professor:
Sherine Brown-Fraser, Ph.D., RD (Chair)
Program Director, Didactic Program in Dietetics (DPD)
Associate Professor:
Lisa Dalrymple, Ph.D., M.S., Healthy Campus Program Director
Assistant Professor:
Nadine Dowdie, MPH, RDN, LD, Distant Dietetic Internship Program (DIP) Program Director
Coordinator:
Juliana Draper, RDN, LD, CDCES, B.S., Distant Dietetic Internship Program Administrative
Majors: Dietetics (B.S.)
Nutrition with Vegetarian Culinary Emphasis (B.S.)
Minors: Food and Nutrition
Didactic Program Completion (Undergraduate)
: The Distant Dietetic Internship Program
Purpose
The Department of Nutrition and Dietetics provides quality Christian education that emphasizes
faith and learning, service learning, critical thinking skills, cultural competence, and principles that
can be applied to health care communities, family, and personal ethical behavior. It is our purpose
to provide undergraduate education for future Christian health care providers in the discipline of
Dietetics, Food & Nutrition and the Dietetic Internship. The department prepares graduates for
licensure and/or entrance into graduate professional programs in health and healthcare. This
education will respond to current and future health care market demands for minority health
care providers. The department also provides advising in such areas as Clinical Dietetics, Food
& Nutrition and the Dietetic Internship. Students must ensure that they will meet the minimum
entrance requirements of their prospective professional schools.
Accreditation
The program in Nutrition and Dietetics is accredited (2015 - 2022) by the
Accreditation Council for Education in Nutrition and Dietetics (ACEND)
120 South Riverside, Plaza Suite 2000
Chicago, IL 60606-6995
312-899-0040, Ext. 5400
www.eatright.org/acendDietitians
211
Application for Admission
• Students must have an overall minimum GPA of 2.7 for admission Dietetics major.
• Students must have an overall minimum GPA of 3.0 for The Distant Dietetic Internship
Program. .
Exit Examination
All students are required to take an exit examination prior to graduation from the Dietetics and
Distance Dietetic Internship programs. Evaluation of conceptual skills, techniques of projects,
and laboratory performances will be included in the examination. All dietetics majors must pass
the Exit Examination with 75 percent prociency before graduation.
Career Opportunities
Dietetics is an example of career in health professions that is consistently on the Bureau of
Labor Statistics list of highly desirable professions that enjoy good salaries and job security due
to their role in the health care system and because demand outstrips supply. Minority students
are especially needed in the profession, as Blacks are underrepresented in dietetics, food
science, nutrition, and culinary elds. However, good academic preparation is vital to success.
Therefore, the dietetics curriculum and advisement are designed to maximize academic success
and support the University’s mission to assist in the development of Christian character. Career
choices for graduates from this department include registered dietitian, clinical nutritionist, public
health/community nutritionist, administrative dietitian, food service dietitian, sports nutritionist,
food service director, nutrition research analyst, nutrition journalism, political action nutritionist,
nutrition entrepreneur and culinary chef.
Bachelor of Science in Dietetics
This program is designed for students who possess a strong interest in the clinical, sociological,
psychological, physiological, and economic aspects of food and nutrition, with emphasis on Health
Promotion/Disease Prevention. College Level Examination Program (CLEP) results do not meet
the requirements for this degree. This degree prepares students to become Registered Dietitian
Nutritionists (RD/RDN).
Admission Requirements for the Didactic Program in Dietetics:
1. Minimum GPA of 2.7 on a 4.0 scale
2. A minimum grade of C in EN 111-112 Freshman Composition
3. Evidence of 12th grade reading level from diagnostic testing (any college testing center)
4. Submit personal statement and attend an interview
Progression
To progress through the Nutrition and Dietetics program to graduation, the student must
maintain a cumulative GPA of 2.7 or above a 4.0 scale.
1. Score 75 percent or higher on the Exit Exam
212
2. Maintain a minimum 2.7 GPA on a 4.0 scale
3. Earn a minimum C grade in all dietetic and cognate courses as outlined in this section.
4. Spend at least one summer acquiring pre-approved work or volunteer experience in the
eld of dietetics. (See Appendix A of departmental student handbook for details)
5. Maintain a professional development portfolio. (See Appendix A of departmental student
handbook for details)
Classes must be taken in sequential order and must logically progress from introductory
learning activities, to build on previous knowledge to achieve the expected depth and breadth
of knowledge upon completion of the program. Furthermore, we highly recommend students
achieve a minimum 75% score on all tests, projects and assignments.
Student Learning Outcomes
Students who complete the B.S. in Dietetics will be procient in the following student learning
outcomes:
1. Demonstrate a Christ-centered SDA worldview in food and nutrtion-related activities
2. Apply physical, biological, & social science concepts in nutrition settings
3. Apply nutrition concepts in health promotion and disease prevention
4. Demonstrate the abillity to communicate eectively in presentling food and nutrition
information
5. Conduct basic research in food and nutrition
6. Demonstrate the abillity to prepare and serve quality food items for dierent settings
7. Implement management skills in budget preparation, cost analysis, and marketing
Major Requirements:
ND 102 Introduction to Dietetics .............................................................................. 1 hour
ND 111 Food Preparation and Laboratory ................................................................3 hours
ND 233 Food Science and Laboratory ......................................................................3 hours
ND 321 Advanced Nutrition .......................................................................................3 hours
ND 322 Life Span Nutrition ......................................................................................3 hours
ND 323 Community Nutrition ...................................................................................3 hours
ND 351 Nutrition Assessment and Counseling and Laboratory ................................4 hours
ND 421 Quantity Food Management and Laboratory ...............................................3 hours
ND 431 Food Systems Management and Laboratory ..............................................3 hours
ND 439 Medical Nutrition Therapy I and Laboratory .................................................3 hours
ND 440 Medical Nutrition Therapy II and Laboratory ................................................3 hours
ND 442 Nutrition and Wellness .................................................................................3 hours
ND 453 Senior Seminar ............................................................................................ 1 hour
AH 350 Medical Terminology and Laboratory ...........................................................3 hours
BA 310 Principles of Management ...........................................................................3 hours
BI 111-BI 112 Human Anatomy and Physiology ........................................................8 hours
BI 221 General Microbiology .....................................................................................4 hours
CH 102 Introduction to Organic Chemistry and Biochemistry with Lab ....................3 hours
EN 341 Technical Writing or BA 302 Business Communication ................................3 hours
213
PY 307 Statistical Methods .......................................................................................3 hours
PY 411 Research I ....................................................................................................3 hours
SO 101 Principles of Sociology .................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................69 hours
General Education ..................................................................................................51 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................120 hours
Required General Education Selections: Student must select the following:
Science and Mathematics (no grade below C)
CH 101 Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry and Lab ...............................................3 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences (no grade below C)
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ..............................................................................3 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness (no grade below C)
ND 131 Nutrition and Lab .........................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Science in Nutrition with Vegetarian Culinary Emphasis
The Vegetarian Culinary Nutrition degree program integrates the theoretical foundations of
nutrition and food science with practical vegetarian culinary applications. This degree is designed
with emphasis on the principles and concepts of vegetarian culinary arts.
Student Learning Outcomes
Students who complete the B.S. in Nutrition with a Vegetarian Culinary emphasis are expected
to:
1. Integrate scientic information and research into scientic and evidenced-based practice
2. Demonstrate the beliefs, values, attitudes and behaviors for a professional level of practice
of vegetarian diets
3 Perform customer services including the development and delivery of information,
products, and services to individuals, groups, and populations.
4. Apply the strategic principles of management systems in the provision of services to
individuals and organizations.
Core requirements
ND 233 Food Science and Laboratory ......................................................................3 hours
ND 322 Life Span Nutrition .......................................................................................3 hours
ND 323 Community Nutrition ....................................................................................3 hours
ND 351 Nutrition Assessment & Counseling and Lab ...............................................4 hours
ND 360 Vegetarian Cuisine .......................................................................................3 hours
ND 421 Quantity Food Management and Lab ..........................................................3 hours
214
ND 431 Food Systems Management and Lab ..........................................................3 hours
ND 438 Nutrition and Wellness .................................................................................3 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods .......................................................................................3 hours
PY 411 Research I ....................................................................................................3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................31 hours
Major Requirements
Core requirements ................................................................................................... 31 hours
ND 132 Essentials of Menu Planning ........................................................................ 3 hours
ND 134 Introduction to Baking and Pastry ................................................................. 3 hours
ND 137 Nutrition and Sensory Analysis ..................................................................... 3 hours
ND 138 Fundamentals of Food Service Production and Lab ..................................... 4 hours
ND 224 International Cuisine ..................................................................................... 3 hours
ND 317 Designing Healthy Desserts ......................................................................... 3 hours
ND 352 Principles of Food Product Development ..................................................... 3 hours
ND 417 Wellness Cuisine .......................................................................................... 3 hours
ND 493 Senior Culinary Practicum ............................................................................ 3 hours
ND 494 Advanced Culinary Nutrition Internship ......................................................... 3 hours
BA 105 Introduction to Business ................................................................................ 3 hours
BI 112 Anatomy & Physiology and Lab ...................................................................... 4 hours
Total Hours ................................................................................................................... 69 hours
General Education ................................................................................................... 48 hours
Free Electives ............................................................................................................ 4 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................................. 121 hours
Required General Education Selections: Student must select the following:
Science and Mathematics:
BI 111 Human Anatomy and Physiology and Laboratory ..........................................4 hours
Social and Behavioral Sciences:
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ..............................................................................3 hours
Biblical Studies, Health, and Wellness:
ND 131 Nutrition and Lab .........................................................................................3 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
215
Distant Dietetic Internship
The Distant Dietetic Internship Program at Oakwood University is a clinically based post-
baccalaureate certicate program accredited by the Accreditation Council for Education in Nutrition
and Dietetics (ACEND) of the Academy of Nutrition and Dietetics (AND). Interns receive 1200
hours of supervised practice by registered dietitian preceptors in clinical nutrition, food systems
management, and community nutrition with a concentration in medical nutrition therapy. Upon
successful completion of the dietetic internship program, the interns receive a certicate. Internship
completion qualies them to take the professional registration examination (CDR Examination)
given by the Commission on Dietetic Registration (CDR) the credentialing agency for the Academy
of Nutrition and Dietetics (AND). Successful passage of this examination allows interns to become
qualied professional Registered Dietitian Nutritionists (RDN/RD).
Students who complete the Dietetic Internship Certicate program will be procient in the
following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate a Christ-centered SDA worldview in food and nutrition-related activities
2. Implement knowledge of nutrition and dietetics to serve the community
3. Demonstrate clinical counseling skills in the area of dietetics
4. Interpret nutrition concepts in health promotion and disease prevention
5. Execute the principles of medical nutrition therapy (MNT) in acute care setting
Admission Requirements for the Distant Dietetic Internship
Apply to DICAS
1. This program uses the on-line centralized internship application process ( DICAS).
Accessable at https://portal.dicas.org or e-mail [email protected].
2. DICAS will be available after December 2nd of each year for the Spring Matching.
3. The on-line application must be completed for our program by 11:59 p.m. Central Time
on February 15th of each year
4. The fee to DICAS is $50 for the rst application submitted and $25 for each additional
application.
5. Ocial transcripts from all colleges and universities attended should be sent to DICAS-
Transcript Dept, PO Box 9118, Watertown, MA 0247257
Register with DnD Digital
Applicants must also register online for computer matching at www.dnddigital.com and select
dietetic internship priority choices by 11:59 p.m. Central Time on February 15th of each year.
There is a $55.00 computer matching fee.
Apply to Oakwood University
1. To apply for Oakwood University, the following must be completed and returned to Nadine
Dowdie, MPH, RDN, LD Distant Dietetic Internship Program Director, postmarked no later
than February 15th of each year. Nadine Dowdie, MPH, RDN, LD Oakwood University,
7000 Adventist Blvd NW, Huntsville, AL 35896.
216
2. Application fee: $100 - money order only (money order should be payable to Oakwood
University Distant Dietetic Internship Program).
3. Secure Matching Fee: $400 to secure interns matched to Oakwood University Distant
Dietetic Internship Program.
Academic Requirements
1. Unocial transcripts: Medical Nutrition Therapy I & II (Clinical Nutrition I & II) and Food
System Management classes must be recently taken within three years with B grades
or better before submitting the application packet.
2. Biochemistry and Advanced Nutrition (Macronutrient/Micronutrient/Metabolism) classes
must be currently taken within four years with B grades or better before submitting the
application packet.
3. If your grades in the above classes are lower than B, please retake the courses for the
remedial class (es) at the graduate and undergraduate level if you choose to apply at
Oakwood.
4. The grade should be a B or better to apply at Oakwood. The average for support Sciences
courses (Anatomy Physiology, microbiology, general chemistry, organic chemistry) are
required to be no less than a B.
5. If these requirements are not met, please discuss with the program director for additional
related dietetic course work.
6. Passing grade on the Prequalifying Exam (75%) – exam will be taken after Oakwood
has received your application packet.
Requirements:
ND 495-496 Dietetics Internship I-II ........................................................................24 hours
Minor in Food and Nutrition
ND 111 Food Preparation and Lab ............................................................................3 hours
ND 131 Nutrition .......................................................................................................3 hours
ND 322 Life Span Nutrition .......................................................................................3 hours
ND 323 Community Nutrition ....................................................................................3 hours
ND 360 Vegetarian Cuisine .......................................................................................3 hours
ND 421 Quantity Food Management ........................................................................3 hours
ND 431 Food System Management ..........................................................................3 hours
Total for Minor .............................................................................................................21 hours
217
SCHOOL OF THEOLOGY
R. Cliord Jones, Ph.D., D.Min. (Dean)
Purpose Statement
The purpose of the School of Theology is to develop competent Christian leaders through
the delivery of theological education that is Christ-centered, biblically based, and contextually
relevant, from a Seventh-day Adventist perspective.
Departments
Religion
Gilbert Ojwang, Ph.D., (Chair)
Graduate Theological Studies
Finbar Benjamin, D.Min. (Coordinator)
218
Department of Religion
Professors:
R. Cliord Jones, Ph.D., D.Min. (Dean)
Tarsee Li, Ph.D.
Gilbert Ojwang, Ph.D., (Chair)
Leslie Pollard, Ph.D., D.Min. (Administrator)
Associate Professors:
Gregory Allen, Th.D.
Finbar Benjamin, D.Min.
Ifeoma Kwesi, D.Min.
Manuel Moral, Ph.D., D.Min.
Jesse Wilson, D.Min.
Assistant Professors:
Julian Jones-Campbell, D.Min.
Ingram R. London, M.Div
Cory R. Rowe, D.Min., BCC
Majors: Ministerial Theology (B.A.)
Concentrations: Pastoral/Evangelistic Ministry;
Pastoral Care and Pre-Chaplaincy
Biblical Studies and Languages (B.A.)
Church Leadership (B.S.-LEAP/Adult Education)
Religious Education (B.S.)
Minors: Theology
Biblical Languages
Church Leadership
Purpose
The purpose of the Department of Religion is to develop competent Christian leaders through
the delivery of undergraduate theological education that is Christ-centered, integrative, and
contextually relevant from a Seventh-day Adventist perspective.
Introduction
The department oers two Bachelor of Arts degrees, namely: Ministerial Theology (with a
concentration in either Pastoral and Evangelistic Ministry or Pastoral Care and Pre-Chaplaincy),
and Biblical Studies and Languages. The department also oers two Bachelor of Science degrees,
namely; Religious Education (in partnership with the Department of Education), and Church
219
Leadership, oered through LEAP for Adult Professionals 22 years or older.
While all degrees may be used as “pre-seminary” preparation, the BA degrees are designed
specically as “entry level” preparation for the seminary. As stated above, the BA in Ministerial
Theology has two concentrations: Pastoral/Evangelistic ministry (for those interested in serving as
local church pastors) or Pastoral Care/Pre-Chaplaincy (for those wishing to specialize in pastoral
care and chaplaincy in various institutional settings). The BA in Biblical Studies and Languages
is designed for the person desirous of a strong biblical research component for developing a
foundation for teaching as well as for pastoral ministry. These two BA degrees enable students
to enter seminary with few or no prerequisites to fulll. The two BS degrees (Church Leadership
and Religious Education) require additional courses before graduates can meet the entry-level
seminary requirements. However, these students may go on to pursue other graduate degrees.
Majors must maintain an overall grade point average of 2.30 or above in major courses with
no grade lower than “C” in any religion course, required cognate, or religion courses in general
education.
.
Admission Requirements
When a student is accepted and admitted by the university, he or she selects a major eld
of study. The Department of Religion evaluates its majors to determine who will be permitted to
continue as a major according to the following process:
1. During the rst semester of the second or sophomore year, all majors regardless of
concentration must make formal application to the program. A successful application
enables students to enter the Candidacy stage of their studies in which they will focus
mainly on upper division courses. They will receive personal mentoring by an appointed
faculty to help develop their spiritual and professional lives. This is initiated by lling out
the appropriate form located in the oce of the Chair or Dean, followed by a personal
conference with the assigned advisor. (Specic detailed expectations of each major
concentration are available in the central oce.)
2. The evaluation of each applicant will consider:
a. Spiritual commitment
b. Moral integrity
c. Emotional stability
d. Professional skills
e. Grade point average
3. The applicant will receive an ocial decision/response veried by a card, letter, or
certicate.
4. To maintain “Candidate” status, the student must continue to meet all of the standards
mentioned in number 2 above plus:
a. Completion and passing of the Exit Exam during the fall semester of the senior year
b. Completion of the Emotional Competency Inventory (ECI)
c. Completion of Field Work by majors in Ministerial Theology and Pastoral Care and
Pre-Chaplaincy and recommendation by Externship Supervisor
d. Submission of a personal resume’ and sitting for photograph for inclusion in published
announcement of prospective graduates.
220
Exit Examination
All graduating seniors in major programs must take a comprehensive examination in the fall
semester of their nal year. The examination will evaluate prociency in four areas of competency:
biblical studies, theological studies, historical studies, and practical studies. A minimum of 73
percent is required for passing. Students who fail must retake the examination. See the exit
examination policy in the central oce for criteria and procedures.
Bachelor of Arts in Ministerial Theology
The Bachelor of Arts in Ministerial Theology is designed to equip students for various vocational
options in ministry and provide a foundation for graduate education. The degree requirements
emphasize Christian spirituality and ministerial knowledge and skills. In addition to core require-
ments for the major, students must choose from one of two concentrations: Pastoral/Evangelistic
Ministry or Pastoral Care and Pre-Chaplaincy Ministry.
Students who complete the requirements for the B.A. in Ministerial Theology will be procient
in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Exemplify the character of Christ, as evidenced by Biblical spirituality, compassion,
interpersonal skills, ethics, and cultural uency.
2. Apply critically informed hermeneutical and exegetical principles to a Christ-centered,
Seventh-day Adventist interpretation of Scripture.
3. Utilize traditional Seventh-day Adventist perspectives in the critical analysis of common
Christian doctrines and the history of the Christian church.
4. Transfer knowledge of basic pastoral responsibilities to eective entry level pastoral
leadership in local congregations.
Core Requirements:
RB 311-312 New Testament I, II .............................................................................3-3 hours
RB 401 Hebrew Prophets .......................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 402 Pentateuch and Writings ............................................................................... 3 hours
RB 417 Studies in Daniel ........................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 418 Studies in Revelation .................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 100 Christian Spirituality for Ministry .................................................................... 3 hours
RP 231 Personal Evangelism .................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 341-342 Biblical Preaching I, II .........................................................................3-3 hours
RP 431 Christian Ministry I......................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 441 Christian Worship and the Black Liturgical Experience ................................. 2 hours
RP 442 Public Evangelism and Church Growth......................................................... 3 hours
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics .................................................................................... 2 hours
RT 421 or 422 Christian Theology I or II .............................................................3 or 2 hours
HI 314 History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church ................................................. 3 hours
RL 211-212 Greek I, II ................................................................................................ 6 hours
RL 313-314 Greek III, IV ............................................................................................ 4 hours
RL 311-312 Hebrew I, II ............................................................................................. 6 hours
221
Total Hours for Major ............................................................................................. 60-62 hours
Concentration 1: Pastoral/Evangelistic
The Bachelor of Arts in Ministerial Theology with Pastoral/Evangelistic concentration is
designed to equip students for entry level pastoral and evangelistic ministry through a pre-
seminary curriculum.
Students who complete the requirements for Pastoral/Evangelistic concentration will be
procient in the following student learning outcome:
1. Demonstrate practical skills of pastoral/evangelistic ministry
Concentration Requirements:
RT 422 Christian Theology II ..................................................................................... 2 hours
RP 443 Christian Ministry II........................................................................................ 3 hours
RH 444 History of Christianity in the World I .............................................................. 3 hours
RH 445 History of Christianity in the World II ............................................................. 3 hours
Concentration Electives* ......................................................................................... 2-4 hours
Total Concentration ................................................................................................ 13-15 hours
General Education requirement ............................................................................... 47 hours
Core Requirement ...............................................................................................61-62 hours
Concentration Requirement ................................................................................13-15 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...................................................................... 122-124 hours
*Ministerial theology and other students wishing to fulll pre-seminary requirements for
intermediate level Hebrew must take RL 413 Hebrew III and RL 414 Hebrew IV as part of their
electives.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Concentration 2: Pastoral Care and Pre-Chaplaincy
The major in Ministerial Theology with the Pastoral Care and Pre-Chaplaincy concentration
will be procient in the following student learning outcome:
1. Apply foundational level pastoral care and counseling skills in clinical settings
Concentration Requirements:
RP 361-362 Pastoral Care and Counseling I-II .......................................................... 6 hours
RP 460 Pre-Counseling/Pre-Chaplaincy Practicum ................................................... 3 hours
PY 361 Marriage and Family...................................................................................... 3 hours
PY 421 Counseling Skills ........................................................................................... 3 hours
Total Concentration .............................................................................................. 15 hours
222
General Education requirement ............................................................................... 47 hours
Core Requirement ...............................................................................................60-62 hours
Concentration Requirement ..................................................................................... 15 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...................................................................... 123-124 hours
*Ministerial theology and other students wishing to fulll pre-seminary requirements for
intermediate level Hebrew must take RL 413 Hebrew III and RL 414 Hebrew IV.
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives.
Bachelor of Arts in Biblical Studies and Languages
The program in Biblical Studies and Languages is designed both for the person who desires
to enter pastoral ministry with a strong Biblical studies and languages component, while fullling
pre-seminary requirements, as well as the one who desires special training in Bible research and
inquiry although not necessarily claiming a “call” or commitment to traditional pastoral ministry.
Such a curriculum may lead to a variety of areas of religious service principally teaching Bible
on college, university, or graduate levels and provides a religious foundation for law, dentistry,
education, medicine, paramedical, or technological professions. (Certication to teach Bible on
elementary or academy/high school levels should be pursued through the “Religious Education”
major. A double major consisting of the BA in Biblical Studies and Languages and the BS
in Religious Education is also possible). All students in this major take courses in the “Major
Requirements” section and then select either Pre-Seminary concentration or Pre-professional
minor concentration equivalency. The remaining credits are earned from free electives.
Student Learning Outcomes
Students who complete the requirements in Biblical Studies and Languages will be procient
in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Exemplify the character of Christ, as evidenced by Biblical spirituality, compassion,
interpersonal skills, ethics, and cultural uency
2. Apply critically informed hermeneutical and exegetical principles to a Christ-centered,
Seventh-day Adventist interpretation of scripture
3. Apply knowledge of Ancient Near Eastern and Classical languages and history to biblical
exegesis and theology
Major Requirements:
RB 311-312 New Testament I, II .............................................................................3-3 hours
RB 401 Hebrew Prophets .......................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 402 Pentateuch and Writings ............................................................................... 3 hours
223
RB 415 Senior Seminar in Biblical Exegesis ............................................................. 3 hours
RB 417 Studies in Daniel ........................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 418 Studies in Revelation .................................................................................... 3 hours
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics .................................................................................... 2 hours
RL 211-212 Greek I, II ............................................................................................. 3-3 hours
RL 313-314 Greek III, IV .........................................................................................2-2 hours
RL 311-312 Hebrew I, II .......................................................................................... 3-3 hours
RL 413-414 Hebrew III, IV .......................................................................................2-2 hours
Select two from the following:
RB 416 Topics in Ancient Near Eastern History and Archeology
RL 415 Topics in Biblical Languages
RT 331 Introduction to Biblical Theology ................................................................ 6 hours
Select Pre-seminary or Pre-professional option (below) .....................................24-25 hours
Total ................................................................................................................... 73-74 hours
Pre-Seminary option:
RP 231 Personal Evangelism .................................................................................... 2 hours
RP 341 Biblical Preaching I........................................................................................ 3 hours
RT 421 Christian Theology I ...................................................................................... 3 hours
RT 422 Christian Theology II ..................................................................................... 2 hours
RH 444 History of Christianity in the World I .............................................................. 3 hours
RH 445 History of Christianity in the World II ............................................................. 3 hours
HI 314 History of the SDA Church ............................................................................. 3 hours
RP 431 Christian Ministry I......................................................................................... 3 hours
General Electives ....................................................................................................... 2 hours
Total Concentration requirements....................................................................... 25 hours
Pre-Professional option:
Minor equivalency (in Pre-law, med. dentistry, etc., see relevant section of the bulletin) .........18-21 hours
Free electives ..........................................................................................................3-6 hours
Total Concentration requirements........................................................................ 24 hours
Major requirements .............................................................................................73-74 hours
General Education requirements ............................................................................. 47 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ...................................................................... 120-121 hours
Each course taken by the student may be applied to only one program: general education, major, minor or
free electives
Bachelor of Science in Church Leadership-Adult and Continuing Education (LEAP)
This degree program is designed specically for the adult learner and oered in a nontraditional
format. Refer to the Adult and Continuing Education section of the bulletin for the program outline
and description of courses.
224
Bachelor of Science in Religious Education
The Bachelor of Science in Religious Education is designed to qualify a person to teach
secondary-school Bible and to pursue graduate study in such areas as school administration
and religious education. Upon conferral of the degree, students may apply for the Seventh-day
Adventist Basic Teaching Certicate: Religion, grades 7-12. Degree requirements are listed in
the Department of Education section of the bulletin.
Minor in Theology
The Minor in Theology oers a bi-vocational ministerial option to non-majors interested in
supplementing their primary discipline with signicant coursework in theology and religion. The
minor is especially designed for students not pursuing professional ministry but who recognize
that God calls believing people of all vocations to spiritual service. The Minor in Theology also
fullls the discipline of theology requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies.
Minor Requirements
RB 311 New Testament I ............................................................................................ 3 hours
RB 401 Hebrew Prophets .......................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 100 Christian Spirituality for Ministry .................................................................... 3 hours
RP 231 Personal Evangelism or RP 442 Public Evangelism ..................................... 3 hours
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics .................................................................................... 2 hours
RT 421 Christian Theology I ...................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 417 Daniel or RB 418 Revelation or RP 341 Biblical Preaching I ........................ 3 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................. 20 hours
Minor in Biblical Languages
The Minor in Biblical Languages is designed for theology majors in recognition of the practical
benet of in-depth knowledge and skill in biblical languages for ministerial practice. Students
other than theology majors are also permitted to enroll in a Minor in Biblical Languages.
Minor Requirements
RL 211-212 Greek I, II ............................................................................................. 3-3 hours
RL 313-314 Greek III, IV ........................................................................................ 2-2 hours
RL 311-312 Hebrew I, II .......................................................................................... 3-3 hours
RL 413-414 Hebrew III, IV .......................................................................................2-2 hours
Total Hours for Minor .................................................................................................. 20 hours
225
Church Leadership
This one-year program prepares the participant for eective lay leadership or self-supporting
ministry. The program also provides certication for ministers with training from other denominations
who seek to practice ministry in a Seventh-day Adventist context.
RB 311 New Testament I ............................................................................................ 3 hours
RB 401 Hebrew Prophets .......................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 417 Studies in Daniel .......................................................................................... 3 hours
RB 418 Studies in Revelation .................................................................................... 3 hours
RG 301 The Gift of Prophecy ..................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 100 Christian Spirituality for Ministry .................................................................... 3 hours
RP 341 Biblical Preaching I........................................................................................ 3 hours
RP 431 Christian Ministry I......................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 442 Public Evangelism and Church Growth......................................................... 3 hours
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics .................................................................................... 2 hours
RG 321 Christian Ethics ............................................................................................. 3 hours
HI 314 History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church ................................................. 3 hours
......................................................................................... 35 hours
226
Adult and Continuing Education
Director: Ellengold Goodridge, M.A.Ed./A.E.T.
Majors: Business Administration (B.S.)
Church Leadership (B.S.)
General Psychology (B.S.)
General Studies (B.S.)
Information Technology (B.S.)
Purpose
It is the purpose of the Oce of Adult and Continuing Education to meet the needs of working
adults who are twenty-two (22) years or older and already have of college credit (30 credits).
Also, prospective students who have earned an Associate degree may also apply to the LEAP
program.
Application for Admission
All inquiries and applicants must apply online at: https://my.oakwood.edu/ICS/Admissions/
Contact Information:
Oakwood University
Oce of Adult and Continuing Education
McKee Business and Technology Building (Lower Level)
7000 Adventist Boulevard, Huntsville, AL 35896
E-mail: [email protected]
Telephone: 256-726-7098
Fax: 256-726-8223
Admission to Adult and Continuing Education Program
To be admitted into the Adult and Continuing Education degree completion program, students
must:
1. Complete a minimum of 30 semester hours from a regionally accredited college/post-
secondary institution (70 semester hours for General Studies program). For Information
Technology, students must have 10 hours of IT related coursework or one year experience
working in an IT related eld within the last three years.
2. Be at least 22 years old or earned an Associate degree.
3. Have a GPA of 2.00 or better on a 4.00 scale on prior academic work.
4. Have ocial transcripts sent from all regionally accredited colleges and universities previ-
ously attended.
NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, all undergraduate policies, located in the undergraduate
studies section, are also applicable to the Adult and Continuing Education students.
227
ADULT & CONTINUING EDUCATION
ACADEMIC CALENDAR
2021-23
2021 - 2022 ACADEMIC YEAR
Fall Session 1: August 9, 2021 - October 3, 2021
Fall Session 2: October 11, 2021 - December 5, 2021
EVENT DATES NOTES
FALL SESSION 1 - 2021
First Day of Instruction - Fall 1 August 9, 2021 Week 1 of Fall 1 - 2021
Last Day to Add Courses August 15, 2021 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” September 5, 2021 End of Week 4
Last Day to Process Incomplete /
Terminal Leave
September 26, 2021 End of Week 7
Last Day of Instruction - Fall 1 October 3, 2021 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due - Fall 1 October 6, 2021
FALL SESSION 2 - 2021
First Day of Instruction - Fall 2 October 11, 2021 Week 1 of Fall 2 -2021
Last Day to Add Courses October 17, 2021 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with A “W” November 7, 2021 End of Week 4
Last Day to Process Incomplete /
Terminal Leave
November 28, 2021 End of Week 7
Last Day of Instruction - Fall 2 December 5, 2021 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due - Fall 2 December 8, 2021
Spring Session 1: January 3, 2022 - February 27, 2022
Spring Session 2: March 7, 2022 - May 1, 2022
SPRING SESSION 1 - 2022
First Day of Instruction - Spring 1 January 3, 2022 Week 1 of Spring 1 - 2022
Last Day to Add Courses January 9, 2022 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” January 30, 2022 End of Week 4
Last Day to Process Incomplete /
Terminal Leave
April 24, 2022 End of Week 7
Last Day of Instruction - Spring 1 February 27, 2022 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due - Spring 1 March 2, 2022
SPRING SESSION 2 - 2022
First Day of Instruction - Spring 2 March 7, 2022 Week 1 of Spring 2 - 2022
Last Day to Add Courses March 13, 2022 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” April 3, 2022 End of Week 4
Last Day to Process Incomplete /
Terminal Leave
April 24, 2022 End of Week 7
Last Day of Instruction - Spring 2 May 1, 2022 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due - Spring 2 May 4, 2022
228
2021 - 2022 ACADEMIC YEAR
Summer Session 2022: May 30, 2022 - July 2, 2022
First Day of Instruction - Summer
Session 2022
May 30, 2022 Week 1 of Summer Session -
2022
Last Day to Add Courses June 5, 2022 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” June 26, 2022 End of Week 4
Last Day to Process Incomplete /
Terminal Leave
July 17, 2022 End of Week 7
Last Day of Instruction - Summer
2022
July 24, 2022 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due - Summer 2022 July 27, 2022
2022 - 2023 ACADEMIC YEAR
Fall Session 1: August 8, 2022 - October 2, 2022
Fall Session 2: October 10, 2022 - December 4, 2022
EVENT DATES NOTES
FALL SESSION 1 - 2022
First Day of Instruction - Fall 1 August 8, 2022 Week 1 of Fall 1 - 2022
Last Day to Add Courses August 14, 2022 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” September 4, 2022 End of Week 4
Last Day to Process Incomplete /
Terminal Leave
September 25, 2022 End of Week 7
Last Day of Instruction - Fall 1 October 2, 2022 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due - Fall 1 October 5, 2022
FALL SESSION 2 - 2022
First Day of Instruction - Fall 2 October 10, 2022 Week 1 of Fall 2 -2022
Last Day to Add Courses October 16, 2022 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with A “W” November 6, 2022 End of Week 4
Last Day to Process Incomplete /
Terminal Leave
November 27, 2022 End of Week 7
Last Day of Instruction - Fall 2 December 4, 2022 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due - Fall 2 December 7, 2022
Spring 1: January 9, 2023 - March 5, 2023
Spring 2: March 13, 2023 - May 7, 2023
SPRING SESSION 1 - 2023
First Day of Instruction - Spring 1 January 9, 2023 Week 1 of Spring 1 - 2023
Last Day to Add Courses January 15, 2023 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” February 5, 2023 End of Week 4
Last Day to Process Incomplete /
Terminal Leave
February 26, 2023 End of Week 7
Last Day of Instruction - Spring 1 March 5, 2023 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due - Spring 1 March 8, 2023
SPRING SESSION 2 - 2023
First Day of Instruction - Spring 2 March 13, 2023 Week 1 of Spring 2 - 2023
229
2022 - 2023 ACADEMIC YEAR
Last Day to Add Courses March 19, 2023 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” April 9, 2023 End of Week 4
Last Day to Process Incomplete /
Terminal Leave
April 30, 2023 End of Week 7
Last Day of Instruction - Spring 2 May 7, 2023 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due - Spring 2 May 10, 2023
Summer Session 2023: May 29, 2023 - July 23, 2023
First Day of Instruction - Summer Ses-
sion 2023
May 29, 2023 Week 1 of Summer Session -
2023
Last Day to Add Courses June 4, 2023 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” June 25, 2023 End of Week 4
Last Day to Process Incomplete /
Terminal Leave
July 16, 2023 End of Week 7
Last Day of Instruction - Summer 2023 July 23, 2023 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due - Summer 2023 July 26, 2023
Academic Year for LEAP
The academic year runs from:
• FALL Semester: August to December
• SPRING Semester: January to May
• SUMMER Semester: May to July
Schedule of Classes
Each semester the Oce of Adult and Continuing Education publishes a schedule of classes
which lists:
1. Courses oered
2. Day of meetings
3. Assigned iinstructors.
The University reserves the right to set limits on class size, when necessary, and to cancel
any course oering for which there are fewer than six students.
Drop/Add Process for LEAP
If students want to drop a class or change a section, they must follow one of these procedures:
1. Complete a drop/add form from the MyOakwood portal (form located under Student
section). If the course is dropped on or before the last day to drop a course, neither the
course or the grade will appear on the transcirpt.
2. Any course that is dropped after the drop date will receive a W (Withdrawal) grade.
NOTE: Forgetting or failure to drop ofcially by the deadline will result in a nal grade of FA (Failure due to
absences).
If students want to add a class after having completed registration, they must follow one of
these procedures:
1. Students may not add a course after the course has begun.
230
2. Add a course online by the rst day of class before 5:30 p.m.; or obtain a drop/add form
from the Oce of Adult and Continuing Education or under LEAP Forms in MyOakwood,
and submit it to the LEAP oce for appropriate signatures and fee (if required).
A charge of $10 is incurred for each change of schedule after a class has begun, except:
when the change is made necessary by the class cancellation of a scheduled class.
Incomplete Work
Because of the compressed format of Adult and Continuing Education courses, the policy for
a grade of “I” (incomplete) varies from the traditional program. Students must adhere to these
procedures:
1. Obtain and ll out a “Request and Authorization for Incomplete” from the Adult and
Continuing Education Oce.
2. Attach a physician’s statement if the reason is medical.
3. Obtain the appropriate signatures.
4. Return the form to the Oce of the Adult and Continuing Education at least ve working
days before the last class meeting end date.
An “I” may be changed to a regular grade when the class work is completed within the ap-
proved deadline. Such a deadline might range from a few days to several weeks (at the discre-
tion of the instructor), but no longer than eight (8) weeks after the end of the course, even when
the student is not currently registered for classes. The “I” automatically converts to an “F” if not
removed within the prescribed time. Should more time, because of further illness or unavoidable
circumstances, be needed to remove the incomplete, the student may, before the deadline expires,
request in writing an extension of time from the Director of Adult and Continuing Education.
Credit for Prior Learning
Credit for Prior Learning (CPL) is granted upon the evaluation of accomplishments and
competencies not ordinarily considered part of the traditional classroom experience. The policy is
designed for the adult who has been accepted into the LEAP program, and paid the fee required
for the CPL evaluation. Credit, however, only applies to electives. It is the student’s responsibility
to prove to the satisfaction of the academic department disciplines that from experience he/she
has developed competencies that are equivalent to classroom learning. Students should follow
procedures outlined by the degree department which may include the following:
1. Meet with the academic advisor in the Oce of Adult and Continuing Education.
2. Pay applicable fee ($50).
3. Work with the CPL coordinator, LEAP program manager, and academic advisor, to de-
termine eligibility for earning credit for prior learning.
4. If eligible for CPL, submit documented evidence that will be used to verify the experi-
ences identied. Work supervised by the CPL coordinator to complete the outlined
requirements, etc.
The following evaluation formula will be used:
• Not more than 30 elective hours of the 120 credit hours required for graduation shall be
earned through CPL experience.
231
• The charge for CPL credit is the same as the current tuition per credit hour charge.
Academic Bankruptcy Policy
The Adult and Continuing Education Academic Bankruptcy policy provides a second chance
to adults, who, since their tenure at Oakwood, have proven through their subsequent work record
and/or academic success that they can successfully matriculate through the program.
1. A LEAP applicant who was enrolled at Oakwood University ve or more years ago, may
petition the Academic Administration department to have a maximum of three complete
semesters of coursework exempted from their Oakwood University grade point average
calculation.
2. Students may not select individual courses; all work for each semester selected will be
excluded from the GPA calculation.
3. A record of coursework taken, and the grades earned will remain on the transcript, but
the quality point values will be removed from the cumulative quality point average. A
notation on the transcript will indicate which courses have been bankrupted.
4. Implementation of academic bankruptcy at Oakwood University does not guarantee
that other institutions will approve the action. This determination will be made by the
representative transfer institution.
5. A student may request and be granted academic forgiveness only once over their aca-
demic lifetime at Oakwood University.
A successful petition for academic bankruptcy has no retroactive eect on any academic
determinations made prior to bankruptcy, including but not limited to: academic probation,
suspension, or dismissal; determinations of ineligibility to pursue application to upper division/
professional phase of College programs; Dean’s List eligibility; nancial aid eligibility; or tuition
liability. A student with bankrupted course work is eligible for graduation and other honors which
are based on cumulative GPA.
Tuition Amnesty Program
Oakwood University oers nancial amnesty or ‘tuition forgiveness’ to former students who
have not attended Oakwood University in the past ve (5) years and wish to complete their Oak-
wood degrees through the University’s LEAP degree completion program in the Oce of Adult
and Continuing Education Dept..
In order to receive tuition amnesty, former Oakwood students must:
1. Enroll in and complete one of the Oakwood University’s Bachelor of Science degrees
through the LEAP degree completion program in the Oce of Adult and Continuing
Education Dept.
2. Keep their new Oakwood University LEAP tuition payments current.
3. Complete all graduation requirements before the debt is forgiven. The “old” balance will
remain on the student’s account until the completion of all graduation requirements has
been conrmed by the Oakwood University’s Registrar’s Oce.
Oakwood University will not remove the past due tuition and fees owed on the student’s ac-
count until the student has fullled the requirements to receive forgiveness of debt (amnesty).
As a result, the student may be ineligible to receive a refund.
When the graduation requirements are completed, former students will be awarded their
Oakwood degrees in either Organizational Management, Business Administration, General
232
Psychology, General Studies, Church Leadership, Information Technology or any degree oered
through the LEAP program on the applicable graduation conferment date, and at the same time,
the former Oakwood University debt will be erased.
Class Absences
Attendance is required at all classes and by all online dates. Absences are counted from the
rst ocial day of classes by accessing the class through D2L (Desire to Learn). Since LEAP
classes are accelerated, two absences may, at the discretion of the instructor, result in a nal
grade of FA. It is the responsibility of students to keep themselves informed of the requirements
of the instructor, to take all examinations at the time prescribed by the instructor, and to turn in
all assignments when they are due.
NOTE: Unless otherwise noted, all undergraduate policies, located in the undergraduate studies
section, are also applicable to Adult and Continuing Education students.
General Education Requirements for all Majors
Adult Education Orientation Seminar ......................................................... 1 semester hour
Computer and Health ..................................................................................5 semester hours
Humanities ................................................................................................15 semester hours
Natural Science and Math ...........................................................................9 semester hours
Religion .......................................................................................................6 semester hours
Required: One lower division: RG 101, RG 102, RG 202 or RG 203
Required: One upper division: RG 301 or RG 321
Social and Behavioral Sciences ..................................................................9 semester hours
Total General Education Requirements ..............................................45 semester hours
Total Degree Requirements includes major hours, elective hours, general education hours
for Graduation ............................................................................................................ 120 hours
Bachelor of Science in Business Administration
The bachelor’s degree in Business Administration is designed to equip students with the
knowledge and skills needed to reach their business-focused career goals and develop manage-
ment skills necessary to excel within many business arenas. The program equips learners to
become an eective manager, supervisor, leader, or entrepreneur.
The Business Administration degree track is degree track is oered as a fully online program.
Students who complete the requirements for the B.S. in Business Administration will be procient
in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Demonstrate mastery of basic management concepts
2. Apply the various functions of management to the internal and external organizational
and external organizational environment
3. Implement sound decision-making and problem-solving skills to adapt to changing do-
mestic and global markets
233
4. Execute electronic devices, software and technology to enhance the communication
process in the business sector
5. Select and eectively communicate ideas and information in oral, written and various
formats
6. Dierentiate between business and biblical ethical principles and practices in leadership
and management
Major Requirements:
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting I – II ..............................................................3-3 hours
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics ....................................................................... 3 hours
EC 283 Principles of Macroeconomics ...................................................................... 3 hours
IS 200 Management Information Systems ................................................................. 3 hours
LD 300 Foundational Theories of Leadership Principles ........................................... 3 hours
BA 302 Business Communication .............................................................................. 3 hours
BA 310 Principles of Management ............................................................................. 3 hours
BA 383 Human Resource Management .................................................................... 3 hours
BA 385 International Business ................................................................................... 3 hours
BA 430 Research Design and Analysis ...................................................................... 3 hours
BA 460 Business Ethics ............................................................................................. 3 hours
FN 311 Principles of Finance ..................................................................................... 3 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 45 hours
General Electives......................................................................................................... 30 hours
Bachelor of Science in Church Leadership
The purpose of the B.S. in Church Leadership degree is to provide theological education
for individuals who are 22 years old or older, who have a keen sense of God’s calling on their
lives but are unable to attend traditional classes. Students completing this degree can integrate
Christ-centered biblical, theological, and evangelistic knowledge, with various leadership or service
oriented roles in their local church, their professional lives, or as volunteers in the community.
Students who complete the requirements for the B.S. in Church Leadership will be procient
in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Exemplify the character of Christ, as evidenced by compassion, interpersonal skills,
ethics, and cultural awareness.
2. Apply sound principles of interpretation, from a Seventh-day Adventis perspective, for
Christ-centered Bible study
3. Critically assess various theological and historical perspectives, from a Seventh-day
Adventist viewpoint.
4. Demonstrate skills in basic theories and practices of Christian ministry.
5. Apply theories of leadership within organizational and church contexts.
6. Critique ethical practices in organizations
7. Critique the practice of a ministerial vocation through the lenses of theology, history, the
social sciences and a Christ-centered knowledge of the Bible
234
8. Interpret Scripture through the utilization of sound hermeneutical and exegetical principles
that are compatible with a Christ-centered Seventh-day Adventist theological perspective
Major Requirements:
LD 300 Foundational Theories of Leadership Principles ........................................... 3 hours
LD 310 Communication Strategies in Leadership ...................................................... 3 hours
LD 320 Applied Leadership in Organizational Change .............................................. 3 hours
HI 314 History of the SDA Church ............................................................................. 3 hours
RB 311 New Testament .............................................................................................. 3 hours
RB 401 Hebrew Prophets .......................................................................................... 3 hours
RL 211 Greek I ........................................................................................................... 3 hours
RL 311 Hebrew I ........................................................................................................ 3 hours
RP 231 Personal Evangelism .................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 341 Biblical Preaching I........................................................................................ 3 hours
RP 431 Christian Ministry I......................................................................................... 3 hours
RP 434 Church Organization and Polity .................................................................... 3 hours
RP 442 Public Evangelism and Church Growth......................................................... 3 hours
RP 443 Christian Ministry II........................................................................................ 3 hours
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics .................................................................................... 2 hours
RT 322 World Religions ............................................................................................. 2 hours
RT 421 Christian Theology I ...................................................................................... 3 hours
Total ........................................................................................................................ 46 hours
Exit Examination
All students in Church Leadership are required to take an exit examination during their nal
semester. A minimum of 73 percent is required for passing, and a student who fails must retake
the examination.
Bachelor of Science in General Psychology
It is the purpose of the Adult and Continuing Education Department to provide the adult
student a liberal arts, undergraduate foundation with a basic understanding of the facts, principles,
approaches and methods in psychology.
Human understanding and service constitute great needs among people today and as a result,
psychology graduates are entering a variety of occupations in business, government, teaching,
and private human-services agencies. The bachelor’s degree in psychology is a exible and
versatile way to prepare for a career in human services and diverse lines of work.
Students who complete the requirements for the B.S. in General Psychology will be procient
in following student learning outcomes:
1. Evaluate psychological concepts using Biblical foundations
2. Apply concepts from psychological science (e.g., theory, research, etc.) to explain real-life
phenomena
235
3. Analyze data collected through the use of the scientic method to solve problems
4. Demonstrate prociency writing reports in APA format that focus on various research
designs in psychology
5. Demonstrate ethical behavior within the eld of psychology
Major Requirements:
PY 101 Principles of Psychology ............................................................................... 3 hours
PY 201 Psychology of Religion .................................................................................. 3 hours
PY 280 Seminar in Psychology .................................................................................. 2 hours
PY 307 Statistical Methods ........................................................................................ 3 hours
PY 319 Theories of Personality .................................................................................. 3 hours
PY 320 Social Psychology ......................................................................................... 3 hours
PY 321 Abnormal Behavior ........................................................................................ 3 hours
PY 325 Developmental Psychology ........................................................................... 3 hours
PY 331 Group Dynamics............................................................................................ 3 hours
PY 361 Marriage and the Family................................................................................ 3 hours
PY 371 Biological Psychology.................................................................................... 3 hours
PY 401 History and Systems of Psychology .............................................................. 3 hours
PY 411 Research I ..................................................................................................... 3 hours
PY 415 Research II .................................................................................................... 3 hours
PY 423 Counseling Theories ..................................................................................... 3 hours
PY 460 Experimental Psychology and PY 460L Experimental Psy. Lab .................... 4 hours
Total ....................................................................................................................... 48 hours
Exit Examination
All Psychology students are required to take an exit examination during their nal semester.
The minimum passing score is 70 percent. Students who do not achieve a passing score on their
rst attempt may apply to take the exam again after completing remediation recommended by the
department. Students must complete the second administration of the exam within one calendar
year of the rst administration during the ocially scheduled exam time. Students who do not
successfully pass the second exam within one year will be referred to another degree program
(e.g. General Studies).
Bachelor of Science in General Studies
Oakwood University’s Bachelor of Science in General Studies program meets the needs of
students with two or more years of accumulated college credit (70 credits). The General Studies
program allows students the exibility of choosing from the LEAP course oerings additional
concentrations of study. No majors or minors are required. Ideally for these majors the transcript
should demonstrate a concentrated academic focus.
Major Requirements:
Electives* ................................................................................................................. 35 hours
Upper-division semester credit hours ...................................................................... 40 hours
236
*Electives must include 40 upper-division credit hours
General Education program ..................................................................................... 45 hours
Total Hours Required for Degree ............................................................ 120 semester hours
Students who complete the requirements for the B.S. in General Studies will be procient in
following student learning outcomes:
1. Express ideas and information logically in various formats
2. Support ethical judgements with clear cogent reasons
3. Describe specic areas of personal responsibility in society
4. Demonstrate competency in fundamental concepts, methods, and techniques used in
various elds
Exit Examination
All students in General Studies are required to take an exit examination during their nal
semester. A minimum of 73 percent is required for passing. Student who fail must retake the
examination.
Bachelor of Science in Information Technology
Careers in information technology/computer information systems-related areas are among
the high-earning, fast-growing, and high-demand elds. Professionals who hold technology
certications and degrees can make tremendous advancement in their careers.
Oakwood University’s Information Technology degree was developed for people with existing
knowledge of the eld to be able to earn an undergraduate degree. Applicants are expected to
have either a minimum of 10 hours of IT-related coursework within the last three years or one
year of experience in an IT-related eld.
Students who complete the requirements for the B.S. in Information Technology will be
procient in the following student learning outcomes:
1. Develop algorithms to solve problems
2. Write computer code using advanced programming language constructs
3. Explain how computers perform computations and execute at the hardware level
4. Secure networks using various operating systems
5. Install and congureactive directories, services and network hardware/software
6. Demonstrate prociency in micro-computing and programming
7. Identify end-user technologies that can help organization operate more eciently and
more eectively
8. Diagnose technology needs for organizations
Major Requirements:
CM 210 Computer Science I with C++ ....................................................................... 3 hours
CM 220 Computer Science Data Structures II with C++ ............................................ 3 hours
CM 340 Computer Logic Design ................................................................................ 3 hours
CM 350 Computer Architecture .................................................................................. 3 hours
CM 367 Programming Languages ............................................................................. 3 hours
237
IS 330 Network Management and Telecommunications ............................................ 3 hours
IS 335 Modern Database Design & Implication ......................................................... 3 hours
IS 342 Advanced Business Networks (Lab) ............................................................... 3 hours
IS 343 Information Security (7-week class) ............................................................... 3 hours
IS 405 Information Policy (7-week class) ................................................................... 3 hours
IS 420 Project Management for Information Systems ............................................... 3 hours
IS 450 Information Resource Management ............................................................... 3 hours
IT 320 Web Design & Multimedia ............................................................................. 3 hours
IT-related Electives .................................................................................................... 4 hours
Total Hours for Major .................................................................................................. 43 hours
Students majoring in Information Technology are required to pass an exit examination with at least a
grade of C (70%).
Exit Examination
All Business Administration students are required to successfully pass a standardized
examination from Educational Testing Services (ETS), administered near the end of the student’s
nal semester. There is a charge for the exit exam. Student who take the departmental exam
and are unsuccessful must enroll in the BA 250 Business Review course (2 credit hours). An exit
exam will be repeated at the end of the BA 250 course. The student is not billed for the second
exam taken in the BA 250 course.
238
GRADUATE STUDIES
The Oakwood University Oce of Graduate Education consists of all graduate programs and
courses oered by the campus and monitors decisions regarding admission, academic progress,
and eligibility for graduation of students in most programs. Departments and programs may have
additional requirements for admission. Consult the appropriate portion of this bulletin for such
requirements.
Application for Admission
All inquiries and applicants must apply online at: https://my.oakwood.edu/ICS/Admissions/
Contact Information:
Oakwood University
Oce of Graduate Studies
McKee Business and Technology Building
7000 Adventist Boulevard, Huntsville, AL 35896
E-mail: [email protected]
Telephone: 256-726-8091
MBA and MPH Programs
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2021-23
ACADEMIC YEAR 2021 - 2022
Fall Session 1: August 9, 2021 - October 3, 2021
Fall Session 2: October 11, 2021 - December 5, 2021
EVENT DATES NOTES
FALL 2021 Session 1
First Day of Instruction August 9, 2021 Week 1 of Fall Session 1
Last Day to Add Courses August 15, 2021 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” September 5, 2021 End of Week 4
Last Day of Instruction October 3, 2021 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due October 6, 2021
FALL 2021 Session 2
First Day of Instruction October 11, 2021 Week 1 of Fall Session 2
Last Day to Add Courses October 17, 2021 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” November 7, 2021 End of Week 4
Last Day of Instruction December 5, 2021 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due December 8, 2021
Spring Session 1: January 3, 2022 - February 27, 2022
Spring Session 2: March 7, 2022 - May 1, 2022
SPRING 2022 Session 1
First Day of Instruction January 3, 2022 Week 1 of Spring Session 1
239
ACADEMIC YEAR 2021 - 2022
Last Day to Add Courses January 9, 2022 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” January 30, 2022 End of Week 4
Last Day of Instruction February 27, 2022 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due March 2, 2022
SPRING 2022 Session 2
First Day of Instruction March 7, 2022 Week 1 of Spring Session 2
Last Day to Add Courses March 13, 2022 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” April 3, 2022 End of Week 4
Last Day of Instruction May 1, 2022 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due May 4, 2022
Summer Session 2022: May 30, 2022 - July 2, 2022
First Day of Instruction May 30, 2022 Week 1 of Summer Session
Last Day to Add Courses June 5, 2022 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” June 26, 2022 End of Week 4
Last Day of Instruction July 24, 2022 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due July 27, 2022
MBA and MPH Programs
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2022-23
ACADEMIC YEAR 2022 - 2023
Fall Session 1: August 8, 2022 - October 2, 2022
Fall Session 2: October 10, 2022 - December 4, 2022
EVENT DATES NOTES
FALL 2022 Session 1
First Day of Instruction August 8, 2022 Week 1 of Fall Session 1
Last Day to Add Courses August 14, 2022 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” September 4, 2022 End of Week 4
Last Day of Instruction October 2, 2022 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due October 5, 2022
FALL 2022 Session 2
First Day of Instruction October 10, 2022 Week 1 of Fall Session 2
Last Day to Add Courses October 16, 2022 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” November 6, 2022 End of Week 4
Last Day of Instruction December 4, 2022 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due December 7, 2022
Spring Session 1: January 9, 2023 - March 5, 2023
Spring Session 2: March 13, 2023 - May 7, 2023
SPRING 2023 Session 1
First Day of Instruction January 3, 2023 Week 1 of Spring Session 1
240
Last Day to Add Courses January 9, 2023 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” January 30, 2023 End of Week 4
Last Day of Instruction February 27, 2023 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due March 2, 2023
SPRING 2023 Session 2
First Day of Instruction March 13, 2023 Week 1 of Spring Session 2
Last Day to Add Courses March 18, 2023 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” April 9, 2023 End of Week 4
Last Day of Instruction May 7, 2023 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due May 10, 2023
Summer Session 2023: May 29, 2023 - July 23, 2023
First Day of Instruction May 30, 2023 Week 1 of Summer Session
Last Day to Add Courses June 5, 2023 End of Week 1
Last Day to Drop with a “W” June 26, 2023 End of Week 4
Last Day of Instruction July 24, 2023 End of Week 8
Final Grades Due July 27, 2023
MAPS and MAUM Programs
ACADEMIC CALENDAR 2021-22
ACADEMIC YEAR 2021-2022
EVENT DATES
FALL 2022
First Day of Instruction August 2, 2021
Last Day to Add Courses August 15, 2021
Last Day to Drop with a “W” September 5, 2021
Last Day of Instruction November 9, 2021
Final Grades Due December 8, 2021
SPRING 2022
First Day of Instruction January 3, 2022
Last Day to Add Courses January 9, 2022
Last Day to Drop with a “W” January 30, 2022
Last Day of Instruction April 22, 2022
Final Grades Due May 4, 2022
SUMMER 2022
First Day of Instruction May 30, 2022
Last Day to Add Courses June 5, 2022
Last Day to Drop with a “W” June 26, 2022
Last Day of Instruction July 24, 2022
Fina Grades Due July 27, 2022
241
ADMISSION STANDARDS
General Information
Oakwood University welcomes applicants regardless of race, color, nationality, ethnicity, sex,
or physical challenges. Students who meet the academic requirements and character expectations
of the university and are willing to adjust to and to be comfortable within its religious, social, and
cultural atmosphere maybe admitted subject to available space.
Application for admission to graduate study is open to any person with a four-year bachelor’s
degree from a regionally accredited institution. Applicants must have a satisfactory grade point
average (see requirements for individual Schools). All application materials become the property
of the University and are not forwarded or returned. Incomplete and inactive applications are
purged after two years. An applicant whose le has been purged must reapply by the deadline
dates for the term in which enrollment is anticipated.
Enrollment in a graduate program is a privilege that may be withdrawn at the discretion of the
Associate Provost for Graduate Education if the integrity of university standards is jeopardized.
The University Board of Trustees, upon recommendation by the president, approves all
admission policies.
Application and Acceptance
Where to Write: Inquiries about admission and acceptance should be addressed to:
Oakwood University Telephone: (256) 726-7000
Oce of Graduate Education (256) 726-8091
7000 Adventist Boulevard, NW
Admission Requirements
1. A minimum GPA is required – see specic requirements for individual School.
2. Graduate application form (available online).
3. Non-refundable application fee.
4. Ocial transcript from the undergraduate school granting the undergraduate degree.
5. Professional recommendations as requested by each respective School.
6. Scores from the Graduate Record Examination (GRE), Graduate Management Admission
Test (GMAT), and/or entrance examinations as required by the respective School.
7. Additional materials as required by the respective School.
8.
Once all pertinent materials are received by the Oce of Graduate Education, the application
is reviewed and forwarded to the respective School. Applicants are accepted at the discretion of
each School’s admissions committee and are notied by mail/e-mail once an action is taken.
242
Deadlines
Application materials should be submitted to the Oce of Graduate Education by these dates:
Term U.S. Residents International Students
Fall July 1 May 1
Spring November 1 September 1
Admission Categories
Admission to a graduate program is based on academic preparation and potential. Applicants
who meet the admission requirements may be accepted under one of three categories.
Regular Admission
Regular admission status is granted to degree-seeking students meeting all admission criteria,
including program-specied requirements.
Provisional Admission
Provisional admission status may be granted to an applicant whose GPA or test scores do
not meet the minimum academic requirements. Under provisional admission, students may take
a maximum of 12 graduate hours and must maintain a minimum GPA of 3.00.
Regular admission status may be granted once this requirement is met; students not meeting
the GPA requirement are not eligible to take additional classes. See School specic admission
requirements.
Non-degree Admission
Non-degree admission status may be granted to applicants who meet the academic
requirements, but who are not pursuing a degree or who have not fully completed the admissions
process (see Admissions Requirements). International students on student visas are not eligible
for non-degree status.
Under non-degree admission, students may take a maximum of 12 graduate hours and
must maintain a minimum GPA of 3.00. Non-degree admission does not guarantee acceptance
into a degree program. Non-degree students who decide to pursue a degree must still meet all
admission requirements.
Applicants who are not pursuing a degree may be granted non-degree status upon submitting
these items to the Oce of Graduate Education:
• Non-degree Application form.
• Non-refundable application fee.
• Ocial transcript, with facts of graduation, from the undergraduate school granting the
undergraduate degree.
Transfer Policy
Students wishing to transfer to Oakwood University from another college or university must
follow the same application procedures as other new students (see Admissions Requirements).
Transfer students must also submit ocial transcripts from all colleges and/or universities attended.
243
Ocial transcripts must be sent directly from the issuing institution to Oakwood University.
If an applicant holds a master’s degree or has graduate credits from an accredited institution,
they may transfer a maximum of six (6) semester credit hours that are relevant to their selected
eld of study. Specic transfer policies may apply for individual graduate programs (see specic
requirements for individual Schools). The faculty of each School will evaluate all requests for
transfer credit and make the nal determination about the courses and credits that will be accepted.
Admission of International Students
International applicants must have a bachelor’s degree equivalent with a minimum GPA of
3.00 and meet the admissions requirements for acceptance. The following items must be submitted
before admission is considered:
1. A completed application form and nonrefundable application fee.
2. Ocial or attested university records, including proof of all degrees received, with certied
translations and evaluations (see International Evaluations).
3. Certication of English prociency. Students whose native language is not English must
have a minimum TOEFL score of 500 (written test) or 173 (computer test); TOEFL scores
must be sent directly to the Oakwood University Oce of Graduate Education. TOEFL
information and registration are available online at www.ets.org/toe.
4. Documented Adavit of Support along with documents of nancial resources to support
rst calendar year, in addition to an international student deposit of $3,000 (USD).
5. Ocial scores on the Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or Graduate Management
Admission Test (GMAT), if required.
6. Letters of recommendations or rating forms.
After admission is granted and nancial documentation and degree conrmation are received,
Oakwood University issues the I-20 Form for obtaining a visa. Only students approved by the
U.S. Department of Homeland Security may enroll at Oakwood University. The University issues
a letter of acceptance and the I-20 Form, which are to be presented to the U.S. consular ocer
when applying for a student visa.
International students admitted to graduate study are encouraged to arrive on campus two
weeks prior to the beginning of classes. They should contact the international student adviser
as soon as they arrive. Graduate Studies must be notied of any change in the entering date
after admission has been granted. All international students with student visas are required by
current immigration laws to be enrolled in a full course study (a minimum of nine graduate credit
hours) for each semester in attendance.
According to current immigration laws, international students with student visas may work
on campus if employment is available and provided that the student is enrolled in a full course
of study, nine (9) graduate hours for each semester in attendance and is making progress to the
completion of a degree. On-campus employment is limited to 20 hours per week while classes
are in sessions and 40 hours per week during university vacation days.
International students should not leave their homeland until they have in their possession:
1. An admission letter of acceptance from Oakwood University.
2. I-20 Form issued by Oakwood University.
3. A valid passport.
244
4. A valid visa to travel to the United States.
5. Sucient funds for the rst year at Oakwood University.
International Transcripts
Precise, word-for-word, English translations are required for all non-English documents. Often
the issuing institution will provide an English translation. Alternatively, the student may provide
the translation. If the translation is anything other than the issuing institution’s ocial document,
an original language ocial transcript is still required from the issuing institution. Inclusion of the
student’s name in English on an original language transcript, by the issuing foreign school, helps
identify the transcript.
International Evaluations
All non-U.S. transcripts must be submitted through one of the following approved credential
evaluation agencies:
• Educational Credential Evaluators, Inc (ECE): www.ece.org
• Foreign Credits: www.foreigncredits.com
• World Education Services: www.wes.org
Evaluations are to be sent directly to Oakwood University, Oce of Graduate Education, by
the service. All evaluation reports are advisory; Oakwood University reserves the right to make
nal equivalency decisions.
Regardless of nationality or citizenship, an applicant whose native language is not English
must submit TOEFL scores. TOEFL scores are valid for two years from the test date. After two
years, the test must be retaken, and the new score submitted. Students who have earned a
baccalaureate degree or higher from an accredited U.S. institution will be exempted from the
TOEFL.
245
FINANCIAL POLICIES
Schedule of Charges
For Academic Year 2021-2022
[SUBJECT TO CHANGE]
TUITION: Per credit hour charge $570
FEES: Matriculation fee/Technology $418
Note: Housing and Meals are available for a nominal fee.
Other Expenses
Expenses Cost
Books and Supplies $500 per semester (approximately)
Health insurance $625 per semester
Late registration $195
Testing fee $40 and up
Graduation Non-Participatory Fee $311
Graduation Fee including Regalia $371
Drop/Add Fee $10 (up until last day for a refund)
Remittance
Personal checks are not accepted. Please make all payments in the form of bank drafts,
cashier’s checks, certied personal checks, traveler’s checks, money orders, American Express,
Visa, or MasterCard. Include the student’s I.D. number on all payments to ensure proper credit.
Graduate students are required to pay 100 percent of tuition and fees at the time of registration.
A minimum of 70 percent of tuition and fees is accepted with an approved payment plan.
Tuition and fees (9 hrs) $5,548 x 70% = $3,883
Tuition and fees (12 hrs) $7,258 X 70% = $5,080
Balance due in the following installments if student chooses to pay a minimum of 70 percent:
Fall Semester 9 hours 12 hours
September 1 $555 $726
October 1 $555 $726
November 1 $555 $726
246
Spring Semester 9 hours 12 hours
January 31 $555 $726
February 28 $555 $726
March 31 $555 $726
Return of Funds Policy
Refund and repayment requirements apply when a student who is the recipient of nancial
assistance (nancial aid/scholarships) makes changes in course load, withdraws, drops out,
takes an unapproved leave of absence, fails to return from an approved leave of absence, or is
expelled. Scholarships are charged back at the same rate that tuition is refunded.
Repayment of Title IV Federal Financial Aid is based on the U.S. Department of Education’s
Return of Title IV Funds Policy. If a recipient of Title IV aid (ex. Staord loans, etc.) withdraws
during a payment period (or a period of enrollment), the institution must calculate the amount
of Title IV loan assistance the student earned as of the withdrawal date. The unearned portion
must be returned to the Title IV programs in accordance with Federal Regulations. In certain
instances, the student may also be required to return Title IV funds to the Department of Education
in addition to that which the school is required to return [CFR 668.22]. If withdrawal occurs after
the specied sixty percent (60%) point of the semester calendar, no adjustment to the initial Title
IV award will be made.
The eective date for refund or repayment of nancial assistance is determined by the date
the student noties Oakwood University and completes a withdrawal form. If the student fails
to ocially withdraw or appropriately notify Oakwood University, the last recorded date of class
attendance by the student, documented by Oakwood University, will be the eective date.
Students receiving nancial aid should consult with the Financial Aid Oce concerning the
possible eect of withdrawal or change in course load on awards received. Any remaining balance
on the account must be paid at the time of withdrawal or dismissal.
Financial Aid
Students applying for the Federal Financial Aid Program (known as Title IV) must comply with
the following procedures in a timely manner. A student’s noncompliance may result in the loss of
potential benets and will result in a protracted and negative institutional registration experience
if the student needs the federal resources to assist in his or her educational expenses.
The following procedures are strongly advised:
1. Complete the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA). After the FAFSA has
been processed, a Student Aid Report (SAR) will be emailed to you. Once you receive
your SAR, check it for accuracy of information. The Financial Aid Oce (FAO) will elec-
tronically retrieve it; however, Oakwood University must be listed as one of the schools
of attendance in order for us to retrieve it.
2. Students applying for scholarships through Oakwood University must submit all required
documentation by the specied deadline dates.
3. An entrance interview must be completed online at www.studentloans.gov by all rst-time
loan borrowers before loan proceeds can be applied to the student’s account.
247
Financial Aid Policies
Satisfactory Academic Progress for Semesters, Terms, and Sessions (Summer).
Federal regulations require the University to establish reasonable standards for measuring
academic progress. The University must monitor participants in student nancial aid programs
to ensure that those academic standards are met, and that students make real progress toward
completing their degrees. The policy must contain a qualitative component, a quantitative
component, and an overall timeframe component. A student must maintain satisfactory academic
progress regardless of whether the student was a previous recipient of nancial aid or not.
Qualitative Component
The University’s current academic standards are the qualitative standards for this policy.
This policy articulation also recognizes the cumulative grade point average as the sole numeric
measure.
Graduate students must maintain a cumulative 3.00 GPA by the end of 12 attempted
Quantitative Component
Once at least 30 semester hours have been attempted, a student’s cumulative hours passed
must be at least 67% of the cumulative hours attempted. For example, a student enrolling in 15
hours per term for two semesters would be required to pass 20 of those hours to retain nancial
aid benets. A student enrolling in 6 hours per term for 5 semesters would also be required to
pass at least 20 hours. This component will be evaluated at the time of each application. For
example, a student who has attempted 60 semester hours must have earned at least a “C” in 40
of the hours attempted.
Overall Time Frame
Federal regulations require that we track the academic progress of nancial aid recipients
from the rst date of enrollment at Oakwood University, whether or not nancial aid was received.
Credits transferred from all other credit sources will be considered as attempted and completed
credits in the evaluation of the completion rate standards.
Students are no longer eligible to received Title IV federal nancial aid after attempting 150
percent of the published academic program hours. For graduate students, if the published length
of the program is 36 hours, then the maximum number of hours for which a student may receive
nancial aid is 54 hours (that is 36 x 1.5).
Students whose attempted credits, including transfer credits, exceed the 150 percent timeframe
for any reason will be placed on Financial Aid Denied status. No nancial aid will be disbursed
for the student unless the student has made an appeal to the Financial Aid Appeals Committee
and the appeal is granted.
Transfer, Summer, Consortium and Transient Hours
Students transferring to the University are assumed to be maintaining reasonable academic
progress. All hours transferred from prior or concurrent attendance at other schools will be con-
sidered in establishing the class standing for grade requirements, and are integral in determining
248
the overall time frame allowed for nancial aid eligibility. GPA’s from other Universities will not
factor into your cumulative GPA at Oakwood University.
Grades
Courses with non-assigned grades, including withdrawals are considered in determination
of the percentage of hours completed toward the degree. Refer to the Grading System section
of the University Bulletin for the regulations concerning the eect on cumulative hours earned
and cumulative hours attempted. Acceptable grades are A, B, C, P. Unacceptable grades are
D, F, I, W, NC, FA, AU, DG, U. All of these grades are considered in evaluating the qualitative,
quantitative and overall time frame components.
Loss of Aid Eligibility
According to federal regulations, a student is not allowed to receive further aid from Title
IV if he or she does not meet the University’s standards of satisfactory progress. Students who
become ineligible to receive further federal aid will be notied at the address listed on the most
recent Student Aid Report (SAR) obtained by the Oce of Financial Aid, or a more recent one,
if provided by the student prior to the last day of the semester. Students receive rst notice of
grades, and are held responsible to monitor the cumulative grade point average. All other notices
are a courtesy of the University.
Financial Aid Appeals
• Students may submit an appeal for funding to the Financial Aid Oce. Applications may
be obtained from the Financial Aid Oce or from the Financial Aid web page under Forms.
• Students with approved appeals may be placed on “probation” with the Financial Aid
Oce for “one payment period”.
• During a probation period, students will continue to receive nancial aid.
Acceptable Conditions to File an Appeal
• Death of a family member
• Student’s own serious illness
• Serious illness or injury of a family member
• Student received an approved medical withdrawal
• Extreme change in nancial or legal circumstances
• Compulsory military duty
The following procedure has been established for those who lose federal Title IV eligibility due
to failure to maintain satisfactory academic progress. The procedure must be followed precisely
and without exception. Failure to adhere to the procedure as prescribed may result in an automatic
denial. NO PERSONAL APPEARANCES WILL BE GRANTED before the Financial Aid Appeals
Committee. (Note: This appeal is for determining the eligibility for Federal Financial Aid.)
• You must submit an application for appeal and an accompanying letter, indicating the
reason(s) why you failed to complete the necessary hours, or attain the required GPA
during the prior academic period.
249
• You must submit legitimate documentation supporting your claim or rationale (i.e.,
CURRENT physician/counselor’s statement outlining ailment, clergy statement, family
death certicate, obituaries, court documents). Furthermore, you MUST outline the plan
for improving your academic performance.
• Students with non-mitigating circumstances (e.g. return to school after extended leave,
change of major etc) are required to document what has changed in their situation that
will now enable them to meet SAP requirements.
• Students who did not meet the Maximum Timeframe SAP requirement are required to meet
with their academic advisors to complete the SAP Appeal “Maximum Timeframe Form”.
• Students who successfully appeal will be placed on Financial Aid probation for one
semester and must agree to an academic progress plan by the semester’s academic
progress plan deadline.
• For all appeals, students may attach other supporting documents that further validates
their situation.
• The review time for appeals may take a minimum of 4-6 weeks.
• Students awaiting a response are responsible for paying their tuition and will receive the
appeal determination by mail or email.
• All applications for appeal must be submitted to Oakwood University; Center for Academic
Success; 7000 Adventist Blvd., NW; Huntsville, AL 35896 by July 15th for Fall Semester
and by January 15 for Spring Semester.
• The Financial Aid Appeals Committee will meet as needed.
Reinstatement
Students who lose eligibility for Title IV because of failure to maintain reasonable progress
towards a degree may reapply. No reapplication will be considered until the student clears the
deciency or attains the minimum grade point average.
Students who require enrollment verication for student loan deferment purposes must contact
the Registrar’s Oce.
Transfer Students Eligibility for Aid
Transfer students are eligible for federal aid during their rst semester of attendance at the
university. Refer to the Satisfactory Academic Progress brochure obtainable from the Oce of
Financial Aid or the Enrollment Management Oce.
Other Available Funds
A loan that a student may borrow, regardless
of need, but will have to pay all interest charges.
Entrance/Exit Interview
First-time borrowers at Oakwood University must complete an entrance interview online at
www.studentloans.gov before receiving any loan proceeds. This federally mandated requirement
is to ensure that the students have received loan counseling and understand their responsibili-
ties as borrowers. An exit interview is required of all students who have received loan proceeds
250
during their matriculation at Oakwood and is completed online prior to graduation or terminating
enrollment.
Loan Limits: Unsubsidized $20,500
Who May Apply for Financial Aid
To receive aid from the federal student aid programs you must:
1. Have nancial need.
2. Have an undergraduate degree or meet other standards your state establishes that are
approved by the U.S. Department of Education.
3. Be enrolled or accepted for enrollment as a regular student working toward a degree or certicate
in an eligible program. (You may not receive aid for correspondence or telecommunications
courses unless they are part of an associate or bachelor’s degree program.)
4. Be a U.S. citizen or eligible noncitizen.
5. Have a valid Social Security number.
6. Make satisfactory academic progress.
7. Sign a statement of educational purpose and a certicate statement of overpayment and
default [both found on the Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA)].
8. Register with Selective Service, if required.
ACADEMIC POLICIES
Credit
The unit of credit is the semester hour.
Study Load
A class load of 9-12 credit hours is considered full-time and 8 or fewer credit hours is considered
part-time.
Permanent Student Records
The student’s permanent academic record is the transcript. The transcript contains biographi-
cal, geographical, and academic information regarding courses taken and grades earned. This
information is taken from application for acceptance forms, registration forms, teachers’ grade
sheets, drop/add forms, and teachers’ change-of-grade forms.
Retention and Disposal of Student Records
The retention and disposal of student records is in accordance with the recommendations of
the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions Ocers, as published in the
guide entitled Retention of Records: A Guide for Retention and Disposal of Student Records.
Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act
Oakwood University complies with the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act of 1974
(FERPA). A student’s record is regarded as condential, and release of this information is regulated
by the FERPA Act. Students have the right to inspect their records at any time. Parents of a
251
student termed “dependent” for income tax purposes are entitled to receive information relating
to the student’s educational records upon request. A copy of the act is on le in the Records
Oce.
Transcripts
The Registrar’s Oce releases an ocial or unocial transcript of a student’s work at Oakwood
upon the student’s request. Students may request an ocial transcript online or by mail. The
instructions and fees for each can be found online at www.oakwood.edu/records under Transcript
Request Information. Ocial transcripts must be sent directly to the recipient indicated on the
student’s request.
Requests for unocial transcripts must be made directly to the Registrar’s Oce by mail or
in person. The fee for an unocial transcript is $2, payable by cashier’s check or money order.
NO PERSONAL CHECKS or CASH will be accepted by the Registrar’s Oce.
Currently enrolled students may obtain a printout of their academic history for personal use
by accessing MyOakwood using the student ID and password.
The University reserves the right to withhold all information concerning the record of any
student who has unpaid accounts or other charges, or who is delinquent or in default status in
the payment of student loans.
Ocial transcripts from other institutions which have been presented to Oakwood for admission
and evaluation of credit become the property of the University and are not reissued or copied for
release.
Registration
Registration includes advising, selection of courses, and payment of fees. Students are
required to register on the designated registration dates. Information on registration is available
at the registration site.
Late Registration
Students failing to register during the scheduled registration periods are assessed a late
registration fee of $149. Class periods missed because of late registration are counted as
absences from the class.
Graduate Level Grading Scale
The university grading system utilizes the four-point scale. The grade point values are outlined
as follows:
Grade
GRADE Grade Point Per Hour
A (superior) 4.0
A- 3.7
B+ 3.3
B (above average) 3.0
C+ 2.3
C (average) 2.0
252
GRADE Grade Point Per Hour
F (failure) 0.0
FA (failure due to absences) 0.0
AU (audit) 0.0
DG (deferred grade) 0.0
I (incomplete) 0.0
NC (noncredit)
P/U (pass/unsatisfactory)
W (withdrew)
Grade Point Average
The grade point average (GPA) for the semester is computed by totaling quality points earned
in all courses attempted and dividing by the quality hours attempted (GPA=QP/QHA). Credits
are included in calculating the GPA for grades of F, FA and I. The symbols AU, NC, DG, IP, NR,
W, and P/U are disregarded in computing the grade point average. The academic progress
record allows for repeated courses without GPA penalty. However, the GPA used to determine
the eligibility for nancial aid includes all work attempted.
Deferred Grades
A deferred grade (DG) is assigned when an instructor determines that instructional obstacles,
not the student, are responsible for incomplete work. This may be the result of books or research
materials arriving late, equipment failure, or insucient time. A statement of outstanding require-
ments, including deadlines for their completion, shall be made available to the student.
A DG will be changed to a regular grade when the class work is completed within the approved
deadline. Such a deadline might range from a few days to several weeks, but no longer than the
sixth week of the next semester, even when the student is to registered for the next semester.
The DG automatically converts to an F if not removed within the prescribed time. Before the
deadline expires, the instructor may submit a request for an extension of the time to the Vice
President for Academic Aairs. The request must be in writing and must be adequately justied.
Incomplete Work
When at the end of a semester students are behind in their classwork, the teacher does
not automatically grant a grade of I for more time to do the requirements. However, because
of interruptive illness or other unavoidable circumstances, students may request the privilege of
receiving a grade of I to allow more time to fulll class requirements. They must apply in time so
that a nal decision is made before the beginning of nal examination week. The procedures to
be followed are:
1. Obtain and ll out a “Request and Authorization for Incomplete” from the Oce of the
Associate Provost for Graduate Education/Online Learning.
2. Attach a physician’s statement if the reason is medical.
3. Obtain the appropriate signatures.
4. Return the form to the Oce of the Associate Provost for Graduate Education/Online
Learning at least ve working days before the beginning of nal examinations.
253
An ‘I’ may be changed to a regular grade when the class work is completed within the approved
deadline. Such a deadline might range from a few days to several weeks, but no longer than the
sixth week of the next semester, even when the student is not registered the next semester. The
‘I’ automatically converts to an ‘F’ if not removed within the prescribed time. Should more time,
because of further illness or unavoidable circumstances, be needed to remove the incomplete,
the student may, before the deadline expires, request in writing an extension of time from the
Graduate Council.
Grade Reports
Grade reports are issued to the student via the Internet at the end of each semester.
Errors and Corrections
Upon reviewing of his/her grades, the student should carefully check them for correctness
as to the courses, credits, and grades recorded. Requests for corrections must be initiated within
one month.
Academic Honesty
Oakwood University is dedicated to scholastic integrity. Consequently, students of the
University are required to maintain high Christian standards of honesty. If students are found or
suspected of engaging in any of the following types of academic misconduct, the procedures set
forth in this policy will be implemented.
Types of Academic Dishonesty:
1. Dishonesty in testing (e.g., copying from another student’s paper, using unauthorized
materials, or collaborating with any other person without authority from the instructor during
an examination; stealing test materials; obtaining test information prior, during, or after an
administered examination; or any other form of test dishonesty).
2. Plagiarism, dened as unacknowledged use of another’s work (e.g., submitting any written,
oral, aesthetic, computer, or laboratory work prepared totally or in part by another person;
such work need not be copyrighted).
3. Any other practice deemed by the university as academic misconduct not listed above.
Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty
If a teacher nds irrefutable evidence of academic dishonesty, the teacher should immediately
speak with the student and issue zero credit for the particular examination, assignment, or project.
If academic misconduct is suspected by a teacher, that teacher must follow certain steps.
1. The teacher must rst speak with the student about the question of dishonesty. If the student
acknowledges engaging in academic misconduct, the student will be given no credit for
the particular examination, assignment, or project.
2. If the situation cannot be resolved between the teacher and student, then it must be brought
to the attention of the teacher’s department chair.
254
3. If the department chair is unable to resolve the matter, the Associate Provost for Graduate
Education/Online Learning must then be consulted, and may refer the issue to the Academic
Appeals Committee.
4. Subsequent incidents of academic dishonesty make a student eligible for dismissal from
the university. Students are, however, given the option of appealing this decision to the
Academic Appeals Committee.
5. Each established incident of academic misconduct shall be departmentally documented and
submitted to both the student, the student’s major department chair, the Associate Provost
for Graduate Education/Online Learning, and the Vice President for Student Services.
Academic Grievance
Any student who desires to express concern regarding instructional matters such as perceived
unfairness, grading methodology, cheating, or some other misunderstanding within or without the
classroom is encouraged to confer rst with the instructor of the class and, if deemed necessary,
with the instructor’s department chair. If the matter is not resolved satisfactorily at the rst two
levels, the student should confer with the dean of the school. The dean of the school may refer
the matter to the Associate Provost for Graduate Education/Online Learning should the matter
not be resolved.
The Associate Provost for Graduate Education/Online Learning will review the matter to (a)
make a nal determination of the matter, or (b) refer the matter to the Academic Appeals Committee
for further review and recommendation. In either case, the nal decision is the responsibility of
the Associate Provost for Graduate Education/Online Learning .
The Academic Appeals Committee receives referrals directly from the Provost. Cases are
referred to this committee if the Provost determines that more information is needed to make an
equitable decision. The process is as follows: (a) the Provost noties the chair of the Academic
Appeals Committee of the student’s concern, (b) the aggrieved student submits a written report
of the complaint to the chair of the Academic Appeals Committee, and (c) a recommendation is
made to the Provost.
Students or faculty members have the option to appear in person before the Academic Appeals
Committee, bringing documentation to support their views; however, it is not required that they
appear in person. It should be understood that the purpose of the appeals process is to peaceably
resolve issues which have not been resolved through other means. Therefore, the approach to
problem resolution in the appeals process is through consensus, so far as is possible.
The membership of the Academic Appeals Committee consists of ve individuals: the USM
academic vice president (chair), one elected student representative, two full-time teaching faculty,
and one full-time sta member. The Provost or designee may choose to sit with the Academic
Appeals Committee for purposes of hearing the discussion or for clarication of issues, but not
for voting purposes.
Orientation to Graduate Online Instruction
All entering Oakwood graduate online students are required to complete a graduate level
orientation course as listed below.
255
GL 500 Graduate Level Orientation Course
This self-paced, online, non-credit course is required of all new graduate students enrolled in
Oakwood University’s graduate education programs. The course is designed to provide access
to pertinent information about Oakwood University, including its mission and history and unique
culture. Students will additionally be exposed to academic success resources that support
critical thinking and academic writing, including APA writing style and formatting, D2L navigation,
MyOakwood technology, and library e-resources. This course will also emphasize the Biblical
foundation upon which some elements of course content will be founded.
ACADEMIC SUPPORT SERVICES
The Eva B. Dykes Library
http://www.oakwood.edu/library
Mission Statement
The Eva B. Dykes Library promotes academic excellence by supporting the University’s
curriculum. It provides the Oakwood University community and constituents with access to quality
resources and services that enhance teaching, learning, research, and the integration of faith.
Goals:
1. Provide and promote access to resources and services at the time and place of need.
2. Prepare an information literate graduate.
3. Enrich teaching, learning and research through collections, access, and content
management.
4. Recruit, support, and retain qualied and competent sta.
5. Continue to position and promote the library as a place that supports scholarship.
6. Promote the physical and virtual library’s role in supporting teaching and learning.
7. Employ and support current and emerging technologies, allowing users and sta to
accomplish their goals.
The Eva B. Dykes Library oers a variety of resources to meet patrons information needs.
Whether the search is for print, electronic, archival, or multimedia materials, all are available or
accessible from the Eva B. Dykes Library. All Oakwood students, faculty and sta may borrow
library materials. The Oakwood University ID card is also a library card. Librarians and sta are
ready to assist users in identifying, locating, evaluating, and using resources eectively.
Services include access to 42 networked computers in the computer lab, and another 14
distributed on the main and upper oors; wireless Internet connection; interlibrary loans from
libraries worldwide; and class or individual instruction. In addition to the book collection, resources
include thousands of electronic journals and e-books accessible on and o campus; over 500
print periodicals, 7,000 plus videos and DVDs, laptops, digital cameras, projectors, and other
equipment. Oakwood University students, faculty, and sta may also borrow books directly from
the Learning Resource Center at Alabama A&M University and from Athens State University
Library. Simply present current ID prior to checking out items.
256
The Library is an aliate member of the Network of Alabama Academic Libraries (NAAL) and
a member of the Adventist Libraries Cooperative (ALICE) and Southeastern Library Information
Network (SOLINET). The consortia provide electronic resources at reduced cost, oer on-going
professional development and training for library faculty and sta. The Library is also a member
of the HBCU Library Alliance and is a member of the Alabama Virtual Library (AVL) which makes
over 40 databases available to the library.
The Ellen G. White Estate Oakwood Branch Oce is a research center located on the lower
oor of the library. It houses several complete sets of Ellen White’s published writings, duplicates of
her original letters and manuscripts (1844-1915), books about Ellen White and other Seventh-day
Adventist pioneers, denominational histories, and other related documents. Microche, microlm,
and Ellen White research software are available.
257
School of Business
Dean: Theodore Brown, Sr.
Chair and/or Program Coordinator: Kelley Duncanson, Ph.D.
Graduate Faculty:
Richard Blanco-Topping, Ph.D.
Theodore Brown, Sr., Ph.D.
Kelley Duncanson, Ph.D.
Handel Fraser, Ed.D.
Japheth Kessio, Ph.D.
Leslie Pollard, Ph.D.
Prudence Pollard, Ph.D.
Raghavalu Ramella, Ph.D.
C. Leon Thomas, Ph.D.
Adjunct Faculty:
John Anderson, Ph.D.
Joy Anderson
George Charles
Safyanarayana Ramella
Mission Statement
The mission of the School of Business is to provide students with a quality Christian
education in business and information systems, enabling them to meet the challenges of the
global competitive market.
Master of Business Administration (MBA) – Leadership Concentration
Accreditation
Oakwood University, through its Business and Information Systems Department, is nationally
accredited by the Association of Collegiate Business Schools and Programs (ACBSP) to oer
the following business degree:
• Bachelor of Science (B.S.) with majors in Accounting, Finance, Management Information
Systems and Organizational Management; the
• Bachelor of Business Administration (B.B.A.) with concentrations in Health Care Administration,
Management, Human Resource Management, and Marketing;
• Masters of Business Administration (M.B.A.) with a concentration in Leadership (application
pending).
Prerequisites for Admission
Applicants with undergraduate degrees in disciplines other than business/business-related
258
programs must take three (3) courses from the following categories prior to starting the MBA
professional core:
• Research or Statistics
• Principles of Accounting or Accounting for Managers or Economics or Finance
• Principles of Management or Organizational Behavior or Human Resources
Admission Requirements
The School of Business considers both qualitative and quantitative factors when considering
an applicant’s acceptance into graduate programs. While no single formula exists for determining
acceptance, the following factors are considered: undergraduate GPA, undergraduate degree,
recommendations, and the application essay (statement of purpose). These factors, as well
as additional factors, are considered in determining the applicant’s potential for success in our
graduate programs as well as success in a business career upon completion of our program. In
addition to the general admission requirements for graduate study, a candidate for a Master of
Business Administration will comply with the following requirements unless noted otherwise in
specic degree requirements:
1. A baccalaureate degree in business with a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or a graduate degree
with a cumulative GPA of 3.0, or an international equivalent, from an accredited institution
[ocial transcript required]. Students who have completed an undergraduate degree
other than in business will need to complete three (3) pre-requisite courses as shown in
the course requirements for the MBA program.
2. Completion of a graduate application form [which includes the need for a statement of
purpose and three (3) recommendations].
3. Payment of a nonrefundable application fee of $100.00.
4. Applicants whose native language is not English are required to take the Test of English as
a Foreign language (TOEFL) and score at least 500 (written test) or 173 (computer test).
All TOEFL scores must be sent directly from Educational Testing Service to the Oakwood
University Oce of Graduate Education. Students who have earned a baccalaureate
degree or higher from an accredited institution whose language of instruction is English
will be exempted from the TOEFL.
Provisional Admission
A student accepted on academic provisional basis may be admitted to regular status upon the
completion of 12 credit hours taken through Oakwood with a minimum grade of B in each course.
Students are not permitted to repeat courses in order to satisfy this requirement. Students who
do not satisfy this requirement will not be permitted to continue in the program. This provision
does not apply to students accepted provisionally for other reasons.
Admission to the Program
Students may be admitted into the program during fall or spring semester.
Time Limits
The programs are structured to meet the needs of the part-time as well as the full-time
student. Normal progress through the programs for the full-time student will be four courses per
259
semester. Normal progress for part-time students will be one or more courses per semester. The
time allowed from enrollment to the graduate program to the conferring of the Master of Business
Administration degree may not exceed ve years. Application for an extension will be considered
on an individual basis.
Residence
The last 25 semester hours must be taken through the Oakwood University School of Business.
Transfer Credit and Progression
1. A maximum of eleven semester hours with a minimum grade of B may be transferred into
the program to satisfy graduation requirements provided they are equivalent to course
requirements and were completed within the last ve (5) years. The School of Business
graduate of Oakwood University will evaluate all requests for transfer credit and make the
nal determination about the courses and credits that will be accepted.
2. A course may be repeated one time for the purpose of improving the GPA. A maximum of
two courses may be repeated.
Second Emphasis
Each emphasis must include a minimum of 12 hours that do not overlap with any other
emphasis.
Graduation Requirements
A candidate must:
1. Complete an application to graduate, which must be led with the Oce of Graduate
Education two months prior to the anticipated graduation date.
2. Complete a minimum of 36 semester hours in accordance with program requirements,
maintaining a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0.
3. Complete all course requirements according to schedule and within six (6) years of initial
acceptance. Part-time participants must take at least one course per semester in order to
complete the program in six (6) years.
4. Complete three (3) semester hours of core courses, and three (3) semester hours of
specialty courses with a minimum grade of B.
5. Complete eighteen (18) semester hours in the concentration with no grade below C+ and
a GPA of 3.0.
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
The Master of Business Administration program consists of 36 hours of courses (24 core and
12 emphases).
Program Goals
The goals of the Master of Business Administration (MBA) program are to:
1. Engage students in a transformative learning experience through the integration of faith
and learning
260
2. Promote holistic learning inclusive of the spiritual, dispositional and cognitive dimensions
3. Expose students to local, national and global perspectives on current issues in leadership
and management
4. Use technology to add value to students’ learning experiences and equip them with current
technological skills
5. Elicit and build on learners’ ability to think critically, creatively and divergently
6. Promote appreciative inquiry, innovation and change for socioeconomic responsiveness
Program Student Learning Outcomes
By the end of the MBA in Leadership program, students should be able to:
1. Articulate their relationship with a higher power and take a reasoned position on servant
leadership
2. Practice and promote sound ethical leadership and management principles
3. Employ technical knowledge bases and practical skills to solve leadership and management
challenges
4. Use eective communication skills and socio-emotional intelligence for building team spirit
and positive working relationships
5. Use technology in a value-added manner to achieve eciency and customer satisfaction
6. Take a research-driven approach to problem-solving, decision-making and appreciative
inquiry at the local and national levels
Professional Core Courses
EC 520 Managerial Economics .............................................................................3 hours
AC 530 Managerial Accounting .............................................................................3 hours
FN 540 Managerial Finance ..................................................................................3 hours
BA 560 Ethical Decision-Making in Business ........................................................3 hours
LD 500 Introduction to Research ...........................................................................3 hours
LD 550 Leadership and Christian Perspective ......................................................3 hours
Concentration: Leadership
LD 605 Leadership Innovation and Change ..........................................................3 hours
LD 615 Strategic Leadership .................................................................................3 hours
LD 625 Leadership Thought & Creativity ..............................................................3 hours
LD 635 Global Leadership: A Case Study Approach .............................................3 hours
BA 645 International Business ...............................................................................3 hours
LD 655 Capstone ..................................................................................................3 hours
GRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN STRATEGIC LEADERSHIP
The Graduate Certicate in Strategic Leadership Program is designed to help participants
improve their strategic leadership skills to achieve short-term and long-term goals and drive
performance. This fully online strategic leadership program teaches leaders the skills to cope
with complexity, connect boundaries, and model organizational culture and diversity for success.
261
The hours earned in the graduate certicate program can be applied toward the MBA degree
in Leadership.
Credit Hours: 15 credit hours
Fees: Three (3) eight-week terms
Mode of Delivery of the Program: Fully Online
Students will demonstrate the ability to:
1. Articulate a reasoned position on servant leadership from a Biblical Perspective
2. Eectively communicate leadership concepts and strategies
3. Analyze real-world business cases to enhance leadership eciency and eectiveness
LD 550 Leadership and Christian Perspective ............................................................. 3 hours
LD 605 Leadership Innovation and Change ................................................................ 3 hours
LD 615 Strategic Leadership ........................................................................................ 3 hours
LD 625 Leadership Thought and Creativity .................................................................. 3 hours
LD 635 Global Leadership ........................................................................................... 3 hours
................................................................................. 15 hours
MBA in Leadership degree candidate will be awarded a Graduate Certicate in Strategic
Leadership.
262
School of Nursing and Health Professions
Dean: Karen Benn-Marshall, Ed.D. (Interim)
Graduate Faculty:
Earl Henry, DrPh, MPH, (Program Director)
Sherine Brown-Fraser, Ph.D., RD, (Chair)
Marie Claire Boutrin, Ph.D., MPH
Adjunct Faculty:
LaTonya Dixon, Ph.D., LN
Carla Fider, DrPH, MPH
Tia Jeery, PhD, RDN, LD, CHES
Valescia John, Ph.D.
Joycelyn Peterson, DrPH, MPH, RDN
Ralph Peterson, MD, DrPH
Fedoria Rugless, Ph.D.
Donisha Scott, Ph.D.
Ken Stewart DrPH, MPH
Masters in Public Health:
Concentration in Nutrition and Wellness
Public Health Nutrition
Plant-based Vegetarian Emphasis
Fitness, Health Promotion & Behavior
Health Disparities & Nutrition
Mission Statement
The School of Nursing and Health Professions has the primary objective of educating health
professionals in nursing, allied health, exercise science, nutrition and dietetics. The school aims
to facilitate learning that focuses on a Christ-centered, service oriented curriculum that promotes
excellence in character development, achievement of professional goals, and adherence to
professional standards.
Accreditation
Oakwood University, through its Department of Nutrition and Dietetics, is nationally accredited
by the Accreditation Council for Education in Nutrition and Dietetics. This department oers the
Masters in Public Health with a Concentration in Nutrition and Wellness (Online) degree/program:
263
Prerequisites for Admission
Applicants must complete all prerequisite courses before registering for courses in the
program. The prerequisite courses for the MPH are: One year of Biology with a lab or Physiology
with a lab or Anatomy and Physiology with a lab, with a grade of C or better; Two courses in
nutrition (one introductory nutrition course similar to ND 131-Nutrition or equivalent and one
intermediate level nutrition course similar to ND 321 Life Span Nutrition, ND 323 Community
Nutrition, or equivalent) with a grade of C or better.
Admission Requirements
To be eligible for regular admissions to the MPH program, candidates will be required to
meet the following criteria: Bachelor’s degree or its equivalent that is earned from a regionally
accredited institution recognized by the United States Department of Education with an overall
grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 or better (on a 4.0 scale)
Provisional Admission
• Overall GPA 2.5- 2.9
• Must complete the GRE prior to acceptance.
• Minimum GRE scores:
Verbal - 150
Quantitative - 150
Analytical - 3.5
• If admitted, students are required to earn a GPA of 3.0 or better during the rst term
of matriculation to obtain regular standing and continue in the program
Admission to the Program
Students are admitted into the program once a year during the fall semester.
Time Limits
The program is structured to meet the needs of the part-time as well as full-time student.
Normal progress through the program for full-time students is four courses per semester. Normal
progress for part-time students is one or more courses per semester.
The time allowed from enrollment to the graduate program to the conferring of the Masters of
Public Health degree may not exceed ve years. Application for an extension will be considered
on an individual basis.
Transfer Credit and Progression
Students wishing to transfer into the Oakwood University MPH program from another
college or university must follow the same application procedure as other new students. Transfer
students must also submit ocial transcripts from all colleges and/or universities attended.
Ocial transcripts must be sent directly from the issuing institution to Oakwood University Oce
of Graduate Education . If an applicant holds a Master’s degree or has graduate credits from an
accredited institution, they may transfer a maximum of nine (9) credit hours that are relevant to
the MPH degree. The graduate faculty of the MPH degree in Nutrition and Wellness will evaluate
all requests for transfer credit and make the nal determination about the courses and credits
that will be accepted.
264
Graduation Requirements
To graduate from the program, students are required to:
• Complete the didactic portion of the program with a minimum overall GPA of 3.0 or above
• Pass the comprehensive examination with a score of 75% or above
• Successfully complete the capstone research project, practicum and portfolio with a minimum
grade of B for each one
Masters of Public Health
Concentration in Nutrition and Wellness
The total number of credit hours for the MPH program is 48. Forty-one credits have been
allotted to didactic work and 7 credits will satisfy the required culminating activities (capstone
research project and practicum). The didactic portion includes 5 CEPH required public health
courses in the areas of biostatistics, epidemiology, environmental health sciences, health services
administration, and social and behavioral science. Additional didactic courses include 2 research
classes and 6 nutrition and wellness courses, including one course focused on minority nutrition
and wellness issues. The capstone and practicum components of the program satisfy CEPH’s
requirements that “all graduate professional public health degree students must develop skills in
basic public health concepts and demonstrate the application of these concepts through a practice
experience that is relevant to students’ areas of specialization.”
Program Goals:
The MPH in Nutrition and Wellness seeks to provide graduate level knowledge, cultural
competence and application through collaborative service. Program goals in each area are as
follows:
1. Knowledge: Prepare graduate health professionals who are able to provide innovative
evidenced-based nutrition education to diverse communities.
2. Cultural Competence: Prepare students to develop, implement, and assess programs to
promote the health of individuals, groups, and communities.
3. Application: Facilitate sustainable collaborations between faculty, students, and faith-based
and non-prot organizations in service to communities.
Program Student Learning Outcomes
Foundational Public Health Competencies
Students will demonstrate the ability to:
1. Evaluate evidence-based approaches to public health.
2. Analyze public health and health care systems.
3. Develop concepts for planning and management to promote public health.
4. Evaluate policies in public health.
5. Apply principles of leadership, governance, and management in public health.
6. Describe communication strategies and importance of cultural competence in public health.
7. Apply systems thinking and eective interprofessional teams to public health issues.
265
Program Student Learning Outcomes
Concentration Nutrition and Wellness Competencies
Students will demonstrate the ability to:
1. Evaluate cultural approaches to food, nutrition and health with an emphasis on plant-based
diets.
2. Analyze the nutrition care process as it relates to assessment of nutritional status
3. Demonstrate leadership in the evaluation of public health nutrition and wellness programs
4. Demonstrate the benets of subscribing to a vegetarian diet
5. Analyze public health nutrition and wellness peer-reviewed research
Major Requirements
ND 501 - Introduction to Public Health ......................................................................2 hours
ND 502 - Principles of Epidemiology ........................................................................3 hours
ND 503 - Introduction to Biostatics ...........................................................................3 hours
ND 504 - Principles of Environmental Health ............................................................3 hours
ND 505 - Principles of Health Behavior ....................................................................3 hours
ND 506 - Principles of Health Administration ............................................................3 hours
ND 507 - Fitness and Health Promotion ...................................................................3 hours
ND 508 - Grant Writing..............................................................................................3 hours
ND 509 - Vegetarian Nutrition and Wellness.............................................................3 hours
ND 510 - Ethnic Food Practices ................................................................................3 hours
ND 511 - Program Planning and Evaluation in the Community and Lab ..................4 hours
ND 512 - Assessment of Nutritional Status ...............................................................3 hours
ND 517 - Health Research Methods .........................................................................3 hours
ND 518 - Health Disparities and Minority Health ......................................................3 hours
ND 601 - Research Seminar .................................................................................... 1 hour
ND 602 - Capstone Research Project .......................................................................4 hours
ND 603 - Practicum ...................................................................................................3 hours
Masters of
Admission Requirements
To obtain a Master of Public Health Certication, regular admissions into the MPH program
is required. Candidates will be required to meet the following criteria: Bachelor’s degree or its
equivalent that is earned from a regionally accredited institution recognized by the United States
Department of Education with an overall grade point average (GPA) of 3.0 or better (on a 4.0
scale)
Admission to the Program
Students are admitted into the program once a year during the fall semester.
Program Student Learning Outcomes
Nutrition and Wellness Concentration Public Health Competencies
Students will demonstrate the ability to:
1. Demonstrate leadership in the evaluation of public health nutrition and wellness programs
266
2. Analyze the nutrition care process as it relates to assessment of nutritional status
3. Demonstrate the benets of subscribing to a vegetarian diet
4. Evaluate cultural approaches to food, nutrition and health with an emphasis on plant-based
diets.
5. Analyze public health nutrition and wellness peer-reviewed research
The graduate certicate in Public Health Nutrition combines basic principles of human nutrition,
including biochemical functions of nutrients, and the relationship between food choices and health,
while preparing students for presentation of nutrition information to individuals and groups in a
variety of community settings. Introduces the basic principles and applications of epidemiology,
which is one of the pillars of public health. Certicate introduces statistical concepts and analytical
methods as applied to data encountered in biomedical sciences.
Major Requirements
ND 502 Epidemiology ..............................................................................................3 hours
ND 503 Biostatistics .................................................................................................3 hours
ND 531 Nutrition ...................................................................................................... 3 hours
ND 523 Community Nutrition* .................................................................................. 3 hours
................................................................................12 hours
Plant-Based Vegetarian Emphasis
The graduate certicate in Public Health Nutrition: Plant-based Vegetarian emphasis covers
the role of plant-based diets in health promotion and prevention of major chronic diseases while
also introducing the basic principles and applications of epidemiology, one of the pillars of public
health. Other topics covered included but limited to are: the management of normal nutrition
needs of individuals across the life cycle such as pregnancy, lactation, normal infant development,
childhood and adolescence, and healthy aging. Basic principles of human nutrition, biochemical
functions of nutrients, and the relationship between food choices and health will be covered.
This certicate program introduces statistical concepts and analytical methods as applied to data
encountered in biomedical sciences.
Major Requirements
ND 502 Epidemiology ...............................................................................................3 hours
ND 503 Biostatistics ..................................................................................................3 hours
ND 531 Nutrition .......................................................................................................3 hours
ND 522 Life Span Nutrition* .....................................................................................3 hours
ND 509 Vegetarian Nutrition & Wellness .................................................................3 hours
................................................................................12 hours
267
The certicate in Fitness, Health Promotion & Behavior discusses the role of tness in
promoting personal, community health, and challenges involved in achieving personal tness and
weight management. Students will learn an overview of the eld of public health, including public
health competencies, cultural competence, and public health ethics. The certicate will examine
the psycho-social, behavioral, and educational principles that determine health behavior. Topics
covered include basic principles of human nutrition, nutrition needs of individuals across the life
cycle (ie pregnancy, childhood, adolescence, aging) and the relationship between food choices
and health.
Major Requirements
ND 501 Intro to Public Health ..................................................................................2 hours
ND 505 Health Behavior .......................................................................................... 3 hours
ND 507 Fitness & Health Promotion ........................................................................ 2 hours
ND 531 Nutrition ......................................................................................................3 hours
ND 522 Life Span Nutrition* ..................................................................................... 3 hours
................................................................................13 hours
The graduate certicate in Health Disparities & Nutrition is an exploration of the determinants
of the disparities in health and healthcare in the United States with an overview of the eld of
public health such as public health competencies, health disparities, cultural competence, and
public health ethics. Certicate also introduces statistical concepts and analytical methods as
applied to data encountered in biomedical sciences. Basic principles of human nutrition, functions
of nutrients, and the relationship between food choices and health will be covered. Certicate also
prepare students for presentation of nutrition information to individuals and groups in a variety of
community settings.
Major Requirements
ND 501 Introduction to Public Health ........................................................................2 hours
ND 503 Biostatistics ................................................................................................. 3 hours
ND 518 Health Disparities and Minority Health .........................................................3 hours
ND 531 Nutrition .......................................................................................................3 hours
ND 523 Community Nutrition* ...................................................................................3 hours
................................................................................14 hours
268
School of Theology
Dean: R. Cliord Jones, Ph.D., D.Min.
Graduate Program Coordinator: Finbar S. Benjamin, D.Min.
Graduate Faculty
Finbar S. Benjamin, D.Min.
R. Cliord Jones, Ph.D., D.Min.
Ifeoma Kwesi, D.Min.
Tarsee Li, Ph.D.
Gilbert Ojwang, Ph.D.
Leslie Pollard, Ph.D., D.Min., MBA
Jesse Wilson, D.Min.
Major: Pastoral Studies (M.A.)
Urban Ministry and Community Development (M.A.)
Accreditation:
The School of Theology Graduate Department is accredited by:
The Commission on Accrediting of the Association of Theological Schools (ATS).
For questions, contact:
The Association of Theological Schools
in the United States and Canada
The Commission on Accrediting
10 Summit Park Drive
Pittsburgh PA 15275-1110
Telephone: 412-788-6505
Fax: 412-788-6510
Purpose
The purpose of the School of Theology Graduate Department (Graduate Theological Studies
Department) is to develop competent Christian leaders through the delivery of graduate theological
education that is Christ-centered, biblically-based, and from a Seventh-day Adventist perspective,
emphasizing specialized contexts of ministry.
The Department oers Master of Arts degrees in the areas of Pastoral Studies (MAPS), and
Urban Ministry and Community Development (MAUM). The School of Theology graduate programs
meet the needs of many students who due to age and other circumstances nd it impractical to
enroll in the Master of Divinity program which is the standard/preferred degree for professional
ministry in North American Division of Seventh-day Adventists.
The Department sees its graduate instruction as a harmonious interaction of various learning
strategies and resources. Qualied faculty members from the the School of Theology and from
other participating departments apply various methods of delivery such as lectures, classroom
269
discussions, seminar formats, group presentations and reection, audio-visual presentations
and onsite visits that provide hands-on experience and/or stimulate learning. The culminating
experience is a major eld project in which participants practice how to become life-long corporate
and independent learners by discerning and evaluating a congregational need or challenge and
working with the congregation to address it.
Program Location
Administration and instruction for the Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies are located in the
Calvin E. Moseley Religion Complex and the Bradford-Cleveland-Brooks Leadership Center.
The Religion Complex, originally built in 1977 and completely renovated in 2007, houses the C.T.
Richards Chapel and oces and classrooms for the Department of Religion and Theology. The
Bradford-Cleveland-Brooks Leadership Center, a 10,000 square foot extension to the Religion
Complex, completed in 2007, promotes continuing education in ministry. The extension includes
an auditorium, four classrooms, a learning research lab, and four oces.
Diversity
The School of Theology Graduate Department is committed to fostering diversity in all its
programs, including the composition of its student body, faculty, and sta. This commitment is
grounded in the belief that men and women are created in God’s image and redeemed through
Christ’s death and resurrection. The value of every human being is best understood in light of
this redemption price. In line with the University’s commitment to diversity and non-discrimination,
the learning, teaching, and research mission of the School are enriched by the interaction and
engagement with individuals across racial, national, gender, cultural and social backgrounds in
an increasingly globalized world.
Admission of New Students
The Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies and in Urban Ministry and Community Development
are designed for individuals who already have some familiarity with the religious and theological
thought of the Christian Church and who have already been exposed to the challenges and
responsibilities of contemporary church leadership, but who would like to expand their knowledge
and skills to meet the spiritual and moral needs of today’s church and society.
Entrance Requirements include:
1. A baccalaureate degree with a cumulative GPA of 2.5 or a graduate degree with a cumulative
GPA of 3.0, or an international equivalent, from an accredited institution. Ocial transcript
required. Students with less than 2.50 GPA, but not below 2.00, may be admitted on probation
for one semester during which they must earn a GPA of 3.00 or above.
2. Sixteen hours of coursework in the following areas: Christian Theology (3 hrs), Biblical
Preaching (3 hrs), New Testament Survey (3 hrs), The Gift of Prophecy (2 hrs) and Spiritual
Disciplines (2 hrs); if a student does not have the prerequisite courses, he/she must
successfully pass at least twelve hours before taking any of the core courses and complete
all sixteen hours by the end of the rst year in the program.
3. Evidence of at least two consecutive years of pastoral experience, or local church leadership
270
experience within the past ve (5) years; local church ocers must have been voted into
oce by the local church except students who graduated from Oakwood University with a
bachelors degree in religion and theology.
4. A current resume.
5. Two letters of recommendation; pastors should present one letter from a conference
administrator, and one from the head elder of the local church where they are ministering.
Church ocers need to present one letter from their pastor and one from a current church
leader or oce in the church where they have served.
6. Applicants whose native language is not English are required to take the Test of English as
a Foreign Language (TOEFL) and score at least 500 (written test) or 173 (computer test);
TOEFL scores must be sent directly to School of Theology Graduate Department and/or
the University’s Oce of Graduate Admissions from Educational Testing Service; students
who have earned a baccalaureate degree or higher from an accredited U.S. institution will
be exempted from the TOEFL.
7. A nonrefundable application fee of $100 must accompany each application.
Additional requirements for ofcial acceptance into the School of Theology graduate programs:
8. Complete the Biblical Literacy Entrance Test (BLET), with a minimum score of 70% during
the rst intensive of the program. Students with a Masters degree in religion or theology
may be able to have this requirement waived for degrees completed within the last ve
years.
9. Complete the rst semester (at least 9 credit hours) with a minimum GPA of 3.0.
Transfer Policy and Advanced Standing
Students wishing to transfer to Oakwood University from another college or university must
follow the same application procedure as other new students (see Admissions Requirements).
Transfer students must also submit ocial transcripts from all colleges and/or universities attended.
Ocial transcripts must be sent directly from the issuing institution to Oakwood University.
If an applicant holds a Masters degree or has graduate credits from an accredited institution,
they may transfer a maximum of six (6) semester credit hours that are relevant to the graduate
degree. However, faculty may grant advanced standing to certain cases in which the student
transfers large amounts of credit hours.
However, faculty may grant advanced standing to certain cases in which the student trans-
fers large amounts of credit hours deemed to be closely aligned with the School of Theology’s
programs, from Seventh-day Adventist institutions, and whose transcripts demonstrate consistent
high academic achievement. Such students shall take a minimum of one third of the required
credit hours/courses, including the capstone course, towards the degree they are seeking at the
School of Theology. For example, in the MAPS/MAUM programs this translates into a minimum
of twelve semester credit hours (four courses), including the capstone TM672 Contextual Pastoral
Praxis & Resource.
The faculty of the School of Theology Graduate Department will evaluate all requests for
transfer credit and make the nal determination about the courses and credits that will be accepted.
Students who, after admission into a graduate program, desire to change to a dierent program
may do so, provided they submit the change of program form approved by faculty advisor, and
fulll all the requirements for the new program.
271
Second Master’s Degree
A student who graduates with a master’s degree and wishes to earn a second master’s
degree, must complete a minimum of eighteen semester credit hours. Twelve of the hours must
be in the area of concentration of the second degree sought, and the remaining six semester
credit hours earned by re-taking TM 573 Field Education and TM 673 Contextual Pastoral Praxis
& Resource, both of which must be tailored to the second degree’s requirements.
Completion Requirements
1. Prociency in basic Greek and Hebrew is required (at the introductory level). Students
demonstrate prociency by passing the Basic Greek and Basic Hebrew Prociency Tests.
Students with passing grades in Biblical languages on their transcripts are exempt. Students
who do not have these prerequisites may enroll in the Greek and Hebrew programs
oered in the summer or regular semesters. Alternatively, students may meet the language
requirements by testing out - by the beginning of the rst semester. Those who do not pass
the test are given up to the beginning of the second semester to acquire necessary language
skills. To prepare for these tests, Greek/Hebrew tutorials may be oered.
2. Complete a minimum of 36 semester hours in accordance with program requirements,
maintaining a cumulative GPA of at least 3.0, with no grade below B-, provided a student
may earn a minimum grade of C+ in only two courses.
3. Complete all course requirements according to schedule and within six (6) years of initial
acceptance. Part-time participants must attend two intensives in sequence and take at
least one course per semester in order to complete the program in six (6) years.
4. Complete a graduation application form by January 31 of the graduating year.
5. Provide two copies of a completed integrated project-resource by February 28 of the
graduating year.
6. Give an oral presentation and make a successful defense of the completed integrated
project-resource during the second intensive of the graduating year (nal semester).
7. Receive a minimum grade of “B” for the overall project by an appointed advisor. Participants
who fail to receive a “B” grade will have only one additional opportunity to meet this
requirement. Participants will not be able to continue with the degree if a second failure
occurs.
Repeated Courses
There is no limit to the number of times a course may be repeated with the exception of the
Research Project, TM 571 and TM 572. Please see “Completion Requirements”, items 5-7.
Otherwise, the better grade for a repeated course will be accepted for credit. Notwithstanding
this policy, TM 573 Field Education and TM 672 Contextual Pastoral Praxis & Resource may be
repeated for credit when a student seeks a second master’s degree, or changes to a dierent
program.
272
Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies (MAPS)
Program Description
The Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies (MAPS) is a professional degree designed to foster the
spiritual development and the integrative practical skills of pastors and lay leaders. The program
is grounded in the academic disciplines of biblical and theological studies and pastoral praxis.
It also evaluates and interacts with other academic disciplines to foster contextual learning and
best professional practice.
The degree emphasizes development of Christian identity, integrity, and service to others.
Students develop competencies in pastoral leadership, pastoral care, and pastoral evangelism
and discipleship and are equipped to oer faithful spiritual leadership. The program promotes a
holistic development of congregations in the contextual ministries and also exposes participants
to the issues involved in planning building projects, budgeting, and managing physical facilities.
The MAPS degree is a thirty-six (36) semester hour program (except for those who do not have
a baccalaureate degree in Religion or Theology) with a concentration in Church Development.
Candidates must successfully complete all prerequisites and admissions requirements before
regular admission to the program.
Program Outcomes:
Students who complete the requirements for the M.A. in Pastoral Studies will be procient in
the following program outcomes:
1. Exemplify the character of Christ, as evidenced by a life of faith, moral integrity, and
compassion for others.
2. Critically evaluate Biblical, theological and interdisciplinary knowledge, from a Seventh-day
Adventist perspective.
3. Critically relate ministry to dierent cultural contexts, with an emphasis on the African-
American and Seventh-day Adventist contexts.
4. Design strategies for eective ministerial leadership in the local congregation, community,
and the global context.
TRACK 1 - Prerequisites Met
Biblical/Theological Foundations:
TB 601 Biblical & Theological Interpretation for Pastoral Ministry ............................3 hours
Sub-total .........................................................................................................................3 hours
Adventist Heritage & Other Religious Traditions:
TH 553 Worship and Preaching in Black Adventist Tradition ....................................3 hours
TH 543 World Religions and Contemporary Cultural Diversity .................................3 hours
Sub-total .........................................................................................................................6 hours
Pastoral Ministry:
Pastoral Care
TM 621 Theology and Practice of Christ-Centered Ministry .....................................3 hours
TM 522 Pastoral Care and Counseling in Multicultural Contexts or
TM 550 Clinical Pastoral Education ..........................................................................3 hours
273
Preaching and Evangelism
TM 523 Preaching in Context of Post-Modern World................................................3 hours
TM 531 Evangelism and Church Growth in Global Contexts ....................................3 hours
Pastoral Leadership
TM 542 Church and Community Relations ...............................................................3 hours
TM 641 Church Leadership and Administration ........................................................3 hours
Sub-total .......................................................................................................................18 hours
Research Project and Field Experience:
TM 573 Field Education ............................................................................................3 hours
TM 571 Contextual Pastoral Research Seminar .......................................................3 hours
TM 672 Contextual Pastoral Praxis & Resource .......................................................3 hours
Sub-total .........................................................................................................................9 hours
Total hours required .................................................................................................... 36 hours
TRACK 2 - Prerequisites Unmet
Prerequisites: Semester Hours
TB 511 Survey of Hebrew Prophets ..........................................................................3 hours
TB 512 Survey of Pauline Letters .............................................................................3 hours
TH 501 Dynamics of Christian Living ........................................................................2 hours
TH 522 Gift of Prophecy ...........................................................................................2 hours
TM 514 Biblical Preaching ........................................................................................3 hours
TH 521 Christian Theology .......................................................................................3 hours
Degree Requirements (above)..................................................................................... 36 hours
Total hours required ............................................................................................... 38-52 hours
Master of Arts in Urban Ministry and Community Development
Program Description
The Master of Arts in Urban Ministry and Community Development (MAUM) is a professional
degree that fosters the spiritual growth, intellectual development and the integrative practical skills
of its graduates. It is a thirty-six (36) semester hour program delivered in an online and hybrid
format. The program is grounded in the academic disciplines of biblical and theological studies,
and pastoral praxis. It also interacts with other academic disciplines to enhance contextual learning
and benchmark from best professional practices. The degree emphasizes the role of the Christian
Church in the urban ministry context. It seeks to develop competencies in contextual assessment,
development of contextual ministries, leadership, and management of urban ministry projects.
The degree explores Christian identity and its correspondent responsibility of service to others.
Program Objectives:
The graduate of the MA in Urban Ministries and Community Development will be able to:
1. Exemplify the character of Christ, as evidenced by a life of faith, moral integrity, and
274
compassion for others.
2. Apply biblical, theological and theoretical foundations to ministry situations in the urban
context.
3. Relate Seventh-day Adventist heritage and Black identity to an eective urban ministry.
4. Design faith-based community development programs and interventions for diverse
populations, in local and global settings.
Degree Requirements:
Biblical/Theological Foundations:
TB 622 Biblical-Theological Principles for Community Ministry or
TB 601 Biblical & Theological Interpretation for Pastoral Ministry ............................3 hours
Sub-total ........................................................................................................................3 hours
Adventist Heritage & Other Religious Traditions:
TH 553 Worship and Preaching in Black Adventist Tradition ....................................3 hours
TH 543 World Religions and Contemporary Cultural Diversity .................................3 hours
Sub-total ........................................................................................................................ 6 hours
Urban Ministry:
TH 623 Theology & Practice of Christ-centered Urban Ministry ...............................3 hours
TM 624 Twenty-rst Century Ministry in the Urban Setting .......................................3 hours
TM 526 Decoding the City for Eective Ministry .......................................................3 hours
TM 532 Church Planting and Church Growth in Urban Settings ..............................3 hours
TM 525 Community Ministry in the Adventist Tradition .............................................3 hours
TM 527 Non-Prot Organization and Community Development or
TM 542 Church and Community Relations ...............................................................3 hours
Sub-total ...................................................................................................................... 18 hours
Track 2: Prerequisites Unmet
Prerequisites
TB 511 Survey of Hebrew Prophets ..........................................................................3 hours
TB 512 Survey of Pauline Letters ............................................................................3 hours
TH 501 Dynamics of Christian Living ........................................................................2 hours
TH 522 Gift of Prophecy ...........................................................................................2 hours
TH 521 Christian Theology .......................................................................................3 hours
Degree Requirements (above)..................................................................................... 36 hours
Total hours required ............................................................................................... 38-49 hours
Full time participants may complete either of the master’s programs in four (4) semesters. Part-
time participants will have up to six years to complete the degree.
275
Graduate
Description
The School of Theology Graduate Department oers the Graduate Certicate in Christian
Ministry (12-13 credit hours). This certicate is designed primarily for lay church leaders, with
baccalaureate degrees from accredited institutions in disciplines other than religion and theology,
seeking to enrich their ministry skills in the local context. The curriculum consists of the pre/co-
requisite courses for both the Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies (MAPS) and the Master of Arts
in Urban Ministry and Community Development (MAUM). Coursework for this certicate is fully
transferrable to either of the graduate programs. Individuals with baccalaureate degrees in theology
or religion, or those enrolled in such programs (senior standing with a GPA of 3.30 or better)
may earn the certicate by selecting 500-level required courses for either MAPS or MAUM. This
allows undergraduate students to earn twelve (12) credit hours of graduate courses towards their
undergraduate requirements, and which may be applied to either MAPS or MAUM through dual
enrollment. Upon admission into the graduate program, such students shall complete additional
twenty-four (24) credit hours of required courses (at least two semesters). In the requirements
listed below, general graduate survey courses in the Old Testament or the New Testament may
be substituted for TB511 or TB512, respectively.
Requirements
TB 511 Survey of Hebrew Prophets or
TB 512 Survey of Pauline Letters ............................................................................3 hours
TH 501 Dynamics of Christian Living ........................................................................2 hours
TH 522 Gift of Prophecy ...........................................................................................2 hours
TH 521 Christian Theology .......................................................................................3 hours
Choose one course from:
TM 542 Church & Community Relations
TM 531 Evangelism & Church Growth in Global Contexts
TM 523 Preaching in Context of Post-Modern World
TM 522 Pastoral Care & Counseling in Multi-Cultural Contexts ......................... 3 hours
Total hours required ................................................................................................... 13 hours
276
COURSE DESCRIPTIONS
Traditional Undergraduate Course Descriptions
Accounting
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting I-II 3-3 hours
This course presents fundamental accounting concepts, theories, and procedures.
Both accounting principles and practice are emphasized so that students can obtain an
understanding of the sources of nancial information and the uses of such information. Lab
required. Lab fee applies
AC 325-326 Intermediate Accounting I-II 3-3 hours
Further in-depth analysis and discussion of intermediate nancial accounting theories,
concepts, and procedures. Emphasis is also placed on recent developments in accounting
evaluation and reporting practices. The course material is preparatory for the CPA examination.
Lab required. Lab fee applies. Prerequisite: AC 221.
AC 330 Managerial Accounting 3 hours
This course is designed to show students how accounting can help to solve problems that
confront those who are directly responsible for the management of an enterprise. Students
learn to interpret and apply accounting data in planning and controlling business activity. Lab
required. Lab fee applies. Prerequisite: AC 221.
AC 341 Cost Accounting 3 hours
Emphasis is placed on the determination and control of costs. Students learn to assemble
and interpret cost data for the use of management in controlling current operations and
planning for the future. The course presents the theory and practice for job order, process,
and standard cost systems. Prerequisite: AC 221.
AC 350 Federal Taxation I 3 hours
This course is an analysis of the federal income tax law as it applies to individuals and a
survey of the law applicable to new regulations, cases, and tax issues. Prerequisite: AC
325.
AC 351 Corporate Taxation 3 hours
This course is an analysis of partnership and corporate tax laws and an introduction to tax
research and planning as a means of gaining an understanding of the role of tax practitioner.
Prerequisite: AC 326 and AC 350.
AC 380 Accounting Information Systems 3 hours
Students learn about the accounting system as an information system. Computer-related
issues and controls are identied, discussed, and integrated in the overall discussion of
accounting concepts, principles, and controls. Prerequisite: AC 220-221, IS 120.
277
A thorough study of the accounting principles and practices involved in budgeting, recording,
and reporting for state and local governments, hospitals, colleges/universities, and voluntary
and welfare organizations. Prerequisite: AC 326.
AC 421 Advanced Accounting 3 hours
Emphasizes nancial accounting concepts utilized in business combinations, the preparation
of consolidated nancial statements, accounting for investments, branch accounting, segments
and interim reporting, foreign transactions, corporate reorganizations and liquidations, and
consignment transactions. Accounting for partnerships is also covered. Prerequisite: AC
326.
AC 431 Auditing I 3 hours
The purpose of this course is to help the student to understand the auditing part of the work
of the public accountant, and to help him/her apply the methods and procedures followed in
conducting an audit for a small or medium-sized concern. The procedures for the eective
auditing of cash, receivables, inventories, other assets, liabilities, and proprietorship are
studied with an above-average degree of care. The procedures to be followed in carrying
out detailed audit systems are also considered in the course. Prerequisite: AC 326.
AC 432 Auditing II 3 hours
An advanced study of auditing theory and practice, with emphasis given to the function of
detecting and preventing fraud. Prerequisites: AC 326 and AC 431 (lacking these prerequisites
may have a detrimental eect on your ability to obtain a passing grade in this class).
AC 451 CPA Review 3 hours
This is an elective course. Intensive practice in the application of accounting theory to problems
of the caliber contained in CPA examinations. Prerequisite: permission of the instructor.
Allied Health
AH 100 Introduction to Health Professions 2 hours
This course provides students with an overview of major health professions. The skills and
attributes required for each profession are explored, along with educational requirements and
employment outlook. The need for minority practitioners in health professions is emphasized.
AH 103 Introduction to Public Health 2 hours
This course is designed to enable students to develop an understanding and appreciation
for factors aecting health status and the personal and professional means by which they
might contribute to community health. All lectures examine applications to minority health
concerns, health objectives, and career opportunities with public health.
278
AH 230 Introduction to Dentistry 2 hours
This course is designed to give the student an understanding of dentistry and dental hygiene
as professions and to develop some basic and clinical skills. The course will give the students
basic knowledge in dental anatomy, morphology, and dentistry as a career. Laboratory
experience will include visits to local dentists’ oces and the School of Dentistry at Meharry
Medical College or UAB. Prerequisites: BI 131 and CH 141.
AH 300 Practicum in Occupational Therapy (Formerly AH 200) 3 hours
This course is designed to provide exposure to clinical occupational therapy at a local facility
and the student will obtain volunteer observation hours. The course also assists the student
in developing the specic skills required for submitting an application to the professional
school of his/her choice.
AH 310 Practicum in Physical Therapy (Formerly AH 310) 3 hours
This course is designed to provide exposure to clinical physical therapy at a local facility and
the student will obtain volunteer observation hours. The course also assists the student in
developing the specic skills required for submitting an application to the professional school
of his/her choice.
AH 320 Practicum in Physician Assistant (Formerly AH 220) 3 hours
This course is designed to provide exposure to clinical physician assistant at a local facility
and the student will obtain volunteer observation hours. The course also assists the student
in developing the specic skills required for submitting an application to the professional
school of his/her choice.
AH 350 Medical Terminology (W) 3 hours
The study of origins and usage of hundreds of the medical terms that must be mastered
by students in all health professions. The course covers and explains important prexes,
suxes, and word roots. Each system of the human body and its relevant medical terms
will be discussed. Sample case studies and hospital reports will be examined to rene the
usage of these medical terms. Prerequisites: BI 111-112 and EN 112
AH 400-401 Medical Technology Clinical Education hours may vary
Prerequisite: Completion of pre-professional clinical laboratory sciences.
AH 410 Critical Thinking in Health Care (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to develop and enhance critical thinking skills, which are vital to health
care professionals. Critical thinking models and strategies will be introduced in the context of
the current health care environment. Using a problem-based learning approach, the student
will analyze clinical, legislative, ethical and patient care issues, working independently and
in small groups. Prerequisites: Junior standing
AH 490 Research and Independent Study in Allied Health each 1-3 hours
An original investigation in Allied Health under the guidance of the faculty. Prerequisites:
senior standing and prior approval by department chair.
279
Art
AR 101 Basic Design I 3 hours
Basic Design is a study of the basic principles and elements of representational and
nonrepresentational design. Two-dimensional design is explored. The course emphasizes
understanding of line, color, shape, texture, and balance in two-dimensional spatial
relationships. Courses must be taken in sequence. Lab fee required.
AR 102 Basic Design II 3-3 hours
Basic Design is a study of the basic principles and elements of representational and
nonrepresentational design. Three-dimensional design is explored. The course emphasizes
understanding of line, color, shape, texture, and balance in three-dimensional spatial
relationships. Courses must be taken in sequence. Lab fee required.
AR 111 Fundamentals of Drawing 3 hours
The course explores the fundamentals of rendering based on the principles and elements
of design and spatial organization. Natural forms are approached to develop the powers of
observation, self-expression, and technical skills. Various black-and-white media are used.
Lab fee applies.
AR 121 Fundamentals of Painting 3 hours
This class focuses on the fundamentals of painting in oils and/or acrylics designed to develop
the proper use of equipment, media, and color in landscape, still-life, and gure subjects. Lab
fee required.
AR 201 Color Theory 3 hours
This course covers the basic elements of color concepts, but also provide an opportunity
for the more intuitive and practical applications of color in the making of art. The perceptual,
symbolic, an cultural signicances of color are explored and practiced. Color Theory is a
visual design course that continues to explore the design concepts introduced in AR 101,
Basic Design I and AR 102, Basic Design II.
AR 204 Page Layout and Design 3 hours
The study and use of lettering, type styles, graphics, page layout design and desktop
publishing are explored. The course is designed to study the advancement and renement
of graphic art techniques, with emphasis on the proper use of computer-aided (Macintosh)
desktop publishing systems, as they relate to visual design. (Previously Desktop Publishing
for Graphic Design)
AR 217 Art Appreciation 3 hours
Art Appreciation is a general survey of prehistory to contemporary art. By means of lectures,
Powerpoint, and video presentations. The course is designed to engender an appreciation
of visual expression and show how the art of cultures throughout the ages has shaped and
inuenced modern Western culture.
280
AR 231 Typography 3 hours
Through the use of lectures, demonstrations and studio work, students are introduced to the
art of typography. An emphasis is placed on the history of type, anatomy of font forms and
appropriate uses of prescribed typefaces. Hand rendering and digital media are used.
AR 235 Photoshop for Graphic Design 3 hours
This course is an introduction of Photoshop techniques for digital photo manipulation, photo
restoration, and original image design. Emphasis is placed on program operation, scanning
techniques, and equipment used for digital imaging for print, web, and electronic media. Lab
fee required. (Previously Photoshop).
AR 236 PhotoShop for Photography 3 hours
This course focuses on the tools photographers need to know for optimizing images,
sharpening, retouching, black and white conversion, directing the viewer’s eye, HDR,
panorama-stitching, and preparing images for media reproduction. Emphasis is placed on
print, poster, and electronic media use.
AR 241 Fundamentals of Digital Photography 3 hours
Students are introduced to digital photography through the use of the digital SLR and
photo quality printers to explore the technical and artistic issues involved in the process of
shooting and making digital prints. Topics covered include basic camera operations, data
management, visual design, and creative solutions to digital imaging problems and digital
darkroom techniques.(Previously Digital Photography) Lab fee required.
AR 242 Fundamentals of Film Photography 3 hours
This class oers the fundamentals of using the camera as an instrument of creative expression.
The course is a hands-on experience in camera handling, black-and-white negative and print
developing, contact printing, and enlargements. Special emphasis is placed on materials,
lighting, exposure, and photography as a mean of creative aesthetic self-expression. Students
must have a 35mm camera. Rentals are available. Lab fee required.
AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio Photography 3 hours
A survey of lighting techniques used in studio photography, ranging from portraiture and
still life, to photojournalist and commercial application. Class hours are devoted to lighting
demonstrations in the studio, lectures, and critiquing of assignments. Laboratory consists of
planning assignments, gathering props, shooting assignments, printing, and mounting for
class critiques. (Previously AR 374 Studio Photography). Lab fee required. Oered alternate
years. Prerequisite: AR 241
AR 262 History of Photography 3 hours
An in-depth examination and discussion of the history of photography (1840’s - present), with
specic emphasis on issues and ideas relative to contemporary image making.
281
AR 263 Art History I (Paleolithic - Gothic) 3 hours
A survey of visual art and architecture of Europe and the Near East, Africa and pre-Columbian
America from prehistory through the Gothic era. Attention is given to the essential role of art in
the religions and cultures of the world as well as on formal and aesthetic issues. Assignments
and examinations encourage students to think and write critically about art.
AR 264 Art History II (Renaissance - Modern) 3 hours
A survey of the arts in Western and non-Western societies from the Renaissance through
early 20th century. The relationships between art, politics, and social identity as well as formal
and aesthetic issues are explored as students develop their ability to thing and write critically
about art.
AR 311 Advanced Drawing I 3 hours
Students learn advanced development of competent graphic expression by drawing from
the model, with emphasis on line, mass, gesture, and structure. Students manipulate
various media and materials, developing an individual method and style. Lab fee required.
Prerequisite: AR 101 (for Art majors) and AR 111.
AR 312 Advanced Drawing II 3 hours
Students learn advanced development of competent graphic expression by drawing from
the model, with emphasis on line, mass, gesture, and structure. Students manipulate
various media and materials, developing an individual method and style. Lab fee required.
Prerequisite: AR 101 (for Art majors) and AR 111.
AR 321 Advanced Painting I 3 hours
The course oers a continued study in the advancement of personal style and skill through
the study of form and color in portrait and gure painting using oils and acrylics. Lab fee
required. Prerequisite: AR 101 (for Art majors) and AR 121.
AR 331 Graphic Design for Print Media 3 hours
An advanced study of computer-generated graphic art design and page layout with emphasis
on print-based publication, and corporate design. Projects give students practical experience
in graphic design and computer applications. Lab fee required. Prerequisites: AR 101 and
AR 204.
AR 332 Graphic Design for Web Media 3 hours
An advanced study of computer-generated graphic art design and page layout with emphasis
on web design concepts. Projects give students practical experience in graphic design and
computer applications. Lab fee required. Prerequisites: AR 101 and AR 204.
AR 341 Advanced Photography I 3 hours
The course explores advanced applications in digital photography, print production, and
enlargements with emphasis on personal expressions and creative use of photography in
282
illustration, ne art, and photojournalism. Individual experimentation is highly recommended.
Lab fee required. Oered alternate years. Prerequisite: AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio
Photography.
AR 342 Advanced Photography II 3 hours
To explore, understand, and demonstrate prociency and capability as a digital imaging
professional. This course will investigate current digital imaging software and its application
to contemporary photographically based work. An emphasis is placed on advanced skills in
Photoshop, and the development of an appreciation for digital imaging as a visual art form.
Lab fee required. Oered alternate years. Prerequisite: AR 341 Advanced Photography I.
AR 343 Portrait Photography 3 hours
Advanced techniques for photographing people for portraits and fashion. Emphasis will be on
developing and rening posing and lighting techniques in studio on a location shoot. Completed
assignments will be used to create a professional portfolio in both black-and-white and color.
Prerequisite: AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio Photography, for non-majors permission of the
Instructor.
AR 344 Commercial Photography 3 hours
A conceptually based course that will explore various avenues of commercial and product
photography. Topics studied will be lighting, historical, and contemporary style and
presentation. The emphasis is on idea-based imagery used in advertising, editorial and ne
art photography. Prerequisite: AR 243 Fundamentals of Studio Photography, for non-majors
permission of the Instructor.
AR 401-402 Practicum in Visual Media 1-3 hours
Student gains practical experience in commercial art, photography or photo journalism. The
student works under the cooperative direction of professionals and the art faculty. Student
becomes familiar with ongoing tasks and techniques in commercial art, photography, or
photo journalism concentration. Practicum of 10-12 hours each week is required. (Previously
Practicum in Art/Photography). Prerequisites: junior standing or consent of the instructor.
AR 403 Internship in Visual Media 1-3 hours
The student must work full-time in the commercial art, photography or photo journalism
industry and perform ongoing tasks and practices of professionals in the student’s area of
concentration. Student must apply to the employing organization and be accepted to work six
to eight weeks under the direction of a professional. (Previously Internship in Art/Photography).
Prerequisites: junior standing and consent of the instructor.
AR 405 Special Projects 3 hours
Course covers specic topic areas in art, graphic design, and photography based on student’s
area of special interest. Prerequisite: Permission of program director.
283
AR 412 Advanced Drawing II 3 hours
Students learn advanced development of competent graphic expression while producing a
perfected body of work for their portfolio and senior show. Students are encouraged to select
a topic that best reects their skills and interest. Students are required to express their ideas
through various media and materials, developing an individual method and style. Lab fee
required. Prerequisite: AR 311.
AR 422 Advanced Painting II 3 hours
The course oers a continued study in the advancement of personal style and skill through
the study of form and color in portrait and gure painting using oils and acrylics. Lab fee
required. Prerequisites: AR 101 (for Art majors) and AR 321.
AR 433 Graphic Design for Media III 3 hours
An advanced study of computer-generated art design concepts that combine techniques
learned in AR 341 and AR 342. Students are required to express their original ideas through
various design layout project while developing an individual method and style. Lab fee
required. Prerequisite: AR 331 or AR 332.
AR 434 Package Design 3 hours
An advanced study of graphic design with emphasis on advertising and package design
concepts with attention given to aesthetics, form, and utility. Projects give students practical
experience in package design while maintaining guidelines with commercial and government
regulations. Lab fee required. Prerequisite: AR 331 or AR 332.
AR 441 Advanced Photography III 3 hours
Students will have the opportunity to further develop their photographic expertise in one or
more of the following photography classications: architectural, banquet, postcards/marketing
publications, business portraits, ne arts, fashion, conventions/special events, or weddings.
Prerequisite: AR 342 Advanced Photography II.
AR 490 Research and Independent Study 1-3 hours
Individual research under the guidance of an instructor. Limited to senior Communication
Media majors. Prerequisite: Prior approval of department chair.
AR 497 Senior Seminar in Visual Media 1 hour
This nal semester class is designed to give the student an opportunity to present a body of
work in professional format to the viewing public, and help prepare graduating visual media
seniors for entrance into the workforce. Gallery presentation, resume, portfolio, and mock
interview are required. Lab fee required.
AR 498 Gallery Presentation 1 hour
A nal semester class designed for graduating visual media seniors to present a body of work
to the in a professional format to the viewing public. Lab fee required.
284
Business Administration (Management)
BA 105 Introduction to Business 3 hours
Introduction to Business oers an introduction to the principles and practices of business
and an overview of the functional areas. (Designed for non-business majors/minors and
prospective business teachers).
BA 250 Business Review 2 hours
A course designed for students who did not pass the Business Departmental Exam (Major
Field Test) required in their senior year. The course consists of a review of the major theories
and concepts for making sound business decisions. A variety of activities will be used to
reinforce these principles, and students will exhibit this understanding through case analysis,
completion of study guides, class discussions and written exams. The requirements of this
course may not be met by special examination. This course may not count toward a major
or minor in Business. Only students who have taken the Business Departmental Exit
Exam may register for BA 250.
BA 260 Business Statistics 3 hours
This is an introduction to the basic statistical concepts applied to economic and business
problems. Topics include: tabular, graphical, and numerical methods for descriptive statistics;
measures of central tendency, dispersion, and association for sets of data; probability;
discrete and continuous probability distributions; sampling and sampling distributions; an
introduction to condence intervals. The solution of problems using spreadsheets is integral
and mandatory for this course. Prerequisite: MA 101 or a semester high school pre-calculus
or trigonometry, or placement test.
BA 302 Business Communication (W) 3 hours
This course is a composite of theory, practices, and technologies essential to the development
and renement of written communication skills in business. Prerequisite: Completion of EN
111 and EN 112.
BA 310 Principles of Management 3 hours
This is an introductory course designed to familiarize students with the knowledge, roles,
responsibilities, and skills required of modern managers.
BA 371 Production/Operations Management 3 hours
Creative management of the production and operation function of the organization can lead
to competitive advantage. This course examines what production and operations managers
do, as well as investigates the latest tools and concepts they use to support key decisions.
Prerequisites: BA 310
BA 375 Business Law 3 hours
This course is designed to familiarize the student with the fundamental principles of the laws
of business so they act intelligently and understand their rights, duties, and inabilities in
285
ordinary business transactions. Contracts, bailment, sales, creditors’ rights and bankruptcy,
and agency and employment relationships are covered. Emphasis is given to the Uniform
Commercial Code.
BA 380 Employment Law 3 hours
This course introduces concepts, practice, research and theories in employee stang and
development. Specic course content areas include recruiting, selecting, training, and
development of individuals of employment in For-Prot and Non-Prot entities/institutions,
businesses and corporations, and organizations in general. Prerequisites: BA 383.
BA 383 Human Resource Management 3 hours
A study of the issues, trends, and problems involved in the strategic management of personnel
including recruitment, motivation, evaluation, compensation, and employee development.
BA 385
International Business 3 hours
A study of the international business environment, with emphasis on commercial policies and
treaties, export/import operations, government regulations aecting international business,
internal international business activities, and study of cultural issues. Prerequisites: EC 282,
EC 283, and BA 310
BA 390 Compensation Management 3 hours
This course introduces the components of employee compensation systems and how such
systems are utilized in organizations to attract, retain and motivate a competent employee
workforce. Study is given to value of compensation and reward systems as key contributors
to organizational eectiveness. Students will explore in coursework how to assess reward
systems in areas such as equity and cost eectiveness; assessment and diagnosis of
compensation management issues and problems, and the development of appropriate
solutions. Prerequisite: BA 383
BA 410 International Management 3 hours
This course is designed to familiarize students with dierent aspects of international business
and management practices in a global environment inclusive of, but limited to international
culture, ethical decision-making, human resources development, environmental politics,
managerial functions, and strategic planning. Prerequisite: BA 310
BA 415 Organizational Behavior 3 hours
People are the common denominator of all organizational endeavors, regardless of
organizational size or purpose. This course examines theory and research regarding the
behavior of individuals and groups in organizations. Topics include motivation, communication,
group dynamics and decision making, leadership, and organizational change. Prerequisites:
BA 310 and junior standing.
BA 460 Business Ethics 3 hours
Emphasis is placed on the ethical concepts that are relevant to resolving moral and legal
issues in business, the reasoning and analytical skills needed to apply ethical concepts to
286
business decisions, and the social and natural environments within which moral issues in
business arise. Prerequisites: BA 310
BA 487 Negotiations 3 hours
This course focuses on the problems and possibilities of eectively negotiating workable
agreements in organizational and interpersonal situations. Emphasis is placed on intellectual
understanding and practical skills in everyday business negotiations. Cases and exercises are
used to build skills in thinking strategically and analytically when negotiating organizational
problems. Prerequisites: BA 310
BA 488 Leadership and Organizational Change 3 hours
This course examines the knowledge and skills relevant to the development of appropriate
leadership behavior in various organizational contexts as well as eective inuence in
interpersonal relations. Prerequisites: BA 310
BA 490-491 Research and Independent Study 1-3 hours each
This course is designed to allow students to participate in supervised directed research on
practical organizational issues. Prerequisites: Consent of the department chair and senior
standing.
BA 492 Internship 3 hours each
A work experience program oered in cooperation with business and industry to provide on-
the-job training intended to link the theoretical concepts with practical application. Students
must apply and be approved through the department.. Prerequisite: junior standing.
BA 495 Business Policy and Strategy (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to develop an understanding of policy formation and strategic planning
as related to current business practices. Integration of business fundamentals (marketing,
nance, accounting, production, economics) into a balanced analysis of the whole business
system is emphasized. Prerequisite: EN 112. Open to seniors only.
Biology
BI 101, 102 The Life Sciences 3,3 hours
This course is designed for non-science majors. It is a basic study of biological principles
involving various plants and animals. A major objective is the presentation of the concept of
man in his biological background, as well as his environment and his responsibility to it.
BI 111-112 Human Anatomy and Physiology 3-3 hours
This course is designed for those not majoring in the biological sciences such as nursing and
allied health majors. It is a basic study of the structure and function of the human organism,
including the cells, tissues, organs, and organ systems. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in biology. Co-requisites: BI 111L-BI 112L.
287
BI 111L-112L Laboratory for Human Anatomy and Physiology 1-1 hour
Co-requisites: BI 111-BI 112.
BI 111H Human Anatomy and Physiology (Honor) 4 hours
This course is designed for those not majoring in the biological sciences such as nursing and
allied health majors. It is a basic study of the structure and function of the human organism,
including the cells, tissues, organs, and organ systems. Does not apply toward a major or
minor in biology. This Honors section will have additional requirements that may include
extra or expanded assignments, projects or modied assessments. Corequisite: BI 111L
(Laboratory).
BI 131-132 General Biology 3-3 hours
A study of the fundamentals of living organisms with emphasis on zoology and botany and
their biochemistry, physiology, genetics, systematics, behavior, and ecology. Review scientic
literature and relate to specic undergraduate courses covering concepts and their historical
perspectives including contributions of signicant gures and underrepresented groups. Co-
requisites: BI 131L-BI 132L.
BI 131L-132L Laboratory for General Biology 1-1 hour
Co-requisites: BI 131-BI 132.
BI 131H General Biology (Honors) 4 hours
A study of the fundamentals of living organisms with emphasis on zoology and botany and
their biochemistry, physiology, genetics, systematics, behavior, and ecology. Review scientic
literature and relate to specic undergraduate courses covering concepts and their historical
perspectives including contributions of signicant gures and underrepresented groups.
This Honors section will have additional requirements that may include extra or expanded
assignments, projects or modied assessments. Corequisite: BI 131L (Laboratory).
BI 201, 202 Principles of Environmental Science 3,3 hours
A course designed to study the applications of ecological principles to human activities from
a global perspective. Current class discussions deal with contemporary environmental
issues, maintaining a sustainable environment, and developing positive environmental
ethics. The laboratory period includes eld trips, guest speakers, lms, debates, and more
in-depth discussions of specic current issues. May be applied to general education science
requirement for non-science majors and to meet certain state education requirements.
BI 204 Introduction to Research 1 hour
This course is designed to provide the student with the opportunity to study various methods
and techniques related to and/or necessary for the development of a research protocol. The
student will prepare a research proposal, which will form the basis for his/her undergraduate
research. Directed study. Prerequisites: BI 132 and CH 142.
288
BI 215 Introductory Biostatistics 2 hours
This is an introductory course on probability theory and statistics. Special emphasis is given to
biological applications for sampling, tests of central tendency and dispersion, and experimental
design. Prerequisites: BI 132 and MA 171 or permission of instructor.
BI 221 Microbiology 3 hours
The nature of bacteria and disease-producing organisms with their habits and methods of
reproduction and the relationship of these organisms to disease in the human body are
studied. Three hours of laboratory are required each week. Does not apply toward a major
or minor in Biology. Co-requisites: BI 221L. Prerequisite: BI 112
BI 221L Laboratory for Microbiology 1 hour
Co-requisites: BI 221.
BI 222 Introduction to Bioinformatics 3 hours
This course introduces the student to the core principles and tools of bioinformatics, databases,
and alignment of sequences and structures. Two hours of laboratory are required each week.
Prerequisites: BI 132, and IS 120 or CM 210.
BI 230 Plant Biology 3 hours
A study of phylogeny, structure, reproduction, and photosynthesis, beginning with simple
unicellular and proceeding through various levels of complexity to the owering plant. Co-
requisite: BI 230L. Prerequisite: BI 132.
BI 230L Laboratory for Plant Biology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 230.
BI 235 Introduction to Cellular and Molecular Biology 3 hours
This is a study of subcellular structures as related to the metabolic and functional capabilities
of cells. The basic structures and properties of macromolecules will be studied. Prerequisite:
BI 132.
BI 241 General Microbiology 3 hours
A study of microorganisms as they aect our environment, their relationship to disease in
man, plants, and animals, microbial metabolism and genetics, symbiotic associations, and
the control of microorganisms where needed. Co-requisite: BI 2241L. Prerequisites: BI 132
and CH 142.
BI 241L Laboratory for General Microbiology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 241.
BI 250 Biology Review 2 hours
This course is designed to examine and analyze the core concepts in the biological sciences.
Students are encouraged to critically examine the biological processes, and the scientic
techniques used to deduce them. This will result in a clearer understanding of the theories of
289
origin of life, the topics in Cell and Molecular Biology, Genetics, Organismal Biology, Population
Biology, Ecology, and Research in Biology. Prerequisite: Two times failure in the Major Field
Test in Biology.
BI 316 Biological Instrumentation 2 hours
This course is intended to introduce students to a variety of laboratory instrument and
experimental techniques used in some classical experiments that played key roles in the
development of modern understanding of the eld of biological science. One hour lecture
and one hour laboratory demonstration per week. Prerequisites: BI 132 and CH 312.
BI 321 Genetics 3 hours
A study of principles of inheritance in all living organisms will be undertaken. Classical,
molecular, and non-Mendelian genetics will be studied. Co-requisite: BI 321L. Prerequisites:
BI 132, CH 312 or BI 241, CH 311.
BI 321L Laboratory for Genetics 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 321.
BI 323 Undergraduate Research 1 hour
Directed independent research in which topics will be chosen, discussed, and approved by
the instructor as proposed in Introduction to Research, BI 204. Prerequisites: BI 204.
BI 331 Histology 3 hours
The student will undertake the study of the microscopic anatomy of vertebrate tissues and
organs, including references to their functions. Co-requisite: BI 331L. Prerequisite: BI 132.
BI 331L Laboratory for Histology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 331.
BI 380 Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 3 hours
A study of the comparative anatomy of the chordates, with emphasis on the vertebrates.
Detailed dissections of the shark, necturus, and cat are made in the laboratory. Co-requisite:
BI 380L. Prerequisite: BI 132.
BI 380L Laboratory for Comparative Vertebrate Anatomy 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 380.
BI 388 Developmental Biology (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to explore developmental mechanisms of animals. Sea urchin, frog,
and chick embryos are used as model animals. Emphasis is on human prenatal development.
Topics covered include gametogenesis, fertilization, implantation, transcription factors
and gene regulation of developmental induction, and other mechanisms of body systems
development. Co-requisite: BI 338L. Prerequisite: BI 132 and BI 321.
290
BI 388L Laboratory for Developmental Biology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 388.
BI 403 Biology Seminar 1 hour
Oral and written reports on both historical and current biological work as found in the biological
literature. The instructor will assign topical readings and the student will be required to present
their reports. Prerequisites: BI 132 and senior standing or permission of the instructor.
BI 422, 423 General Physiology 3, 3 hours
This course is a study of the function, interaction, and regulation of the major organ systems
of the human body, with emphasis on biochemical and biophysical processes. Co-requisites:
BI 422L, BI 423L. Prerequisites: BI 132 and BI 331.
BI 422L, 423L Laboratory for General Physiology 1,1 hour
Co-requisites: BI 422, BI 423.
BI 425 General Ecology 3 hours
A study of the interrelationships between organisms and their environment will be undertaken.
Laboratories and eld trips are designed to introduce the student to techniques used in basic
ecological research. Co-requisite: BI 425L. Prerequisites: BI 132.
BI 425L Laboratory for General Ecology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 425.
BI 430 Philosophy of Science (W) 2 hours
A careful, critical study and discussion of both biblical and scientic evidence on origins.
Particular emphasis will be given to rational, philosophical, and theological insights as a basis
for arriving at a comprehensive understanding of the origins of all things. Prerequisites: EN
112, BI 132 and senior standing or permission of the instructor.
BI 440 Parasitology 3 hours
A study of the parasitic forms of protozoan, helminthes, and arthropods, their life cycles,
controls, and economical, social, and health signicance. This course will place emphasis
on the molecular mechanisms of parasitic invasion and host-parasite interactions. Oered
alternate years. Co-requisite: BI 440L. Prerequisite: BI 241.
BI 440L Laboratory for Parasitology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 440.
BI 451 Special Topics in Biology 2 hours
The instructor, on approval of the department chair, at the time of registration will specify the
special topics and prerequisites. Topics include, but are not limited to, contemporary issues
in basic biology and biomedical elds such as preventive oncology, neurobiology, plant
pathology, environmental pollution, gene therapy, and global ecology. Prerequisites: BI 132
and senior standing.
291
BI 455 Immunology 3 hours
This course is a study of the function of the immune system and its response to antigens,
allergens, and self-molecules. Both the humoral and cell-associated systems will be studied.
Co-requisite: BI 455L. Prerequisites: BI 241, BI 321, and CH 312.
BI 455L Laboratory for Immunology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 455.
BI 460 Cellular and Molecular Biology (W) 3 hours
This course entails a study of cell ultrastructure and physiology as related to the metabolic
and functional capabilities of cells. The structure and properties of macromolecules will be
studied. Co-requisite: BI 460L. Prerequisites: EN 112, BI 321 and CH 312.
BI 460L Laboratory for Cellular and Molecular Biology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 460.
BI 465 Principles of Pathology 3 hours
Principles of Pathology is designed to give the student a comprehensive overview of general
pathology, with attention given to the inammatory process or the host response to injury, at
the cellular and system levels. In this course students will become familiar with the language of
general pathology and procient in their knowledge and discussion of the various processes,
especially as they relate to the cardinal signs of inammation. Students will be able to discuss
in depth the regulation of the inammatory processes, and their impact on health and disease.
Co-requisite: BI 402L. Prerequisites: BI 321, BI 331, BI 422 or 423.
BI 471 Molecular Genetics 3 hours
A study of genetics at the molecular level, with emphasis on the interaction of genes, the
mechanisms of gene expression and their control, gene mutations and the modes of genetic
material repair. Genome mapping and methods of studying genomes will be scrutinized.
Three hours of laboratory are required each week. Co-requisite: BI 471L. Prerequisites: BI
321 and CH 312.
BI 465L Laboratory for Principles of Pathology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 465.
BI 471L Laboratory for Molecular Genetics 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 471.
BI 475-476 Principles of Neuroscience I-II 3-3 hours
` This course explores the cellular, molecular, genetics and functional aspects of the nervous
system. Topics covered include the brain and behavior; neural circuitry; action potential and
neurotransmitter release; perception including touch, pain, vision, hearing, taste, and smell;
locomotion; emotion and motivation; sleep; language and memory; disorders of mood and
anxiety; and brain repair. Co-requisites: BI 400L-401L. Prerequisites BI 321, BI 388, BI 422
or 423.
292
BI 475L-476L Laboratories for Principles of Neuroscience I-II 1-1 hour
Co-requisites BI 475-476.
BI 481-482 Human Gross Anatomy I-II 3-3 hours
Regional human anatomy with emphasis on cadaver dissection. Primarily for pre-medical and
pre-dental students. Human Gross Anatomy I covers the upper limb, thorax, and abdomen;
Human Gross Anatomy II covers the pelvis and perineum, lower limb, head and neck. It is
suggested that courses be taken in sequence. Exceptions will be made for dental students in
their last semester. Co-requisites: BI 481L-BI 482L. Prerequisites: BI 388 and either BI 331
or BI 380, senior status with GPA of 3.0 or better in the sciences, or permission of instructor.
BI 481L-482L Laboratory for Human Gross Anatomy I-II 1-1 hour
Co-requisites: BI 481-BI 482.
BI 484 Mycology 3 hours
The study of fungi—their morphology, physiology, social and economic importance—is un-
dertaken in this course. Three hours of laboratory are required each week. Co-requisite: BI
484L. Prerequisite: BI 241. Oered alternate years.
BI 484L Laboratory for Mycology 1 hour
Co-requisite: BI 484.
BI 490-491 Research and Independent Study 1-1 hour
The laboratory or eld project must be chosen following consultation with a faculty member
who will help the student in preparing the research protocol to be approved by the depart-
ment’s research committee. A minimum of six hours per week in laboratory or eldwork is
required. Approval of the research topic by both the instructor and the research committee
must be completed prior to registration for this course. Laboratory or eld performance, a
written report, and an oral presentation of the ndings to the entire faculty will determine course
grade. Prerequisites: BI 132, cumulative GPA of at least 3.00 in science and non-science
subjects, consent of the instructor, and approval of the research topic by the department’s
research committee at least one semester before research is initiated.
Broadcast Journalism
Principles and techniques for script writing for non-ction radio and TV productions are
explored. Besides simulated exercises, students also write a nal documentary script targeting
a community-based organization. (Previously CO 232). Prerequisites: EN, 112.
BJ 315 Media Literacy 3 hours
Media plays an important tole in our lives today. This course provides a critical understanding
of the nature and various approaches on how information is conveyed through the media. The
course provides an opportunity for students to think critically, analyze, interpret, deconstruct,
293
create, and evaluate media content from articles, photographs, video images, and the internet.
Students will discuss media literacy philosophies and its’ impact or challenge the Christian
worldview through these various contents. The students will have the opportunity to create
at least one media message for critical in-class discussion. Lab fee required.
BJ 342 Radio and TV Broadcasting 3 hours
This is a course designed to help the student acquire the skills that lead to competent
performance as a media announcer. Study is given to the speech techniques that are required
in preparation, announcing, and narration of various types of material. Prerequisites: CO
201 and junior standing. (Previously CO 342)
BJ 345 Fundamentals of News Production 3 hours
Students will learn the basics of producing content for news production. The content covers
the basic knowledge and production skills including interviewing, news writing, reporting,
editing and approaches used in collecting information. The focus will be on television news
but the techniques are applicable to all digital platforms. Lab fee required. Prerequisites: FT
146 and BJ 232.
BJ 362 Advanced News Production 3 hours
This course is designed to provide students with theory and organization of newscasts.
Students will write, shoot, report, produce, anchor and edit news stories while rotating
through dierent jobs, in the newsroom and studio operations. Students will produce several
newscasts during the semester along with a weekly news program for internet broadcast.
Editorial decision-making and production management will be emphasized. Lab fee required.
Prerequisite: BJ 345.
BJ 375 Investigative Journalism 3 hours
The course oers the student an opportunity to research, investigate, write and report a story
that has not been fully made aware to the public. Students get the opportunity to utilize the
elements of journalism, ethics, laws, and techniques. The course provides an opportunity for
students to develop the skills needed to investigate public concern, organizations, injustices,
and government. This course focuses on longer-term journalistic documentaries for broadcast.
Students also write a nal documentary script targeted for use by students enrolled in BJ
380 News Magazine Program as part of their productions. Lab fee required. Prerequisite:
BJ 362.
BJ 380 News Magazine Program 3 hours
Students will have the opportunity to develop and produce several news magazine stories
over the course of the semester. Emphasis will be placed on the production of completing the
20-30 minute documentary script, reporting, and storytelling. Students get the opportunity to
reinforce their skills to produce a journalistic video narrative. Lab fees required. Prerequisite:
BJ 375.
294
BJ 410 Broadcast Advertising 3 hours
In addition to acquiring an overview of how the advertising, broadcasting and media-buying
industries work in a synergic environment, students learn to write and produce eective
commercials for radio, TV, and the Internet. They also explore sales and marketing aspects
of the broadcast advertising industry. Each student simulates an advertising campaign which
includes at least three commercials/PSAs. Laboratory and lab fee are required. Oered
alternate years. (Previously CO 410) Prerequisite: CO 346.
Child Development
CD 101 Introduction to Child Development and Family Studies 1 hour
A survey of child development and family studies as a eld of study, its organizational
framework, growth and expansion, and present status; exploration of career opportunities
in child development, child life, and family life.(Formerly FS 101 Introduction to Family and
Consumer Sciences)
CD 210 Principles of Early Childhood Education 3 hours
A course designed to give the prospective teacher an understanding of the principles and
procedures employed in the organization, management, and supervision of an early childhood
education program. (Previously FS 210).
CD 231 Developing Creativity in Young Children 3 hours
Development of creativity and self-expression in children through stories, music, rhymes, play
activities, and creative media. One three-hour laboratory is required each week. (Previously
FS 231).
CD 302 Preschool Environments 3 hours
Examination of preschool programs in alternative environments, including criteria for physical
facilities, child health and safety, personnel and licensing, management of nances, and
current legislation. (Previously FS 302). Prerequisite: junior standing.
CD 305 Parent-Child Relations 3 hours
Current theories related to the eects of various parenting methods. Emphasis on designing a
learning environment within the home for the holistic development of the child. Prerequisite:
junior standing. (Previously FS 305).
CD 315 Literacy for Young Children 3 hours
This course is designed to deepen the students understanding as it relates to young children’s
literature. The course consists of module that allow the students to engage in learning
activities that will support their appreciation of children’s literature and the importance of
reading out loud to children. The students are required to develop instructional plans focusing
on children’s literature and how literature supports young children’s social, emotional, and
cognitive development.
295
CD 355 Human Development 3 hours
A study of the physical, mental, emotional, and social development of the individual from
conception through senescence, with particular emphasis on normal adaptation to change
and learning processes. Observation and laboratory are required. (Previously FS 355).
Prerequisite: junior standing.
CD 358 Infant and Toddler Development 3 hours
An in-depth study of infants and toddlers, with special emphasis on developing and setting
up creative programs for infants and toddlers. Observation and participation in infant and
toddler programs required. (Previously FS 358). Prerequisite: junior standing.
CD 403 Child Development Practicum 3 hours
Eective methods of working with children, impact of teacher behavior on the behavior of
the children, teacher-parent and teacher-teacher relationships. Two lectures and six hours of
observation and participation in a child development laboratory program are required each
week. (Previously FS 403).Prerequisites: CD 210, CD 231, CD 302, CD 355, and CD 358.
CD 404
Administration and Supervision of Preschools
3 hours
Eective methods for operating a Development Center are emphasized: essential planning
procedures, including curriculum, guidance, health protection, housing, equipment, food
service, budgeting, parent-sta relations , social services, and community relations. Six
hours of laboratory are required each week. (Previously FS 404). Prerequisite: FS 403.
CD 453 Senior Seminar for Child Development and Family Studies 1 hour
A study of professional organizations, meetings, and publications in all areas of human
development and family studies. Includes resume writing and job search. (Formerly FS 453
Senior Seminar for Human Development and Family Studies) Prerequisite: Senior standing
or permission of instructor.
CD 454 Internship in Child Development and Family Studies 3 hours
Organized opportunities for work experience in cooperative extension services and family
agencies. (Formerly FS 454 Internship in Human Development and Family Studies)
Prerequisite: senior standing or permission of instructor.
Chemistry
CH 100 Chemistry in Society 3 hours
This course is a non-mathematical study of chemical principles. Students are introduced to
the role of chemistry in society, how molecules are built, react, and aect our lives. Topics
will include current problems such as acid rain, global warming, and ozone depletion.
296
CH 101 Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry and Lab 3 hours
This course is a survey of the fundamental principles of inorganic chemistry. There are three
hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory each week. This course does not apply to a
major or minor in chemistry. Concurrent registration in lecture and lab is required.
CH 101H Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry and Lab (Honor) 3 hours
A survey of the fundamental principles of inorganic chemistry. Three hours of lecture and two
hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply to a major or minor in chemistry. This Honors
section will have additional requirements that may include extra or expanded assignments,
projects or modied assessments.
CH 102 Introduction to Organic and Biochemistry and Lab 3 hours
This course is a survey of fundamental principles of organic and biochemistry. There are
three hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory each week. This course does not apply to
a major or minor in chemistry. Prerequisite: CH 101 or equivalent. Concurrent registration in
lecture and lab is required.
CH 102H Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry and Lab (Honor) 3 hours
A survey of fundamental principles of organic and biochemistry. Three hours of lecture and two
hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply to a major or minor in chemistry. This Honors
section will have additional requirements that may include extra or expanded assignments,
projects or modied assessments. Prerequisite: CH 101 H. Must pass prerequisites with a
C (2.0) or better.
CH 105 Pregeneral Chemistry 3 hours
Pregeneral Chemistry is a survey of chemical calculations that are basic to an understanding
of general chemistry. This course is required of students who are not prepared to enter general
chemistry.
CH 141-142 General Chemistry and Lab 4-4 hours
General Chemistry is a survey of the fundamental laws and theories of chemistry, with special
emphasis on the working of problems and the relationship between atomic structure and the
chemistry of the elements. There are three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory
each week. Prerequisite: high school chemistry and high school precalculus. Co-requisite:
MA 121. Concurrent registration in lecture and lab is required.
CH 141H General Chemistry and Lab (Honor) 4 hours
A survey of the fundamental laws and theories of chemistry, with special emphasis on the
working of problems and the relationship between atomic structure and the chemistry of
the elements. Three hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. This Honors
section will have additional requirements that may include extra or expanded assignments,
projects or modied assessments. Prerequisites: high school chemistry and high school
precalculus. Corequisite: MA 121.
297
CH 211 Quantitative Analysis and Lab 4 hours
The fundamental principles of quantitative analysis using gravimetric, volumetric, and
spectrophotometric measurements are covered in this course. (previously Analytical Chemistry
and Lab) Prerequisite: CH 142
CH 230 Introduction to Dentistry 2 hours
This course is designed to give the student an understanding of dentistry and dental hygiene
as professions and to develop some basic and clinical skills. The course will give the students
basic knowledge in dental anatomy, morphology, and dentistry as a career. Laboratory
experience will include visits to local dentists’ oces and the School of Dentistry at Meharry
Medical College or UAB. Prerequisites: BI 131 and CH 141
CH 311-312 Organic Chemistry 3-3 hours
This course is a survey of organic chemistry, which includes a general treatment of the
mechanisms of organic reactions, resonance theory, the molecular orbital theory, the
physiochemical basis of synthetic reactions, and an introduction to spectroscopy. Prerequisite:
CH 142.
CH 311L-312L Laboratory for Organic Chemistry (W) 1-1 hour
The emphasis in this course is qualitative organic analysis.
CH 331 Nutritional Biochemistry 3 hours
Nutritional Biochemistry is a study of metabolism, macronutrition, vitamins, trace elements,
food additives, and processing. This course does not apply to a major in biochemistry.
Prerequisite: CH 312. Oered when required.
CH 341-342 Physical Chemistry 3-3 hours
This course is a study of the fundamentals of chemical thermodynamics, chemical kinetics,
and quantum mechanics. Prerequisites: CH 142, PH 104, and MA 172 or equivalent.
CH 341L-342L Laboratory for Physical Chemistry 1-1 hour
CH 350-351 Chemistry Seminar 1-1 hour
This course is designed to acquaint students with current research. Extramural research
experience is also discussed. This course is open to all students interested in research.
CH 401-402 Biochemistry 3-3 hours
The chemistry of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, intermediary metabolism is
emphasized in this course. Biochemistry is the study of the biology and chemistry of the
human body. It is the chemistry of life. It explains, for example, why and how muscles grow
during exercise and how the body uses carbohydrates to produce energy. Biochemistry seeks
to explain the rationale and reasons for chemotherapy, control of blood pressure, diabetes,
and cancer. Prerequisite: CH 312.
CH 401L-402L Laboratory for Biochemistry (W) 1-1 hour
298
CH 410 Applied Chemistry and Lab 4 hours
This course is a study of analytical instrumental techniques, with application to solving practical
chemical problems. Prerequisite: CH 312
CH 411 Instrumental Methods and Lab 4 hours
This course focuses on the basic theory of instrument design and parameter optimization in the
operation of scientic instrumentation, with application to thermal and electrical instrumentation
methods. Prerequisites: CH 211, and CH 312.
CH 421 Special Topics in Chemistry (W) 3 hours
Exact topics will be listed in the schedule. Topics may include quantum chemistry, instrumental
analysis, qualitative organic analysis, and biochemistry. Oered when required. Prerequisites:
EN 112, junior or senior standing.
CH 441 Inorganic Chemistry and Lab 4 hours
This course focuses on the molecular structures and properties of inorganic complexes and
compounds. It covers concepts in bonding, trends in periodic properties, molecular symmetry
and its relationship to spectra, solid-state, reaction mechanisms, coordination chemistry and
descriptive chemistry of selected elements. Prerequisite: CH 312.
CH 490-491-492 Research and Independent Study (W) each 1-3 hours
This course focuses on original investigations in chemistry or biochemistry under the guidance
of the faculty. Prerequisites: EN 112, and CH 142.
Computer Science
CM 108 Introduction to Computational Tools 3 hours
The primary goal for this course is to teach students to solve problems of scale using a variety
of computer tools. The course introduces STEM students to the fundamental principles of
programming for solving computational problems. Languages may include MATLAB, EXCEL,
and others as appropriate. Prerequisite: MA 108 College Algebra OR ACT/SAT score that
places student at MA 121 Precalculus Algebra level or higher.
CM 210 Computer Science I with C++ 3 hours
An introduction to computers and structured programming using the C++ programming
language. Topics will include problem-solving methods and algorithms, data types, loops,
arrays, functions, structures, character strings, pointers, operations on bits, les, and computer
network sockets programming. Program design and program styles will be emphasized.
CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++ 3 hours
A continuation of the study of data representation and algorithm design using C++. Principles
of good programming style and step wise renement will be emphasized. Topics will indicate
299
string processing, searching and sorting, recursion, and dynamic data structures, and computer
network sockets programming. Prerequisite: CM 210 Computer Science I with C++. Must
pass prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 340 Computer Logic Design 3 hours
Introduction to formal methods in design of computer logic circuits and systems, contemporary
design practices, and devices used in the synthesis of digital logic systems. Topics will include
combinational and sequential systems, gates, memory elements, registers, bus structure,
timing and control, arithmetic and logical unit, I/O units and computer network layering design.
Prerequisite: CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++. Must pass prerequisite
with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 350 Introductory Computer Architecture 3 hours
An introduction to the organization and structuring of major hardware components of digital
computers. Includes a study of the following topics: information transfers and transformations
which occur inside a computer; architecture-instruction sets; instruction formats; addressing
modes; register usage; organization computer units–ALU, CPU, memory; I/O hardware
description methodologies; and taxonomy of computer architectures. Studies of an assembly
language and network architecture will be the case studies of the course. Prerequisite: CM
340 Computer Logic Design. Must pass prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 352 Operating Systems I 3 hours
An introduction to operating systems. Examines interrelationships between operating systems
and computer hardware. Compares batch, real=time, and time-sharing operating systems.
Process management, CPU scheduling, memory management, I/O management, le system,
security, virtual memory and networking. Contemporary operating systems will be used as
examples. Prerequisite: CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++. Must pass
prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 353 Operating Systems II 3 hours
Continuation of CM 352. Introduces advanced topics in the design of operating systems,
networking, device management and le management techniques, scheduling algorithms,
security, and queuing theories. Comparison of existing operating systems for client-server.
Networking of operating systems will be a case study in the course. Prerequisite: Junior
standing.
CM 367 Programming Languages 3 hours
Organization of programming languages, especially routine behavior of programs; formal
study of programming language specication and analysis; study, comparison, and evaluation
of commercially available programming. BNF and syntax diagrams, grammars, program
constituents, scoping rules, precedence, binding, parameter passing, and compile-versus
interpretation. Prerequisite: CM 210 Computer Science I with C++. Must pass prerequisite
with a C (2.0) or better.
300
CM 370 Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming in Java 3 hours
This course is an introduction to the eld of Object-Oriented Programming. The Java
programming language will be used to implement the topics. Topics include classes,
subclasses, inheritance, and overriding. Prerequisite: CM 220 Computer Science II Data
Structures with C++. Must pass prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 381 Computer Networks 3 hours
This course will introduce data communication, base-band and broad-band local area
networks, logical link control, Internet protocol, broad case protocol, and distributed processing.
Prerequisite: CM 340 Computer Logic Design or CM 401 Discrete Structures. Must pass
prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better..
CM 401 Discrete Structures 3 hours
Mathematical basis for students of computer science. Propositional logic and proof, set theory,
algebraic structures, groups and semi groups, graph theory, lattices and Boolean algebra,
and nite elds. Prerequisite: CM 210 Computer Science I with C++. Must pass prerequisite
with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 402 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 hours
Topics studied include: Analysis tools-Turing and Markov algorithms, complexity measures,
computational techniques; bound analysis of algorithms. Algorithms for internal and external
searching/sorting. Network stack analysis. Optimality. Prerequisite: CM 220 Computer
Science II Data Structures with C++. Must pass prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 480 Selected Topics in Computer Science 3 hours
Students will study special topics of interest which are not normally included in their major
courses. Prerequisite: Approval of instructor.
CM 481 Advanced Computer Networking 3 hours
Students will study advanced computer networking topics. Topics include Networking Protocols
(RIP, IGRP, EIGRP, MPLS, and OSPF), Subnetting designs, LAN Switching and VLANS, and
Spanning Tree Protocol. Prerequisite: CM 381 Computer Networks. Must pass prerequisite
with a C (2.0) or better.
CM 490-491 Research and Independent Study (W) each 1-3 hours
Formulation and solution of a selected problem in computer science. In this course students
are required to demonstrate their ability to write, using standard English. Prerequisites: EN
112 and junior or senior status
Communication
CO 201 Fundamentals of Public Speaking 3 hours
This course is a study of the fundamental principles of oral communication and includes
eective application of these principles through classroom speeches and constructive criticism.
Lab fee required. Prerequisite: EN 111.
301
CO 211 Digital Media Writing (W) 3 hours
Basic instruction in writing techniques for print, PR, audio, video and the Web. Prerequisite:
EN 111 with minimum grade of C. (Previously Media Writing) Prerequisite: EN 111 with
minimum grade of C. Open to majors and non-majors.
CO 221 Introduction to Mass Communication 3 hours
A historical, social, economic and technological survey of mass communication models and
media. Prerequisite: EN 111 with minimum grade of C. Open to majors and non majors.
CO 231 Beginning Reporting (W) 3 hours
Instruction in information gathering and writing techniques for the various media. Prerequisites:
CO 221, EN 112 with minimum grade of C and IS 120 (or type 45 wpm), and passing score
on Communication Department Entrance Exam for Communication majors. Open to majors
and non-majors.
Principles and techniques for script writing for non-ction radio and TV productions are
explored. Besides simulated exercises, students also write a nal documentary script targeted
for use by students enrolled in CO 346 as part of their productions. Prerequisites: EN, 112,
CO 231; concurrent enrollment is acceptable.
CO 241 Principles and Practices of Public Relations 3 hours
This course will serve as an introductory course for those pursuing the major. This course will
provide an overview of public relations practices and exposure to several topics in the eld
of public relations, including history, law, ethics and the globalization of public relations. This
course oers a comprehensive understanding of public relations’ role in organizations and
society; how public relations has developed as a discipline; and the modern roles of public
relations in organizations and society. Prerequisite: CO 221.
CO 242 Mass Communication and Society 3 hours
This class provides an analysis of the relationships between mass communication and
society, including institutional functions and socioeconomic, structural-cultural, and other
factors aecting mass communication processes. Oered alternate years. Prerequisite: CO
221.
Students learn advanced principles and skills in public speaking including analysis of issues,
persuasive argumentation, computer assisted/aided presentations, team presentations,
and special occasion speaking. Particularly useful for students in elds such as business,
behavioral sciences, pre-law, education, and theology or students interested in becoming
leaders in any area. Lab fee required. Prerequisite: CO 201 or permission of instructor.
CO 310 Advanced Reporting (W) 3 hours
In this course, students become reporters and designers for their own individual news
publications. They produce their work on the Department of Communication Mac Lab or
302
the Converged Newsroom. Extensive interviewing, eld reporting and writing prociency
is required in this W-designated course. Prerequisites: EN 112, CO 231, AR 204 with a
minimum grade of C and passing score on Communication Department Entrance Exam for
Communication majors. Open to majors and non-majors.
CO 311 Principles of Advertising 3 hours
Principles of Advertising is an institutional and functional study of persuasion, consumer
motivation and behavior, and application of the principles of advertising to electronic
media. Students prepare a media campaign for a product or service in a simulated market
environment. Prerequisite: CO 221.
CO 315 Mass Media Law 3 hours
This course is an overview of legal aspects of the media and First Amendment issues, with
emphasis on libel, privacy and intrusion, copyright, FCC laws, advertising, and marketing.
Prerequisite: CO 221 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
CO 316 Mass Communication Ethics (W) 3 hours
This course will encompass case studies of media practices, oering students a panoramic
view from the historical to the contemporary. They will produce original case studies in turn.
Philosophy, theories in ethics, Christian integrity and standards are deliberately interwoven
to lead from academics to solid, professional choices. Writing prociency is required in this
W-designated course. Prerequisites: EN 112, CO 231 with minimum grade of C and passing
score on Communication Department Entrance Exam for Communication majors.
CO 320 Voice and Diction 3 hours
Voice and Diction trains for improvement in the use of the speaking voice. Attention is focused
on range, exibility, clarity of articulation, and standards of pronunciation, with individual help
in the correction of faulty speech habits. Prerequisite: CO 201.
CO 325 Interpersonal Communication 3 hours
This course is a study of interpersonal communication skills such as listening, conict
management, and nonverbal communication. Practical applications of skills are emphasized.
Prerequisite: CO 201.
CO 330 Communication Theory (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to provide students with an introduction to general theoretical
perspectives and related theories in the eld of communication. Students will gain a rm
understanding of how theory helps us to understand communication phenomenon and will
develop further skills in evaluating theories, as well as applying abstract theoretical concepts to
their own lives and research. Prerequisites: EN 112, CO 201 and junior status or permission
of the instructor.
CO 331 Public Relations Planning and Case Studies 3 hours
Examines public relations strategic planning process through the analysis of case studies.
Addresses strategic communication planning issues in media relations, crisis communications,
303
ethics, creative planning, research, and evaluation, using real-world situations and clients.
Promotes learning individually and in teams. Provides an understanding of the concepts of
project coordination, strategic planning, and strategic vision within event coordination. Helps
students create, develop, manage, execute, and evaluate an event from a public-relations
approach. Prerequisites: CO 241 and CO 395
CO 332 Writing for Public Relations (W) 3 hours
Develops skills in persuasive writing for institutional or individual clients. Provides a hands-
on experience in learning to develop and utilize public relations writing tools for corporate,
non-prot, government, and public relations organizations. Covers writing for the media,
designing and writing corporate literature, and working with the public on behalf of a business
or individual as it relates to public relations. Laboratory is required. Prerequisites: EN 112,
CO 221 and AR 204 (for communication majors and minors).
CO 333 Magazine and Feature Writing (W) 3 hours
Preparation of feature stories and articles. Students market work by submission to various
publications--student and professional, print and Web. (Previously Feature Writing)
Prerequisites: EN 112, CO 231 with minimum grade of C and passing score on Communication
Department Entrance Exam for Communication majors. Open to majors and non-majors
CO 345 Small Group Communication 3 hours
In this hands-on, practical class, students learn theories and principles of communicating in
small groups. In addition to becoming familiar with research in the area, students actually
experience working with others, producing the ability to function more eectively, comfortably,
and competently within such units. Prerequisite: CO 201.
CO 356 Social Media and Digital Strategy 3 hours
A course analyzing public relations campaigns, solving/preventing problems, utilizing theories
and public relations strategy. Throughout the course students write press releases, learn
the research process for PR campaigns, address internal and external audiences, devise
strategies for guidance of executive leadership, and learn eective guidance of public
opinion with integrity. The course incorporates use of pertinent media tools and role-playing
presentations among other approaches to eective instruction. Prerequisites: CO 241 and
CO 330.
CO 371 Public Relations Management 3 hours
Public Relations Management is the capstone course for the public relations major, you
will be challenged to think, work, and produce written work that would rival that of full-time,
experienced PR professionals. Thus, the central goal for this course is for you to become a
valuable and valued strategic public relations counselor for any organization. In this course
you will adopt the persona (as best you can) of an organizational leader or executive in
charge of communications (public relations and perhaps advertising) and look at the work
world of communications through that perspective. To meet the course’s primary objective,
we will work on four key areas: strategic planning, professionalism, leadership principles and
operations management. Prerequisite: CO241, CO330, CO356, CO331, CO332
304
CO 373 Working With the Media in Public Relations 3 hours
Practical study and experience in successful strategies for agencies, organizations, businesses,
ministries and mission organizations as they pursue balanced media coverage and respond
to requests for interviews, data or other questions aimed at publication or broadcast on
various deadlines. Ethics of media relations practice from a Christian world-view are applied
to the media marketplace through discussion and project-driven experience. The course will
provide students with the media tools and grasp of marketing-related media theory needed
for eective digital communications in businesses and organizations. Course content will
cover the basic social media platforms and their uses from an organizational standpoint. Upon
completion, students will be equipped to crate digital communication strategies, understanding
the platforms and tools available along with method to measure eectiveness for a variety of
audiences. Prerequisites: CO 241 and CO 332.
CO 395 Communication Research Methods 3 hours
Communication Research is an introductory course that prepares students to be competent
consumers and amateur producers of research. The course introduces students to a range
of research methods (qualitative and quantitative) employed in social sciences in general and
communication studies in particular. It also provides students with the knowledge base and
practical experience to pursue more advanced studies in research methods. Prerequisites:
CO 201, grade of ‘C’ or above in MA 101 or equivalent. Laboratory is required.
CO 401-402 Practicum in Communication each 1-3 hours
Students gain practical experience in journalism, communication arts, public relations,
audio/video production or photojournalism. Students work under the cooperative direction
of professionals and the communication faculty and become familiar with the ongoing tasks
and routines required in their areas of concentration. Practicum of 10 to 12 hours each week
is required. Prerequisites: adequate background and consent of the instructors.
CO 403 Internship in Communication 1-3 hours
Students must work full-time and perform ongoing tasks and practices of professionals in
the student’s area of concentration. Students must apply to the employing organization and
be accepted to work six to eight weeks under the direction of a professional. Prerequisites:
adequate background, junior standing, and consent of the instructor.
CO 410 Broadcast Advertising 3 hours
In addition to acquiring an overview of how the advertising, broadcasting and media-buying
industries work in a synergic environment, students learn to write and produce eective
commercials for radio, TV, and the Internet. They also explore sales and marketing aspects
of the broadcast advertising industry. Each student simulates an advertising campaign which
includes at least three commercials/PSAs. Laboratory and lab fee are required. Oered
alternate years. Prerequisite: CO 346
.
305
CO 415 Organizational Communication 3 hours
This course helps students to understand and analyze organizations and gives them practice
in the skills of communicating within and for an organization. Prerequisite: CO 201.
CO 421 Persuasion 3 hours
The primary goal of this course is to provide students with a solid grounding in theories,
principles, and strategies of social inuence as they apply to everyday contexts in which
inuence attempts take place. Students should gain familiarity with ndings from empirical
investigations on persuasion, social inuence, and compliance-gaining, and will learn about
strategies and techniques of persuasion relating to a wide variety of real-life communication
contexts, situations, and settings. Students will also develop a better understanding of the
many ways that persuasion theories and skills can be used as a tool for civic and political
engagement. Prerequisites: CO 201 and junior standing or permission of instructor.
CO 425 Intercultural Communication (W) 3 hours
In this course, students examine the relationship between culture and communication and
the ways culture inuences values, perceptions and behaviors. Discussion and activities
help students to develop analytic and communication skills which enable them to interact
with cultural sensitivity and communicate more eectively in intercultural, interracial and
interethnic contexts. Particularly useful for students in elds such as business, behavioral
sciences, pre-law, education and theology. Prerequisite: EN 112 and CO 201.
CO 435 Editing (W) 3 hours
Techniques of journalistic editing for print and digital media are presented, including industry
standards and practices. This course also builds skills for use in the converged media
environment, for publication in multiple formats. Students must master line editing for accurate
copy, and conduct news analysis over a range of contemporary ethical, legal, social, political
and religious issues. Writing prociency is required in this W-designated course. Prerequisites:
EN 112, CO 231 with minimum grade of C and passing score on Communication Department
Entrance Exam for Communication majors.
CO 477 Senior Seminar 1 hour
This nal semester class is designed to help prepare graduating seniors for entrance into the
workforce. Resume, portfolio, and mock interview are required.
CO 490 Research and Independent Study 1-3 hours
This class provides individual research under the guidance of an instructor. Limited to senior
Communication or Communication Media majors. Prerequisite: Approval of department
chair.
306
Economics
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics 3 hours
An analysis of the basic concepts which describe how individuals choose what to consume
and how entrepreneurs choose what to produce. The pricing mechanism and the determination
of output level in the various market structures.
EC 283 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 hours
An analysis of the basic concepts of the national income, including such various components
as consumption, investment, government expenditures, and the export-import sector. An
introduction to the general theories of ination, growth, and employment.
Education
ED 130 Orientation to Teaching (W) 2 hours
An introductory course that includes an overview of the American school system and the
preparation and qualities essential for successful teaching in public and private schools.
Students will engage in classroom observation and participation in public school classrooms.
Prerequisite for admission to teacher education and EN 112.
ED 200 Educational Psychology (W) 3 hours
A study of the nature of teaching and learning, which addresses the fundamentals involved
in the expected developmental progression of the learning process. The course focuses
on ways in which psychological knowledge is applied to teaching at each domain (physical,
social, emotional, and cognitive) as individual characteristics that inuence instructional
decisions. Additionally, it includes an investigation of theories of learning and motivation and
their instructional applications in educational settings. Prerequisites: EN 112, PY 101 or SO
101, and ED 130.
ED 240 Principles of Teaching P-12 2 hours
A course designed to give the prospective teacher an understanding of the principles and
procedures of teaching. Opportunity is provided for observing, assisting, and instructing in
laboratory classroom activities, including required experiences in a multigrade classroom.
Prerequisite: ED 130
ED 250 Fundamentals of Christian Education 2 hours
A study of the fundamental principles, concepts, and aims of Christian education. Prerequisite:
EN 112.
ED 254 History, Philosophy, and Foundations of Education (W)
2 hours
A study of historical, philosophical, and sociological foundations of education. Special
emphasis will be placed on ways of addressing the challenges posed by the cultural diversity
in American schools. Prerequisites: EN 112 and ED 130.
307
ED 275 Instructional Technology 3 hours
A course designed to provide the prospective teacher with a functional knowledge of the
computer and how to infuse technology in the classroom. It also encompasses a variety of
current technologies and media applications for specic instructional designs in curriculum
development and classroom presentations as well as the evaluation, selection, and use of
technological materials and equipment. Additionally, a working knowledge of programming
and software applications, such as word processing, spreadsheets, database, and PowerPoint
is included. Prerequisite: one unit of high school typing.
ED 300 Classroom Organization and Management 3 hours
Analysis and implementation of eective classroom organization in self-contained, nongraded
and multigraded settings. Strategies for eective discipline, exible grouping patterns, and
healthy classroom climate are investigated. Prerequisites: ED 130 and 240 and admission
to teacher education.
ED 311-318 Methods and Materials of Teaching: K-8
A series of courses in methods and materials used in teaching subject matter to elementary
students. Emphasis is placed on technology infusion as well as planning and implementing unit
activities in simulated and eld experiences. Prerequisites: ED 200 and 240 and admission
to teacher education.
ED 311 Methods in Teaching Science and Health: K-8 3 hours
ED 312 Methods in Teaching Music: K-8 3 hours
ED 313 Methods in Teaching Language Arts
and Children’s Literature: K-8 3 hours
ED 315 Methods in Teaching Mathematics: K-8 3 hours
ED 316 Methods in Teaching Art: K-8 3 hours
ED 318 Methods in Teaching Social Studies and Bible: K-8 3 hours
ED 331-338 Methods and Materials of Teaching
in the Secondary Schools
A series of courses in methods and materials used in teaching subject matter to students in
the high school and intermediate grades. Emphasis is placed on planning and implementing
specic learning activities in simulated and clinical settings. Prerequisite: ED 240, 300 and
admission to teacher education.
ED 331 Methods in Teaching Bible in the Secondary School 2 hours
ED 332 Methods in Teaching Language Arts in the Secondary School 3 hours
308
ED 333 Methods in Teaching Social Studies in the Secondary School 2 hours
ED 334 Methods in Teaching Mathematics in the Secondary School 2 hours
ED 335 Methods in Teaching Science in the Secondary School 2 hours
ED 340 Methods in Teaching Secondary Reading 3 hours
A content area reading course designed to acquaint the pre-service teacher with reading and
study strategies needed to address content assignments with understanding. Prerequisite:
admission to teacher education.
ED 341 Foundations of Reading 3 hours
A course designed to examine the current trends and strategies used in teaching reading.
Students are required to develop teacher -made materials and participate in teaching children
to read as part of the eld practicum activities. Prerequisite: ED 240.
ED 342 Reading Diagnosis and Remediation 3 hours
This course investigates current practices, trends, techniques, and materials for diagnosis
and remediation of reading diculties. Prerequisite: ED 341.
ED 350 Introduction to Special Education (W) 3 hours
This course acquaints prospective teachers and professional workers with the characteristics
and problems of exceptional children and youth, including: the mentally retarded and advanced;
the emotionally maladjusted; and those having visual, hearing, speech, or other physical
handicaps. Prerequisites: EN 112 and ED 130
ED 370 Educational Tests and Measurement 3 hours
A course designed to provide functional knowledge of the meaning, use, and operation of
tests and measurements in education. Use of measurement procedures in collecting data and
applying appropriate statistical procedures in interpreting the results is presented. The role
of evaluation in classroom instruction, the development of standardized tests, teacher-made
tests, and other types of tests, as well as the grading system, are studied. Prerequisites: ED
200 and ED 240.
ED 400 Praxis II 1 hour
This course will provide teacher candidates systematic and meaningful assistance in their
preparation for the Praxis II examination.
ED 420/430/440 Internship (420-Elementary; 430-Secondary; 440-P-12) 11-12 hours
This course is oered each semester in cooperation with selected area schools. The student
teacher will be assigned to a cooperating teacher at the beginning of the semester and will
be expected to spend a minimum of 16 weeks full-time internship in the area school. Student
teachers are expected to provide their own transportation to their teaching centers and to
follow the school calendars where they are assigned. University transportation is provided for
a fee. The course requires weekly attendance at the student teaching seminars. Application
309
to student teaching should be made during the spring semester prior to the beginning of the
academic year in which student teaching is planned. Prerequisite: must pass the English
Prociency exam; senior standing.
ED 490 Research and Independent Study 1-3 hours
A major research project which contributes to the knowledge base of the eld of education.
The project is tailored to the student’s area of professional interest. Prerequisite: admission
to teacher education and permission of the department chair.
Engineering
EG 108 Introduction to Computational Tools 3 hours
The primary goal for this course is to teach students to solve problems of scale using a variety
of computer tools. The course introduces STEM students to the fundamental principles of
programming for solving computational problems. Languages may include MATLAB, EXCEL,
and others as appropriate. Prerequisite: MA 108 College Algebra OR ACT/SAT score that
places student at MA 121 Precalculus Algebra level or higher.
EG 201 Introduction to Engineering 2 hours
Introduces the profession of engineering and its various disciplines. Reviews selected
mathematical concepts in Algebra, Plane Geometry ,and Trigonometry and applies them to
solving selected engineering problems using graphical techniques. Includes engineering
units/standards/scales of measure and design concepts. Introduces the organization and
construction of freehand drawings/sketches. Students will learn how to analyze, formulate,
and solve selected engineering problems. (Formerly EG 111 Introduction to Engineering).
Prerequisites: MA 121 Precalculus Algebra or by placement. Must pass prerequisite with a
C (2.0) or better.
EG 211 Statics 3 hours
The study of physical systems that remain at rest under the action of a set of forces. Topics
include: forces, resultant forces, moments, couples, equivalent systems, rigid body equilibrium,
2-D and 3-D force bodies, distributed loads, trusses, frames, machines, shear and bending
moment diagrams, static and kinematic friction, wedges, belt friction, and moments of inertia.
Prerequisite: MA 271 Calculus III and PH 121 General Physics with Calculus. Must pass
prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better.
EG 212 Engineering Graphics I with AutoCAD 3 hours
Encompasses the eld of engineering design graphics and its application to the design
process. Designed to develop a student’s imagination and to devise methods of creating
innovative solutions. Major course content includes: design and creativity, computer graphics,
engineering drawing, descriptive geometry, and problem solving using two-dimensional
computer graphics by AutoCAD. Assignments will emphasize design techniques. (Formerly
EG 112 Engineering Graphics).
310
This course aims at fully readying student for the AutoCAD User Certication exam. Students
will explore essential techniques used in computer-aided design (CAD), including complex
plotting, external reference and image les, and customization. This course is part 2 of the
AutoCAD sequence and will build upon concepts and add new concepts in 2D drawing and
3D modeling essential to the AutoCAD User Certication exam. At the end of this course,
students can take the AutoCAD User Certication Exam. Once certied, students will be
qualied for an entry level AutoCAD job assignment. Prerequisite: EG 212 Engineering
Graphics I with AutoCAD (formerly EG 112). Must pass prerequisite with a C (2.0) or better.
EG 396 Engineering Elective 1-3 hours
The course is an approved transferring engineering elective.
EG 397 Engineering Elective 1-3 hours
The course is an approved transferring engineering elective.
EG 398 Engineering Elective 1-3 hours
The course is an approved transferring engineering elective.
EG 399 Engineering Elective 1-3 hours
The course is an approved transferring engineering elective.
EG 490 Research and Independent Study (W) 1-3 hours
An independent study or an original investigation in engineering by the student under the
guidance of the faculty. Topics covered will be based on current real-world engineering
problems. In this course students are required to demonstrate their ability to write, using
standard English. Prerequisites: EN 112 and junior standing. MA 305 Applied Mathematics
with Technical Writing or by permssion of instructor.
English
EN 090-091 English as a Second Language 2-2 hours
This course provides study of and practice of English in its written form for students whose
rst language is not English. Laboratory is required. (Not counted in hours required for
graduation).
EN 099 College Reading Strategies 2 hours
This course is designed to help students achieve success in reading purposefully, skillfully,
and critically and thereby gain condence in their ability to meet the demands of university, the
workplace, and our information -lled society. Students will practice active reading strategies
to develop comprehension, vocabulary, and concentration. (Not counted in hours required
for graduation).
311
EN 111-L Freshman Composition I with Lab 3 hours
Freshman Composition is a study of rhetoric designed to teach students eective writing
reading, speaking, and listening. In Freshman Composition 111L, emphasis is placed on
expository and argumentative writing. Bi-weekly labs are required for this course.
EN 111-112 Freshman Composition I with Lab, II 3-3 hours
Freshman Composition is a study of rhetoric designed to teach students eective writing
reading, speaking, and listening. In Freshman Composition 111L, emphasis is placed on
expository and argumentative writing. EN 111L is required of all beginning freshmen during
their rst semester if the ACT enhanced English score is below 16 or the SAT English score
is below 410. Bi-weekly laboratories are required for this course. In EN 112, students are
introduced to writing about literature, methods of research using the library, the Internet,
and digital resources, and to writing a research paper. A nal essay is given at the end of
semester in EN 111. The required research paper for EN 112 must receive at least a C+ (77).
The requirements for EN 112 may not be met by CLEP.
EN 111-112 Freshman Composition I, II 3-3 hours
This course is a study of rhetoric designed to teach students eective writing, reading,
speaking, and listening. In EN 111, emphasis is placed on critical thinking, and close study is
given to expository and argumentative writing. In EN 112, students are introduced to writing
about literature, methods of research using the library, the Internet, and digital resources,
and to writing a research paper. A nal essay is given at the end of semester in EN 111. The
required research paper for EN 112 must receive at least a C+ (77). The requirements for
EN 112 may not be met by CLEP.
EN 201 World Literature 3 hours
A survey of selected world masterpieces of literature–some in translation. Emphasis is placed
on the ancient, medieval, and Renaissance periods. Prerequisite: EN 112.
EN 203 Introduction to English Scholarship 2 hours
An intense introduction to making scholarly inquiries within the discipline of English. The course
explores modes of thought and writing used in the discipline; investigative and interpretive
options; research procedures and tools (including electronic forms); key points of literary
history, and the writing of professional papers. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or better.
A course designed for college students to increase their rate of comprehension. Speed drill,
vocabulary, and comprehension exercises are covered.
EN 205 Genre Studies 3 hours
An introduction to major literary genres to prepare students for intense study in literary forms
in upper division courses. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or better.
312
EN 213 Survey of British Literature 3 hours
A study of British Literature from its origins to the Middle Ages to the twenty-rst century..
Prerequisite: EN 112.
EN 214 TESOL: Theory and Culture 3 hours
An exploration of the theories, methods and approaches for English as a second language.
The course provides an overview of the historic and sociocultural issues surrounding the
politics of education language minority students. Prerequisites: EN 112 and EN 203 or
permission of the instructor.
EN 215 TESOL: Practices and Materials 3 hours
An overview of second language (ELL2) methods and materials that frame the teaching
and learning of ELL2 literacy skills with focus on theory and practice related to the four key
elements of language literacy--reading, writing, vocabulary, and grammar. Prerequisites:
EN 112 and EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
EN 220 Writers at Work (W) 3 hours
A workshop focusing on the craft of writing as art and business. Attention is given to writing
as a career option. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or better.
EN 221 Literature of African Peoples 3 hours
This course introduces students to the literature of sub-Saharan Africans, African Americans
and West Indians. Prerequisite: EN 112.
EN 250 English Fundamentals 2 hours
The basic mechanics of sentence and paragraph structure will be reviewed until the student can
demonstrate the ability to write in acceptable standard American English. The requirements
of this course may not be met by special examination.
passed by two English professors is required for passing the course. This course may
not count toward a major or minor in English.
EN 300 Introduction to Performance Studies Literature 3 hours
This course provides a literature and cultural survey of the interdisciplinary eld of performance
studies and an examination dierent forms performance and exploration of how performance
shapes an understanding of everyday life. This course has a major writing component.
Prerequisite: EN 112; EN 203 and/or EN 222
EN 303 Survey of American Literature (W) 3 hours
A study of major American poets and prose writers and main currents of thought to which
they contributed. Prerequisite: EN 112.
EN 304 Advanced Composition (W) 3 hours
An intensive study designed to develop the writing skills of students through advanced
rhetorical strategies. Prerequisites: EN 112, junior standing, and completion of at least one
of the literature requirements: EN 201, EN 213, EN 303 or by permission of the instructor.
313
EN 305 Biblical Literature (W) 3 hours
A study of selected books from the Old and New Testaments, with emphasis on their literary
value and with consideration of the place of the Bible in world literature. Prerequisite: EN
112.
EN 311 Theory and Practice in Literary Criticism (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to provide students with common concepts and theorists relevant to
literary criticism, in general, and, in particular, those concepts and theories relevant to African
American literature. Prerequisite: EN 112.
EN 313 African-American Literature (W) 3 hours
A study of the literature of Americans of African descent-from the oral tradition through
contemporary genres. Prerequisite: EN 112.
EN 323 Twentieth Century American Literature (W) 3 hours
An introduction to major American writers of the twentieth century, with emphasis on modernism
and post-modernism, and their implication for Christian morality. Prerequisites: junior
standing and at least one of the following: EN 112, EN 213 (previously EN 211 and 212), EN
303 (previously EN 301 and EN 302)
EN 324 Twentieth Century British Literature (W) 3 hours
An introduction to major British writers of the twentieth century, with emphasis on the impact
of the politics of social change on the literature of the period. Prerequisites: junior standing
and at least one of the following--EN 112, EN 213, EN 303 .
EN 325 U.S. Ethnic Literatures (W) 3 hours
A comparative study of texts of the twentieth and twenty-rst centuries which represent at
least four ethnic groups of the United States. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or better and
EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
EN 326 Women’s Literature 3 hours
A study of a cross-cultural selections of women’s literature from historical, social, and literary
perspectives. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or better.
EN 330 Special Topics in Writing: Poetry (W) 3 hours
A workshop designed to explore specic styles in poetry. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or
better and EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
EN 331 Special Topics in Writing: Fiction (W) 3 hours
A workshop designed to explore specic styles in ction. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or
better and EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
A workshop designed to explore specic styles in creative non-ction. Prerequisites: EN
112 with a C or better and EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
314
EN 333 Special Topics in Writing: Playwriting (W) 3 hours
A workshop designed to explore specic styles in drama. Prerequisites: EN 112 with a C or
better and EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
EN 334 Special Topics in Writing: Technical Writing (W) 3 hours
A workshop designed to explore specic styles in technical writing. Prerequisites: EN 112
with a C or better and EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
EN 341 Professional Writing (W) 3 hours
A course designed to meet the demands of writing in industry. Students write reports,
proposals, memoranda, and more with emphasis on organization and clarity. Prerequisites:
EN 112 and junior standing.
EN 351 Creative Writing 3 hours
Designed to meet the needs of those interested in developing skills in creative writing, ction,
nonction, and poetry. Prerequisites: EN 112 and junior standing.
EN 353 Fundamentals of Play Directing 3 hours
Theories of direction and production. Producing and directing a one-act play or one act from
a longer play for public performance. Prerequisite: CO 201.
EN 355 Creative Drama 3 hours
Study of and practice in developing drama-based activities for non-performance purpose
usually educational, therapeutic. Note: This is not a performative drama course. Prerequisite:
CO 201.
EN 370 Literature of Film 3 hours
A survey of diverse literary texts as seen through their cinematic adaptations. Discussion
of selected novels, stories and plays in relation to the lm versions of the same works will
generate appreciation of the dierences involved in the transposition to lm. Prerequisites:
EN 112 and junior standing.
EN 401 Writing Studies (W) 3 hours
This course oers exploration of the history of rhetoric and introduction to the theories of
writing and major contributors in the eld of Writing Studies. Note: This is a specialized upper
division course about writing, not a writing course. Prerequisites EN 111/112 with a C or better;
completion of required general education literature course or permission of instructor.
EN 401 Writing Studies (W) 3 hours
An exploration of the history of rhetoric and introduction to the theories of writing and major
contributors in the eld of Writing Studies. Note: This is a specialized upper division course
about writing, not a writing course. Prerequisites EN 111/112 with a C or better; completion
of required general education literature course or permission of instructor.
315
EN 412 Linguistics 3 hours
Introduction to the core subelds of linguistics (phonetics, phonology, morphology, syntax,
and semantics/pragmatics), focusing on the essential formalisms and analytical techniques
needed to pursue more specialized coursework in the eld. Prerequisites EN 111/112 with
a C or better and EN 203 or permission of the instructor.
EN 413 Descriptive English Grammar 3 hours
An intensive study of English grammar from both the traditional and the linguistic points of
view. Prerequisite: EN 112 and junior standing.
EN 421 Milton (W) 3 hours
A study of Paradise Lost and Paradise Regained, with some attention given to Milton’s minor
poems. Oered alternate years. Prerequisite: EN 112 and EN 213 (previously EN 211 or
212).
EN 431 Shakespeare (W) 3 hours
A detailed study of the poetry and drama of William Shakespeare. Prerequisite: EN 213
EN 435: OU Performance Internship
This course is a supervised o-campus internship with external agency or theatrical institution.
Prerequisite: EN 222 and EN 322.
EN 441 Nineteenth Century British Authors 3 hours
A specialized course of study in English poetry and prose between 1798 and 1900. Emphasis
is placed on the major Romantic and Victorian poets and the rise of the novel during the
Victorian period. Prerequisites: EN 213 (previously EN 211 or 212).
EN 460 Writers for Publication (W) 3 hours
A career pathway opportunity for students in the major. Focus on and deeper practice in
professional publication. Prerequisites: EN 111/112 with a C or better, EN 203 and EN 351
EN 470 Seminar in English I (W) 1 hour
A seminar and capstone course in which senior English majors make a brief, comprehensive
review of the body of knowledge that comprises the English program at Oakwood University,
and study current problems and developments in the broad eld of English language, literature.
Prerequisites: EN 112, senior status and passed 27 upper division English hours or permission
of the department chair.
EN 490-491 Research and Independent Study (W) each 1-3 hours
Individual research under the guidance of an instructor. Limited to senior English majors.
Prerequisite: EN 112 and prior approval of the department chair.
316
English as a Second Language (ESL)
EL 101 Beginning Grammar 3 hours
This course is an introduction to English grammar for beginning English language learners. The
course focuses on building students’ knowledge of verb formation, sentence structure, and basic
grammar usage in English and reinforces this usage in communicative context.
EL 102 Beginning Composition 3 hours
This course is an introduction to composition for beginning English language learners. The course
focuses on building students’ knowledge of basic sentence and paragraph structure so that they
may produce written texts in English. Emphasis is placed on academic vocabulary, the parts of
a sentence, and paragraph structure.
EL 103 Beginning Reading Comprehension & Critical Thinking 3 hours
This course is an introduction to reading comprehension and critical thinking for beginning English
language learners. Emphasis is placed on vocabulary development and strategies for increasing
reading speed and comprehension for academic texts.
EL 104 Beginning Listening & Speaking 3 hours
This course is an introduction to the connected skills of listening and speaking for beginning English
language learners. Emphasis is placed on the development of eective oral communication skills
through exercises designed to improve listening comprehension, the expression of basic ideas,
and the pronunciation of English vocabulary.
EL 111 Low Intermediate Grammar 3 hours
This course is a developmental English language course for low intermediate English language
learners that builds on students’ basic grammar knowledge to move them toward development of
the grammar rules and structure necessary for clear written and oral communication in English.
Prerequisites: Successful completion of ESL 101 or English placement test score at B1 level
EL 112 Low Intermediate Composition 3 hours
This course is a developmental composition course for low intermediate English language learners.
The course builds on students’ knowledge of basic sentence and paragraph structure and focuses
on improving academic writing skills by focusing on the writing process. Emphasis is placed on
the planning, drafting, writing, revision, and editing of sentences and paragraphs in English.
Prerequisites: Successful completion of ESL 102 or English placement test score at B1 level
EL 113 Low Intermediate Reading Comprehension & Critical Thinking 3 hours
This reading comprehension and critical thinking course is designed for low intermediate English
language learners. Emphasis is placed on academic vocabulary development, reading compre-
hension, and critical thinking skills through the engagement of authentic English texts with an
intermediate level of conceptual and linguistic complexity. Prerequisites: Successful completion
of ESL 103 or English placement test score at B1 level
317
EL 114 Low Intermediate Listening & Speaking 3 hours
This course is designed for the continued development of the connected skills of listening and
speaking for low intermediate English language learners. Emphasis is placed on eective oral
communication skills, improved listening comprehension, clear expression of ideas, and English
pronunciation. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ESL 104 or English placement test score
at B1 level
EL 121 High Intermediate Grammar 3 hours
This course is a developmental English language course for high intermediate English language
learners that builds on students’ knowledge of English grammar rules and structure to facilitate
grammatically accurate written and oral communication. Emphasis is placed on English grammar
in academic and communicative contexts. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ESL 111 or
English placement test score at B2 level
EL 122 High Intermediate Composition 3 hours
This course is a developmental composition course for high intermediate English language
learners. The course builds on students’ existing knowledge of the structure and process of
English composition and seeks to rene their academic writing skills through the production of
paragraphs and essays for a variety of academic and communicative contexts. Emphasis is
placed on grammatical accuracy, structural development, and critical thinking. Upon successful
completion of ESL 122 and ESL 132, students will fulll the EN 111 requirement. Prerequisites:
Successful completion of ESL 112 or English placement test score at B2 level
EL 123 High Intermediate Reading Comprehension & Critical Thinking 3 hours
This reading comprehension and critical thinking course is designed for high intermediate English
language learners. Emphasis is placed rening academic vocabulary, reading comprehension,
and critical thinking skills through the engagement of authentic English texts with varying levels of
conceptual and linguistic complexity. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ESL 113 or English
placement test score at B2 level
EL 124 High Intermediate Listening & Speaking 3 hours
This course facilitates further development of the connected skills of listening and speaking for
high intermediate English language learners. Emphasis is placed on eective oral communication
skills for full participation in formal and informal settings where English is spoken. Prerequisites:
Successful completion of ESL 114 or English placement test score at B2 level
EL 131 Advanced Grammar 3 hours
This course is an intensive review of English grammar for advanced English language learners that
builds on students’ existing knowledge to expand advanced ideas in English grammar and syntax.
Emphasis is placed on advanced English grammar in academic and communicative contexts.
Prerequisites: Successful completion of ESL 121 or English placement test score at C1 level
EL 132 Advanced Composition 3 hours
This composition course is designed for advanced English language learners and focuses on the
study of rhetoric for eective written communication in academic contexts. The course empha-
318
sizes the writing process (planning, drafting, writing, revising, editing) and prepares students for
expository and argumentative writing through the production of academic essays. Upon successful
completion of ESL 122 and ESL 132, students will fulll the EN 111 requirement. Prerequisites:
Successful completion of ESL 122 or English placement test score at C1 level
EL 133 Advanced Reading Comprehension & Critical Thinking 3 hours
This reading comprehension and critical thinking course is designed for advanced English language
learners. Emphasis is placed on rening academic vocabulary, reading comprehension, and
critical thinking skills through the engagement of authentic English texts with advanced levels of
conceptual and linguistic complexity. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ESL 122 or English
placement test score at C1 level
EL 134 Advanced Listening & Speaking 3 hours
This listening and speaking course is designed for advanced English language learners and
focuses on the mastery of the two interrelated skill sets for eective oral communication. Emphasis
is placed on uency, critical listening, and the clear expression of ideas in formal and informal
settings where English is spoken. Prerequisites: Successful completion of ESL 124 or English
placement test score at C1 level
Entrepreneurship
EP 400 Introduction to Entrepreneurship 3 hours
This course introduces concepts and terminology pertaining to entrepreneurship. An overview
of businesses aspects with emphasis on new ventures, startups and small businesses will also
be discussed in conjunction with topics of accounting, nance, management, and marketing
related to successfully starting and/or operating a new business or small business operation.
EP 410 Entrepreneurship Development and Perspectives 3 hours
This course examines emerging and new attitudes, knowledge, skills and thoughts pertaining
to entrepreneur’s activities and performance. The primary focus is the development of an
entrepreneurial perspective with the intent of assisting students to understand and assess
assorted entrepreneurial situations and engagement for situational responses. Prerequisite:
EP 400
EP 420 Selected Topics on Entrepreneurship 3 hours
To enable the study of specic entrepreneurship topics of relevant and current interest with the
purpose of providing and enhancing depth of knowledge in areas pertaining to aspects such as
new and/or small businesses (individual, family, etc.) corporate and social entrepreneurship,
innovation, new venture creation and venture capital. Prerequisite: EP 400
319
Finance
FN 311 Principles of Finance 3 hours
Nature and scope of business nance. Emphasis on nancial planning, forecasting, analysis,
corporate valuation, capital budgeting and risk assessment, cost of capital structure, short-term
and long-term nancial management, and international nance. Prerequisites: AC 220-AC
221.
FN 321 Money and Banking 3 hours
An analysis of the interrelated nancial system, central banks, private banks, and other sources
and users of nancial capital. Theoretical and empirical policy and institutional issues are
analyzed using economics and nance methodologies. Topics include the theory of money
demand and supply. Prerequisites: EC 282 and EC 283.
FN 381 Investments 3 hours
Introductory survey course focusing on the process and instruments of investment. Emphasis
on security market structure, characteristics and valuation of securities, approaches to
investment analysis, and international investments. Prerequisite: FN 311
FN 401 Financial Decision-Making 3 hours
Advanced nancial management course geared toward the nance major and directed toward
exploring the linkage between current nance theory and practice. Emphasis on capital
budgeting theory and techniques, risk adjustment, capital structure and nancial policy, and
mathematical programming approaches to project selection. Prerequisite: FN 311.
FN 411 Insurance and Risk Management 3 hours
This course is designed to provide and familiarize students with Insurance and Risk
Management processes and methods of treating personal and business risk exposures within
the corporate and institutional environment. Focus is given to assisting students in becoming
more ecient consumers of insurance and providing a necessary foundation to those who
will pursue further study in insurance and related areas. Prerequisite: FN 311.
FN 426 Financial Markets and Institutions 3 hours
Develops an understanding of the structure and functioning of our monetary-nancial system.
Emphasis on the institutional process of nancial intermediation in the nancial marketplace
and the role that specic institutions and instruments play. Prerequisite: FN 321.
FN 436 Management of Financial Institutions 3 hours
Development of fundamental concepts and principles of sound institutional management.
Includes the nancial environment, strategy, performance measures, and asset/liability
management topics within an overall decision framework. Prerequisite: FN 321.
320
FN 481 Portfolio Management and Security Analysis 3 hours
Rigorous course geared toward the senior nance major. Emphasis on integrating
portfolio theory with practical approaches to investment analysis and management. Topics
include ecient diversication and portfolio choice, capital asset pricing theory, arbitrage
pricing theory, and bond portfolio management, options pricing, and nancial futures.
Prerequisites: FN 381 and MA 211 or MA 171.
FN 486 International Finance 3 hours
Focus is on business operations in the framework of the growing eld of international
nance. Exploration of how American business can work with and use international nance
in foreign manufacturing and marketing operations. Prerequisite: senior standing.
Foreign Language
FL 470 Foreign Language Seminar 3 hours
The purpose of this course is to help students reect on their study abroad experience
and gain skills to further their careers. The course will include readings, reections, group
dialogs, and culminate in an individual project and presentation designed by the student.
French
FR 101-102 Beginning French 3-3 hours
Study of the fundamentals of grammar, with elementary conversation and reading of simple
material on French culture. Accurate pronunciation is stressed. Laboratory is required.
Students who have successfully completed two or more years of high school French within
two years before resuming study of the language at Oakwood University must enroll in
Intermediate French.
FR 201-202 Intermediate French 3-3 hours
A general review and continuation of grammar and vocabulary building, with special emphasis
on the spoken language. Selected readings on French-American life and culture. Laboratory
is required. Prerequisite: FR 102.
Family Studies
FS 340 Family Economics and Management 3 hours
A study of supply and demand, consumer welfare, credit, protection and legal regulations,
and current issues which aect the individual’s total responsibility as a consumer in today’s
changing economic environment. . Prerequisite: junior standing.
321
FS 342 Intimate Relations and Marriage (W) 3 hours
Evaluation of membership in a social structure created to benet each person as a contributor
to the family and to society in their physical, mental, and religious aspects. Prerequisites:
EN 112 and FS 355.
FS 441 Management of Family Resources Practicum 3 hours
Cooperative living in homemaking groups in the home management house. Experience is
given in management, accounting, food preparation and services, aesthetic arrangements,
and entertaining. Charges are based on prevailing food costs. Registration required in the
department oce one semester in advance. Prerequisites: FS 111, FS 340, and senior
standing, or permission of instructor.
FS 452 Advanced Family Studies (W) 3 hours
A comparative study of families internationally, utilizing the United States as a framework.
Special attention will be given to developing countries, eastern Europe, and the Far East.
Prerequisites: EN 112, FS 342 and senior standing, or permission of instructor.
FS 490-491 Research and Independent Study each 1-3 hours
An original investigation in child development and family studies under the guidance of the
faculty. Prerequisites: Senior standing and prior approval by department chair.
Film/Television Production
FT 145 History of Film 3 hours
This course examines the history of cinema and survey the major developments through the
twentieth century and will explore the impact of technological developments on lm production.
The course analyses the relative successes or failures of major lms and analyzes how
present cultures and attitudes shape our view of the past. The student is introduced to the
basic fundamentals of cinematography including technical and artistic performance. Special
emphasis will be placed on shot composition and lighting. The student is encouraged to
utilize techniques of digital video production mixing aesthetic understanding with production
from the camera to the computer. The student will learn the language of cinema through the
hands-on practical application of the camera and basic postproduction and will complete a
basic production utilizing the stages of production. Lab fee required.
FT 146 Fundamentals of Audio and Video Production 3 hours
This class is a hands-on introductory production course that builds skills and applies the
knowledge of video production in a class project. The student is expected to demonstrate
prociency with the operation of audio and video equipment, grammar of the visual medium,
and proper procedures of production. (Previously CO 146). Laboratory and lab fee are
required.
322
FT 300 Introduction to Video Editing 3 hours
This class is a hands-on introductory video editing course. The student learns the principles
and techniques of video editing, cuts, dissolves, sound eects, and special eects used in
completing a television/video production. This course explores techniques that can be applied
in a range of non-linear editing programs, including ADOBE premiere, Final Cut and DaVinci
Resolve. (Previously CO 300). Lab fee required. Prerequisite: FT 146
FT 346 Television Production 3 hours
This class is a hands-on production course that builds skills, and applies the knowledge of
on-location studio and control room procedures for video production, beginning with routine
exercises. Emphasis is on the application of concepts, tools and techniques essential for the
student to complete a video production from the initial concept of a program to its delivery
to a client/distributor/end-user in a simulated market environment. Students are taught to
produce a live program for broadcast including the internet. Laboratory and lab fee are
required. (Previously CO 346). Prerequisites: CO 146.
FT 350 Production Management 3 hours
This class is a hands-on production management course that provides a working knowledge
of the role of the line producer from pre-production through post-production. Emphasis is
given both to familiarization of various production processes and service systems, and to
quantitative analysis of problems arising in the management of operations. Included in the
process will be production planning, budgeting, scheduling, business considerations and post-
production process management. Students are given the opportunity to do practical work on
a major production. (Previously CO 350). Lab fee required. Prerequisites: FT 146.
FT 360 Fiction and Dramatic Screen Writing (W) 3 hours
The principles and techniques of script writing for dramatic and ction lm and television
productions are explored. In this course, students develop and write a major screenplay
suitable for production and pitching to potential producers and or investors. (Previously CO
360). Prerequisites: EN 112 and FT 346
FT 365 Fiction and Dramatic Film and TV Production 3 hours
This class is a hands-on production course that builds skills and applies the knowledge of
how to develop a successful narrative script with actors. It utilizes industry-oriented tasks
and skills from idea development to nal master. The student is expected to demonstrate
prociency with the operation of audio and video equipment, grammar of the visual medium,
and proper procedures of production as a producer-director and/or a professional technician.
Laboratory and lab fee are required. (Previously CO 365). Prerequisites: CO 346 and
CO 360.
FT 375 Multi-camera Television Studio Directing 3 hours
This course is a practical course that provides an in-depth knowledge of the production of
multi-camera studio directing in the television studio or location for the creation of television
programming, including entertainment, sports, situation comedies, soap operas, talk shows,
and public aairs programming. This course is an advanced television production module and
323
emphasizes the use of pre-production including scripting before each production. Professional
industry studio cameras and equipment are utilized and require that the student has prior
experience in the use of studio cameras, audio equipment, studio lighting, production switchers,
and functions of the oor director, producing and directing. This course is designed to develop
the skills of potential studio or OB directors.Lab fee required. Prerequisites: FT 146 and FT
346.
FT 385 Cinematography 3 hours
This is an intermediate course that focuses on aesthetics and styles while gaining extensive
hands-on experience with cinematography equipment. It provides practical applications
of motion picture photography through lighting, exposure and selection techniques.
Demonstrations and exercises will form elements of this course and students will serve in a
variety of crew positions for their colleague’s production. Lab fee required. Prerequisite: FT
346.
FT 387 Advanced Editing 3 hours
This course is an in-depth component of editing which requires speed, accuracy, organization
of materials, and creativity. It emphasizes techniques, principles, and the art of editing:
storytelling, rhythm, and structures. This course will give you an introduction to Adobe After
Eects. Lab fee required. Prerequisite: FT 300.
FT 401 Film Thesis Production 3 hours
This capstone course allows for the amalgamation of the student’s academic and practical
work, developing an individual project proposal and culminating in a nal major project. The
project must be well designed and demonstrates knowledge of specic issues, methods,
techniques, and professionalism ready for entry into lm festivals. Students work under the
cooperative direction of professionals and the communication faculty with the ongoing tasks
and routines required in their areas of concentration. This project proposal must be presented
at the end of the junior year and work should begin during the summer. Lab fee required.
Prerequisites: junior standing and consent of the instructor.
FT 403 Television Thesis Production 3 hours
This capstone course allows for the amalgamation of the student’s academic and practical
work, developing an individual project proposal and culminating in a nal major project. The
project must be well designed and demonstrates knowledge of specic issues, methods,
techniques, and professionalism ready for entry into lm festivals. Students work under the
cooperative direction of professionals and the communication faculty with the ongoing tasks
and routines required in their areas of concentration. This project proposal must be presented
at the end of the junior year and work should begin during the summer. Lab fee required.
Prerequisites: junior standing and consent of the instructor.
324
Geography
GE 302 Regional Geography 3 hours
A study of the world’s major geopolitical regions and the interaction of their cultures with the
climate, resources, industrial development, and environment.
Health Care Administration
HC 325 Introduction to Health Services Administration 3 hours
A broad orientation to the health delivery system. Orientation to the role of the health services
manager and/or supervisor. Provides organizational theory and practical information about
health administration. Students will investigate the organizational and environmental contexts
within which a health manager works. Laboratory is required where students will visit various
community health facilities.
HC 330 Legal Aspects and Ethics of Health Care 3 hours
Presentation of the historical perspectives, current status, and future projections in the eld.
Concepts of corporate liability, malpractice, and professional negligence. Informed consent,
incident reporting, and the importance of accurate and complete records stressed. Emphasis
on the prevention rather than the defense of legal actions. Examination of the role of ethics
and moral decision-making in the everyday life of the health service manager, with special
emphasis on the various professional codes of ethics. Prerequisite: HC 325.
HC 340 Health Technology and Human Diseases 3 hours
The purpose of this course is to examine advances in health technology as they relate to
human diseases. As future health care administrators, students will assess the impact of
cutting-edge technologies on administrative functions including capital budgeting and strategic
planning and have a framework for understanding and applying this knowledge to diagnostic
tests and procedures determined by dierent diseases of the human body. The course also
provides the administrator with in-depth knowledge about specic diseases which aids in
the analysis of research data necessary for success in the critical functions of supervision.
Prerequisite: HC 325.
HC 454 Long Term Care Administration 3 hours
This course is designed to familiarize the student with the long-term health care delivery
system to give the students a working knowledge of the wholistic approach to the care of the
elderly and long-term care individuals. It will give an overview of some of the emotional and
physiological needs of individuals who require long-term care. Other areas of concentration
will be nancing, managing, standards, and compliance for quality. Prerequisite: HC 325.
HC 495 Health Services Management Problems and Research 3 hours
Seminar type course where selected health service management problems such as the current
and emerging challenges in nancing, organizational changes, and managerial functions will
be identied, studied, and evaluated. Prerequisite: HC 330.
325
HC 497 Practicum in Human Care Management 6 hours
An on-the-job experience provided in selected institutions and agencies related to the
student’s career interest. Students obtain rsthand knowledge of the operational world of
work by devoting full-time eort to observing and participating in the management functions.
Depending on the student’s background and interest, the internship may be in one specic
department or rotate among many departments. Routine written reports are required. A major
management project will be completed. Faculty direction provided by telephone and on-site
visitations. Students return to campus periodically for group sharing of their experiences with
each other. Students put in a minimum of 250 work hours. Prerequisite: HC 454.
History
HI 103 World Civilizations I 3 hours
A survey course that investigates the great movements of history from ancient times to A.D.
1650.
HI 104 World Civilizations II 3 hours
A survey course that investigates the great movements of history from the era of A.D. 1650
to the present time.
HI 211 United States History I 3 hours
A survey of modernizing, pluralist American society and America in the international community,
1607 to 1877.
HI 212 United States History II 3 hours
A survey of modernizing, pluralist American society and America in the international community,
1877 to the present .
HI 265 Minorities in America 3 hours
An examination of the struggles and contributions of women and such minorities as African-
Americans, Native Americans, Hispanics, and Asians in the United States.
HI 267 African American History I 3 hours
A survey of African American history, with an emphasis on the origins of the ancient kingdoms
of Egypt, Kush, Meroe, Axum, and West Africa and including the slave trade, slavery, the
beginnings of black culture in the North and South, slave resistance and rebellions, and
sectional dierences. Northern free blacks will be studied along with the Civil War and the
Reconstruction period of 1868.
HI 268 African American History II 3 hours
A survey of the problems and experiences of African Americans from the period of
Reconstruction in 1868 to 1877, with an emphasis on the inner dynamics of the black
326
community and the sociopolitical eorts of the black community to the present. The relationship
of blacks to the wider society will be studied with the internal migration of African Americans,
and the political impact of cultural exhibitions.
HI 314 History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church (W) 3 hours
A survey course of the rise and progress of the Seventh-day Adventist Church.
HI 318 Latin American History 3 hours
A survey of the history of Latin America. Emphasis is placed on the diversity of people and
cultures of the regions, and how major historical events, both past and very recent, have
shaped the everyday lives of the people who lived there and who still do today.
HI 324 History of England (W) 3 hours
A survey of the history of England with an emphasis on landmark court decisions, Parliament,
and the development of the British legal system.
HI 326 African History 3 hours
A study of ancient Egypt, Nubia, Ethiopia, etc., and the expansion of Islam, and the slave
trade in African history to 1800 and the conclusion of that trade, Islamic renewal, European
partition and the colonial period, the growth of nationalism and of independence in Africa.
HI 330 Asian History 3 hours
A study of Asian history, focusing primarily on China, India, and Japan. This course will
examine the origins of these distinct civilizations and follow their political, economic, social, and
intellectual movements through the Cold War era. Topics include: the impact of Confucianism
and Buddhism, women’s changing roles, imperial state formation, samurai culture, impact
of the Mongols, questions on Democracy and Communism, changing relationships with the
West, and economic “miracles”.
HI 340 Middle Eastern History 3 hours
A study of Middle Eastern history, focusing on the regions of modern-day Egypt, Israel, Syria,
Saudi Arabia, Iraq, and Iran. The course will focus on both the Biblical period and the time of
Christ, as well as the present day, so students can better understand the Scriptures as well
as modern conicts and current events.
HI 350 History of the American Civil Rights Movements 3 hours
This course will thoroughly educate students about the civil rights movement in the United
States as it took place in the 1950s and 1960s. Key events, personalities, and regions will
be covered, as well as the relevancy of the movement on modern society.
HI 443 History of Christianity (W) 3 hours
A survey of the historical development and growth of the Christian Church from the time of
Jesus Christ to the present.
327
Hl 459 Recent American History (W) 3 hours
A pluralist study of modern American society and America in the international community,
1930 to the present.
HI 469 Modern Europe (W) 3 hours
A study of the main events in European history from 1900 to the present, with emphasis on
England, France, Germany, Russia, imperialism, and the two World Wars.
Hl 480 Research Seminar (W) 3 hours
A major research paper in history under the supervision of the professor specializing in
that area. Required of all history majors in their senior year. Prerequisite: EN 112 and
senior history major.
Hl 495 Capstone Senior Seminar 3 hours
The Capstone Senior Seminar is the culmination of learning in the core curriculum.
Subsequently, it requires substantial reading and informed participation. The course is
designed to enhance critical thinking, review of salient points of learning in the discipline, as
well as prepare students to make the transition into graduate/professional schools and the
workforce. Furthermore, students will obtain information designed to improve their skills in the
areas of professionalism, networking, relationships, nances, and leadership. Prerequisite:
Senior standing.
Interdisciplinary Studies
IN 480 Senior Seminar in Interdisciplinary Studies (W) 1 hour
This course requires an interdisciplinary approach by integrating three areas of study
in addressing contemporary issues. Students will select a contemporary topic of study
and write a paper demonstrating the interrelatedness and unique contributions that each
area of study brings to the topic. Special emphasis will be placed on the strengths and
weaknesses of each discipline as part of an integrated approach to problem-solving/
decision-making. The proposed research must be approved by the program advisor.
Prerequisites: EN 112 and an Interdisciplinary Studies major and senior standing.
Management Information Systems
IS 110 Introduction to Microcomputer Applications 3 hours
This course is designed to give students basic computer concepts and practical experience
in the use of the computer. Using software applications packages for word processing,
electronic spreadsheets, and presentations, students will learn to input and output data useful
in professional and personal pursuits. This course is for students with registered disabilities
upon approval of the Disabilities Services Oce only.
328
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications 3 hours
This course provides instruction in current basic computer literacy concepts and a range
of application software typically used in various oce settings. Students will learn to use
Microsoft Word, PowerPoint and Excel to create documents, presentations, and electronic
spreadsheets. During the course, students will take the associated Microsoft Oce Specialist
(MOS) Certication exams in Word Core, Excel Core and PowerPoint and the current Internet
Core Competency Certication (IC3) exams.
IS 121 Microcomputer Applications (CE) 3 hours
A student who presents satisfactory evidence of having competence or exposure in the
Microsoft Oce applications covered in IS 120 Microcomputer Applications may meet an
academic requirement by passing all three application certication exams currently given,
or higher, in the course in MS Word, MS PowerPoint, and MS Excel. Refer to to the College
Level Examination Program (CLEP) policies specic to this course.
IS 200 Management Information Systems 3 hours
Students are introduced to the management and use of information systems and technology
in organizations, including the way these add value to organizational processes and products.
Topics covered include the important role of information systems in today’s business
environment, the impact of emerging technologies on business, how information systems
support business goals, objectives and its competitive strategy, and management of information
and its eect on decision-making, students will be introduced to data management through
the database management application Microsoft Access in preparation for the Microsoft Oce
Specialist (MOS) Certication exam administered as part of the course. Prerequisite: IS 120.
IS 250 Business Applications in Excel and Access 3 hours
This course introduces students to advanced techniques of processing information using
electronic spreadsheets and database management software used in today’s business
environment. Students are assumed to be familiar with basic concepts of the Windows
operating system and Microsoft Excel and Access application software. Areas covered will
include macros, LOOKUP functions, Scenario Manager, Pivot Tables, and Pivot Charts in
preparation for Microsoft Oce Specialist (MOS) Certication exams in Excel Expert and
Access administered as part of the course. Prerequisite: IS 200 or AC 380.
IS 285 Business Application Programming in C++ 3 hours
An introduction to ANSI C programming is presented. Concepts are explained in a clear,
understandable manner using modern business applications. Important programming
denitions, concepts, and rules are addressed. Upon completion of the course, students will
be procient in designing, coding, debugging, testing, and distributing applications. Coding
of applications will include but not be limited to detailed descriptions of algorithms to perform
common programming tasks such as sorting, searching, and hashing. Prerequisite: IS 120.
IS 290 Advanced Business Application Programming in C++ 3 hours
C++ concepts and rules are explained in a clear, understandable manner and applied to
modern business applications. Important programming denitions, concepts, and rules are
329
addressed. Students should enter the course with a strong C programming background as this
course will focus on such object-oriented elements of C++ as classes, methods, constructors,
overloaded functions and operations, templates, virtual functions and the STL. Prerequisite:
IS 285.
IS 315 Multimedia Applications 3 hours
The goal of this course is to teach students the basic tools for Multimedia authoring and
production. Students will use and become familiar with multimedia software packages including
Microsoft Oce PowerPoint, Adobe PhotoShop, and Macromedia Flash. During the semester
students will learn to create and then present their own interactive presentations, and they
will also learn design concepts and processes. Prerequisite: IS 250
.
IS 325 Web Design and Development 3 hours
This course introduces students to techniques used to design and develop professional
websites. Students will get hands-on instruction in various web authoring languages such
as HTML and CSS. They will use common industry tools such as Dreamweaver to learn
how to develop and publish their own attractive websites. Students will learn how to link
databases to their sites for creating, updating, querying and storing business data through
various platforms. Prerequisite: IS 315.
IS 330 Network Management and Telecommunications 3 hours
This course introduces the managerial and technical aspects of business networks, including
the hardware and software mechanisms that allow access from one computer to les and
services provided on other computers. An overview of local area nets (LAN) and Wide Area
Nets (WAN) is provided, as also those of software protocols, routers, bridges, and rewalls.
On the practical side, the student learns about the network services provided by the operating
system (Windows/NT), network analyzers, and the management of security and reliability.
The student also learns to install, congure, and test network hardware/software, and use
such facilities in practical applications, including e-mail, remote le access, client/server hook-
ups, and dial-up design of security technologies are reviewed and case studies presented.
Prerequisite: IS 290
IS 340 Advanced Business Networks 3 hours
This course provides an advanced skill level with the concepts and terminology of computer
intercommunications and networking. The course relies on a hands-on approach as the
primary teaching method for focusing on organizational enterprise networking and for studying
specic network protocols. Prerequisite: IS 330.
IS 415 Database Management 3 hours
This course provides an introduction to database management systems, including data
modeling, relational algebra, and Structured Query Language (SQL). Topics such as integrity
rules, normalization, entity relationship diagrams (ERD) are also discussed. Student will
additionally be exposed to database administration, policy and security concepts. Prerequisite:
IS 340.
330
IS 425 Information Security and Policy 3 hours
This course provides a broad approach to computer-related crime, electronic commerce,
corporate networking, and Internet security, topics that have become increasingly important as
more and more threats are made on our internet environment. This course is oriented toward
the average computer user, business professional, government worker, and those within the
education community, with the expectation that readers can learn to use the network with
some degree of safety and security. Emphasis is placed on the numerous vulnerabilities and
threats that are inherent in the Internet environment. Eorts are made to present techniques
and suggestions to avoid identity theft and fraud. Students will gain a clear insight into the
many security issues facing the e-commerce, networking, web, and internet environments,
as well as what can be done to keep personal and business information secure. The course
also introduces basic concepts of computer and network security with an emphasis on the
threats and countermeasures relevant to Internet and web service. Students are prepared
to evaluate the security needs of organizations, and to develop strategies to address these
needs. The requirements and design of security technologies are reviewed and case studies
presented. Prerequisite: IS 340.
IS 440 Systems Analysis and Project Management 3 hours
This course introduces the student to the techniques of developing an information system.
Students will study the system development life cycle, system analysis methodologies and
system design. This course will also examine information systems project management,
including tools used to improve productivity. Topics include concepts of project management,
task scheduling, cost estimation models, risk assessment, and software maturity framework.
Prerequisites: IS 415 and IS 425.
IS 450 Information Resource Management 3 hours
This course is the capstone for Information Systems and emphasizes critical issues, analyses,
and problem solving faced by today’s information technology professional. It consists of an
overview and critical analysis of the role and importance of information technology in today’s
fast-paced organizational environments. Students will use the case approach to investigate
emerging technologies, and examine associated behavioral issues. Each student is required
to critically analyze a current technology, and prepare an in-depth analysis on its use, benets,
and drawbacks to organizations, academia, and society in general. Prerequisites: IS 415
and IS 425.
Leadership
LD 300 Foundational Theories of Leadership Principles 3 hours
This course explores a range of historical and contemporary theories of leadership. In engages
the students in acquiring knowledge of leadership principles in the area of the denition and
meaning of leadership, expectations for and functions of a leader, and qualications and skills
essential for eective leadership.
331
LD 310 Communication Strategies in Leadership 3 hours
Eective communication is one of the most important aspects of successful leadership in any
organizational context or venue in society. In this course, emphasis is placed on a knowledge
and understanding of communication models, practices, strategies and techniques illustrating
and referencing historical and contemporary leaders in the context of leadership.
LD 320 Applied Leadership in Organizational Change 3 hours
This course focuses on the expectations and implementations of the leader’s role and
responsibility in facilitating and managing organizational change and the organizational climate
with application in business, community, government, or religious or social organizations.
Topics explored include diversity, ethics, organizational behavior, power and inuence,
motivation, politics and stake holder relationships.
Mathematics
MA 095 Introduction to College Mathematics 2 hours
A review of arithmetic and algebraic operations. Course topics include integers and
rational numbers, solving and graphing equations, polynomial factoring and simplication of
expressions involving radicals and negative exponents. This course is required of all freshmen
whose mathematics ACT score is below 16 or mathematics SAT16 score is below 480, and
it must be taken before any other mathematics courses, if needed. No grade below C. Not
counted in hours required for graduation.
MA 108 College Algebra 3 hours
A thorough review of the fundamental ideas of algebra. Course topics include linear and
quadratic equations and inequalities, rational expressions and function, polynomials, factoring,
systems of equations and graphing. This course does not count towards a mathematics major
or minor.
MA 108L College Algebra with Lab* 4 hours
This collegiate level course is designed to strengthen the student’s pre-college algebra
skills while learning college algebra. Topics include solving linear equations, polynomials,
factoring, systems of equations, graphs, quadratic equations, rational equations, and radical
equations. This course does not count toward the mathematics major or minor, however, it
can be used as a math general education requirement. *Pending nal approval of MA 108L
College Algebra with Lab course
MA 110 Survey of Mathematics 3 hours
Course topics include critical thinking skills, sets, number theory, the real number system,
algebra, graphs, consumer mathematics, geometry. Does not count toward a mathematics
major or minor. (Formerly MA 101 Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics)
332
MA 121 Precalculus Algebra 3 hours
The algebra of polynomial, rational, exponential, and logarithmic functions; graphing; linear
and quadratic equations; linear and quadratic inequalities will be studied. Additional topics
may include matrices and determinants. Prerequisite: MA 108 or placement test.
MA 122 Precalculus Trigonometry 3 hours
The study of trigonometric and inverse trigonometric functions and their graphs; trigonometric
identities; and solving trigonometric equations. Additional topics may include vectors and
complex numbers. Prerequisite: MA 121 or equivalent.
MA 123 Precalculus Algebra & Trigonometry 4 hours
Course topics include elementary functions, their graphs and applications, including polynomial,
rational, algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions. A student may not
receive credit for both MA 123 and the MA 121-122 sequence. Prerequisite: Placement test
score or permission by instructor.
MA 123H Precalculus Algebra & Trigonometry (Honor) 4 hours
Course topics include elementary functions, their graphs and applications, including
polynomial, rational, algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions. A student
may not receive credit for both MA 123 and the MA 121-122 sequence. This Honors section
will have additional requirements that may include extra or expanded assignments, projects
or modied assessments. Prerequisite: Placement test or permission by instructor.
MA 171 Calculus I 4 hours
A study of limits, continuity, derivatives, dierentials, chain rule, implicit dierentiation,
applications of the derivative, anti dierentiation, denite integrals, fundamental theorem
of calculus, exponential and logarithmic functions. Prerequisite: MA 122 Precalculus
Trigonometry or MA 123 Precalculus Algebra & Trigonometry or by placement. Must pass
prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 171H Calculus I (Honor) 4 hours
A study of limits, continuity, derivatives, dierentials, chain rule, implicit dierentiation,
applications of the derivative, antidierentiation, denite integrals, fundamental theorem
of calculus, exponential and logarithmic functions. This Honors section will have additional
requirements that may include extra or expanded assignments, projects or modified
assessments. Prerequisite: MA 122 or MA 123 or by placement test. Must pass prerequisites
with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 172 Calculus II 4 hours
Topics include inverse trigonometric functions, hyperbolic functions, techniques of integration,
I’Hopital’s rule, improper integrals, applications of the integral, sequences and series, polar
coordinates and vectors. Prerequisite: MA 171 Calculus I. Must pass prerequisites with a
C (2.0) or better.
333
MA 200 Introduction to Elementary Mathematics 3 hours
A study of the language and structure of mathematics, including numeration, integers, rational
and real numbers, concepts related to consumer mathematics, plane and spherical geometry,
elementary probability theory, and the introduction to the use of computers and simple statistics.
This course is open to elementary education majors only and cannot be used to fulll the
general education requirements in mathematics. (Formerly MA 100 Introduction to Elementary
Mathematics). Prerequisites: MA 108 College Algebra and MA 110 Survey of Mathematics
(formerly MA 101 Fundamentals Concepts of Mathematics). Must pass prerequisites with a
C (2.0) or better.
MA 211 Applied Calculus 3 hours
An introduction to dierential and integral calculus with applications to problems in the life
sciences, business, economics and the social sciences. Does not apply toward a mathematics
major or minor. Prerequisite: MA 121 Precalculus Algebra. Must pass prerequisites with a
C (2.0) or better..
MA 221 Introductory Statistics 3 hours
This course introduces statistics to students in a variety of disciplines. Topics covered
include descriptive statistics, graphs and charts, introduction to probability and probability
distributions, condence intervals, hypothesis testing, and regression. Prerequisites: MA 108
College Algebra or MA 110 Survey of Mathematics (formerly MA 101 Fundamental Concepts
of Mathematics) or higher. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 251 Geometry 3 hours
An informal summary of elementary Euclidean geometry, a formal modern development of
the basic concepts of elementary geometry, non-Euclidean geometry, and a selection of
topics in advanced Euclidean geometry. Oered spring semester of even numbered years.
Prerequisite: MA 121 Precalculus Algebra or MA 123 Precalculus Algebra & Trigonometry.
Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 271 Calculus III 4 hours
Topics include vector-valued functions, partial dierentiation, directional derivative, gradient,
tangent plane, extreme values and Lagrange multipliers, iterated integrals, double integrals,
vector elds, line and surface integrals, curl and divergence. Prerequisite: MA 172 Calculus
II. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 305 Applied Mathematics with Technical Writing 3 hours
This course is designed to expose the mathematics/engineering major to the working
environment of industry and to give the student an opportunity to apply knowledge of
mathematics to solve problems in the physical, biological, and social sciences. In addition,
this course will introduce the student to mathematical literary research and prepare students
to produce eective technical documentation for both written and digital media used in
today’s workforce. Emphasis will be placed upon technical memos, emails, resume writing,
proposals, and technical reports. Oered as needed. Prerequisite: MA 172 Calculus II. Must
pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
334
MA 308 Linear Algebra 3 hours
Course topics include systems of linear equations, matrices, matrix operations, determinants,
vectors and vector spaces, bases, inner product, linear transformations, change of basis,
eigenvalues and eigenvectors, diagonalization, and applications. Prerequisite: MA 172
Calculus II or consent of instructor. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
A study of rst-order dierential equations, linear dierential equations with variable and
constant coecients, systems of linear dierential equations, Laplace transform methods,
series solutions, boundary value problems, and applications. Prerequisite: MA 172 Calculus
II or consent of instructor. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 312 Numerical Analysis 3 hours
A study of numerical methods as they apply to computers. Topics include roots of equations,
linear and non-linear simultaneous equations, polynomials, numerical integration, ordinary
dierential equations, interpolation, and curve-tting. Prerequisite: MA 172 Calculus II. Must
pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 313 Mathematics Essentials 3 hours
This course is an introduction to the fundamental concepts, ideas and tools involved in
doing mathematics. Students will be introduced to logic and become familiar with methods
of mathematical proofs. Topics covered include: a basic introduction to elementary number
theory, cardinality, induction, the algebra of sets, relations, equivalence relations, congruences,
partitions, and functions. Prerequisites: MA 171 Calculus I. Must pass prerequisites with a
C (2.0) or better.
MA 321 Probability and Statistics I 3 hours
This course is a calculus-based introduction to probability and statistics. Topics include
descriptive statistics, continuous and discrete random variables, conditional probability,
expectation and moments, inference, point and interval estimation, testing hypotheses,
regression and correlation, and applications. Prerequisite: MA 171 Calculus I. Must pass
prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 322 Probability and Statistics II 3 hours
A continuation of MA 321 Probability and Statistics. Topics include multivariate distributions,
functions of random variables, sampling distributions, more estimation methods, Neyman-
Pearson, likelihood ratio test, goodness of t, and analysis of variance. Prerequisites: MA
271 Calculus III and MA 321 Probability and Statistics. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0)
or better.
MA 401, 402 Advanced Calculus I, II 3, 3 hours
Vector Calculus: vectors and curves, functions of several variables, limits and continuity,
vector functions of a vector, dierentiability and the Jacobian matrix, transformations, multiple
integrals, line and surface integrals. Theory of Convergence: innite series, sequence and
335
series of functions, improper integrals and integral representations of functions. Prerequisite:
MA 308 Linear Algebra and MA 311 Dierential Equations. Must pass prerequisites with a C
(2.0) or better.
MA 411 Introduction to Modern Algebra (W) 3 hours
Topics include algebra of sets, equivalence relations, mappings, order relations; discussion of
natural, rational, real, and complex number systems; study of the abstract systems: groups,
elds, rings, and integral domains. In this course students are required to demonstrate their
ability to write, using standard English. Prerequisite: EN 112 Freshman Composition, MA
271 Calculus III and MA 313 Mathematics Essentials. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0)
or better.
MA 419 Real Analysis I (W) 3 hours
A theoretical treatment of the real number system, topological properties of the real line,
sequences of real numbers, and properties of continuous functions. Course topics include
logical connectives, quantiers, techniques of proof, cardinality, the completeness property,
compact sets, metric spaces, and continuity in metric spaces. In this course students are
required to demonstrate their ability to write, using standard English. Prerequisites: EN 112
Freshman Composition, MA 271 Calculus III, and MA 313 Mathematics Essentials. Must pass
prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 420 Real Analysis II (W) 3 hours
A continuation of MA 419 Real Analysis I. Topics will include the Mean Value Theorem,
Riemann integration, convergence tests for sequences and series, point wise and uniform
convergence of continuous functions, analytic functions, and compactness properties of
continuous functions. In this course students are required to demonstrate their ability to write,
using standard English. Prerequisites: EN 112 Freshman Composition and MA 419 Real
Analysis I. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 421 Introduction to Topology 3 hours
An introduction to the basic concepts of modern topology. Topics include: metric spaces,
topological spaces, connectedness, compactness, completeness, quotient spaces, manifolds,
and classication of surfaces. This course is designed to expose students to concepts in
topology and to provide a foundation for a graduate course in topology. Prerequisites: MA 313
Mathematics Essentials and MA 411 Introduction to Modern Algebra. Must pass prerequisites
with a C (2.0) or better.
MA 422 Introduction to Complex Analysis (W) 3 hours
Functions of a complex variable: integration, sequences and series, the calculus of residues
and conformal mapping are studied. In this course students are required to demonstrate their
ability to write, using standard English. Oered spring semester alternate years. Prerequisite:
EN 112 Freshman Composition, MA 271 Calculus III, and MA 313 Mathematics Essentials.
Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
336
MA 490, 491 Research and Independent Study (W) each 1-3 hours
An independent study or an original investigation in mathematics by the student under the
guidance of the faculty. In this course students are required to demonstrate their ability to
write, using standard English. Prerequisites: EN 112 Freshman Composition and junior status
or approval of instructor. MA 305 Applied Mathematics with Technical Writing or by permssion
of instructor.
Marketing
MK 301 Principles of Marketing 3 hours
Principles and methods involved in the movement of goods and services from producers to
consumers; strategies the rm may use to take advantage of market opportunities; how the
social, political, technological, and economic environments aect these market opportunities.
MK 342 Marketing Research 3 hours
The nature and role of information in the decision-making process; identication and discussion
of the elements and relationships that constitute the research process; planning and conducting
a research project; the role and nature of a marketing information system. Prerequisites: MK
301 and BA 260.
MK 343 Consumer Behavior 3 hours
This course is intended to help students understand the motivation and behavior of buyers
and consumers. Consumer behavior will be discussed within a marketing framework and
will be related to the task of marketing management. Prerequisite: MK 301
MK 345 Advertising Management 3 hours
Focuses upon one area of the marketing mix–advertising. Experiential learning is emphasized,
and students are required to develop an advertising campaign for a client. Small groups
form advertising agencies, with students assuming the roles of account executive, creative
director, research director, media director, and promotion director. Each agency competes
for the client’s account. Prerequisite: MK 301.
MK 350 Sales Management 3 hours
A multidisciplinary approach to the study of sales force management. The topic areas of major
concern focus on the total sales process: selection, training, motivation, and compensation of
personnel, sales forecasting, sales territory management, and analysis. The basic objectives
are to provide the student with a management perspective to plan, organize, and direct a
sales force. Prerequisite: MK 301
MK 448 Global Marketing 3 hours
This course is designed around the analysis of international marketing competition in
the foreign market context. The objectives of the course are to provide the student with
the necessary background to evaluate foreign environments, to evaluate the inuence of
337
international marketing competition on the domestic marketing mix, and to design multinational
business strategies. Prerequisite: MK 301
MK 468 Retail Merchandising and Design Management 3 hours
This course introduces the basic elements of design related to promoting merchandising.
Topics include exterior and interior display, their coordination with other related departments,
the use of color, equipment and display materials, lighting and sources of supply. Store
xtures, design fundamentals, and display principles are studied for analysis of interior and
exterior displays, and to give shape and substance to the planning, installation and evaluation
of displays. Prerequisite: MK 301
MK 480 Supply Chain Management 3 hours
Supply chain management entails managing the ow of goods and information through a
production or distribution network to ensure that the right goods are delivered to the right place
in the right quantity at the right time. Supply chain management encompasses a wide range
of activities – from strategic activities, such as capacity expansion or consolidation, make/
buy decisions and initiation of supplier contracts, to tactical activities, such as production,
procurement and logistics planning, to, nally, operational activities, such as operations
scheduling and release decisions, batch sizing and issuing of purchase orders. Prerequisites:
MA 171 or MA 211 and BA 260.
Music
MU 090 Music Recital Class 0 hour
A class designed to expose students to various types of music in the vocal, instrumental, and
keyboard genres. This course is required of all music majors for eight semesters on a pass/
fail basis and all music minors for four semesters on a pass/fail basis.
MU 100 Individual Instruction 1-2 hours
Designed for the beginner and/or intermediate student. Not available for credit toward degree
requirements. Students are expected to practice ve hours per one credit hour. Repeatable
credit. Limited enrollment. Prerequisite: audition.
MU 101 Class Piano 1 hour
Introduction to the fundamentals of piano playing. Especially designed for the beginner. Not
available for credit toward degree requirements. Repeatable credit.
MU 102 Class Voice 1 hour
Introduction to the fundamentals of singing. Designed especially for the beginner. Not
available for credit toward degree requirements. Repeatable credit.
MU 103 Class Instrument 1 hour
Introduction to the fundamentals of playing an instrument. Especially designed for the beginner.
Not available for credit toward degree requirements. Repeatable credit.
338
MU 104 Class Organ 1 hour
An introduction to the fundamentals of organ playing. This course is especially designed for
the beginner. Not available for credit toward degree requirements. Repeatable credit. Oered
alternate years.
MU 111 Basic Musicianship 3 hours
This course is a study of the rudiments of music. It is designed for the general university
student or the music major and minor whose pre-university music skills are decient. Not
available for credit toward degree requirements. Repeatable credit. Music majors must take
this concurrently with MU 101 or MU 161-164.
MU 140 English and Italian Diction for Singers 3 hours
Principles of pronunciation and articulation for sung and spoken English and Italian through the
use of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA). Emphasis is placed upon correct articulation,
stress, and inection for singing of each language.
MU 141 German and French Diction for Singers 3 hours
Principles of pronunciation and articulation for sung and spoken French and German through
the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet (IPA). Emphasis is placed upon correct
articulation, stress and inection for singing of each language.
This class is especially designed to prepare music majors for the piano prociency examination
given at the end of each academic year. The piano prociency exam must be successfully
completed by the end of the sophomore year. Audition/permission of the instructor. Music
majors must take this concurrently with MU 111.
MU 165-166 Individual Instruction and Laboratory 1-2 hours
This course is designed for majors and minors in the study of primary and secondary areas
of concentration. Students are expected to practice ve hours a week per one hour credit.
The laboratory consists of a weekly forum that provides an opportunity for performing in a
low-stress situation in preparation for juries and recitals. Students must enroll every semester,
except during internships, until the senior recital is passed. Limited enrollments. Prerequisite:
audition/jury.
MU 170 Introduction to Music Technology 3 hours
An introduction to audio recording technique based on Pro Tools, including survey of popular
music software and hardware. Software applications, such as word processing, spreadsheets,
database, and PowerPoint is included. Assignments include vocal recordings, creating short
lm soundtracks and practical use of software tools. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
339
MU 200 Music Appreciation 3 hours
An introduction to the music of the Western world from the Middle Ages to the present time.
Consideration is given to the various political, social, and religious factors that have caused
changes in musical style from one art period to another. Representative compositions from
each art period will be studied. Out-of-class listening and concert and recital attendance are
also a part of class activities.
MU 201 University Choir 0-1 hour
A large ensemble ranging from 80 to 100 plus voices. Membership in this ensemble is by
audition and/or consent of the director. This ensemble will prepare students for the smaller
ensemble, the Aeolians, MU 202. Choral literature from the classical, romantic, and modern
art periods will be performed. In addition, larger choral works will be sung, and when possible,
these works will be performed with orchestra. Repeatable credit.
MU 202 Aeolians 0-1 hour
This ensemble is a midsize ensemble (40-55 members) of select voices primarily made up of
music majors and minors. Membership into this ensemble is by audition and/or consent of the
director. The ensemble performs for civic, religious, academic and cultural events. Repertoire
spanning from early baroque to contemporary gospel music is performed. Members joining
this ensemble must demonstrate the ability to sing in various musical genres with ease. The
Aeolians will join with the University Choir for certain civic, academic, and or religious events
as needed. Repeatable credit.
MU 204 Wind Ensemble 0-1 hour
A large ensemble that rehearses and performs standard band repertory. Membership by
audition. Repeatable credit.
MU 205 Chamber Ensemble 0-1 hour
A variety of small ensembles that rehearse and perform literature appropriate for the ensemble
(composition, vocal, piano, instrumental, hand bells, etc.). Limited membership by audition.
Repeatable credit.
MU 207 Orchestra 0-1 hour
A large ensemble that rehearses and performs standard orchestral literature. Membership
by audition. Repeatable credit.
MU 211, 212 Theory I and Laboratory 3, 3 hours
A study of the structural and harmonic materials of diatonic music, with examples drawn from
standard classical literature. Written, aural, and keyboard work are an integral part of this
course. Prerequisite: MU 111 or placement test.
MU 217, 218 Sight Singing, Ear Training, and Dictation 1, 1 hour
Concentration on development of rhythmic, melodic, and harmonic ear training skills.
Concurrent registration in MU 211, 212. Prerequisite: basic musicianship
340
MU 220 Music Repertoire 3 hours
Guided listening to standard works of the Western classical repertoire. The list of works is
determined by the entire music faculty and is revised periodically. Prerequisite: MU 211 or
permission of instructor.
MU 223 History of African-American Music 3 hours
A study of the history of African-American music from 1619 through the present day. Focuses
upon the socio-historical context in which popular music, folk music, classical music, and the
religious music evolved. Topics include the spiritual, blues, gospel, jazz, rhythm and blues and
contemporary music, as well as women in music. Out-of-class listening, concert and recital
attendance are also a part of class activities. (formerly listed as MU 323 History of African-
American Music (W)).
MU 230 Principles of Teaching Music Education 2 hours
A basic survey course designed to give the prospective teacher an understanding of the
principles of music teaching and learning. The procedures employed will be the organization,
motivation, and management of preschool-12 instrumental, vocal/choral, and general
music. Opportunities are provided by observing, assisting, conducting, playing, singing, and
participating in laboratory activities.
MU 231 Survey of Woodwind Instruments 1 hour
This course is designed to develop the technical knowledge necessary for teaching tone
production and performance skills on woodwind instruments. Oered alternate years, pending
enrollment.
MU 232 Survey of String Instruments 1 hour
This course is designed to develop the technical knowledge necessary for teaching tone
production and performance skills on string instruments. Oered alternate years, pending
enrollment.
MU 233 Survey of Percussion Instruments 1 hour
This course is designed to develop the technical knowledge necessary for teaching tone
production and performance skills on percussion instruments. Oered alternate years.
Prerequisite: MU 212.
MU 234 Survey of Brass Instruments 1 hour
This course is designed to develop the technical knowledge necessary for teaching tone
production and performance skills on brass instruments. Oered alternate years, pending
enrollment.
MU 265, 266 Individual Instruction and Laboratory 1-2 hours
For course description, see MU 165, 166. Prerequisite: audition/jury. Limited enrollment.
341
MU 270 Music Acoustics and Microphone Technique 2 hours
This course provides a scientic appreciation of musical acoustics as it relates to the physical
properties of sound, analysis of sound production by musical instruments, the human voice
and how our ears and brain analyze musical events. Prerequisite: MU 170.
MU 300 Individual Instruction 1-2 hours
Not available for credit to majors and minors. Limited enrollment. Students are expected to
practice ve hours a week per one credit hour. Repeatable credit. Junior level. Prerequisite:
audition.
MU 311, 312 Theory II and Laboratory 3, 3 hours
The study of structural and harmonic materials of chromatic music, with examples drawn
from standard classical literature. Written, aural, and keyboard work are integral parts of this
course. Prerequisite: MU 212.
MU 314 18th Century Counterpoint 3 hours
A study of 18th century two-, three-, and four-voice counterpoint. Oered alternate years,
pending enrollment. Prerequisite: MU 212.
MU 315 Form and Analysis 2-3 hours
A detailed analysis of structure, harmonic, and contrapuntal forms in tonal music. Oered
fall semester, odd years only. Prerequisite: MU 212
MU 316 Orchestration 3 hours
The study of range, techniques, timbre, and transportation of orchestral and band instruments.
Written exercises are an integral part of the course. Oered spring semester, even numbered
years only. Prerequisite: MU 212
MU 317, 318 Sight Singing, Ear Training, and Dictation 1, 1 hour
Advanced concentration on development of rhythmic, melodic, and ear training skills.
Concurrent registration in MU 311, 312. Prerequisite: MU 217, 218.
MU 320 Music History and Literature I Chant to Chorale, 600-1600 (W) 3 hours
An in-depth study of the development of Western music from the monophonic chants of the
early church and continuing to the growth of polyphony, to the appearance of secular forms
and to the music of the Reformation. Compositions will be studied, analyzed, and listened to.
Attention will be drawn to the political, religious, philosophical, and social events that shape
the arts of any given time. Out-of-class listening and concert and recital attendance are also
part of the class activities. Oered fall semesters. Prerequisites: junior standing and MU
212, MU 220, EN 112, or permission of the instructor.
MU 321 Music History and Literature II Monteverdi to Mozart (W) 3 hours
The development of major musical styles in the baroque and classical periods. Compositions
will be studied, analyzed, and listened to. Attention will be drawn to the political, religious,
342
philosophical, and social events that shape the arts of any given time. Out-of-class listening and
concert and recital attendance are also part of the class activities. Oered spring semesters.
Prerequisites: junior standing and MU 212, EN 112, or permission of the instructor.
MU 322 Music History and Literature III Beethoven to the Present (W) 3 hours
A study of the development of musical styles in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
Consideration will also be paid to the inuence of African-American composers and their
music. Compositions will be studied, analyzed, and listened to. Attention will be drawn to
the political, religious, philosophical, and social events that shape the arts of any given time.
Out-of-class listening and concert and recital attendance are also part of the class activities.
Prerequisites: junior standing and MU 212, MU 220, EN 112 or permission of the instructor.
MU 324, 325 Piano Literature I, II 3, 3 hours
A comprehensive study of teaching methods and piano literature from all art periods. Stylistic
tendencies as well as performance practices will be studied. Oered alternate years, pending
enrollment. Prerequisite: MU 265
MU 326 Vocal Literature - Song Repertoire 2 hours
A survey of song literature from 1600 to the present day. Study of representative composers,
poets, and works, with extensive listening and performance required. Emphasis will be placed
on German Lieder, French Melodie, Italian Canzone, and the British and American art song. An
analysis of performance practices of the various musical periods, styles, and representative
composers of each genre. Oered alternating odd years, pending enrollment. Prerequisite:
MU 140, MU 141, MU 265. Oered fall semester, odd numbered years only.
MU 328 Church Music and Worship (W) 3 hours
The study of the development of church music literature from antiquity to the present. Emphasis
will be placed upon hymnology, church music practice, and Biblical principles governing music
ministry. Oered fall semesters. Prerequisite: EN 112.
MU 329 Instrumental Literature 3 hours
A comprehensive study of teaching methods and literature for various instruments from all
art periods. Stylistic tendencies as well as performance practices will be considered. Oered
alternate years, pending enrollment. Prerequisite: MU 265.
MU 330 Literature of School Music 3 hours
A critical study of school music literature pertaining to American multiculturalism. Appropriate
for P-12 in public and private settings. A practicum is required. Prerequisite: MU 230.
MU 331 Diction for School Music 1 hour
The study of the International Phonetic Alphabet as it pertains to romantic and Germanic
languages to aid in eective communication with students of diverse backgrounds in public
and private school settings. Oered alternate years. Prerequisite: MU 230.
343
MU 332, 333 Methods and Materials of Teaching 2, 3 hours
A two-part course in methods, materials, and techniques of teaching school music from
preschool-grade 12. Emphasis is placed on the planning and implementation of learning
activities in simulated and/or clinical settings. A practicum is required. Oered alternate
years, pending enrollment. Prerequisite: ED 300.
MU 340 Modern Foreign Language Reading for Musicians 3 hours
This course pursues modern language translations and denitions of song literature, dynamic
markings, music terminology to equip musicians in the common languages of music.
Prerequisite: MU 266.
MU 360 Conducting 2-3 hours
The study of basic conducting techniques and patterns and their application in solving musical
problems of tempo changes, dynamics, fermatas, cuing, and the development of the left hand.
Oered alternate years. Prerequisite: MU 212.
MU 362 Opera Workshop I 2 hours
A survey of operatic literature from the Baroque to the Romantic Period. This course will
emphasize the performance and staging of representative works of important composers
from these musical periods culminating with a staged production. Prerequisites: MU 140,
MU 141, and MU 265. Oered spring semester, even numbered years only.
MU 363 Opera Workshop II 2 hours
A survey of operatic literature and musical theatre literature from the 20th century to the
present day. This course will emphasize the performance and staging of representative
works of important composers from this time period, culminating with a staged production.
MU 140, MU 141, MU 265. Oered spring semester, odd numbered years only.
MU 365, 366 Individual Instruction and Laboratory 1-2 hours
For course description, see MU 165, 166. Prerequisites: audition/jury. Limited enrollment.
MU 371 Digital Orchestration and Music Notation 2 hours
A study of construction, timbre, and characteristic of MIDI and digital instruments for soundtrack
creation, with advanced study in music notation programs. Prerequisite: MU 170.
MU 380 Piano Pedagogy and Practicum 3 hours
A comprehensive study of methods, materials, and physiological and technical problems
involved in teaching piano. Students will have supervised experiences in the teaching of
private lessons. Oered alternate years. Prerequisite: MU 265.
MU 382 Instrument Pedagogy and Practicum 3 hours
A comprehensive study of methods, materials, and physiological and technical problems
involved in teaching various instruments. Students will have supervised experiences in the
teaching of private lessons. Oered alternate years or as needed. Prerequisite: MU 265.
344
MU 383 Anatomy for Singers 3 hours
A study of the anatomical structure of the human body as it relates to the art of singing.
Attention will be given to the function and structure of organs, muscles, cartilage, and bones
involved in the respiratory and phonation process needed for singing. Oered fall semester,
even numbered years only. Prerequisite: MU 265.
MU 384 Vocal Pedagogy and Practicum 3 hours
A comprehensive study of methods, materials, and sequence for teaching voice. Emphasis is
placed upon proper voice development and methods of vocal production and maintenance.
Students will have supervised experiences in the teaching of private lessons. Oered alternate
years. Prerequisite: MU 265.
MU 411 Modern-Day Arranging 3 hours
A study of the art of arranging for voice and instruments using conventional and twentieth-
century techniques. Oered alternate years, pending enrollment. Prerequisite: MU 315.
MU 412 19th and 20th Century Analytical Technique 3 hours
This course is a continuation of MU 315 Form and Analysis and includes the study and
analysis of nineteenth- and twentieth-century scores and compositional techniques. Students
will analyze dierent types (orchestral, keyboard, vocal, etc.) and write a paper on each piece.
Prerequisites: MU 312, 314, 315.
MU 465, 466 Individual Instruction and Laboratory 1-2 hours
For course description, see MU 165, 166. Prerequisite: MU 365, 366. Limited enrollment.
MU 470 Audio Workstation I 3 hours
An advanced study of digital recording and editing based on computer-based recording
systems on live and studio recording projects. Prerequisite: MU 170.
MU 471 Audio Workstation II 3 hours
An advanced study of audio mixing and MIDI and lm soundtrack composition. Prerequisites:
MU 170, MU 470.
MU 472 Virtual Instruments 2 hours
A study of software (plug-in) and re-wired virtual instruments in Pro Tools sessions, and
Garageband including Reason and Live. Prerequisite: MU 470
MU 490-491 Research and Independent Study each 1-3 hours
An individual investigation into the art/science of music. A major research project is required.
Prerequisite: MU 321.
MU 499 Recital 0-2 hours
Attendance at all departmental recitals and concerts is required of all majors and minors.
All solo recitals are preceded by a pre-recital six weeks prior to the recital date. Individual
instruction is required. The Bachelor of Arts degree requires one 30-minute junior recital and
345
one 60-minute senior recital. Senior status begins after the completion of the junior recital. The
Bachelor of Science degree requires one 40-minute recital. The Bachelor of Music degree
requires one 30-minute recital and one 60-minute recital. The minor in music requires one
30-minute recital. All recitals must be given in the same medium and be memorized according
to traditional protocol. Repeatable credit. Prerequisites: MU 366. Permission from instructor
required.
Nutrition and Dietetics
ND 102 Introduction to Dietetics 1 hour
Introduction to professional issues, roles, ethics, and values of the dietitian. Examines the
nontraditional or alternative roles for the nutrition and dietetics professional. Emphasizes
portfolio development and preparation for national registration examination. (previously FS
102)
ND 111 Food Preparation 3 hours
The selection, care, composition, and preparation of foods. (previously FS 111) One laboratory
each week.
ND 131 Nutrition and Lab 3 hours
Basic principles of human nutrition, including biochemical functions of nutrients, nutrient
allowances for various ages and the relationship between food choices and health. Lab fee
applies. (previously FS 131)
ND 233 Food Science and Laboratory 3 hours
Demonstrates how the laws of science are evident in producing, processing, preparing,
preserving, and metabolizing food. Students will learn how science connects to cooking,
health, food storage as well as daily food encounters. This course covers the basic laws of
chemistry, microbiology, and physics as they are applied to food components and complex
food systems. Students will learn scientic facts and principles that can be applied to a
future career in food science and more creative, nutritious food handling. The requirements
and opportunities for obtaining a food science career are explored as well as the impact of
this career path on local, national, and global economies. Lab fee applies. Prerequisite: ND
131. Co-Requisite BI 221 Recommended: CH 141-142
ND 301 Experimental Foods and Laboratory 3 hours
Advanced study of the physical and chemical properties of food and the concepts underlying
food handling, packaging and preservation. The student will also learn the structure,
composition, palatability, and nutritive value of food. (previously FS 301) Lab fee applies.
Prerequisites: ND 111, ND 131, ND 233 and CH 101 or CH 141.
346
ND 321 Advanced Nutrition (W) 3 hours
A study of the physiological and chemical factors involved in the absorption and metabolism
of food nutrients and how these factors apply to normal nutrition. (previously FS 321)
Prerequisites: BI 112, CH 142, EN 112, ND 131 or by permission of instructor.
ND 322 Life Span Nutrition 3 hours
The management of normal nutrition needs of individuals across the life cycle including focus
on pregnancy, lactation, normal infant growth and development, childhood and adolescence,
adult men’s and women’s health issues and healthy aging. (previously FS 322) Prerequisite:
ND 131 or by permission of instructor.
ND 323 Community Nutrition 3 hours
This course is designed to prepare students for presentation of nutrition information to
individuals and groups in a variety of community settings, and facilitate the development of skills
for planning and assessing community nutrition programs. (previously FS 323) Prerequisites:
ND 322 and junior standing.
ND 351 Nutrition Assessment and Counseling and Lab 4 hours
An application of techniques for nutrition assessment and counseling with emphasis on
improving skills in verbal and nonverbal communication in the clinical nutrition setting.
Education skills for the RD including behavioral and cognitive theories are useful for aecting
behavioral change. Evaluation of learning and practicum experience modeled after the private
format. Lab fee applies.
ND 360 Vegetarian Cuisine 3 hours
This course is designed to provide students with the knowledge and skills necessary for the
preparation of vegetarian and vegan meals. (previously FS 360) Lab fee applies.
ND 421 Quantity Food Management and Laboratory 3 hours
Introduction to the responsibilities of rst-level food service supervisors in quantity food
service; includes planning, preparation, service, and safety of acceptable nutritionally adequate
meals at designated budgetary levels. Laboratory experience in quantity food production.
Lab fee applies. (previously FS 421) Prerequisites: BA 310, ND 111, and junior standing
or permission of instructor.
ND 431 Food Systems Management and Lab 3 hours
Introduction to food services, including principles of organization and management,
organizational leadership, nancial control, equipment selection, organization HRM, food
service organization law and legislation, layout in institutional food service, and technical
operations (previously FS 431). Laboratory experience in food service management. Lab
fee applies. Prerequisites: ND 421 .
ND 439 Medical Nutrition Therapy I and Lab 3 hours
Introduction of clinical experience in dietetics, understanding and applying clinical laboratory
values, nutritional assessment, medical nutritional therapy, Adventist beliefs and professional
347
conduct in patient care. Lab fee applies. (previously FS 439) Prerequisites: ND 102, ND
131, ND 321, ND 323, or permission of instructor.
ND 440 Medical Nutrition Therapy II and Lab 3 hours
Advanced study of clinical experience in dietetics with emphasis on the pathophysiology
of diseases and the appropriate application of medical nutrition therapy. Lab fee applies.
(previously FS 440) Prerequisite: ND 102, ND 131, ND 321, ND 322, ND 323, ND 439 or
permission of instructor.
ND 442 Nutrition and Wellness 3 hours
Study of the role of lifestyle factors in disease prevention and health promotion. This course
emphasizes a plant based diet and the principles of NEWSTART. Prerequisite: ND 131
ND 453 Senior Seminar-Dietetics 1 hour
Review of course content previously covered in dietetics classes for the purpose of preparing
for the senior exit examination. Review and exit exam simulates the national registration
exam. Dietetics major only. Prerequisite: senior standing
ND 490-491 Research and Independent Study (W) each 1-3 hours
An original investigation in subject areas of nutrition, dietetics or wellness with guidance of
the faculty. Prerequisites: EN 112, senior standing and prior approval by department chair.
ND 495-496 Dietetics Internship I-II 12-12 hours
The Dietetic Internship Program provides supervised practical experience at various hospitals,
food service institutions, long-term care and public health and wellness facilities. Students are
required to attend a one week orientation on campus before beginning internship rotations.
Rotations may be completed at approved facilities in-state or out-of-state. (previously FS
495-496)
Nursing
NU 106 Non-Drug Therapeutics 3 hours
This elective course is intended to teach persons simple remedies and treatments that can
be used in the home. What constitutes simple remedies and treatments from the perspective
of Ellen White and perspectives from health professionals with congruent views on these
complementary health approaches are explored. The principles underlying the eects of the
treatment methods are examined, and common symptoms and illnesses that respond to
these treatments are covered. It is not expected that the information given in this course will
take the place of the services of physicians or other health-care professionals.
NU 107 Introduction to Professional Nursing 2 hours
This course introduces Biblical and Seventh-day Adventist principles of health and to the
philosophy and conceptual framework of the Oakwood University Department of Nursing.
Taught from a critical thinking perspective, this writing intensive course will also include nursing
348
history and trends, medical terminology,and an introduction to legal and ethical issues in health
care and selected test-taking strategies; Needed for admission to the nursing program.
NU 111 Health Promotion and Environmental Health 3 hours
This course focuses on theories, concepts, and the appropriate technology related to health
and health promotion, with emphasis on biblical and Seventh-day Adventist principles. It
concentrates on factors that inuence health and strategies that enhance the care of individuals
and communities through the promotion of healthy lifestyle habits and a healthy environment.
Basic knowledge related to environmental health will be incorporated (e.g., assessment and
referral, advocacy, environmental justice, risk communication, legislation, and regulation).
Prerequisites: NU 107; admission to nursing program.
NU 206 Test taking Skills in Nursing (elective course) 2 hours
This elective course is designed specically to address students’ remediation needs. Critical
thinking and test taking skills are emphasized. This course provides a systematic and
comprehensive approach to test taking at a beginning level. A review of content from previous
and current courses based on individual student needs will be incorporated. The course is
designed to facilitate the student’s academic achievements. The student will be expected to
practice and complete a variety of question types common to testing in the nursing discipline.
Pre-requisites: NU107 and admission to the Nursing program.
NU 210 Fundamentals and Skills 3 hours
This course introduces the student to professional nursing skills used in basic health
assessment and patient care procedures performed in a variety of health care settings across
the life span. Patient-related developmental, psychosocial, and environmental factors that
individualize nursing care will be addressed. Prerequisites: NU 107 and admission to the
Nursing Program.
NU 211 Assessment and Skills 3 hours
This course further develops professional nursing assessment and performance skills
introduced in NU 210 Fundamentals and Skills, with an emphasis on appropriate technology
for health promotion, protection, and restoration across the life span. Interpersonal and
communication skills are emphasized. This course has 2 hours of lecture and 8 hours of lab.
Prerequisites: NU 210.
NU 212 Pharmacology for Nursing 2 hours
A study of the principles of pharmacology and the roles and responsibilities of the nurse in
drug administration will be emphasized in this course. A survey of the major drug categories
will provide a foundation for the specic pharmacological applications in each clinical course.
Non-nursing majors by permission of instructor. Co-requisite: NU 210
349
NU 214 Nursing Performance I 1 hour
This clinical course provides opportunities for the development of professional nursing skills
with emphasis on health promotion, disease prevention, health restoration, and beginning
health assessment and nursing procedures in a variety of health care settings. Co-requisite:
NU 211.
NU 312 Pharmacology for Nursing 2 hours
This course extends the core pharmacological principles presented in NU212 Pharmacology
for Nursing I. This course is a thorough study of selected drug categories that will support
development of competency when managing common and complex drugs administered
through more sophisticated routes. Students will focus on interpreting eective communication
in reports of drug action, rationale for use, common and/or life-threatening side eects, nursing
implications, and client teaching issues for each major classication of drugs. Prerequisites:
NU 212 Pharmacology for Nursing I
NU 319 Nursing Ethics 2 hours
This course is designed to cover an introduction to ethical principles and ethical decision-
making in clinical nursing practice. The course is organized in three parts: theories and
concepts, nursing ethics across the lifespan, and special ethical issues. Emphasis is placed
on values clarication, professional ethical responsibilities, and ethical humanistic nursing
care. This study of nursing ethics provides the student with a foundational knowledge about
bioethics, ethics, and ethical reasoning to prepare them for analyzing ethical issues in the
workplace. Opportunities are provided for students to explore, examine, and reect on
professional nursing practice and its relationship to ethical healthcare delivery from a Christian
perspective using critical thinking skills. Co-requisite: NU 339 Adult and Gerontological Nursing
II.
NU 330 Pathophysiology 3 hours
This course is the study of the physiologic changes that occur as a result of disease processes
and functions of the body. Alterations, the mechanisms involved, and their manifestations as
signs, symptoms, and physical and laboratory ndings are examined in order to provide the
common bond linking microbiology, chemistry, anatomy, and biochemistry to clinical practice.
Non-nursing majors by permission of instructor. Co-requisite: NU331
NU 331 Adult and Gerontological Nursing I 3 hours
The course focuses on professional nursing principles for the promotion, maintenance, and
restoration of health for young, middle, and older adults. Contemporary health issues and
concerns of these age groups will be studied with emphasis on developmental stages, health
promotion practices, impact of illness, spiritual dimensions, and cultural diversity. Selected
geriatric syndromes encountered across care settings will also be addressed. A multi-sectoral
approach will be used to study socioeconomics and the ethical and legal issues that aect
these adults. Co-requisites: NU 312.
350
NU 332 Mental Health Nursing 4 hours
This course addresses clinical reasoning and clinical judgement the nurse practices when
promoting, maintaining, and restoring optimum functioning of clients with neuropsychiatric
disorders. It builds on concepts of the nursing process behavior change, relationship
development, therapeutic communication skills learned in prior nursing courses. Emphasis
is placed upon concepts including but not limited to emotions, stress, coping, addiction,
violence, suicide, and safety. Co-requisite: NU339
NU 333 Nursing Performance II 2 hours
This clinical course provides opportunities for the implementation of professional nursing
care to facilitate health promotion, maintenance, and restoration for adult clients in a variety
of settings, including mental health experiences. Co-requisites: NU 331.
NU 336 Research in Nursing (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to introduce the student to principles and methods of research to
be utilized in developing a nursing research project. The research process is introduced
where basic skills for critiquing research literature are practiced. Utilizing research ndings to
incorporate them into practice are explored. Emphasis is placed on the ethical/legal principles
of scientic research. Prerequisites: EN 112 and PY 307, or permission of instructor.
NU 339 Adult and Gerontological Nursing II 5 hours
This course addresses advanced clinical reasoning and clinical judgment the nurse uses when
promoting, maintaining and restoring health in young, middle, and older adults. Contemporary
health issues and concerns of these age groups will be studied with emphasis on selected
concepts including but not limited to Circulation, Homeostasis, Movement, Perfusion,
Protection, and Respiration. The impact of health promotion practices, developmental stages,
illness, cultural diversity and spirituality on patients/clients will be addressed. Selected geriatric
syndromes encountered across care settings will be examined. Prerequisite: NU331
NU 340 Transition to Professional Nursing 4 hours
The associate degree and diploma nurse are oriented to the roles of the baccalaureate nurse
through the exploration of professional issues. Students are introduced to the philosophy and
conceptual framework of the bachelor of science program at Oakwood University. Theoretical
models are examined. This course provides a systematic and comprehensive approach
to health assessment and decision making. Campus laboratory experiences are required.
Prerequisite: admission to the BS completion option in nursing.
NU 350 International Nursing (W) 3-6 hours
This elective course provides the student an opportunity to gain theoretical and practical
knowledge of issues in international nursing practice. The student may elect to participate in
the didactic portion of the course only, or may engage in an overseas experience during the
summer. Prerequisite: EN 112
351
NU 409 Nursing with Infants and Children 4 hours
This course addresses clinical judgment and clinical reasoning the nurse uses when promoting,
maintaining and restoring optimum functioning of infants, children, adolescents and their
families. It builds on concepts of physiological adaptation, health promotion, and interpersonal
communication skills learned in prior nursing courses. Health issues and nursing concerns of
these age groups will be studied with emphasis on developmental stages, family processes,
health promotion practices and social, cultural, and spiritual inuences. Prerequisites: NU
339
NU 411 Community Health Nursing 4 hours
This course analyzes the multifaceted role of the community health nurse in managing
population health. Clinical reasoning and clinical judgment are practiced within community
settings to advance the wellness potential of families, groups, and communities. Basic
principles of the epidemiological process related to health promotion, i.e. primary, secondary,
and tertiary disease prevention are emphasized. A key focus is on involvement of the
professional nurse in ethical issues, and health policy formulation with emphasis on vulnerable
populations. Co-requisites: NU416 and NU495 Capstone Course.
NU 412 Nursing With Women During Childbearing Years 4 hours
This course addresses clinical judgement and clinical reasoning the nurse uses when
promoting, maintaining, anad restoring optimum functioning of women during childbearing
years, childbirth, and their newborns. It builds on concepts learned in prior nursing courses.
It emphasizes physiological, environmental, cultural, behavioral, and spiritual factors and
issues that inuence the reproductive woman and childbearing. Issues and trends in women’s
health are addressed as well as professional nursing interventions. Prerequisites: NU 339
NU 414 Nursing Performance RN I 2 hours
This clinical course provides opportunities for the implementation of professional nursing care
to facilitate health promotion, maintenance, restoration and leadership for older adults and
their families in hospital and community-based settings. Prerequisites: Completion of junior
level RN-BS courses. Co-requisites: NU 412, Nursing elective.
NU 415 Gerontological Nursing 3 hours
This course focuses on professional nursing principles for the promotion, maintenance, and
restoration of health for older adults. Contemporary health issues and concerns of this age
group will be studied with emphasis on developmental changes, health promotion practices,
impact of illness, spiritual dimensions, and cultural diversity. A multi-sectoral approach will
be used to study socioeconomics and the ethical and legal issues that aect adult health.
Prerequisites: Completion of junior level RN-BS courses. Co-requisites: NU 414, NU 450.
NU 416 Management and Leadership in Nursing 2 hours
This course addresses leadership as an essential aspect of the role of the professional
registered nurse. Reection on important concepts for the nurse manager will be the focus.
Concepts included, but not limited to are self-care, emotional intelligence, leadership,
352
vision, delegation, safety and legal variables, innovation, quality improvement, emergency
preparedness, and case management. Prerequisites: NU 409 and 412. Co-requisites: NU
495 Capstone Course.
NU 418 Nursing Performance RN II 4 hours
This clinical course provides opportunities to manage health care of individuals, families,
groups, and communities requiring health promotion, maintenance, and restoration. The
student will practice leadership skills in a variety of settings. The student will be expected
to integrate knowledge from previous and current courses in the management of complex,
leadership, and community nursing throughout the life span in leadership, community nursing
and the management of complex nursing situations. Prerequisites: NU 414, NU 415, NU
450. Co-requisites: NU 411 and NU 416.
NU 419 Critical/Complex Medical Surgical Nursing 3 hours
This course builds on the medical surgical nursing concepts in prior nursing courses with
emphasis on managing patients/clients with critical illness involving but not limited to
perfusion, clotting, acid-base, uid and electrolytes and oxygenation/gas exchange. Clinical
reasoning and clinical judgement will be demonstrated in the care and management of these
patients including management of geriatric syndromes. Prerequisite: NU 339
NU 421 Nursing Seminar 2 hours
This course is designed to prepare the students for the departmental exit examination and
the National Council Licensure Examination for Registered Nurses (NCLEX-RN). It reviews
concepts learned throughout the nursing program and evaluates comprehensive learning
using computerized standardized tests and an E-Portfolio.
NU 450 Nursing Elective 2-3 hours
This senior course allows the student an opportunity to select a preferred area of nursing
practice for focused theoretical learning and clinical experience. The student, in consultation
with the course advisor, plans the course activities. This course is a requirement in the RN
completion option and may be taken as an elective in the generic option.
NU490 Research and Independent Study (elective) 3 hours
This course is designed to provide opportunities for students to be actively engaged in
faculty research projects. The focus of the projects will center on Health Promotion and
disease prevention. Priority will be given to research protocols aiming to reduce disparities
in underserved populations. As the unique mission of the Seventh-day Adventist Church
includes promoting health of individuals, families groups and communities, one or more of
the Biblical principles of health will be integrated into the research project. Permission of
Instructor
NU490 Nursing Capstone Course 3 hours
This capstone course provides opportunities for practicing clinical reasoning and clinical
judgement with appropriate autonomy when managing the health care of individuals with
353
complex/criticalcare needs across the lifespan. It builds on knowledge gained from previous
nursing courses allowing for the application of theories and concepts associated with nursing
leadership, nursing research and management of care. Co-requisites: NU 416 and NU 411
OU Designated Courses
OU 101 Freshman Seminar 2 hours
This course is a general education requirement for all Freshmen and any new student entering
with less than 30 semester hours of transfer credit as well as those with a GPA below 2.0 and
lower entrance exam scores as determined by the admissions oce. The course provides
meaningful transition for the freshman student to a new social as well as academic and
spiritual environment at the College level.
OU 205 Global Service 2 hours
This course prepares students to be servant leaders in the world through reective global
outreach interactions. It teaches commitment to Seventh-day Adventist ideals of service,
benevolence, and community involvement. There are two parts to the course. The rst
portion is instructional and is carried out in a classroom setting. The second component is
international service participation and is carried out in a foreign country.
Physical Education
PE 101 Physical Conditioning 1 hour
This course focuses on understanding exercise and its eect on the body. Cardiovascular
endurance, muscular strength, endurance and exibility are improved through a variety of
conditioning activities.
PE 102 Basic Swimming 1 hour
This course is designed to teach a non-swimmer or a shallow water swimmer to become a
safe and ecient deep water swimmer. After the development of sucient skills to perform a
modied crawl stroke, the elementary back stroke, survival oating, jumping into deep water,
leveling o and changing directions, swimmers will be able to swim in deep water. This course
is taught in accordance with American Red Cross standards.
PE 107 Aerobic Swimming 1 hour
A course designed for the swimmer that emphasizes the benets of continuous exercise.
Special emphasis will be placed on developing strength in dierent body areas and enhancing
the cardiovascular tness of the student. This class takes the learned aspects of the swimming
strokes and applies them to the student’s overall tness level. Prerequisite: PE 102 or
permission of the instructor.
354
PE 120 Flag Football 1 hour
This course content emphasizes the basic playing skills of ag football at the beginning level,
as well as to encourage long-term physical activity, and a combination of skill development,
team strategy, league play, and ociating.
PE 122 Basketball 1 hour
This course content emphasizes the basic playing skills of basketball at the beginner level, as
well as the rules, strategies, safety, oensive and defensive patterns of play, and competitive
activities.
PE 126 Softball 1 hour
This course content emphasizes the basic playing skills of softball at the beginner level, as
well as rules, strategies, safety, oensive and defensive elements, and competitive activities.
These common elements will be applied to fast pitch, slow pitch, and coed softball.
PE 128 Volleyball 1 hour
This course content emphasizes the basic skills of volleyball at the beginner level, as well as
rules, strategies, safety, oensive and defensive patterns of play, and competitive activities.
PE 150 Badminton 1 hour
An introduction to the skills and rules of badminton.
PE 155 Cross Training Concepts 1 hour
This course includes beginning cross-training ideas, techniques, and application to a total
exercise program are discovered. Exercises designed for the development of cardiopulmonary
endurance and muscular tness. Application of varied activities included. (formerly named
Aerobics)
PE 170 Self Defense 1 hour
This course is designed for beginners interested in being exposed to diering philosophies
in self-defense. Academically, the course covers topics of assault, battery, home invasion
crimes, and increase in physical tness level.
PE 175 Mixed Rackets 1 hour
This course covers three dierent racket sports through the semester (Badminton, Pickleball,
and Tennis). This course is designed to increase physical tness.
PE 180 Zumba 1 hour
Zumba is a Latin-inspired tness class that is designed for all levels of tness. This form of
exercise is modeled after interval training by combining various forms of Latin movement
styles that tone the body while improving physical tness
PE 190-191 Independent Activity (Disabilities Students Only) 1-1-1 hour
Independent activity classes for those with disabilities and others with special needs under
the direction of a physical education advisor. Prerequisite: junior standing
355
PE 192 Independent Activity 1-1-1 hour
Independent activity classes for all students who are looking to participate in a activity coures
independently under the guidance of an instructor.
PE 193 Independent Activity for Intercollegiate Team Sports (Athletic Teams Only) 1 hour
Independent activity classes for students who actively participate in intercollegiate team
sports for Oakwood University. An application must be submitted. Prerequisite: Permission
of Athletic Department and instructor
PE 194 Independent Activity for Intercollegiate Team Sports (Athletic Teams Only) 1 hour
Independent activity classes for students who actively participate in intercollegiate team
sports for Oakwood University. An application must be submitted. Prerequisite: permission
of Athletic Department and instructor.
PE 197 Scuba Diving 1 hour
This course provides the foundation to become an open water scuba diver by providing
student divers with basic knowledge and skills required to dive safely and comfortably while
using scuba equipment. Students will be provided with an opportunity of learning to enjoy
the underwater experience and appreciate the aquatic world by increasing students comfort
level in the water.
PE 205 Standard First Aid and CPR 1 hour
This course will prepare the student to recognize emergencies and how to respond to them.
It will also provide an in-depth study of CPR, including practice sessions on a mannikin.
Participation in all class activities is required
PE 207 Intermediate Swimming 1 hour
This course is to emphasize the correct performance of the front crawl (freestyle), back
crawl, elementary back stroke, sidestroke, and breast stroke. Learning and developing
various treading water techniques. Some speed and endurance swimming will be required.
Prerequisite: perform basic strokes well (front crawl and backstroke), tread water, and be
comfortable in deep water or permission of instructor.
PE 210 Lifeguard Training 2 hours
This course is an American Red Cross Lifeguarding certication course design to provide
entry-level lifeguard participants with the knowledge and skills to prevent, recognize and
respond to aquatic emergencies and to provide care for breathing and cardiac emergencies,
injuries and sudden illnesses until emergency medical services (EMS) personnel take over.
PE 211 Health Principles (W) 2 hours
A practical study of the principles of healthful living, including a study of the basic physiological
processes. The health instructions found in the writing of Mrs. E. G. White are given special
emphasis.
356
PE 215 Track and Field 1 hour
This course introduces students to the techniques and mechanics in a variety of track and
eld activities. Such activities as running/sprinting, jumping, throwing, and hurdling and to
the development of speed, power, and endurance.
PE 222 Racquetball I 1 hour
This course includes basic racquetball skills, rules and strategies are taught and class
tournaments are conducted. The proper attire, eye goggles, and nonscung gym shoes are
required.
PE 224 Soccer 1 hour
This course content emphasizes the basic skills, general rules, and strategy related to the
game of soccer at the beginning level, with emphasis on safety, oensive and defensive
patterns of play, and competitive activities.
PE 245 Tennis I 1 hour
This course emphasizes the acquisition of beginning level skills in the execution of forehand
strokes, backhand strokes, the serve, and the volley. Rules, strategies of the singles and
doubles games, etiquette, safety, and competitive activities are included. Equipment is
furnished.
PE 247 Racquetball II 1 hour
After beginning racquetball skill acquisition, Racquetball II provides the opportunity to develop
oensive and defensive shots to a higher skill level. Prerequisite: PE 222 or permission of
instructor.
PE 249 Tennis II 1 hour
This course is designed for the intermediate to advanced tennis player. Special emphasis
will be placed upon skill, performance, and ability levels of each individual participant.
Prerequisite: PE 245 or permission of the instructor.
PE 260 Golf I 1 hour
This course content emphasizes the basic skills involved in club selection, golf course analysis,
shot selection and execution of the golf swing. Rules, scoring, handicapping, and etiquette
are included.
PE 261 Golf II 1 hour
This course includes basic skills and techniques are rened beyond the beginner level.
Analysis and practice of the golf swing, sing theory and methods, strategy, and actual golf
course playing are emphasized. Equipment is furnished. Prerequisite: PE 260 or permission
of the instructor.
PE 275 Gymnastics Team 1 hour
Culminates with public performance of skills on parallel bars, rings, unevens, balance beam,
and mats. Prerequisite: Satisfactory performance of tryout requirements.
357
PE 280 Weight Training 1 hour
This course introduces the fundamental skills of weight training designed to develop the
muscular system of the body. Emphasis will be placed on proper techniques, training programs,
nutrition and the overall benet of weight training. Students will learn to design and implement
a weight training program tailored to their own tness goals.
This course is designed to prepare and qualify students to work as personal trainers. This
course bridges the gap between exercise science related course work and the practical
application skills of personal training. In addition, this course is designed for the novice who
has not had the benet of formal training.
PE 285 Introduction to Physical Education (W) 3 hours
This course provides an introduction and professional orientation to the eld of physical
education. The role of the instructor of physical education in schools, industry, and community
agencies is emphasized. The scientic foundations of physical activity and career opportunities
in physical education are also examined. Prerequisite: EN 112
PE 303 Individual and Team Sports I 3 hours
Focus on the skill development, organizational strategies, instructional techniques for
evaluating performance in a variety of individual, dual, and team sports. The activities covered
in this course are: ag football, soccer, volleyball, weight training, gymnastics, and tennis.
(Oered Fall, even years).
PE 304 Individual and Team Sports II 3 hours
Focus on the skill development, organizational strategies, instructional techniques for
evaluating performance in a variety of individual, dual, and team sports. The activities
covered in this course are: basketball, softball, pickle ball, badminton, hardball, racquetball,
and ultimate Frisbee. (Oered Spring). Practicum hours: 30 hours (observation). Prerequisite:
PE 303 (Oered Fall, odd year).
This course will focus on the professional philosophies and professional requirements for
ociating and coaching sports. This course will provide coaches, and future coaches, the
knowledge and understanding of the techniques and theory of coaching interscholastic
athletics. Upon completion of the course, students will have the opportunity of taking the
fundamentals of coaching certication exam to be eligible to coach multiple sports in the
state of Alabama. This course will cover ociating volleyball, football, basketball, soccer,
baseball, and softball. Upon completion of the course students will be aorded the option of
taking certication exams for any of the sport components and becoming a restricted certied
ocial with the Alabama High School Athletic Association (AHSAA) at the middle/junior high
school level. (formerly Ociating Athletics Contests). Prerequisite: EN 112
358
PE 308 Theory of Coaching (W) 2 hours
This course is designed to assist the student in developing the background and skills necessary
to coach selected sports. Oered alternate years. Prerequisites: PE 303 and EN 112.
PE 310 Prevention and Care of Athletic Injuries (W) 3 hours
This course will present an evidence-based approach to corrective exercise, the components
of a comprehensive solution, and the practical know-how to develop and implement integrated
strategies to improve common movement impairments. Students completing the required
standards of this course will be issued the NASM Corrective Exercise Specialist credentialing.
Prerequisites: BI 111 and BI 112.
PE 315 Motor Learning 3 hours
The purpose of this course is to expose students to the various components of motor control
and developmental learning. Students will learn the basic concepts and issues of biological
and psychological growth and development from conception through adulthood. Emphasis
will be placed on psychomotor, cognitive, and aective, and aective development throughout
the lifetime. Prerequisite: junior standing.
PE 320 Exercise Testing and Prescription for Performance Enhancement 3 hours
This course is designed to enhance the understanding of tness and the scientic aspects
of evaluating tness levels, and focus on the hands-on application of advanced tness
testing. Students are required to understand the science of human movement and discover
cutting-edge evidence based sports performance exercise techniques. Students completing
the required standards of this course will be issued the NASM Performance Enhancement
Specialist credentialing. (formerly Fitness Testing)Prerequisites: BI 111 and BI 112.
PE 325 Water Safety Instructor (Formerly PE 270) 3 hours
This is an American Red Cross Water Safety Instructor (W.S.I,E.) certication course designed
to prepare participants to teach basic swimming courses and to promote aquatic safety.
Prerequisite: PE 207.
PE 330 Methods of Teaching Physical Education in 3 hours
Elementary and Secondary Schools (W)
This course explores the organization and teaching of elementary and secondary physical
education. Emphasis is given to theory, practical demonstration, decision making, ethics and
professionalism. Theories include Metacognitive Theory as applied to physical performance.
Practical demonstrations in the use of technology to enhance physical education instruction
are provided. Teacher candidates use content knowledge, knowledge of various assessment
and teaching strategies, including the use of technology, to develop a physical education
curriculum for elementary and/or secondary students. Candidates reference The Alabama
Course of Study: Physical Education and consult local expectations for P-12 students to
guide lesson planning and selection of objectives. Plans must consider the availability and
359
management of resources to address the diverse physical education needs and abilities of
individuals and groups. Candidates demonstrate exibility and adaptability in addressing
student needs. Practicum block is required. NOTE: Required eld experience hours: 42
hours (Part of the 6-day Practicum Block 2; 7 hours/day). Prerequisites: EN 112 and junior
standing.
PE 335 Statistics for Health Professions 3 hours
The statistic for health and exercise science course is designed to help students become
better researchers and data analysts for research projects in the areas of health and exercise
science. In this course, yo will learn how to write research questions and hypotheses, organize
data, create variables for analysis, choose the appropriate statistical test for the research
questions and hypotheses, use SPSS to get results and interpret the results. (formerly Physical
Education Tests and Measurements). Oered alternate years. Prerequisite: MA 108 or highe
PE 340 Organization and Admin. of Physical Education (W) 3 hours
The relationship of the eld of physical education to modern education. Theory and practice
of the organization and administration of physical education activities, including intramurals.
Oered alternate years. Prerequisite: EN 112 and PE 285.
PE 345 Group and Personal Training (Formerly PE 282) 3 hours
This course is designed to prepare and qualify students to work as group tness instructors
and personal trainers. This course bridges the gap between exercise science related course
work and the practical application skills of group and personal training. This course provides
important knowledge related to the human body and tness, as well as prepares students
for the communication and instruction skills they’ll need to be successful in the group tness
setting. NASM Group Fitness Instructor and NASM Personal Trainer certications will be
issued at the completion of this course for individuals meeting the required standards
PE 350 Pharmacology for Health Professions (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to give the students basic pharmacology knowledge with an emphasis
on general pharmacology, pharmacodynamics and a survey of major drug classications,
mechanism of action, uses, side eects, and client education, where applicable. A student
of the roles and responsibilities of healthcare providers in drug administration will also be
included. This course is required for Health Science majors. Prerequisites: BI 111, BI 112,
EN 112 and junior standing.
PE 380 Physiology of Exercise 4 hours
This course provides an overview of exercise physiology theory and principles. Focus is on
the fundamental concepts of exercise physiology and its eects and responses on the body to
the stressor of exercise. A major emphasis is placed on the comprehension of the dierences
between acute exercise response and the changes that occur with chronic physical activity.
Oered alternate years. Prerequisite: BI 111, BI 112, and junior standing
360
PE 401 Physiology of Exercise 3 hours
This course provides an overview of exercise physiology theory and principles. Focus is on
the fundamental concepts of exercise physiology and its eects and responses on the body to
the stressor of exercise. A major emphasis is placed on the comprehension of the dierences
between acute exercise response and the changes that occur with chronic physical activity.
Oered alternate years. Prerequisite: BI 111, BI 112, and junior standing.
PE 410 Adapted Physical Education (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to give students a background in how to eectively teach physical
activity to individuals with disabilities. Additionally, this course is constructed to facilitate the
student’s understanding of the specic characteristics of exceptional individuals in order to
realize their limitations, and especially to maximize their potential. Furthermore, this class is
designed to enhance the student’s ability to eectively adapt instruction to meet the needs
of exceptional students. Oered alternate years. Prerequisite: EN 112 and junior standing.
PE 415 Functional Anatomy and Kinesiology & Lab 3 hours
Provides in-depth coverage of musculoskeletal anatomy as a foundation for learning
components of simple and complex motor tasks; emphasizes proper execution and analysis
of joint movement and common exercises. Oered alternate years. Prerequisite: BI 111,
BI 112, EN 112 and junior standing.
PE 421 Health Promotion (W) 3 hours
A study of the methods and structure involved in promoting all aspects of health. The student
will explore the dierent areas of health and the specic ways to promote those areas to
dierent populations. Included in the course content will be actual promotion of on-campus
health activities, including but not limited to, stress-reduction seminars, exercise evaluation
clinics, and a wellness day experience. The student will also obtain the skill necessary to
manage a group of volunteer employees and learn the concepts of health management.
Prerequisite: EN 112 and PE 211.
PE 422 Fitness Management 3 hours
This course will emphasize the employment aspects of tness and wellness as they relate
to health. Each student will be placed in a local health or wellness facility for the purpose of
experiencing the workings of that facility —from the business aspects to the maintenance of
the building. Contracts, stang, promotion, and budgeting will be the focus areas for each
student. The grading of the student will be a combined eort between the facility manager
and site visits from the professor in charge of the practicum.
PE 450 Epidemiology and Disease Control 3 hours
A study of the general principles of disease etiology and the technique for their surveillance
and control, with emphasis on the application of epidemiological measurements of disease
frequency occurrence and distribution in human population and the use of measures in health
care. Prerequisite: MA 108 or higher.
361
PE 490-491 Research and Independent Study (W) each 1-3 hours
A major research paper in health and exercise science under the supervision of an advisor.
The research project will contribute to the knowledge base of the eld of health and exercise
science. Limited to health and exercise science majors. Prerequisite: EN 112, junior standing
and prior approval of the department chair.
PE 492 Internship for Health Professionals 3 hours
This course provides the student with an opportunity to explore career interests while applying
knowledge and skills learned in the classroom in a work setting. The experience also helps
students gain a clearer sense of what they still need to learn and provides an opportunity to
build professional networks. Prerequisites: junior standing.
Physics
PH 101,102 The Physical Sciences 3,3 hours
This course introduces the general principle of physics, chemistry, geology and astronomy.
Topics include measurements, motion, Newton’s laws of motion, momentum, energy, work,
power, heat, thermodynamics, waves, sound, light, electricity, magnetism, periodic law,
chemical principles, chemical reactions, atmosphere, hydrosphere, and some topics in geology
and astronomy. Prerequisite: MA 110 Survey of Mathematics (formerly MA 101 Fundamental
Concepts of Mathematics) or MA 108 College Algebra. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0)
or better.
PH 103H General Physics (Honor) 4 hours
This course is designed to cover general physics at a level that assumes previous exposure to
college precalculus and trigonometry. Topics include kinematics, vector physics, Newton’s law
of motion, work, energy, momentum, rotational motion, equilibrium, periodic motion, waves,
light, sound, and electromagnetism. This Honors section will have additional requirements that
may include extra or expanded assignments, projects or modied assessments. Corequisite:
PH 103L (Laboratory). Prerequisite: MA 122 or equivalent. Must pass prerequisites with a C
(2.0) or better.
PH 103-104 General Physics 3-3 hours
This course is designed to cover general physics at a level that assumes previous exposure
to college precalculus and trigonometry. Topics include kinematics, vector physics, Newton’s
law of motion, work, energy, momentum, rotational motion, equilibrium, periodic motion,
waves, light, sound, and electromagnetism. Prerequisite: MA 122 Precalculus Trigonometry
or equivalent. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
PH 103L-104L General Physics Lab 1-1 hour
The laboratory component of PH 103-104 General Physics. Prerequisite: Must be taken
concurrently with PH 103-104.
362
PH 121-122 General Physics With Calculus 3-3 hours
This course is designed for science and engineering students. Topics covered in Physics
121 include vectors, Newtonian mechanics, heat and thermodynamics. Physics 122 deals
with light, electricity, magnetism, and a brief introduction to modern physics. Laboratory is
required. Prerequisite: MA 171 Calculus I. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
PH 121H General Physics With Calculus (Honor) 4 hours
This course is designed for science and engineering students. Topics covered in Physics 121
include vectors, Newtonian mechanics, heat and thermodynamics. This Honors section will
have additional requirements that may include extra or expanded assignments, projects or
modied assessments. Corequisite: PH 121L (Laboratory). Prerequisite: MA 171. Must pass
prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
PH 121L-122L General Physics with Calculus Lab 1-1 hour
The laboratory component of PH 121-121 General Physics with Calculus. Prerequisite: Must
be taken concurrently with PH 121-122.
PH 301 Theoretical Mechanics 3 hours
An intermediate course covering the basic principles of vector mechanics and the statics
and dynamics of particles and rigid bodies. Oered when required. Prerequisites: One year
of college physics and one year of calculus.
PH 305 Mathematical Methods of Physics 3 hours
This course is an introduction to some advanced mathematical topics required in physics.
Topics include innite sequences and series, vector calculus, systems of linear equations,
Fourier series, integral transforms, complex analysis and partial dierential equations. Oered
as needed. Prerequisite: PH 122 General Physics with Calculus II and MA 271 Calculus III.
Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
PH 311 Electricity and Magnetism 3 hours
In this course the theory of electric and magnetic phenomena is studied. The following are
some of the topics that are included: electrostatic and magnetic elds, introduction and use of
vector analysis, circuit elements, electromagnetic eects of currents, radiation and Maxwell’s
equation. Oered when required. Prerequisites: One year of college physics and one year
of calculus. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
Photojournalism
PJ 281 Writing for Photojournalism 3 hours
This hands-on course provides an in-depth examination of feature writing to help journalists
rene an individual voice and focus. The course provides an in-depth examination of
feature writing to help photojournalists rene ideas and carry concepts to nished products.
Prerequisites: EN 111 and EN 112.
363
PJ 384 Beginning Photojournalism 3 hours
Students will gain knowledge of photographing for the media, general news, sports and
illustrating feature articles. Topics covered will include photographing to illustrate the written
content, lighting on location, use of ash, posing and stop action techniques. (Previously AR
431 Photojournalism). Lab fee required. Prerequisite: AR 241 and AR 281 for photojournalism
major, AR 241 for Photography majors.
PJ 385 Travel Photography 3 hours
This course mixes the written word with images to express travel stories to the general populace
through print and web-based media. This course teaches the student how to craft publishable
photos and essays that tells a complete story. The student will learn how to develop his or
her own personal brand, and how to pitch story ideas to editors. Travel required in this class,
photography and writing based course. Prerequisite: PJ 281 Writing for Photojournalism or
permission of instructor.
PJ 386 Editorial Photography 3 hours
An exploration of photography created for the purpose of illustrating articles. Working
approaches can include still life, people, documentary, and/or fashion photography. Students
will be asked to fulll realistic and challenging assignments from simple portraits to elaborate
conceptual stories. Students will be encouraged to develop a professional approach that
includes knowing your potential client, building relationships with photo editors and art
directors, shaping ideas and concepts with art reference, and devising a clear plan of
production prior to a session. Artistic vision and style will be emphasized simultaneously with
the importance of completing a job successfully and professionally. Regular assignments with
real deadlines will generate work for weekly critique and portfolio editing and development.
Photography and writing based course. Prerequisite: PJ 281 Writing for Photojournalism or
permission of instructor.
PJ 387 Photography for Social Media 3 hours
Photography is changing along with technology and photographers are being asked to expand
the strategies into motion and multi-media projects as well as still imagery. This course will help
students explore and address these challenges. Students will be encouraged to experiment
with non-traditional storytelling, the importance of detail and how concise stories can have big
eects. Students must be willing to approach new avenues for their work and nd new ways
to visualize, conceive and exhibit ideas. Examples of trans media stories, documentary lm
and experimental multi-media projects will be shown and introduced throughout the semester.
Prerequisite: PJ 384
Pre-Law
PL 101-201 Logic I-II 1-1 hour
Introduces the student to the science of reasoning. Special emphasis is given to the use of
arguments and methods of reasoning. All this is done in the light of the Law School Admissions
Test (LSAT).
364
PL 215-315 LSAT Prep I-II 2 hours
Uses graphical methods to display the structure of reasoning and argumentation with the
intention of advancing critical thinking. Students will be introduced to the science of reasoning.
Special emphasis is given to the use of arguments and methods of reasoning. Most of the
material used in theses course will be designed to help the student become more procient
at answering questions found on the Law School Admissions Test (LSAT).
PL 250 Mock Trial 1 hour
The purpose of this class is to enhance the knowledge of the American adversary system
through in-depth study of trial procedure and evidentiary rules. The primary teaching vehicle
is simulated trial based on the ocial hypothetical case published by the American Mock Trial
Association.
PL 252 Moot Court 1 hour
The purpose of this course is to build students’ familiarity with actual case law and the
Constitution of the United States. It hones oral advocacy and analytical skills that will be
useful far beyond a career in law. Prerequisites: EN 111 and EN 112.
PL 275 Legal Research 3 hours
Legal research is the cornerstone of the legal profession, without is students will not be
prepared for law school or the profession. The course provides an introduction to sources of
law, legal reasoning, interpretive methodologies, and professional responsibility. It teaches
the sources and techniques for basic legal research. Students’ ability to write legal documents
will be developed by taking this course. Prerequisites: EN 111 and EN 112. (Formerly Legal
Analysis, Research and Writing)
Students will participate in an American Bar Association (ABA) approved course, upon which
they will receive a certication as a legal assistant. This certication will enable a student to
work in an ocial capacity for an attorney. Prerequisites: EN 111, EN 112, and PL 275.
PL 301-302 Critical Thinking I-II 1-1 hours
The class uses graphical methods to display the structure of reasoning and argumentation
with the intention of advancing critical thinking. Most of the material used in this course will
be designed to help the student become more procient at doing questions found on the Law
School Admissions Test. (LSAT).
PL 350 Negotiations 3 hours
This course will introduce students to the world of business through the skill of negotiating.
Students will learn the skills required in business in making deals, negotiating contracts,
and resolving conicts. Students will be able to eectively determine business goals and
strategically reach them. Prerequisite: PL 275.
365
PL 375 Special Topics in Law 3 hours
This introductory course will examine signicant and practical issues and problems that arise
in criminal law, civil law, family law, property law, religious and liberty and administrative law.
Students will demonstrate legal scholarship and skills through drafting memoranda, motions
and briefs, and through presenting oral argumentation and debate on relevant issues.
Prerequisite: PL 275.
PL 485 Legal Writing 3 hours
This course will prepare students for writing in law school and legal practice. Students will
be taught how to write various legal papers and gain the tools necessary to be successful in
law school and the legal workforce. Prerequisite: EN 111, EN 112 and PL 275.
Political Science
PS 120 Introduction to Political Science 3 hours
An examination of the standard essentials of political science in which are considered certain
contemporary political doctrines, systems of government, political organization and behavior,
and a look at various worldwide governmental policies.
PS 200 Comparative Governments 3 hours
A study of selected nation-states in relation to their location on the globe as well as their
capacity to provide their peoples with the economic, social, and political goods and services
associated with human dignity.
PS 211 American Government 3 hours
A course of study concerning the organization of the United States government in regard to
various branches at federal and state levels.
PS 253 OU Law and Politics Blog 1 hour
In this course students will use the legal reasoning, public policy, and writing skills learned
as eective means of communication with Oakwood University and beyond. Students will
strengthen their writing skills and learn in the ins and outs of how to be an active writer in a
blog. Prerequisites: EN 111 and EN 112.
PS 300 State and Local Government (W) 3 hours
The study of the structure of state and local governments, including the historical development
of local and regional governments in America. Prerequisite: EN 112 and PS 120.
PS 351 Public Policy 3 hours
An examination of the economic, political, social, and institutional factors which inuence the
policy making process in the United States. Case studies will be reviewed in the areas of
economics, health, welfare, civil rights, defense, criminal justice, education, and environmental
issues. Prerequisite: EN 112 and PS 120.
366
PS 355 Social Justice Advocacy 3 hours
This course employs the adaptive leadership framework developed by Ronald Heifetz, in the
context of a biblical foundation and principles, to prepare political, legal, and social leaders
to aect change in a dynamic environment and, also, to assess the eectiveness of their
interventions. Prerequisite: PS 120.
PS 398 Internship/Externship 3 hours
This course will expose students to professional careers in the areas of history, law, and public
policy. It gives students the opportunity to use knowledge and tools gained in the classroom
in a professional setting.
PS 400 Church and State 3 hours
This course focuses on the political features of issues surrounding the 1st Amendment clauses
regarding religious freedom, freedom from religion, the Seventh-day Adventist prophetic
narrative, the Protestant Reformation regarding freedom of conscience, and the role of religion
and morals in public life. Prerequisite: PS 120.
PS 440 International Relations (W) 3 hours
A study of critical factors aecting the conduct of international relations. Emphasis is placed
on nation-states, global and regional international organizations, multinational corporations,
individuals in the international arena, and the forces they bring to bear on the international
political system. Prerequisite: EN 112 and PS 120.
PS 450 American Diplomacy (W) 3 hours
A study of the key characteristics of U.S. foreign relations, what shapes them, the relationship
between our nation’s domestic setting–ideology, core values, politics, geography, social
structure, and economy–and its foreign relations. Prerequisite: EN 112 and PS 120.
PS 471, 472 United States Constitutional Law I, II (W) 3,3 hours
A study in the growth and development of the American constitutional system, with emphasis
on the policy-making role of the Supreme Court. Prerequisite: EN 112 and HI 211 or 212.
PS 495 Capstone Senior Seminar 3 hours
The Capstone Senior Seminar is the culmination of learning in the core curriculum.
Subsequently, it requires substantial reading and informed participation. The course is
designed to enhance critical thinking, review salient points of learning in the discipline, as
well as prepare students to make the transition into graduate/professional schools and the
work force. Furthermore, students will obtain information designed to improve their skills in
the areas of professionalism, networking, relationships, nances, and leadership.
367
Psychology
PY 101 Principles of Psychology 3 hours
This course is designed for non-psychology majors. In this course the student will explore
the science of psychology. Concepts include but are not limited to: emotion, motivation,
neurological and cognitive processing, brain development, learning, sex and gender, health and
stress, memory, human development, personality, sensation, perception, social psychology,
measurement and experimental methods, psychological disorders and therapies.
PY 105 Introduction to Psychology for Majors 3 hours
This course is designed for psychology majors. In this course the student will explore
the science of psychology. Concepts include but are not limited to: emotion, motivation,
neurological and cognitive processing, brain development, learning, sex and gender, health and
stress, memory, human development, personality, sensation, perception, social psychology,
measurement and experimental methods, psychological disorders and therapies. Students
are required to attend periodic recitation sessions. The recitation sessions are combined with
the lecture class as the primary components for this course.
PY 201 Psychology of Religion 3 hours
A study of the psychological aspects of religion and an analysis of several systems in
psychology from a Christian perspective, utilizing the writings of Ellen G. White, Christian
authors, and research ndings.
PY 236 Black Psychological Perspectives 3 hours
This course is designed to introduce the student to the issues and concerns regarding
psychological development from a Black perspective. The pervasive impact of racism and
discrimination will be reviewed. A fee of $200.00 is required for this class. Prerequisite:
PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 280 Seminar in Psychology (SL) 2 hours
In-depth examination of particular topics of current interest in the eld of psychology. Critical
evaluation of current research. The course also reviews the graduation, admission, and
employment searching processes. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105 and sophomore standing.
PY 303 Women’s Studies 3 hours
This course provides an overview of the events/issues that have served to shape the
psychology that women adopted with reference to themselves and others toward them, and
how that has changed over the years. The dynamics of shaping women’s lives along with
Biblical portrayals of women. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 306 - Psychology of Men and Masculinities 3 hours
A survey of men’s gender role socialization over the life span focused on men’s developmental
issues, gender role conicts, interpersonal dynamics with women and other men, along with
Biblical portrayals of men and masculinity. Theory, research, and personal exploration are
368
integrated through lectures, discussions, and psychoeducation. Prerequisites: PY 101 and
PY 105
PY 307 Statistical Methods 3 hours
An introduction to statistical procedures used in research. Topics include preparation and use
of graphs and tables, measures of central tendency and dispersion, probability and sampling,
and statistical tests including chi-square, t tests, correlation, regression, and analysis of
variance. Prerequisites: PY 101 or PY 105 and MA 108 (no grade below C).
PY 319 Theories of Personality (W) 3 hours
A study of the main theories of personality structure, with consideration of the essential
ingredients of healthy attitudes and behavior patterns. Prerequisites: EN 112 and PY 101 or
PY 105.
PY 320 Social Psychology (W) 3 hours
The study of group aliations, group standards, social perceptions, and other social factors
inuencing the behavior of individuals and interaction among groups. (formerly PY 301 Social
Psychology). Prerequisites: EN 112 and PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 321 Abnormal Psychology 3 hours
Explores historical views and current perspectives of abnormal behavior. Emphasizes major
diagnostic categories and criteria, individual and social factors of maladaptive behavior, and
types of therapy. Includes methods of clinical assessment and research Prerequisite: PY
101 or PY 105.
PY 325 Developmental Psychology 3 hours
This course is a study of current psychological theories as they relate to psychological
development of the human being throughout the life span from conception to death.
Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 331 Group Dynamics 3 hours
A study of the dynamics of groups, with special emphasis being placed upon patterns of
leadership, solidarity, cohesion, conict, accommodation, and cooperation. Prerequisite: PY
101 or PY 105.
PY 340 Behavior Disorders in Children 3 hours
This course is designed to give the student a descriptive and theoretical survey of the major
forms of child psychopathology, with a detailed analysis of behaviors of children, methods
of identication, and present methods of prevention and treatment. Prerequisite: PY 101 or
PY 105.
PY 345 Adolescent Psychology 3 hours
This course is designed to give the student a descriptive and theoretical survey of the
developmental period of adolescence, to include a critical examination of the biological,
369
cognitive, socio-emotional and sociocultural factors impacting adolescent development.
Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 351 Organizational Psychology 3 hours
Application of psychology to the study of personnel problems, including such areas as human
relations, selection, training, employee motivation, and morale. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY
105.
PY 355 Engineering Psychology 3 hours
This course will provide an introduction to some of the psychological concepts and facts
most useful for a design. Topics will be pulled out from several of the more “experimental”
branches of psychology, including sensory and perceptual psychology, cognitive psychology,
motor control, and the elds of human-computer interaction and reliability analysis. The
emphasis is on theories and ndings on human performance, rather than the design of
systems per se, although implications for design are continually analyzed. Prerequisite: PY
101 and PY 105
PY 357 Health Psychology 3 hours
An introduction to the subeld of psychology, which investigates the psychological and
behavioral aspects of physical health. Mental functioning as a causative factor in physical
illness/wellness will be explored. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 361 Marriage and the Family 3 hours
This course is a survey of the family in society. Students explore how the family is impacted
by changing societal trends. Students will explore relationship formation, marriage, parenting,
family stressors, and marital disruption from a spiritual perspective. Prerequisite: PY 101
or PY 105 or SO 101.
PY 371 Biological Psychology 3 hours
Physiological correlates of behavior, with special emphasis on the physiology and anatomy
of the nervous system as a basis for relating behavior to its physiological components.
This course familiarizes students with major concepts, theories and ndings in biological
psychology, from a Christian perspective. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 380 Cognitive Psychology 3 hours
This course focuses on human cognition with emphasis on the following: attention, knowledge
representation, learning and memory, comprehension, and problem solving. Contributions of
neuroscience and connectionism to the development of cognitive theory, experimentation,
and applications will also be examined. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 398 Psychology and the Law 3 hours
This course examines the U.S. legal system through the use of psychological concepts,
methods, and ndings. It oers coverage of topics relevant to understanding how psychology
interfaces with the legal system, it’s participants, and victims. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY
105.
370
PY 401 History and Systems of Psychology 3 hours
A study of the theoretical systems, experiments, and personalities involved in the development
of psychology. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 411 Research I (W) 3 hours
The course is an introduction to the eld of research in the behavioral sciences and is the rst of
the three-course sequence. Topics include scientic method, research ethics, literature review,
research designs, sampling, research question and hypothesis development. Students will be
expected to develop a research proposal using the survey method of data collection. Course
presented through lecture, research activities, exams, and research proposal. Prerequisite:
PY 307 (no grade below C). Lab fee: $40 covers Ethics Training. (formerly Principles of
Research)
PY 415 Research II (W) 3 hours
The course is the second of the three-course sequence. Topics include research ethics, data
collection techniques, statistical analysis, data presentation. Students will complete a research
study using quantitative methods. Topics will cover advanced ethics of research, statistical
analysis, qualitative methods, and introduction to experimental design. Prerequisite: PY 411
(no grade below C). Lab fee: $80 covers abstract submission for presentation and poster
printing.
PY 421 Counseling Skills 3 hours
This course acquaints the student with the practical applications of communication, helping
skills, ethics and major counseling theories. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 422-424 Counseling Practicum 2-2 hours
Fifty-four hours each semester of supervised practical experience in a community mental
health agency. Prerequisite: completion of or concurrent enrollment in PY 421 or PY 423,
BS Psychology majors and senior standing.
PY 423 Counseling Theories 3 hours
This course involves a study of the major counseling theories. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY
105.
PY 430 Psychological Testing 3 hours
A course designed to familiarize students with the history of the development of psychological
testing, the theory behind it, and the various objective and projective instruments used to
assess intellectual and personality functioning. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 431 Black Psychological Perspectives 3 hours
This course is designed to introduce the student to the issues and concerns regarding
psychological development from a Black perspective. The pervasive impact of racism and
discrimination will be reviewed. A fee of $200.00 is required for this class. Prerequisite: PY
101 or PY 105.
371
PY 460 Research III - Experimental Methods 3 hours
A survey course acquainting the student with the experimental analysis of behavior. The
scientic method is used to investigate basic behavioral phenomena and principles. Students
will also develop competence in reading, writing, and interpreting reports. This course will
emphasize how to design and execute an experiment, analyze and interpret the results and
write and present a research report, all conforming to rigorous ethical standards. Students
must register concurrently for PY 460 and PY 460L. Prerequisite: PY 415.
PY 460L Research III - Experimental Psychology Lab 1 hour
A practical companion course where students can participate in online and technology
assisted experiments including an operant conditioning study. Students will also design
and execute an experiment, and analyze results using SPSS software, and write a research
report. Students will also be exposed to experiments conducted by others. Students must
register concurrently for PY 460 and PY 460L. Prerequisite: PY 415.
PY 490-491 Research and Independent Study (W) each 1-3 hours
Majors in psychology who desire further independent research are encouraged to do so
under the direction of an advisor. Students participating in psychology faculty research may
register to receive credit. Students participating in summer research opportunity programs
or with faculty in other disciplines may register with prior consent of the chair. The student
will produce an original research document. Prerequisites: EN 112, PY 411, junior standing,
and minimum GPA of 3.00. Consent of the department chair is required.
Religion: Biblical Studies
RB 311 New Testament I (W) 3 hours
An introductory survey of the Pauline Epistles, utilizing the book of Acts as a historical
resource. Each letter is analyzed exegetically. Emphasis is given to Paul’s major themes,
including God, Christ, the Holy Spirit, salvation, the church, and last day events, as well as
the relevance of Paul’s message to ministerial practice and contemporary Christian living.
Prerequisites: EN 112 and RL 314 or permission of instructor.
RB 312 New Testament II (W) 3 hours
An introductory survey of Hebrews, Revelation, and the General Epistles, which include James,
1 and 2 Peter, Jude, 1, 2, and 3 John. Each letter is analyzed exegetically. Emphasis is
given to major themes, including God, Christ, the Holy Spirit, the church, salvation, and last
day events, as well as the relevance of each author’s message to ministerial practice and
contemporary Christian living. Prerequisites: EN 112 and RB 311.
RB 401 Hebrew Prophets (W) 3 hours
This course is part of a two-semester sequence (with RB 402). The overall goal of the two-
semester sequence is to introduce students to the Old Testament/Hebrew Bible. This is
an introductory survey of the Prophets (Former and Latter). The messages of each book
are explored in light of their historical, geographical, literary, and theological contexts.
Special attention is given to major approaches to the study of the Old Testament, as well as
372
methodological issues in the Christological interpretation of the Old Testament. Prerequisite:
EN 112, RL 312 or permission of instructor.
RB 402 Pentateuch and Writings (W) 3 hours
This course is part of a two-semester sequence (with RB 401). The overall goal of the two-
semester sequence is to introduce students to the Old Testament/Hebrew Bible. This is an
introductory survey of the Pentateuch and Writings. The messages of each book are explored
in light of their historical, geographical, literary, and theological contexts. Special attention
is given to major approaches to the study of the Old Testament, as well as methodological
issues in the Christological interpretation of the Old Testament. Prerequisite: EN 112, RL
312 or permission of instructor.
RB 415 Seminar in Biblical Exegesis (W) 3 hours
An in-depth exegetical study of selected books and/or passages from the Old and New
Testaments using the tools gained from other courses. A major paper is required in which the
student demonstrates skill and knowledge in biblical exegesis. The passages to be covered
will be selected by the instructor. Prerequisites: EN 112, RL 211-212, RL 313-314, RL 311-
312, RL 413-414 or permission of instructor. Also RB 311 and RB 401. Note: RB 312 and RB
402 should be either completed or taken concurrently.
RB 416 Topics in Ancient Near Eastern History and Archaeology 3 hours
Introductory selected study of Ancient Near Eastern or Greco-Roman history and archaeology.
The topics covered will be chosen by the instructor. Prerequisites: RB 311 and RB 401.
RB 417 Studies in Daniel (W) 3 hours
An exegetical exploration of the messages of Daniel in light of their historical, literary, and
theological contexts. Emphasis is given to the interpretation and application of apocalyptic
prophecy from a Seventh-day Adventist perspective. Prerequisites: EN 112, RB 312, RB 401,
RL 314, RL 414, and RT 221 or permission of instructor.
.
RB 418 Studies in Revelation (W) 3 hours
An exploration of the messages of Revelation in light of their historical, literary, and theological
contexts. Emphasis is given to the interpretation and application of apocalyptic prophecy
from a Seventh-day Adventist perspective. Prerequisites: EN 112, RB 312, RB 401, RL 314,
RL 414, and RT 221 or permission of instructor.
RB 490, 491 Research and Independent Study each 1-3 hours
A research project tailored to the student’s area of academic or professional interest. This
course does not substitute for lecture courses. Prerequisites: senior standing, RT 221, a
cumulative 3.00 GPA of all courses taken in this department, and permission of the instructor.
373
Religion General Education
RG 101 Introduction to the Bible 3 hours
An introduction to the content, structure, and history of the Bible. The course provides
students with a basic foundation for understanding and applying the message of the Bible.
This course does not meet the requirements for majors, minors, and the certicate in the
religion and theology program.
RG 102 Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 hours
An exploration of the life and ministry of Jesus informed by the gospels, and other sections
of the Bible. The teachings of Jesus are applied to a personal life of faith, moral decision
making, and societal transformation.
RG 202 Fundamentals of Seventh-day Adventist Beliefs 3 hours
An introductory course exploring selected fundamental Christian doctrines as believed and
taught by the Seventh-day Adventist Church. The teachings follow the traditional dogmatic
categories: theology, Christology, pneumatology, anthropology, soteriology, ecclesiology,
and eschatology. The course explores these teachings from a Christ-centered perspective
for individual spiritual formation using the Bible as the basis of authority.
RG 203 Foundations in Biblical Spirituality 3 hours
An introductory course exploring a personal relationship with God and developing a meaningful
Christian witness. Emphasis is given to a strong devotional life not only on the personal but
also spirituality on corporate and social levels. Laboratory work is required.
RG 301 The Gift of Prophecy 3 hours
A course of study tracing prophetic ministry in the Bible, and especially in the experience
of Ellen G. White, while noting also its contributory role in the history and operation of the
Seventh-day Adventist Church from the nineteenth century to the present.
RG 321 Christian Ethics (W) 3 hours
An introductory survey of Christian ethics from biblical to present times. The course includes
a systematic evaluation of various approaches to Christian ethics. Consideration is given to
the relationship between the Bible and the quality and character of the Christian moral life,
with special emphasis on Christ as the center of value and the moral life. Students investigate
and critique major ethical systems and engage in values analysis, clarication, and criticism.
(previously RT 321) Prerequisite: EN 112.
RG 390 Ethics in the Professions (W) 3 hours
This interdisciplinary course is designed to introduce students to professional responsibility
through a consideration of Christian professional ethics. A survey of moral theories provides a
foundation for critical moral reection on complex social problems as well as issues common
to the professions. The rst part of the course is taught in a multidisciplinary setting, then
374
students are provided the opportunity to explore disciplinary applications and special topics
in a small group composed of their disciplinary fellows. The course culminates in a return to
multidisciplinary setting to work on a group case study in professional ethics. Prerequisite:
junior standing or permission of the instructor.
Religion: Church History
RH 444 History of Christianity in the World I (W 3 hours
A survey of the historical development and growth of the Christian Church throughout the
World until the sixteenth century with emphasis on Africa, Asia, and Europe (= HI444).
Prerequisite: EN 112 and junior standing.
RH 445 History of Christianity in the World II (W) 3 hours
A survey of the historical development of the Christian Church in the World from the
sixteenth century to the present (= HI445). Prerequisite: EN 112 and junior standing.
Religion: Biblical Languages
RL 211-212 Greek I, II 3-3 hours
Introduction to elements of koine Greek of the New Testament and practice in translation of
Biblical passages.
RL 313-314 Greek III, IV 2-2 hours
A course that uses the linguistic similarities between English and New Testament Greek
grammars toward the mastery of the morphology and the syntax of New Testament Greek.
Students develop a usable vocabulary and the ability to translate simple passages. It
emphasizes the application of Greek grammar to the understanding of the biblical text.
Students develop the ability to translate selected passages with the aid of reference tools.
Special emphasis is given to the value of Greek in the practice of ministry. Laboratory work
is required. Prerequisite for RL 313 and RL 212.
RL 311-312 Hebrew I, II 3-3 hours
An introductory course in Biblical Hebrew, emphasizing the mastery of basic grammar in a
two-semester sequence (RL311 and RL312). Students develop a basic vocabulary and the
ability to translate simple passages. Laboratory work is required.
RL 313-314 Greek III-IV 2-2 hours
This course uses the linguistic similarities between English and New Testament Greek
grammars toward the mastery of the morphology and the syntax of New Testament Greek.
Students develop a usable vocabulary and the ability to translate simple passages. It
emphasizes the application of Greek grammar to the understanding of thebiblical text.
375
Students develop the ability to translate selected passages with the aid of reference tools.
Specic emphasis is given to the value of Greek in the practice ofministry. Laboratory work
is required. Prerequisite for RL313: RL212. Students develop the ability to translate selected
passages with the aid of reference tools. Special emphasis is given to the value of Greek in
the practice of ministry. Laboratory work is required. Prerequisite for RL 313 and RL 212.
RL 413-414 Hebrew III, IV 2-2 hours
An intermediate course in Biblical Hebrew, emphasizing mastery of Hebrew grammar and
syntax. Students develop additional vocabulary and the ability to translate narrative and
poetic passages, with the aid of reference tools. Special emphasis is given to the value of
Hebrew in the life of faith, ministry, and biblical scholarship. Prerequisite for RL413: RL312 or
equivalent. Together, these courses are cross listed as TL515 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew
in the graduate section.
RL 415 Topics in Biblical Languages 3 hours
A course that introduces the student to a selected study of pre-advanced Greek or Hebrew,
textual criticism, or other Biblical languages (Aramaic, etc.) The topics covered will be selected
by the instructor. Prerequisites: RL 212 and RL 312. Note: The second year of Greek (RL
213 and 214) and second year Hebrew (RL 413 and RL 414) should also be either completed
or taken concurrently.
RL 490, 491 Research and Independent Study each 1-3 hours
A research project tailored to the student’s area of academic or professional interest. This
course does not substitute for lecture courses. Prerequisites: senior standing, RT 221, a
cumulative 3.00 GPA of all courses taken in this department, and permission of the instructor.
Religion: Practical Studies
RP 100 Christian Spirituality for Ministry 3 hours
This course is a study of Biblical principles for restoring human beings to the holistic image of
Christ. Using Jesus as the model, the course will cover many aspects of Christian discipleship
including social relationships, lifestyle choices, ethical issues, stewardship, health and spiritual
growth in faith, loving obedience, and dependence on Christ with the emphasis on the work
of the Holy Spirit and the power of Scripture in spiritual formation for ministry personally and
professionally. A weekend retreat is required.
RP 231 Personal Evangelism 3 hours
An introduction to Christian discipleship. With an emphasis on developing skills for practice,
students examine biblical and theological foundations of discipleship as demonstrated in the
ministry of Christ. Emphasis is given to the development of interpersonal skills for witnessing
in a variety of traditional and non-traditional contexts, such as workplace and marketplace
settings.. Students learn to prepare and present Bible studies and train laity for discipleship.
Field education is required. Prerequisite: RP 132 or permission of instructor
376
RP 341 Biblical Preaching I 3 hours
An introduction to the biblical and theological foundations, principles, and methods of Christ-
centered preaching. Students review biblical hermeneutics for application to preaching.
Attention is also given to personal preparation, sermon development and delivery, and biblical
preaching in the Seventh-day Adventist and Black traditions. Special emphasis is placed on
Christ as the content of biblical preaching. Prerequisites: RG 102, RL 212, and RT 221.
RP 342 Biblical Preaching II 3 hours
An application of homiletical theory, designed to build students’ basic skills in biblical preaching.
As a continuation of RP 341, this course requires students to deliver sermons for peer and
teacher evaluation. Prerequisite: RP 341.
RP 351 Introduction to Religious Education 3 hours
An introduction to biblical, theological, historical, and psychological foundations of religious
education. Special attention is given to theoretical approaches and their critique and to
religious education and practical procedures for implementing, maintaining, and evaluating
religious learning in home, school, and church. Prerequisite: ED 250.
RP 361 Pastoral Care and Counseling I 3 hours
An introduction to the principles and practices of pastoral care and counseling. Students will
examine systems in pastoral care and counseling from a biblical and theological perspective.
The course will address visitation, ministering to the sick and their support system, and
developmental family issues. Special attention is given to premarital, marital, divorce, and
bereavement counseling. The pastor’s place in the mental health care network and appropriate
circumstances for professional referral will also be considered. Prerequisite: PY 101.
RP 362 Pastoral Care and Counseling II 3 hours
An advanced course in pastoral care and counseling techniques. This course employs
both in-class preparation and clinical practice. Students apply pastoral care and counseling
intervention techniques in a clinical setting. Attention is given to family dynamics, conict
management and resolution, and crisis management, with particular reference to pastoral care
in the black community. Assessment and referral methods are reviewed. Field education is
required. Prerequisite: RP 361.
RP 431 Christian Ministry I 3 hours
An examination of biblical, theological, and historical foundations of Christian ministry and
their relevance to professional issues in ministry. The course is designed to lead students
from critical reection to informed practice. As a continuation of RP 132, this course utilizes
a case-study approach to develop the role of the minister as grounded in the ministry of
Christ. Emphasis is placed on servant-leadership, ministerial ethics, life management,
denominational polity, and strategic planning. Field education and personality testing are
required. Prerequisites: RG 102 and RT 221.
RP 434 Church Organization and Polity 3 hours
This course examines the church as a special religious non-prot organization with its own
377
unique polity. The students will look at models of church organization found in the Bible
for the church. Contemporary models (used by various Lutheran, Episcopal, Presbyterian,
Baptist, Methodist, and Pentecostal traditions), will be discussed with special attention given
the Seventh-day Adventist Church. The students will be challenged to critically explore ways
to eectively organize and lead a congregation in mission and ministry.
RP 441 Christian Worship and the Black Liturgical Experience 2 hours
An introduction to the biblical, theological , and historical foundations of Christian worship
and the implications for black liturgical experience. With an emphasis on building skills for
practice, the course explores selected liturgical elements, including the role of music and
the centrality of the Word. Attention is given to the relationship between corporate worship
and service. Students are required to complete observations in various worship settings.
Prerequisites: RG 102 and RT 221.
RP 442 Public Evangelism and Church Growth 3 hours
An introduction to public evangelism and church growth. With an emphasis on developing skills
for practice, students examine the biblical and theological foundations of public evangelism
and church growth as demonstrated in the ministry of Christ. Traditional and non-traditional
approaches are explored. Special emphasis is given to the role of the laity in successful
public evangelism and church growth. Field education is required. Prerequisites: RG 102
and RP 231.
RP 443 Christian Ministry II 3 hours
An application of Christian ministry in the church setting, designed to build students’ basic
skills in ministerial practice. As a continuation of RP 431, this course employs both in-class
preparation and clinical participation in church administration, visitation, church nance,
services of the church (e.g. baptism, wedding, funeral, communion, baby dedication), auxiliary
ministries, and strategic planning. Attention is also given to resources for ministry, including
technology. Field education is required. Prerequisite: RP 431.
RP 444 Pastoral/Evangelistic Practicum 1-3 hours
An advanced course designed to provide students with pastoral experience in a church and/or
community setting (e.g. nursing home, campus residence hall, hospice, shelter, correctional
facility). Students will engage in a specic area of ministry that will be supervised and assessed.
This practicum is structured to allow students to test their ministry skills in a real-life setting.
Prerequisite: RP 431.
RP 450 Teaching Religion/Theology Practicum 1-3 hour
A course designed to provide students with instructional experience in a classroom setting.
Students are assigned to the Department of Religion and Theology, Oakwood Adventist
Academy, and other educational settings. Students will actively participate in classroom
instruction that will be supervised and assessed. This practicum is structured to allow students
to test their teaching skills in a real-life setting. Prerequisite: RP 351 and ED 240.
378
RP 460 Pre-Counseling/Pre-Chaplaincy Practicum 1-3 hours
A course designed to provide students with pastoral care experience in hospitals and other
clinical settings. Students will work as counselors and chaplains with families, patients, health
care providers, and community organizations in diverse cultural and religious settings. A
supervised group setting will provide opportunities for each student to reect theologically
about human crisis, personal illness, loss, and community conicts. The experience will
allow each student to reect on her/his personal and pastoral identity in diverse pastoral care
settings. Prerequisites: RP 362 and PY 421.
RP 470 Field School of Evangelism Practicum 1 hour
A practicum course designed to provide students with summer evangelistic experience
in national or international eld settings. Students will actively participate in assessment,
planning, implementation, and evaluation of evangelistic meetings that will be supervised and
assessed. Emphasis is placed on developing Christ-centered evangelistic preaching. The
practicum will include instruction in public evangelism and church growth and may be taken
in conjunction with RP 442. Prerequisite: RP 342 and senior standing.
RP 490, 491 Research and Independent Study each 1-3 hours
A research project tailored to the student’s area of academic or professional interest. This
course does not substitute for lecture courses. Prerequisites: senior standing, RT 221, a
cumulative 3.00 GPA of all courses taken in this department, and permission of the instructor.
Theological and Religious Studies
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics 2 hours
An introduction to the principles and methods of biblical interpretation with emphasis on
Christocentric interpretation. Special consideration is given to Seventh-day Adventist
interpretation and the relationship between interpretation and spirituality. Students develop the
ability to assess various critical methodologies and apply interpretive principles responsibly.
RT 223 Philosophy and Christian Thought 2 hours
An introduction to the rigor of critical thinking in the context of human quest for truth and
meaning. Through an historical approach, this course highlights the contributions of the major
philosophers to the development of disciplines such as epistemology, ontology, metaphysics,
empiricism, political philosophy, philosophy of religion, logic, and ethics. It is geared toward
the understanding of pre-modernity, modernity, and postmodernity. It evaluates philosophical
postulates in the light of biblical verities and aims at establishing the relationship between
faith and learning.
RT 322 World Religions 2 hours
A survey of the development, beliefs, worldviews, and practices of the religions of the world,
including African and Caribbean traditions as well as modern religious movements. Special
emphasis will be placed on their relationship with Christianity. Prerequisite: junior standing.
379
RT 331 Introduction to Biblical Theology 3 hours
A survey of the theological themes found in select biblical literature that inform Seventh-
day Adventist thought. This course provides an opportunity for deeper reection on the
hermeneutics of scripture within theology. Prerequisites: RL 211-212, RB 311, RT 221.
RT 421 Christian Theology I (W) 3 hours
An introductory survey of the development of Christian thought from A.D. 100 to 1300.
Treatment is given to the task of theology, theological principles and methods, and biblical
critique of theological ideas. Dogmatic categories include theology, Christology, pneumatology,
anthropology, soteriology, ecclesiology, and eschatology. Students explore the relevance of
theological reection for modern church and society. Prerequisites: EN 112 and RT 221.
RT 422 Christian Theology II (W) 2 hours
To enable new depth of understanding of Christian theological thought from the Reformation
to contemporary movements in society and the academy. The additional credit hour would
also enable attention to be given to theological hermeneutics and methods relating to selected
dogmatic categories. Specic attention is also given to the contemporary African American
theology and other theologies of liberation. Prerequisite: EN 112 and RT 421.
RT 490, 491 Research and Independent Study each 1-3 hours
A research project tailored to the student’s area of academic or professional interest. This
course does to substitute for lecture courses. Prerequisites: senior standing, RT 221, a
cumulative 3.00 GPA of all courses taken in this department, and permission of the instructor.
Sociology
SO 101 Principles of Sociology 3 hours
An introduction to the eld of sociology, terms and concepts related to human behavior, and
the inuences of social and cultural factors upon human behavior.
SO 211 Introduction to Cultural Anthropology 3 hours
An introduction to the study of humankind as total being, culture and social organization,
interrelationships with habitat, and biophysical nature.
SO 231 Social Problems 3 hours
An analysis of areas of social behavior considered to be problems in contemporary American
society. Prerequisite: SO 101.
SO 241 Race Relations 3 hours
A scientic approach to the study of racial elements in the population of the United States,
with particular emphasis on White and African-American groups. Prerequisite: SO 101.
380
SO 320 Social Psychology 3 hours
The study of group aliations, group standards, social perceptions, and other social factors
inuencing the behavior of individuals and interaction among groups. Prerequisite: PY 101.
SO 361 Marriage and the Family 3 hours
This course is a survey of the family in society. Students explore how the family is impacted
by changing societal trends. Students will explore relationship formation, marriage, parenting,
family stressors, and marital disruption from a spiritual perspective. Prerequisite: PY 101 or
SO 101.
SO 398 Probation and Parole 3 hours
A study of the role of the probation ocer in the social rehabilitation of juvenile and adult
oenders. Theory of probation and parole in relation to actual case histories. Techniques of
counseling and guiding the adult and juvenile oender in and out of the correctional institution.
Prerequisite: SO 101.
Spanish
SP 111 Beginning Spanish 3 hours
An introduction to the study of Spanish grammar, syntax, and vocabulary for basic and
fundamental communication. Laboratory is required..
SP 112 Beginning Spanish 3 hours
A continuation of SP 111. Laboratory is required.
A course specically designed for the development and practice of Spanish conversation,
listening, reading, and writing. Admission is reserved exclusively for those who are heritage
speakers. Laboratory is required..
SP 201 Intermediate Spanish 3 hours
An intermediate course in Spanish highlighting conversational Spanish, grammar, reading,
interpretation, and writing beyond the fundamental level of communication. Laboratory is
required. Prerequisite: SP 112 or 2 years of high school Spanish)
SP 202 Intermediate Spanish 3 hours
A continuation of SP 201. Prerequisite: SP 175 or SP 201.
SP 250 Introduction to Spanish Phonetics and Phonology 3 hours
Introduction to the analysis of the Spanish sound system, both phonetics and phonology.
Topics include the articulatory system, sound production, the classication of vowels and
consonants, phonetic transcription, the mental representation of sounds, variation and ac-
cent, and processes of sound change, among others. Prerequisite: SP 202.
381
SP 270 Spanish Translation and Interpretation 3 hours
This course is an introduction to the theory and practice of translation and interpretation, both
from English to Spanish and from Spanish to English. Lab required.
SP 313 Spanish Grammar and Composition 3 hours
An intentional continuation the art of composition and provided with a comprehensive review
of the major aspects of grammar previously learned. The course aims to fulll the special
needs of both non-native and native speakers of Spanish alike as they seek to improve their
writing skills in the language. Prerequisite: SP 202.
SP 367 Hispanic Cultures Film and Media 3 hours
Survey course that examines the relationship between masterpieces of contemporary Span-
ish lm and media by major directors of Spanish and Latin American cinema. Prerequisite:
SP 202.
SP 412 Spanish Linguistics 3 hours
Advanced work in the specic area of Spanish linguistics in both theory and practice to the
core sub elds of Hispanic Linguistics (phonetics/phonology, morphology, syntax, and lan-
guage variation), focusing on the theoretical foundations and analytical techniques needed
to pursue more specialized coursework in the eld. Prerequisite: SP 202.
SP 439 Applied Spanish Linguistics 3 hours
This course is an advanced application of Spanish to Applied Linguistics, a sub-eld of lin-
guistics which refers to the practical application of phonetics, phonology,, morphology, syntax,
semantics, and many other areas of linguistic study to Second Language Acquisition.
SP 450 Structure of Spanish 3 hours
This course provides a description of the grammatical structures (morphology and syntax) of
Modern Spanish. In addition, a historical component for each topic helps students understand
how Spanish came to be structured.
SP 455 Spanish Survey of Latin-American Culture and Literature 3 hours
This course conducted in Spanish, is a survey of the literature of Latin American from the
inception to the present. Covers pre-Columbian and colonial literature through literature from
the last two centuries. The material read will give an overview of the sociopolitical inuences
found within the works in terms of structure, style, and literary genre. This course also reviews
basic literary movements from a Latin American standpoint such as romanticism, realism,
naturalism, modernism, and postmodernism and their presuppositions upon literature. (For-
merly SP 455 Survey of Spanish Literature)
SP 456 Spanish Survey of Spanish Culture and Literature (W) 3 hours
This course, conducted in Spanish, is a survey of Castilian literature from its origin in the
Middle Age up to the present. The course analyzes texts of several genres paying attention
not just to the literary techniques employed by their authors corresponding with the literary
382
fashions of their time also explore the some of the historical, religious, philosophical, and
political backgrounds that contributed to their creation. (Formerly SP 456 Survey of Spanish-
American Literature)
SP 457 Spanish Advanced Composition (W) 3 hours
This course is designed to further develop Spanish communicative abilities, both verbal and
written as well as to increase the knowledge and ability to comprehend a variety of forms of
cultural production in the Spanish language. (Formerly SP 457 Advance Composition and
Conversation)
SP 460 Spanish Dialectology 3 hours
This course will examine the history and diversity of Spanish dialects and culture. Spanish
has the third largest number of native speakers in the world (around 400 million) and exhibits
extensive dialect variation. This course will approach Spanish dialectology from both historical
and synchronic perspectives.
SP 465 Service-Learning Translation and Interpretation 1 hour
Service Learning is an independent study course which allows students of Spanish who are
at the intermediate or advanced levels of prociency to put their language skills to use in
serving the Spanish-speaking communities of Madison County. Students who receive credit
for this course must commit between 15-20 hours of community service during the semester.
SP 469 Seminar in Spanish Literature and Linguistics 3 hours
A seminar and capstone course in which senior Spanish majors make a brief, comprehensive
review of the body of knowledge that comprises the Spanish program at Oakwood Univer-
sity and study current problems and developments in the broad eld of Spanish language,
literature, and linguistics.
SP 470 Seminar in Spanish Linguistics 3 hours
A seminar and capstone course in which senior Spanish majors make a brief, comprehensive
review of the body of knowledge that comprises the Spanish program at Oakwood Univer-
sity and study current problems and developments in the broad eld of Spanish language,
literature, and linguistics.
This is an intensive preparatory course for certication in Translation and Interpretation as
awarded by American Translation Association (ATA). Successful completion of this course will
mean the passing of the ATA certication exam oered at the end of the course. Prerequisite:
SP 460.
SP 490-491 Research and Independent Study (W) 1-3 hours
Individual research under the guidance of an instructor. Prerequisite: senior Spanish major
who has completed one year on an ACA campus.
383
Social Work
SW 201 Introduction to Social Welfare 3 hours
An introductory study of the historical development of social welfare problems in the United
States and the programs, practices, and policies designed to address them. The course also
introduces students to global perspectives of welfare for marginalized populations including
the black Diaspora and global development and role of human rights and social and economic
justice. The course will include the development of social work and the profession’s role as
a change agent for social welfare policies in America and globally. Open to all non-majors.
SW 202 Introduction to Social Work 3 hours
An introduction to the historical development of the social work profession including its purpose,
global context, professional social work values and ethics. The course will also explore the
breadth of social work practice and introduce students to the types of practice skills utilized by
social workers. Students are introduced to the: department goals and competency expectations
of the program, and general expectation of social work majors. This class is used as the
key orientation course that introduces students to the department’s mission, curriculum, and
department disposition and scholarly expectations from students. Students are also required
to successfully complete the department admission requirements as outlined in the Admissions
Handbook to become an ocial social work major. Students are required to participate in a
15 hour service learning project to familiarize themselves with social service agencies and
how volunteers and social workers function within these agencies.
SW 330 Human Behavior and Social Environment I 3 hours
The rst component of a two-part series study of human development across the lifespan. The
course examines the variety of social systems that people encounter and how these encounters
may enhance or impede their health and well-being. The course explores a wide breadth of
developmental theories including but not limited to bio-psycho-social-cultural-spiritual, racial,
and identify formation as the context for individual, family, and group development from infancy
to adolescence.
SW 331 Human Behavior and Social Environment II (W) 3 hours
The second component of a two-part series study of human development across the
lifespan. The course examines the variety of social systems that people encounter and that
may enhance or impede their health and well-being. The course continues the exploration
of developmental theories including but not limited to bio-psycho-social-cultural-spiritual,
racial, and identify formation development theory as the context for individual, family, and
group development from young adulthood to old age. Prerequisites: SW 330 or consent of
instructor.
SW 334 Understanding Diversity and Oppression 3 hours
An analysis of the nature of oppression from a historical and social structural perspective. The
social and interpersonal contexts of oppression, identity formation issues, dierence, racism
384
and discrimination, and powerlessness among diverse groups will be explored. Implications
for social work practice on the micro, mezzo, and macro levels will be examined and analyzed
for eective intervention and contemporary analysis. Open to non-majors.
SW 340 Modern Social Work Theories and Practice 3 hours
This foundational course provides students with opportunities to learn, examine, and assess
social work theories that are implemented in practice. These theories are used as lenses
when analyzing client interactions and help student understand how social work theory and
practice can inform one another in an integrated fashion. Prerequisites: SW 202
This course is designed to orient and prepare students for the senior eld practicum
experience. Students will learn about agency expectations and procedures, and complete
the administrative documentation, agency and eld preparation interviews, course work and
a 50 hour internship (with 10 hours of service learning) necessary to enter their eld agency.
Students are required to do a criminal background check and purchase liability insurance.
Students are responsible for transportation. Prerequisite: junior standing.
SW 380 Welfare Policies (W) 3 hours
An introduction to the study of social welfare policy including its purpose and how policy is
formulated and implemented, and its impact at the local, state, federal, and global levels. The
course will examine the link between welfare policy and social work practice with individuals,
groups, families, and communities. The course will review relationships between social policies,
human rights, and issues of social and economic justice. The course will also provide students
with an opportunity for mock policy development, critical analysis, and a class trip to meet
with policy makers. Finally, this course will promote the development of the leadership skills
needed to be proactive in the design and implementation of policies within various systems.
Prerequisites: SW 201
SW 382 Human Sexuality 3 hours
This elective course will study and analyze selected areas of human sexuality from a Christian
perspective. This course will equip students with a broader understanding of the personal,
social, emotional, and physical nature of this complex and sensitive area. The course will
also provide insight concerning the spiritual and psychological components of sexuality. The
latitude in human sexual behavior and sexual dysfunctions will also be discussed. Course
curriculum is designed to enhance the courtship, marriage, and family experience. Course
includes societal sexuality issues that pertain to the Black diaspora. Students must have
permission of the instructor for this course. Open to nonmajors.
SW 391 Ethics in Social Work Practice 3 hours
This course is designed to help students use the Code of Ethics of the National Association of
Social Workers to apply ethical decision-making to hypothetical cases. Additionally, students
will learn to apply decisions that are in accordance with the biblical principles espoused by
the Seventh-day Adventist church. Prerequisite SW 202.
385
SW 400 Generalist Skills and Practice 3 hours
This course introduces students to the principles, activities, and skills used by social workers
in direct practice. The course includes interviewing and relationship building skills and diverse
clientele, and introduces students to the relationships between values, practice, and practice
skills. Students are required to complete role playing assignments that demonstrate their
mastery of the assigned topic area, demonstrate the ability to think critically, utilize ethical
principles in their decision making, possess sound judgment, and communicate planned
intervention in an eective professional manner. Students are also required to demonstrate
leadership initiative by participation in classroom discussions and completion of interactive
assignments. This is a preparation course for senior-level practice experience. Prerequisites:
SW 202.
SW 420 Research in Social Work 3 hours
This course is designed to enable students to learn and develop critical thinking skills required
in scientic inquiry. Students are expected to utilize principles of logic, scientic inquiry, social
work ethics, and judgment to: distinguish and appraise problems; utilize scholarly literature
to understand and direct their study; devise and employ an appropriate research strategy;
organize, evaluate, and integrate relevant research data; and develop relevant resolutions
to presented problems for the client systems being studied. The course curriculum includes
an overview of the basic social research methodologies utilized within the social sciences.
Students are required to complete research projects with systems of varying sizes. Students
will also be better able to recognize the impact that diversity (i.e. race, culture, gender, etc.)
has on the research process as well as identify the rationale for advancing human rights
and social economic justice within their practice, based on their own research observation.
Prerequisites: PY 307
SW 430 Research in Social Work II 3 hours
This course will reinforce the process of theory construction, research design, sampling, and
data collection introduced in SW 420. It will also allow students to use software programs to
conduct analyses, interpretation of the data, and application in the eld of social work. This
will be the second part of a two-course series. Prerequisites SW 420
SW 451 General Methods of Micro Social Work 3 hours
This course is the rst in a series of practice courses. It is designed to introduce students
to the General Intervention Method (GIM) of social work practice small client systems.
The course will focus on the theories, principles, and skills necessary to engage, assess,
intervene, and evaluate clients for micro social work practice. Students are also required
to demonstrate leadership initiative by participation in classroom discussions, completion
of interactive assignments, role-play, and simulation activities. Students ocially begin the
portfolio collection process in this course in preparation for the senior year portfolio.
SW 452 General Methods of Mezzo Social Work 3 hours
This course is the second in a series of practice courses and builds on the knowledge and
skills acquired in SW 451. The course equips students with knowledge, values, and practice
skills necessary for eective intervention with families and groups from diverse backgrounds.
386
Students will learn how to apply family and group behavior theories, the GIM, and social work
values and ethics in order to engage, assess, intervene, and evaluate families and groups.
The course values the direct practice experience for knowledge and skill development of
generalist social workers. Students are provided with several opportunities to develop their
practice skills in group leadership dynamics, by facilitating: community-based projects that
addresses a specic group issue; in-class group development and leadership scenarios and
family intervention knowledge; and practice skills through the use of eld-based assignments,
role plays, case studies, and other classroom exercises. Prerequisite: SW 451
SW 453 General Methods of Macro Social Work 3 hours
This course is the third and nal segment of a three-part series of practice courses. The course
utilizes the GIM, theories, principles, skills, and techniques necessary to engage, assess,
intervene, and evaluate eectiveness in working with organizations and communities. Students
are required to engage in a variety of macro level projects that are designed to demonstrate
their understanding of macro practice; exhibit leadership and competence in initiating positive
change at the macro level of practice using evidence based interventions; and demonstrate
how their intervention can promote social and economic justice within diverse population
groups. The course includes community needs assessment, program evaluation and grant
writing. Students will also engage in resource development skill activities. Prerequisite: SW
452.
SW 454 Field Instruction and Seminar I 7 hours
The rst of the two part eld education course series. This is the department’s signature
pedagogy course that is designed to help students integrate into the professional role of being a
social work practitioner. The course allows students to connect social work theory, knowledge,
values, and skills acquired throughout the social work curriculum with actual practice within an
agency setting. Along with assigned coursework, students receive supervised eld practice
within an approved agency selected by the department. Students are expected to demonstrate
growth in their progress towards the achievement of the course competencies, which are
based on the program goals. Students are required to complete 225 eld practicum hours.
Students are required to have liability insurance for both SW 454 and SW 455. Prerequisites:
SW 350, SW 400 and SW 451 (SW 420 and SW 454 must be taken concurrently).
SW 455 Field Instruction and Seminar II 7 hours
A continuation of SW 454, the department’s signature pedagogy course designed to aid
students’ integration into the role of professional generalist practitioner. The course allows
students to connect social work theory, knowledge, values, and skills learned within the
classroom environment with actual practice within an agency setting. Students will continue to
receive assigned coursework designed to aid their understanding of the connection between
social work theories, knowledge, values and skills learned in the classroom and actual social
work practice. Students will continue to receive supervised eld practice within their approved
agency. Students are expected to demonstrate achievement of the course competencies,
which are based on the departmental goals. Students are required to complete 225 eld
practicum hours. Prerequisite: SW 454.
387
SW 490 Research and Independent Study 1-3 hours
A major research project or independent activity and course work that will contribute to the
knowledge base of the eld of social work. This course is oered under the direction of an
advisor. Prerequisite: Permission of the departmental chair.
SW 495 Career Preparation 3 hours
This course is designed to equip students with the skills and knowledge to prepare them
for a professional career in social work. Students are required to investigate and complete
assignments designed to aid them in their transition to professional generalist practice and
encourage graduate school entrance. The course incorporates strategies that will prepare
students for professional networking, job search skills, interviewing skills, social work licensure,
employment skills, and preparation for graduate school. Students are required to develop
a professional track career plan and time line and a plan for pursuing life-long learning as
well as attend a professional etiquette interview. Students must also demonstrate how self-
evaluation has improved their behavior, appearance, and communication skills. The course
includes a review of social work career options available in faith-based institutions and Afro-
centric agencies. Students are required to complete the second segment of the professional
e-portfolio requirement for the Department’s exit examination process. Prerequisite: senior
standing.
Honor Courses
BI 111H Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 hours
This course is designed for those not majoring in the biological sciences such as nursing and
allied health majors. It is a basic study of the structure and function of the human organism,
including the cells, tissues, organs, and organ systems. Does not apply toward a major or minor
in biology. This Honors section will have additional requirements that may include extra or
expanded assignments, projects or modied assessments. Corequisite: BI 111L (Laboratory).
BI 131H General Biology 4 hours
A study of the fundamentals of living organisms with emphasis on zoology and botany
and their biochemistry, physiology, genetics, systematics, behavior, and ecology. Review
scientic literature and relate to specic undergraduate courses covering concepts and their
historical perspectives including contributions of signicant gures and underrepresented
groups. This Honors section will have additional requirements that may include extra or
expanded assignments, projects or modied assessments. Corequisite: BI 131L (Laboratory).
CH 101H Introduction to Inorganic Chemistry (with lab) 3 hours
A survey of the fundamental principles of inorganic chemistry. Three hours of
lecture and two hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply to a major or
minor in chemistry. This Honors section will have additional requirements that
may include extra or expanded assignments, projects or modified assessments.
388
CH 102H Introduction to Organic & Biochemistry (with lab) 3 hours
A survey of fundamental principles of organic and biochemistry. Three hours of lecture and two
hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply to a major or minor in chemistry. This Honors section
will have additional requirements that may include extra or expanded assignments, projects or
modied assessments. Prerequisite: CH 101 H. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
CH 141H General Chemistry and Lab 4 hours
A survey of the fundamental laws and theories of chemistry, with special emphasis on the working of
problems and the relationship between atomic structure and the chemistry of the elements. Three
hours of lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. This Honors section will have additional
requirements that may include extra or expanded assignments, projects or modied assessments.
Prerequisites: high school chemistry and high school precalculus. Corequisite: MA 121.
HN 100 Project Orientation Seminar 0 hours
This orientation provides Instructions on interdisciplinary project management, team dynamics,
analysis and the seven phases of problem-solving. Students will be required to attend all
sessions or makeup absences. They will have an opportunity to apply learned concepts to
mock problems that are typical in the real-world. The course is graded on a pass/fail basis.
HN 200 Team Project Phase 1 1 hours
This course, conducted during the fall semester, is dedicated to the interdisciplinary solution
of a real-world problem. Students will work in teams, outside the traditional classroom setting
with the guidance of a faculty advisor. They will give multiple presentations to the advisor in
preparation for their nal presentation. To align with the values of Oakwood University as an
HBCU and a Seventh-day Adventist institution, problem categories will include public health
issues, humanitarian concerns, environmental challenges, social justice and educational
disparities. Pre-requisite: HN 100. Must receive a passing grade in prerequisite course.
HN 300 Team Project Phase 2 1 hours
This course, conducted during the spring semester, continues the real-world, problem-solving
team project started in HN 200 (see HN 200 course description). Both courses represent
one project partitioned into two phases. Corequisite: HN 400. Pre-requisites: HN 100, HN
200. Must receive a passing grade for HN 100 and pass HN 200 with a C (2.0) or better.
HN 400 Project Presentation 1 hours
This course represents the nal team presentation of students’ solution for the real-world
problem addressed in HN 200 and HN 300. Students should register for this course during
the same spring semester when HN 300 is taken, as the nal presentation will take place
at the end of the same semester. The project solution is to be co-presented by participating
team members and graded by an interdisciplinary team of faculty evaluators. The presentation
represents a capstone requirement of the project-based learning curriculum. The course
is graded on a pass/fail basis. Corequisite: HN 300. Prerequisites: HN 100 and HN 200,
Must receive a passing grade for HN 100 and pass HN 200 with a C (2.0) or better.
389
MA 123H Precalculus Algebra & Trigonometry 3 hours
Course topics include elementary functions, their graphs and applications, including
polynomial, rational, algebraic, exponential, logarithmic, and trigonometric functions. A
student may not receive credit for both MA 123 and the MA 121-122 sequence. This Honors
section will have additional requirements that may include extra or expanded assignments,
projects or modied assessments. Prerequisite: Placement test or permission by instructor.
MA 171H Calculus I 3 hours
A study of limits, continuity, derivatives, dierentials, chain rule, implicit dierentiation, applications
of the derivative, antidierentiation, denite integrals, fundamental theorem of calculus,
exponential and logarithmic functions. This Honors section will have additional requirements that
may include extra or expanded assignments, projects or modied assessments. Prerequisite:
MA 122 or MA 123 or by placement test. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
PH 103H General Physics 4 hours
This course is designed to cover general physics at a level that assumes previous exposure to
college precalculus and trigonometry. Topics include kinematics, vector physics, Newton’s law of
motion, work, energy, momentum, rotational motion, equilibrium, periodic motion, waves, light,
sound, and electromagnetism. This Honors section will have additional requirements that may
include extra or expanded assignments, projects or modied assessments. Corequisite: PH 103L
(Laboratory). Prerequisite: MA 122 or equivalent. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
PH 121H General Physics with Calculus 4 hours
This course is designed for science and engineering students. Topics covered in
Physics 121 include vectors, Newtonian mechanics, heat and thermodynamics.
This Honors section will have additional requirements that may include extra or
expanded assignments, projects or modified assessments. Corequisite: PH 121L
(Laboratory). Prerequisite: MA 171. Must pass prerequisites with a C (2.0) or better.
RG 203H Spirituality Across Cultures 3 hours
An introductory course exploring Christian spirituality on personal, corporate and
social levels. This Honors section will compare Christian spirituality on these levels
with that of other cultures and religions with emphasis on Asian and African cultures.
The course will explore similarities and differences between types of spirituality
and look for evidence of the impact of Biblical spirituality on non-Christian forms.
390
Adult & Continuing Education Course Descriptions
AE 101 Adult Education Orientation Seminar 1 hour
This course is required of all new students enrolled in the Adult Degree Completion program.
The seminar is designed to provide pertinent information to eectively guide students toward
academic success through various presentations that focus on scholarship skills, American
Psychological Association writing style and format, D2L and MyOakwood technology, and
the history and mission of Oakwood University. In support of the Quality Enhancement Plan
(QEP), this course will also introduce and emphasize the critical thinking process through
writing.
Emergency Management
EM 350 Emergency Management 3 hours
Emergency Management is a survey of the emerging eld of homeland security and
emergency management. The course provides students with a broad picture of the
emergency management system in the United States, including historical events, practices
that have impacted the development of emergency management and homeland security as
a governmental function and as a profession. Student will get an overview of the role and
methods of emergency management and homeland security in protecting lives, property, and
infrastructure.
Information Technology
CM 220 Computer Science II Data Structures with C++ 3 hours
A continuation of the study of data representation and algorithm design using C++. Principles
of good programming style and step wise renement will be stressed. Topics will indicate
string processing, searching and sorting, recursion, and dynamic data structures.
CM 340 Computer Logic Design 3 hours
Introduction to formal methods in design of computer logic circuits and systems, contemporary
design practices, and devices used in the synthesis of digital logic systems. Topics will include
combinational and sequential systems, gates, memory elements, registers, bus structure,
timing and control, arithmetic and logical unit, I/O units.
CM 350 Introductory Computer Architecture 3 hours
An introduction to the organization and structuring of major hardware components of digital
computers. Includes a study of the following topics: information transfers and transformations
which occur inside a computer; architecture-instruction sets; instruction formats; addressing
modes; register usage; organization computer units–ALU, CPU, and memory; I/O hardware
description methodologies; and taxonomy of computer architectures. A study of an assembly
language will be the case study of the course. Prerequisite: CM 340.
391
CM 367 Programming Languages 3 hours
This course addresses organization of programming languages, especially routine behavior
of programs; formal study of programming language specication and analysis; study,
comparison, and evaluation of commercially available programming. Topics include BNF
and syntax diagrams, grammars, program constituents, scoping rules, precedence, binding,
parameter passing, and compile-versus interpretation.
IS 120 Microcomputer Applications 3 hours
This course provides instruction in current basic computer literacy concepts and a range
of application software typically used in various oce settings. Students will learn to use
Microsoft Word, PowerPoint and Excel to create documents, presentations, and electronic
spreadsheets. During the course, students will take the associated Microsoft Oce Specialist
(MOS) Certication exams in Word Core, Excel Core and PowerPoint and the current Internet
Core Competency Certication (IC3) exams.
IS 200 Management Information Systems 3 hours
Students are introduced to the management and use of information systems and technology
in organizations, including the way these add value to organizational processes and products.
Topics covered include the important role of information systems in today’s business
environment, the impact of emerging technologies on business, how information systems
support business goals, objectives and its competitive strategy, and management of information
and its eect on decision-making. Students will be introduced to data management through
the database management application Microsoft Access in preparation for the Microsoft Oce
Specialist (MOS) Certication exam administered as a part of the course. Prerequisite: IS120
IS 300 Information Systems Development and Organization 3 hours
IS 300 is an introductory course that reviews solid programming concepts and practices and
the use of information systems and technology in organizations.
IS 330 Network Management and Telecommunications 3 hours
This course introduces the managerial and technical aspects of business networks, including
the hardware and software mechanisms that allow access from one computer to les and
services provided on other computers. An overview of local area nets (LAN) and Wide Area
Nets (WAN) is provided, as also those of software protocols, routers, bridges, and rewalls.
On the practical side, the student learns about the network services provided by the operating
system (Windows/NT), network analyzers, and the management of security and reliability.
The student also learns to install, congure, and test network hardware/software, and use
such facilities in practical applications, including e-mail, remote le access, client/server hook-
ups, and dial-up design of security technologies are reviewed and case studies presented.
Prerequisite: IS 290
IS 335 Modern Database Design and Implementation 3 hours
This course provides an in-depth discussion of the new tools and technologies that are shaping
modern database management. Detailed coverage of client/server and distributed databases,
including trends toward architectural downsizing, redening the role of mainframes, the
392
increased emphasis on LANs, and end-user computing. Case studies are used to illustrate
the role of database analysis and design concepts in the total systems development process.
The student will become procient in the utilization of Oracle and Microsoft-Access database
management systems.
IS 341 Management of Business Networks (Lab) 3 hours
This course introduces the managerial and technical aspects of business networks, including
the hardware and software mechanisms that allow access from one computer to les and
services provided on other computers. An overview of local area nets (LAN) and Wide Area
Nets (WAN) is provided, as also those of software protocols, routers, bridges, and rewalls.
On the practical side, the student learns about the network services provided by the operating
system (Windows/NT), network analyzers, and the management of security and reliability. The
student also learns to install, congure, and test network hardware/software, and use such
facilities in practical applications, including e-mail, remote le access, client/server hook-ups,
and dial-up networking.
IS 342 Advanced Business Networks (Lab) 3 hours
This course provides an advanced skill level with the concepts and terminology of computer
intercommunications and networking. The course relies on a hands-on approach as the
primary teaching method for focusing on organizational enterprise networking and for studying
specic network protocols.
IS 343 Information Security 3 hours
This course introduces basic concepts of computer and network security with an emphasis on
the threats and countermeasures relevant to Internet and web service. Students are prepared
to evaluate the security needs of organizations, and to develop strategies to address these
needs. The requirements and design of security technologies are reviewed and case studies
presented.
IS 405 Information Policy (7-wk class) 3 hours
This course will introduce students to information policies focusing on issues that involve
conicts among proprietary rights, privacy rights and information access rights. Issues and
challenges faced in developing and implementing policies within organizations and companies
including the protection and use of intellectual property, rst amendment concerns, access to
public information, security and the protection of privacy of personally identiable information
will be discussed. Policy issues in the areas of information systems, communications,
computing, and media will be presented.
IS 420 Project Management for Information Systems 3 hours
This course focuses on models used in a software development project, including tools that
improve project productivity. Topics include concepts of project management, task scheduling,
cost estimation models, risk assessment, and software maturity framework. Students will be
using tools and cases to gain depth in software project management principles and practice.
393
IT 320 Web Design and Multimedia Applications 3 hours
The role of information technology in securing competitive advantage for organizations is
introduced in an environment that combines conceptual lessons in Web design and multimedia
applications. Students learn Internet and Web design concepts using Microsoft FrontPage,
Web editors, and multimedia tools.
Leadership
LD 300 Foundational Theories of Leadership Principles 3 hours
This course explores a range of historical and contemporary theories of leadership. It engages
the students in acquiring knowledge of leadership principles in the area of the denition and
meaning of leadership, expectations for and functions of a leader, and qualications and skills
essential for eective leadership.
LD 310 Communication Strategies in Leadership 3 hours
Eective communication is one of the most important aspects of successful leadership in any
organizational context or venue in society. In this course, emphasis is placed on a knowledge
and understanding of communication models, practices, strategies and techniques illustrating
and referencing historical and contemporary leaders in the context of leadership.
LD 320 Applied Leadership in Organizational Change 3 hours
This course focuses on the expectations and implementations of the leader’s role and
responsibility in facilitating and managing organizational change and the organizational climate
with application in business, community, government, or religious or social organizations.
Topics explored include diversity, ethics, organizational behavior, power and inuence,
motivation, politics and stake holder relationships.
Business Administration
AC 220-221 Principles of Accounting I-II 3-3 hours
This course presents fundamental accounting concepts, theories, and procedures.
Both accounting principles and practice are emphasized so that students can obtain an
understanding of the sources of nancial information and the uses of such information. Lab
required. Lab fee applies
BA 250 Business Review 2 hours
A course designed for students who did not pass the Business Departmental Exam (Major
Field Test) required in their senior year. The course consists of a review of the major theories
and concepts for making sound business decisions. A variety of activities will be used to
reinforce these principles, and students will exhibit this understanding through case analysis,
completion of study guides, class discussions and written exams. The requirements of this
394
course may not be met by special examination. This course may not count toward a major
or minor in Business. Only students who have taken the Business Departmental Exit Exam
may register for BA 250.
OM 301 Adult Development and Life Assessment (W) 3 hours
Students examine a number of adult development theories and link these concepts to life
through a process of individual psychometric assessment and reection. Both classical and
contemporary adult development theories are examined. Writing skills are developed through
the application of the Kolb’s writing model.
OM 303 Foundations of Management 3 hours
The course focuses on management control functions, strategic planning, and organizational
structure and design. Furthermore, it investigates motivational theory, leadership styles,
negotiation concepts and skills, and total quality management.
BA 310 Principles of Management 3 hours
This is an introductory course designed to familiarize students with the knowledge, roles,
responsibilities, and skills required of modern managers. Prerequisites: junior standing.
BA 302 Business Communication (W) 3 hours
This course is a composite of theory, practices, and technologies essential to the development
and renement of written communication skills in business. Prerequisite: Completion of EN
111 and EN 112
BA 383 Human Resource Management 3 hours
A study of the issues, trends, and problems involved in the strategic management of personnel
including recruitment, motivation, evaluation, compensation, and employee development.
Prerequisites: BA 310 and junior standing.
BA 415 Organizational Behavior 3 hours
People are the common denominator of all organizational endeavors, regardless of
organizational size or purpose. This course examines theory and research regarding the
behavior of individuals and groups in organizations. Topics include motivation, communication,
group dynamics and decision making, leadership, and organizational change. Prerequisites:
BA 310 and junior standing.
BA 460 Business Ethics 3 hours
Emphasis is placed on the ethical concepts that are relevant to resolving moral and legal
issues in business, the reasoning and analytical skills needed to apply ethical concepts to
business decisions, and the social and natural environments within which moral issues in
business arise. Prerequisites: BA 310 and junior standing
395
EC 282 Principles of Microeconomics 3 hours
An analysis of the basic concepts which describe how individuals choose what to consume
and how entrepreneurs choose what to produce. The pricing mechanism and the determination
of output level in the various market structures.
EC 283 Principles of Macroeconomics 3 hours
An analysis of the basic concepts of the national income, including such various components
as consumption, investment, government expenditures, and the export-import sector. An
introduction to the general theories of in ation, growth, and employment.
FN 311 Principles of Finance 3 hours
Nature and scope of business nance. Emphasis on nancial planning, forecasting, analysis,
corporate valuation, capital budgeting and risk assessment, cost of capital structure, shortterm
and long-term nancial management, and international nance. Prerequisites: AC 221
OM 430 Research Design and Analysis (W) 3 hours
Students enrolled in OM 430 gain an appreciation and understanding of the research process
that leads to new knowledge. Students learn to analyze obtained data, interpret it, and reach
conclusions that the data seem to warrant. This course guides students from problem selection
to completed research report with practical suggestions for conducting future business-related
and graduate school research projects.
OM 440 Career Management Seminar 1 hour
This course is designed to guide the adult student through successful career transitions.
Career patterns and goals are reviewed. Future trends are viewed in relation to changing
careers and lifestyles, also networking concepts are explored.
General Psychology
PY 101 Principles of Psychology 3 hours
In this course the student will explore the science of psychology concepts include but are not
limited to: emotion, motivation, neurological and cognitive processing, brain development,
learning, sex and gender, health and stress, memory, human development, personality,
sensation, perception, social psychology, measurement and experimental methods,
psychological disorders and therapies.
PY 201 Psychology of Religion 3 hours
A study of the psychological aspects of religion and an analysis of several systems in
psychology from a Christian perspective, utilizing the writings of Ellen G. White along with
other Christian authors. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
396
PY 280 Seminar in Psychology 2 hours
In-depth examination of particular topics of current interest in the eld of psychology. Critical
evaluation of current research. The course also reviews the graduation, admission, and
employment searching processes. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 320 Social Psychology (W) 3 hours
The study of group aliations, group standards, social perceptions, and other social factors
inuencing the behavior of individuals and interaction among groups. Prerequisite: PY 101
or PY 105.
PY 307 Statistical Methods 3 hours
An introduction to statistical procedures. Topics include preparation and use of graphs and
tables, measures of central tendency and dispersion, probability and sampling, and tests of
signicance and association. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105 and MA 108.
PY 319 Theories of Personality (W) 3 hours
A study of the main theories of personality structure, with consideration of the essential
ingredients of healthy attitudes and behavior patterns. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 321 Abnormal Behavior 3 hours
A study of the types, natures, and causes of abnormal behavior; the eects of maladaptive
behavior on individuals, families, and communities; and methods of treatment. Prerequisite:
PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 325 Developmental Psychology 3 hours
A study of current psychological theories relating to psychological development throughout
the entire life span. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 331 Group Dynamics 3 hours
A study of the dynamics of groups, with special emphasis being placed upon patterns of
leadership, solidarity, cohesion, conict, accommodation, and cooperation. Prerequisite: PY
101 or PY 105.
PY 361 Marriage and the Family 3 hours
The ethics of family relationships, changing trends, and functions of the modern family. An
attempt is made to bring the student into contact with facts, principles, attitudes, and problems
that are likely to play a part in marriage. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 371 Biological Psychology 3 hours
Physiological correlates of behavior, with special emphasis on the physiology and anatomy
of the nervous system as a basis for relating behavior to its physiological components. The
student will develop competence in the reading and interpreting of scientic reports and
professional journals. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
397
PY 401 History and Systems of Psychology 3 hours
A study of the theoretical systems, experiments, and personalities involved in the development
of psychology. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY 105.
PY 411 Research I (W) 3 hours
This course is an introduction to the eld of research in the behavioral sciences and is the
rst of the three-course sequence. Topics include scientic method, research ethics, literature
review, research designs, sampling, research question and hypothesis development. Students
will be expected to develop a research proposal using the survey method of data collection.
Course presented through lecture, research activities, exams, and research proposal.
Prerequisite: PY 307 (no grade below C). Lab fee $40 covers Ethics Training. (formerly
Principles of Research).
PY 415 Principles of Research II (W) 3 hours
This course is the second of the three-course sequence. Topics include research ethics, data
collection techniques, statistical analysis, data presentation. Students will complete a research
study using quantitative methods. Topics will cover advanced ethics of research, statistical
analysis, qualitative methods, and introduction to experimental design. Prerequisite: PY 411
(no grade below C).
PY 423 Counseling Theories 3 hours
This course involves a study of the major counseling theories. Prerequisite: PY 101 or PY
105.
PY 460 Experimental Psychology and Lab (PY 460L) 4 hours
A survey course acquainting the student with the experimental analysis of behavior. The
scientic method is used to investigate basic behavioral phenomena and principles. Students
will also develop competence in reading, writing, and interpreting reports. Students must
register concurrently for PY 460 and PY 460L. Prerequisite: PY 415.
History
HI 314 History of the Seventh-day Adventist Church (W) 3 hours
A survey course of the rise and progress of the Seventh-day Adventist Church.
Religion
RB 311 New Testament I (W) 3 hours
An introductory survey of the Pauline Epistles, utilizing the book of Acts as a historical
resource. Each letter is analyzed exegetically. Emphasis is given to Paul’s major themes,
including God, Christ, the Holy Spirit, salvation, the church, and last day events, as well as
the relevance of Paul’s message to ministerial practice and contemporary Christian living.
Prerequisites: EN 112 and RL 314 or permission of instructor.
398
RB 401 Hebrew Prophets (W) 3 hours
This course is part of a two-semester sequence (with RB 402). The overall goal of the two-
semester sequence is to introduce students to the Old Testament/Hebrew Bible. This is
an introductory survey of the Prophets (Former and Latter). The messages of each book
are explored in light of their historical, geographical, literary, and theological contexts.
Special attention is given to major approaches to the study of the Old Testament, as well as
methodological issues in the Christological interpretation of the Old Testament. Prerequisite:
EN 112, RL 312 or permission of instructor.
RG 102 Life and Teachings of Jesus 3 hours
An exploration of the life and ministry of Jesus informed by the gospels, and other sections
of the Bible. The teachings of Jesus are applied to a personal life of faith, moral decision
making, and societal transformation.
RG 202 Fundamentals of Seventh-day Adventist Beliefs 3 hours
An introductory course exploring selected fundamental Christian doctrines as believed and
taught by the Seventh-day Adventist Church. The teachings follow the traditional dogmatic
categories: theology, Christology, pneumatology, anthropology, soteriology, ecclesiology,
and eschatology. The course explores these teachings from a Christ-centered perspective
for individual spiritual formation using the Bible as the basis of authority.
RG 203 Foundations in Biblical Spirituality 3 hours
An introductory course exploring a personal relationship with God and developing a meaningful
Christian witness. Emphasis is given to a strong devotional life not only on the personal but
also spirituality on corporate and social levels.
RG 321 Christian Ethics 3 hours
Understanding the meaning of Christian ethics and how this discovery impacts the life of the
Christian business professional is the emphasis of this course. Students examine the role
ethics plays in a postmodern world and explore how today’s Christians might address these
ethical concerns. A survey of moral theories provide the foundation for addressing complex
social issues and understanding the role of a business person facing ethical concerns in
leadership, planning, and controlling of the work environment.
RH 444 (HI444) History of Christianity in the World I (W) 3 hours
A survey of the historical development and growth of the Christian Church throughout the
World until the sixteenth century with emphasis on Africa, Asia, and Europe. Prerequisite:
EN 112 and junior standing.
RH 445 (HI445) History of Christianity in the World II (W) 3 hours
A survey of the historical development of the Christian Church in the World from the sixteenth
century to the present. Prerequisite: EN 112 and junior standing.
399
RL 211 Greek I 3 hours
Introduction to elements of koine Greek of the New Testament and practice in translation of
Biblical passages.
RL 311 Hebrew I 3 hours
Introduction to elements of Biblical Hebrew grammar and syntax.
RP 231 Personal Evangelism 3 hours
An introduction to Christian discipleship. With an emphasis on developing skills for practice,
students examine biblical and theological foundations of discipleship as demonstrated in the
ministry of Christ. Emphasis is given to the development of interpersonal skills for witnessing
in a variety of traditional and non-traditional contexts, such as workplace and marketplace
settings. Students learn to prepare and present Bible studies and train laity for discipleship.
Field education is required.
RP 341 Biblical Preaching I 3 hours
An introduction to the biblical and theological foundations, principles, and methods of Christ-
centered preaching. Students review biblical hermeneutics for application to preaching.
Attention is also given to personal preparation, sermon development and delivery, and biblical
preaching in the Seventh-day Adventist and Black traditions. Special emphasis is placed on
Christ as the content of biblical preaching.
RP 431 Christian Ministry I 3 hours
An examination of biblical, theological, and historical foundations of Christian ministry and
their relevance to professional issues in ministry. The course is designed to lead students
from critical reection to informed practice. This course utilizes a case-study approach to
develop the role of the minister as grounded in the ministry of Christ. Emphasis is placed on
servant-leadership, ministerial ethics, life management, denominational polity, and strategic
planning. Field education and personality testing are required.
RP 434 Church Organization and Polity 3 hours
This course examines the church as a special religious non-prot organization with its own
unique polity. The students will look at models of church organization found in the Bible
for the church. Contemporary models (used by various Lutheran, Episcopal, Presbyterian,
Baptist, Methodist, and Pentecostal traditions), will be discussed with special attention given
the Seventh-day Adventist Church. The students will be challenged to critically explore ways
to eectively organize and lead a congregation in mission and ministry.
RP 442 Public Evangelism and Church Growth 3 hours
An introduction to public evangelism and church growth. With an emphasis on developing skills
for practice, students examine the biblical and theological foundations of public evangelism
and church growth as demonstrated in the ministry of Christ. Traditional and non-traditional
approaches are explored. Special emphasis is given to the role of the laity in successful
public evangelism and church growth. Field education is required. Prerequisites: RB 211
and RP 231.
400
RP 443 Christian Ministry II 3 hours
An application of Christian ministry in the church setting, designed to build students’ basic
skills in ministerial practice. As a continuation of RP 431, this course employs both in-class
preparation and clinical participation in church administration, visitation, church nance,
services of the church (e.g. baptism, wedding, funeral, communion, baby dedication), auxiliary
ministries, and strategic planning. Attention is also given to resources for ministry, including
technology. Field education is required. Prerequisite: RP 431.
RT 221 Biblical Hermeneutics 2 hours
An introduction to the principles and methods of biblical interpretation with emphasis on
Christocentric interpretation. Special consideration is given to Seventh-day Adventist
interpretation and the relationship between interpretation and spirituality. Students develop the
ability to assess various critical methodologies and apply interpretive principles responsibly.
RT 322 World Religions 2 hours
A survey of the development, beliefs, worldviews, and practices of the religions of the world,
including African and Caribbean traditions as well as modern religious movements. Special
emphasis is placed on their relationship with Christianity.
RT 421 Christian Theology I (W) 3 hours
An introductory survey of the development of Christian thought from A.D. 100 to 1300.
Treatment is given to the task of theology, theological principles and methods, and biblical
critique of theological ideas. Dogmatic categories include theology, Christology, pneumatology,
anthropology, soteriology, ecclesiology, and eschatology. Students explore the relevance of
theological reection for modern church and society.
401
Graduate Studies Course Descriptions
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
AC 530 Managerial Accounting 3 hours
This course focuses the student on the use of information to make managerial decisions.
Emphasis is placed on planning and control aspects of the nancial statements. Topics include
activity-based costing, budgeting, cost-volume-prot analysis, quantitative techniques, capital
acquisition, variance analysis and responsibility accounting.
BA 560 Ethical Decision-Making in Business 3 hours
This course studies businesses in the context of their various stakeholders and the environment
of business. It explores a range of issues from the role of business in society to the ethical
dimensions of decision-making. Emphasis is placed on identifying and developing the
personal skills and perspectives necessary to engage in ethical decision-making, facing
ethical dilemmas, whistle blowing and ethical responses to unethical corporate practices.
EC 520 Managerial Economics 3 hours
The course is designed to provide a foundation of economic concepts and principles that
promote understanding and application in decision-making. The course uses both qualitative
and quantitative techniques in the application of theory to practical situations. The course
analyzes demand, supply and market outcomes of products; application of optimization and
forecasting techniques to managerial problems; application of production and estimation
techniques to determine optimal course of action. A problem-solving approach will be used
to achieve these objectives.
FN 540 Managerial Finance 3 hours
This course focuses on using nancial statement information in a variety of ways to engage in
eective nancial management. Topics covered include: An overview of nancial theory and
management, time value of money, risk, valuation, cost of capital, capital structure, capital
budgeting, long-term nancing decisions, working capital policy and management, nancial
analysis and planning.
LD 550 Servant Leadership 3 hours
This course will examine the leadership life and practices of Jesus Christ and compare it to
contemporary theories and practice of leadership. The maxim of the ‘greatest will be the servant
of all’ will be examined from the perspective of Jesus Christ and a philosophy on servant
leadership developed where students will be led to examine their own faith and practice.
LD 605 Leadership Innovation and Change 3 hours
Innovation and change has become essential for growth and sustainability of organizations
in an increasing technological age. This course will involve students in exploring the need for
ongoing innovation and change in organizations. It will examine concepts such as disruptive
innovation, manufacturer innovation, end-user innovation, aordable innovation, breakthrough
402
innovation, and collaborative innovation. In addition, students will be exposed to the stages of
innovation (ideation, selection, development and commercialization), the importance of critical
organizational factors such as leadership commitment, shared vision, perception, strategy
and promotion, eective communication and cross-functional teams, nance and budgetary
allocation. Innovation will be studied for the positive value it can have on the organization’s
eciency, quality, extension of product lines, creation of new markets and reduced cost.
LD 615 Strategic Leadership 3 hours
This course will examine the leadership style and essential skills of a strategic leader. It
explores the leader’s impact and involvement in shaping organizational operations in areas
pertaining to strategic planning, strategic management and policy formation in the organization.
Intensive investigations of leaders who exhibit this leadership model will be researched.
Extensive student engagements through discussions, papers, and presentations will be
utilized in this class.
LD 625 Leadership Thought and Creativity 3 hours
Leaders are expected to provide vision and conceptual thought in leading their respective
organizations. This course explores and analyzes the role and impact the concepts of
creativity and thought have on shaping leadership eectiveness in organizations and societies.
Research on noted historical and contemporary leaders recognized for their creativity and
visionary thoughts are studied and discussed to identify signicant leadership characteristics,
styles, and traits that may be extrapolated into, transformed and modeled by 21st century
leaders. Extensive student engagements through discussions, papers and presentations will
be utilized in this class.
LD 635 Global Leadership: A Case Study Approach 3 hours
This course examines the role, responsibilities and functions of leaders and leadership from
a global perspective. Cases studies will be utilized and studies from the most recent global
activities, events and situations impacting global leadership. The course focus is placed
on the study of a leader’s performance from various areas of the global sector (business,
governments, prot and not-for-prot organizations, communities and societies, etc.).
Extensive student engagements through discussions, papers and presentations will be
utilized in this class.
LD 645 International Business 3 hours
With the advancement of technology, social media and the necessity of international trade
and diplomatic relations, businesses need to be responsive to its markets and take measures
to remain sustainable and successful. Consequently, students will be engaged in examining
several areas of focus to include the following: the evolution of global business, strategy and
structure 10 of international business, national trade policies, regional economic integration,
foreign direct investment, mergers and acquisitions, the multinational enterprise, corporate
governance and social responsibility and international trading regimes. Students should leave
this course with an appreciation for the interrelatedness of businesses across borders and
thereby seek to lead with international savvy.
403
LD 650 Capstone 3 hours
The Leadership Studies Capstone course for the MBA in Leadership program provides
students with an opportunity to integrate and apply their learning throughout the program and
their leadership experiences through the analysis of real-business cases. The selected cases
are designed to provide practice for future leaders in a changing business environment due
to dierent economic, organizational, psychological, and sociological factors.
Master of Public Health Course Descriptions
ND 501 Introduction to Public Health 2 hours
Provides student with an overview of the eld of public health. Major topics include: public
health competencies, careers in public health, health disparities, cultural competence, and
public health ethics.
ND 502 Principles of Epidemiology 3 hours
Introduces the basic principles and applications of epidemiology. Epidemiology is one
of the pillars of public health. Describes the distribution and determinants of disease in
human populations. Introduces students to the theory, methods, and body of knowledge of
epidemiology.
ND 503 Introduction to Biostatics 3 hours
Introduces statistical concepts and analytical methods as applied to data encountered in
biomedical sciences. It emphasizes the basic concepts of experimental design, quantitative
analysis of data, and statistical inferences. Prerequisite: An introductory statistics course at
the undergraduate or graduate level.
ND 504 Principles of Environmental Health 3 hours
Presents concepts, principles, and applications that form the basis of environmental health.
Describes the sources, pathways of exposure, and methods of control of the principal physical,
chemical, biologic, and sociologic factors that impact human health in ambient, indoor and
occupational environments.
ND 505 Principles of Health Behavior 3 hours
Examines the psycho-social, behavioral, and educational principles that determine health
behavior. Describes the philosophical, ethical and theoretical foundations of health education
in schools, community, worksite and hospital settings.
ND 506 Principles of Health Administration 3 hours
Describes the application of administrative theory to health delivery, policy, and planning.
Examines structures and functions of management and their application in public health.
404
ND 507 Fitness and Health Promotion 2 hours
Discusses the role that tness plays in promoting personal and community health. The
challenges involved in achieving personal tness and weight management. Prerequisites:
ND 505-Principles of Health Behavior. An introductory nutrition course at the undergraduate
or graduate level. An intermediary nutrition course at the undergraduate or graduate level.
One year of introductory biology with lab or anatomy and physiology with lab or physiology
with lab at the undergraduate or graduate level.
ND 508 Grant Writing 2 hours
Overview of the basic principles and practice of eective health education and health promotion
grant writing. Provides guidance for identifying potential funding sources and writing a grant
proposal that is ready for submission. Prerequisites: ND 501- Introduction to Public Health,
ND 502- Principles of Epidemiology, ND 505- Principles of Health Behavior.
ND 509 Vegetarian Nutrition and Wellness 3 hours
The role of plant-based diets and exercise in health promotion and prevention of major chronic
diseases. Discussion of current issues in nutrition and wellness, including complimentary
alternative approaches. Prerequisites: ND 503-Introduction to Biostatistics, ND 502-Priniciples
of Epidemiology. An introductory nutrition course at the undergraduate or graduate level. An
intermediary nutrition course at the undergraduate or graduate level. One year of introductory
biology with lab or anatomy and physiology with lab or physiology with lab at the undergraduate
or graduate level.
ND 510 Ethnic Food Practices 3 hours
Introduction to major ethnic and religious food practices in the United States. Empowers
students to provide culturally relevant service to individuals and communities.
ND 511 Program Planning and Evaluation in the Community and Lab 4 hours
Introduces principles of program development and evaluation. Development of a health
promotion and education program with an evaluation component for community groups. Major
topics includes: community needs and assets assessment; program planning, implementation
and evaluation of a program. Prerequisite: ND 501-Introduction to Public Health, ND 502-
Principles of Epidemiology ND 503- Introduction to Biostatistics, ND 505-Principles of Health
Behavior, ND 507- Fitness and Health Promotion, ND 509- Vegetarian Nutrition and Wellness.
ND 512 Assessment of Nutritional Status 3 hours
Techniques of individual nutrition assessment: dietary intake and evaluation, use of computer
software anthropometric, clinical, and biochemical methodologies, principles and practice
in nutrition counseling in a supervised community setting. Prerequisites: An introductory
nutrition course at the undergraduate or graduate level. An intermediary nutrition course at
the undergraduate or graduate level. One year of introductory biology with lab or anatomy
and physiology with lab or physiology with lab at the undergraduate or graduate level.
405
ND 517 Health Research Methods 3 hours
The study of research methodology, statistical analysis, and the evaluation of research papers.
Prerequisites: ND 501-Introduction to Public Health, ND 503-Introduction to Biostatistics.
ND 518 Health Disparities and Minority Health 3 hours
An exploration of the determinants of the disparities in health and healthcare in the 9 United
States, and multi-level strategies aimed at reducing those disparities. Prerequisites: ND
501-Introduction to Public Health, ND 503-Introduction to Biostatistics. Co-requisite: ND
517- Research Methods.
ND 601 Research Seminar 1 hour
An exploration of the determinants of the disparities in health and healthcare in the 9 United
States, and multi-level strategies aimed at reducing those disparities. Prerequisites: ND
501-Introduction to Public Health, ND 503-Introduction to Biostatistics. Co-requisite: ND
517- Research Methods.
ND 602 Capstone Research Project 4 hours
The Capstone project is a requirement for graduation for students in the MPH program. It is an
opportunity for students to work on public health practice projects that are of interest to them.
Completion of the capstone project requires both written and oral components. The capstone
is completed in the last semester of the program. The project is done under the direction of
a capstone project advisor. Prerequisites: completion of the didactic (all coursework) portion
of the MPH
ND 603 Practicum 3 hours
The practicum is designed to provide MPH students with the opportunity to integrate the
knowledge and skills developed during their academic program in a structured, supervised,
real-world professional setting under the direction of a site supervisor (preceptor) in a public
health or social service agency and program faculty. Requires a project proposal approved
by the department and a nal report. Minimum: 135 hours. Prerequisites: Completion of the
didactic (all coursework) portion of the MPH. Department approval.
Master of Arts Pastoral Studies Course Descriptions
Pastoral Studies & Urban Ministry & Community Development
Biblical Studies & Languages
TB 511 Survey of Hebrew Prophets 3 hours
This is an introduction and a survey of the second part of the Hebrew Bible/Old Testament
commonly referred to as the Prophets. This covers the Historical Books of Joshua to 2 Kings,
the Major Prophets (Isaiah, Jeremiah and Ezekiel), and the Twelve Minor Prophets. Each
book is studied exegetically and theologically in the social-historical context of the ancient
Near Eastern world, and in dialogue with the modern-day context. By means of the required
406
graduate-level papers, students develop skills in responsible Biblical interpretation and
application of the messages of the prophets to a life of faith and Christian service.
TB 512 Survey of Pauline Letters 3 hours
This is an introduction and survey of the Pauline Epistles, utilizing the book of Acts as a
historical resource. Each letter is studied exegetically and theologically in the social-historical
context of the Greco-Roman world, and in dialogue with the modern-day context. By means
of required graduate-level papers, students develop skills in responsible Biblical interpretation
and application of the messages of Pauline letters to a life of faith and Christian service.
TB 601 Biblical and Theological Interpretation for Pastoral Ministry 3 hours
An advanced exploration of theological and biblical studies. It emphasizes Biblical authority
and a Christ-centered hermeneutic. Various methods of interpretation as applied to selected
texts and themes from the Old and New Testaments are critically evaluated. Exegetical and
theological insights are applied to pastoral activities such as preaching, counseling, liturgy,
personal devotion, mission, and pastoral care.
TB 622 Biblical-Theological Principles for Community Ministry 3 hours
This is an advanced study of biblical and theological paradigms that inform community
ministry. These paradigms include the Pentateuchal teaching on community responsibility,
the social justice tradition in the prophetic books, the gospel admonition for concern of the
“least of these,” and the social structure of the early church. Students will apply biblical and
theological paradigms to their local as well as global contexts to inform meaningful solutions
to communal, political, economic, and social issues.
TL515 Intermediate Biblical Hebrew 3 hours
An intermediate course in Biblical Hebrew, emphasizing the mastery of Hebrew grammar and
syntax. Students develop additional vocabulary and the ability to translate narrative and poetic
passages, with the aid of reference tools. Special emphasis is given to the value of Hebrew
in the life of faith, ministry, and biblical scholarship. Prerequisite: RL312 or equivalent. This
course is cross listed as RL413-RL414 Hebrew III-IV in the undergraduate section.
Practical Ministry
TM 514 Biblical Preaching 3 hours
An introduction to the biblical and theological foundations, principles, and methods of Christ
centered preaching in relation to topical, textual and expository sermons. Student will
review biblical hermeneutics for application to preaching. Attention is also given to personal
preparation, sermon development and delivery, and biblical preaching in the Seventh-day
Adventist and Black traditions. They will write sermon manuscripts and outlines and deliver
them in their context of ministry or to their peers.
407
TM 522 Pastoral Care and Counseling in Multicultural Contexts 3 hours
This course covers the theory and practice of pastoral care and counseling in the local church
setting. It seeks to integrate personal faith development and compassionate ministry of the
pastor or church leader with critical insights and caring strategies of the helping professions
and the discipline of pastoral theology. Specic emphasis will be given to the development
of spiritual relationship in multicultural, cross-cultural context; understanding of black socio-
religious experience; and the black family in American society. A particular concern will be
given to such topics as human sexuality, adolescent and youth issues, emotional, substance
and physical abuse, marriage and family dynamics, and the care of the elderly. The students
will be engaged in exploring eective ways to address these challenges and minister to the
needs identied.
TM 523 Preaching in Context of Post-Modern World 3 hours
This course is designed to provide participants with advanced hermeneutical methods, skills,
and tools to rst interpret the Biblical texts from within its own historical, linguistic, sociocultural,
theological, and spiritual contexts, and then learn how to preach them transformatively in order
to address congregational needs and concerns. They will focus on how theological themes,
narrative structures, and rhetorical movements in specic genres may eectively convey
God’s message of salvation in Jesus Christ in a worshiping context. Students will examine
selected texts and themes for God’s call for repentance, justice, forgiveness, reconciliation,
understanding, healing, comfort, support, empowerment, transformation, peace, and hope.
Participants will also look at their own faith development and temperaments out of which they
may preach transformatively to others.
TM 525 Community Ministry in the Adventist Tradition 3 hours
This course traces the history of community ministry in the Seventh-day Adventist Church.
Utilizing advice from Welfare Ministry, emphasis is placed on community health initiatives,
education and programs for the poor. The role of ADRA will also be covered. Students will
suggest ways in which Community Service departments in their local churches can best
respond to the immediate needs of the communities they serve.
This course helps students to interpret the operations and infrastructure of cities and utilize the
information in the construction of Christ-centered urban ministry. Students learn the principles
of demographics and psychographics in understanding populations. Students will learn how
to access and interpret government public data sources such as planning and zoning, public
health, incarceration rates, and housing data. Understanding the social, political, economic
infrastructures of the urban environment, students will learn how to utilize the information to
identify disparities and marginalized populations and to construct ministry interventions.
This course covers the essentials of operating non-prot organizations. Topics include writing
articles of incorporation, registering a business, types of non-prot organizations, forming
408
501c3 corporations, governance of non-prot organizations, non-prots and their relationship to
the Church, solicitation and donations, taxes and other government regulations, and partnering
with other non-prot organization or critically analyze an existing non-prot organization.
TM 531 Evangelism and Church Growth 3 hours
This course focuses on the evangelistic and church growth ministries of pastors and lay
professionals in order to foster congregational and community development. Participants
will learn how to assess and understand congregations and communities in order to develop
relevant contextual strategies for evangelism and development. It is also intended to help
participants reect on traditional pastoral and public evangelism, evangelistic preaching, and
evangelistic resources, in order to learn how to eectively design and use new resources
and programs suited for the contemporary postmodern context. Participants will be equipped
to train and mobilize lay ministers, implement church growth principles, and eectively use
media and audio-visual equipment. The course will also expose participants to the science
and art of scheduling, nancing, and conducting mission programs and evangelistic projects
TM 532 Church Planting and Growth in Urban Settings 3 hours
This course is designed to explore strategies of church planting in urban settings and to assist
planters to think contextually about the placement of new ministries to meet the spiritual and
social needs of diverse people groups and generations.
TM 542 Church and Community Relations 3 hours
This course is designed to provide knowledge and skills in eective community relations as it
explores how a congregation can serve meaningfully in selected locations. It enables students
to enhance their public communication skills in diverse cultural settings and in interactions
between religious and non-religious institutions.
TM 550 Clinical Pastoral Education-CPE 3 hours
The CPE program develops the pastoral care skills through interpersonal relationships,
psychological, sociological, and theological perspectives that engage care recipients’ emotional
and spiritual needs. Students learn how to minister to the human-spirit by providing holistic
pastoral caregiving support. Students also become members of the inter-disciplinary team
and work closely with the inter-faith community to meet the needs of patients, their family,
medical and support sta. This course is an elective. Students receive Three Credit Hours
for a successful completion of One-Unit of CPE. This currently Hybrid Online-Program is
Accredited by the Association of Clinical Pastoral Education (ACPE). The CPE Program is
supervised by a Certied Educator (CE) currently in aliation with AdventHealth System.
The Hybrid-Online Program is 400 Hours comprised of 100-Hours in the Virtual Classroom,
and 300-Clinical Hours to be completed at Huntsville Hospital or other approved clinical or
medical contexts such as Oakwood University Community Action Clinic. All Clinical-Hours
are supervised by CPE Preceptors (CPEP).
409
TM 571 Contextual Pastoral Research Seminar 3 hours
This course will lay the theoretical foundations for preparing an academic pastoral project,
or for writing a capstone resource suitable for training purposes and for giving workshops. It
will provide knowledge for designing, conducting, and evaluating pastoral research, as well
as for designing and writing a capstone project. Students will review principles of writing an
IRB proposal, principles of conducting qualitative and action research methods, as well as
the features of the Turabian writing style requirements.
TM 573 Field Education 3 hours
This is a supervised eld experience, in which students demonstrate their competencies
and growing prociency in the contexts of congregational ministry, community service, or
evangelism. The course assists students to develop pastoral identity, a life of faith in Jesus
Christ, moral values, as well as the qualities of an eective pastor, evangelist, or church and
community leader. In addition to registering for the course, students are required to propose
a qualied eld supervisor under whom he/she will fulll the hours and practices as stipulated
in the course requirements. This course may be repeated for credit.
TM 621 Theology and Practice of Christ-Centered Ministry 3 hours
This course places the modern discipline of pastoral and practical theology in a historical
perspective while determining its scope, methods, norms, and value for modern Christ-
centered ministry. It evaluates critically the integration of theological thinking, theological
speech, theological action, and theological reection in relation to particular pastoral events,
issues, and concerns. The course relates theory and practice in the cultural and social matrix
of pastoral ministries. Selected theological themes and biblical images such as the creation,
redemption, incarnation, grace, justice, Trinity, shepherd, healer, preacher, and judge, are used
to articulate a model for ministry. Relevant theories from other disciplines are also reected
on as deemed valuable.
TM 624 Twenty-First Century Ministry in the Urban Setting 3 hours
This course of study will explore the diverse philosophical, theological, sociopolitical, and
cultural experiences and perspectives of contemporary urban dwellers to create modes and
strategies for ministry engagement and evangelization. Over the past fty years, urbanization
in the US has been shaped by numerous historical events and cultural shifts that have greatly
impacted the ways people relate and navigate the urban landscape. By exploring those
events and shifts we can better understand the various people groups who make up the urban
community and devise strategies for meaningful dialogue and engagement. Topics such as
women, children, and poverty in the urban context are explored.
TM 641 Church Leadership and Administration 3 hours
This course is an advanced study of pastoral leadership and administration in small and large
congregations as well as how to manage growth. It exposes students to leadership theory
and skills, strategic planning, church marketing, and nancial planning and management.
Participants learn how to lead members, to manage and motivate paid and unpaid work
410
force, to articulate the church’s mission and priorities. Students gain skills in the use of
management information systems, physical plant management, and critical evaluation of
General Conference of SDA policies and legal issues.
TM 672 Contextual Pastoral Praxis and Resource 3 hours
An interactive, action-reection, and collaborative learning experience for the participant and
the church, culminating in a professionally written resource-manual, which must be submitted
the nal semester of the program. This course has two options. Option 1 provides pastoral
researchers, who have been authorized by the IRB, with the opportunity to show in writing how
data collected from their praxis in the context of their ministry may contribute to generalized
knowledge or the improvement of an aspect of ministry. Students who successfully complete
Option 1 will receive a grade of ‘B’ or above. Option 2 provides an opportunity for students
to apply their overall academic learning from the degree to the construction of a meaningful
capstone project resource suitable for training purposes and workshops. Students who
successfully complete Option 2 will receive a grade of ‘B’. The Project is a major assessment
and evaluative component of the student’s learning. It is intended to help participants make
a critical contribution to the spiritual life, evangelistic mission, management, and caring
ministries of a local congregation. It requires participants to formulate a thesis-project proposal
focused on a specic issue, need, or challenge in pastoral ministry. This must be followed
by pastoral praxis programs designed to meet that need. The project must be carried out by
the participants in their context of ministry, and must be critically informed by the academic
courses and assigned readings. A selected Project Group (PG) and a Focus Group (FG)
from the context of need will evaluate the process and value of the pastoral interventions
for the church, as well as the overall growth of the participant. The project will be developed
and conducted at specic times during the two-year period of the degree. The participant
will nally summarize the overall eectiveness of the project and produce a nal integrative
pastoral resource manual. The resource manual must be presented in a form that would
make it easy for other pastors to implement the program to address a similar need in their
own context. Prerequisite:TM571. This course may be repeated for credit.
Theological and Historical Studies
TH 501 Dynamics of Christian Living 2 hours
An introductory course exploring the realm of a personal relationship with God and how to
be a successful Christian witness. Classical spiritual disciplines such as confession, prayer,
Bible study, fasting, meditation, simplicity, and service are studied to explain how to become
a Christian and continue the process of spiritual growth. The student will write a spiritual
journey documenting how they came to a knowledge of Christ and what this will look like as
they continue the journey.
TH 521 Christian Theology 3 hours
An introductory survey of the development of Christian thought from A.D. 100 to 1300.
Treatment is given to the task of theology, theological principles, and methods, and biblical
411
critique of theological ideas. Dogmatic categories include theology, Christology, pneumatology,
anthropology, soteriology, ecclesiology, and eschatology. Students explore the relevance of
theological reection for modern church and society. A critical assessment paper will discuss
one theological position.
TH 522 The Gift of Prophecy 2 hours
A course of study tracing prophetic ministry in the Bible, and especially in the experience
of Ellen G. White, while noting also its contributory role in the history and operation of the
Seventh-day Adventist Church from the nineteenth century to the present. The student will
write a research paper identifying new concepts not previously known personally.
TH 543 World Religions and Contemporary Cultural Diversity 3 hours
This course is designed to help participants gain an in-depth understanding of world religions
and to equip them with skills and resources for meaningful engagement with adherents of
these religions or spiritualities. Participants gain deeper appreciation of diverse cultures and
how diversity enriches all human interactions.
TH 553 Worship and Preaching in Black Adventist Tradition 3 hours
This course explores the Black religious experience in the context of the Seventh-day Adventist
Church. It critically evaluates interdisciplinary knowledge, examines the history, theology,
and practice of Christian worship, especially in Black SDA congregations, and the growth,
content, methods, and designs of Black preaching. The course also analyzes the impact of
the worshipping community on society.
TH 623 Christian Theology for Christ-centered Urban Ministry 3 hours
This is an advanced examination of Christian theological thought to contemporary movements
in society and the academy. It applies missiological principles to urban contextual ministry.
Specic attention is given to the contemporary African American theology, and the development
of other theologies and ideologies of liberation, and how these theologies may be applied to
urban ministry.
412
413
Board of Trustees
G. Alexander Bryant, Chair ..................................................................................................... Columbia, MD
Leslie N. Pollard, Secretary ..................................................................................................... Huntsville, AL
Daniel Honoré, Vice Chair .........................................................................................................Jamaica, NY
Ralph Reid, Vice Chair ..............................................................................................................Kansas, MO
Ronald C. Smith, Vice Chair .......................................................................................................Decatur, GA
William L. Winston, Vice Chair ....................................................................................................Atlanta, GA
Kyoshin Ahn............................................................................................................................ Columbia, MD
Roger Bernard ..................................................................................................................... Kansas City, KS
Meki Bracken ..........................................................................................................................Alexandria, VA
Marvin Brown......................................................................................................................... Columbus, OH
Carlton Byrd.................................................................................................................................. Dallas, TX
Virgil Childs ........................................................................................................................Westlake Vill., CA
Laura Davis .................................................................................................................................Atlanta, GA
Byron Dulan ..............................................................................................................................Richeld, WA
Robert Edwards ....................................................................................................................... Riverside, CA
Henry Fordham......................................................................................................................Pine Forge, PA
Stephen Foster ........................................................................................................................... Harvest, AL
Ricardo Graham ................................................................................................................Westlake Vill., CA
Stephen Gray .......................................................................................................................Birmingham, AL
Shawn Hervey-Jumper .................................................................................................... San Francisco, CA
William Hicks ........................................................................................................................... Huntsville, AL
Benjamin Jones ........................................................................................................................Nashville, TN
Zavion Kanion.......................................................................................................................Loch Lloyd, MO
G. Earl Knight ...............................................................................................................South Lancaster, MA
Arne Nielson ........................................................................................................................... Columbia, MD
Robert Norwood ........................................................................................................................Houston, TX
Michael Owusu .......................................................................................................................... Mt. Dora, FL
Witford Reid ............................................................................................................................... Sebring, FL
Sergio Romero ...................................................................................................................... Columbus, OH
Linda Seal....................................................................................................................................Atlanta, GA
Eddie Soler ................................................................................................................ Altamonte Springs, FL
Maurice Valentine ........................................................................................................... Berrien Springs, MI
David Weigley .........................................................................................................................Columbia, MD
David Williams .............................................................................................................................Boston, MA
Edward Zinke.....................................................................................................................Silver Spring, MD
Board of Trustees Advisory Board
Carlos Craig............................................................................................................................. Burleston, TX
Jim Davidson ............................................................................................................................Norcross, GA
John Freedman .....................................................................................................................Vancouver, WA
Mark Johnson ....................................................................................................... Oshawa, Ontario Canada
Kenneth Manders ........................................................................................................... Hamilton, Bermuda
Carmela Monk Crawford......................................................................................................... Columbia, MD
*Nyasha Smith-Ruddock .................................................................................................... Ontario, Canada
Gary Thurber ...............................................................................................................................Lincoln, NE
Board of Trustees Emeritus Members
Lois Peters.............................................................................................................................Clarksville, MD
Benjamin F. Reaves....................................................................................................................Orlando, FL
Calvin B. Rock ....................................................................................................................... Las Vegas, NV
*Permanent Invitee to the Board of Trustees
414
Administration
Leslie N. Pollard, Ph.D., D.Min., M.B.A. ........................................................................President
James Mbyiruka Ph.D. ........................................................................................Interim Provost
Sabrina Cotton, M.Acc., C.P.A.. ................................ Vice President for Financial Administration
David Richardson, Ed.D., M.Div. ............................ Vice President for Student Life and Mission
Prudence LaBeach Pollard, Ph.D., M.P.H., SPHR ...............................Vice President for Quality
Assurance, Research and Faculty Development and Dean of Graduate Education
Karen Benn Marshall Ed.D., ...........................................Vice President for Enrollment Services
and Retention and Assistant Provost
Deans and Academic Department Chairs
School of Arts and Sciences ...................................... Chandra Tyler Mountain, Ph.D., Dean
Biological Sciences ...................................................... Elaine Vanterpool, Ph.D., Chair
Chemistry ........................................................................ Patrick Ochieng, Ph.D., Chair
Communication .................................................................. Rennae Elliott, Ph.D., Chair
English and Foreign Languages ........................................ Benson Prigg, Ph.D., Chair
Mathematics and Computer Science ..................................... Lisa James, Ph.D., Chair
Music ............................................................................Jason Ferdinand, D.M.A., Chair
Psychological Sciences ...................................................Martin Hodnett, Psy.D., Chair
School of Business ..................................................................Theodore Brown, Ph.D., Dean
Business and Information Systems ............................. Kelley Duncanson, Ph.D., Chair
School of Education and Social Sciences ...........................James Mbyirukira, Ph.D., Dean
Education ................................................................................Deril Wood, Ph.D., Chair
History ............................................................................. Samuel London, Ph.D., Chair
Social Work ................................................................ Shalunda Sherrod, D.S.W. Chair
School of Nursing and Health Professions .................... Karen Benn Marshall, Ed.D., Dean
Health and Human Sciences ............................................ Andrew Young, Ph.D., Chair
Nursing .............................................................................. Dorothy Forde, Ph.D., Chair
Nutrition and Dietetics ........................................ Sherine Brown-Fraser, Dr.P.H., Chair
School of Theology ..................................................................
Religion and Theology ......................................................Gilbert Ojwang, Ph.D., Chair
415
Linda Anderson, B.S. ........................... Residential Life Coordinator, Carter Hall and Wade Hall
Jorge Bartholomew, M.S. ...............................................................Director, Career Connectons
Karen Benn Marshall, Ed.D. ................................. Assistant Provost for Undergraduate Studies
Gail Caldwell, B.B.A. ................... Assistant Vice President, Financial Administration/Controller
Carlos Cole .......................................................................................................Director, Grounds
Sylvia Germany M.S. .......................................Executive Director, Employee Services (Interim)
Waltie Geteld. ................................................................................................Director, Mailroom
Ellengold Goodridge, M.A.Ed. ......................................Director, Adult and Continuing Education
Julain Gunn-Clarke, M.A... ........................................................................ Director, Financial Aid
Melvin Harris, M.S. ................................................................................... Director, Public Safety
Isaac Ibarro, M.A. .........................Special Assistant to the President for Diversity and Inclusion
Audree Johnson, B.A............................................................................General Manager, WJOU
Heather Rodriguez-James M.L.S. .. .....................................................Director, Library Services
Trevor Johnson, B.A. ......................................................................................... Chief Accountant
Lewis Jones, M.B.A. ................................................................Director, Enrollment Management
Kerry Joseph, M.B.A............................................................ Director, Student Financial Services
Camille Kibler, M.A. Ed. ............................. Residential Life Coordinator, West Oaks Apartments
Raymond King, B.S.W. ................................................................. Coordinator, Student Activities
Adrienne Matthews, M.S. ................................ Assistant Vice-President, Student Life & Mission
Zachary Y. Mngo, Ph.D. ........................................................ Director, Institutional Eectiveness
Tracy Moore, B.S. ..........................................................................................................Registrar
Michelle Ramey, M.S. ........................................................................................ Director, Grants
Lani Sharpe, B.A. ...............................................................................Director, Student Accounts
Woodrow Vaughn, Jr., B.A. ........................................Residential Life Coordinator, Edwards Hall
Howard Weems, Ph.D. ...........................................................Special Assistant to the President
Cheri Wilson, M.S. ..................................... Executive Director, Advancement and Development
* * * * * *
416
Faculty
Allen, Gregory, Th.D. Associate Professor of New Testament
B.S., Atlantic Union College, 1976; M.Div., Andr ews University, 1981; Th.D., Boston University,
1995. At Oakwood since 1998.
Anderson, Karen, Ph.D.. Professor of Nursing
B.S., Andrews University, 1975; M.S.N., Ohio State University, 1976; Ph.D., University of
Nebraska Medical Center, 2010. At Oakwood since 1998.
Ashley, George, Ph.D. Professor of Social Work
B.S.W., Oakwood College, 1987; M.S.W., York University, 1994; Ph.D., Walden University,
2004. At Oakwood since 1997.
Bailey-Penrod, Juliet, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biological Sciences
B.S., Oakwood College, 1987; M.S., Wayne State University, 1989; Ph.D., Wayne State
University, 1999. At Oakwood since 2008.
Benjamin, Finbar S., D.Min. Professor of Practical & Pastoral Theology
B.A., Andrews University, 1989; M.A., Andrews University, 1996; D.Min, Northern Baptist
Theological Seminary, 2000. At Oakwood since 2002.
Benn Marshall, Karen., D.Min. Professor of Allied Health & Biological Sciences
B.A., Oakwood University, 1983; M.S., Alabama A&M University, 1986; Ed.D., Morgan State
University, 2009. At Oakwood since 1991-2001, and 2015.
Blanco-Topping, Richard, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Business
B.A. Latin-American University of Sciences and Technology, 2015; M.B.A. Montemorelos
University, 2004; Ph.D. Capella University, 2000. At Oakwood since 2020.
Boutrin, Marie-Claire, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Central Lancashire (United Kingdom), 1998; M.S., Universities of Keele,
Manchester and Salford (United Kingdom), 2000; Ph.D., University of Salford (United
Kingdom), 2005. At Oakwood since 2016.
Brown, Theodore, Ph.D. Professor of Management
B.S., Oakwood College, 1983; MBA, Amberton University, 1987; MBA, Amberton University,
1988, Ph.D., Andrews University, 2005. At Oakwood since 2008.
Brown-Fraser, Sherine Ph.D. Professor, Chair of Nutrition and Dietetics
B.S., Oakwood University, 1994; M.A. & Ph.D., Harvard University, 2002. At Oakwood since
2019.
Bucknor, Carmen, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., Oakwood College, 1998; M.S., Alabama A&M University, 2003; Ph.D., Tennessee State
University, 2014. At Oakwood since 2016.
Bucknor, Wayne, D.M.A. Professor of Music
B.A. and B.S., Oakwood College, 1994; M.Ed., Alabama A&M University, 1998; D.M.A.,
University of Alabama, 2008. At Oakwood since 1998.
417
Burden, Marcya, J.D. Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.A., Oakwood University, 2014; J.D., Valparaiso University, 2017. At Oakwood since 2018.
Chambers, Audley C. , Ph.D. Associate Professor of Music
B.S., Oakwood College, 1986; M.A., Ohio State University, 1988; Ph.D., Northwestern
University, 1997. At Oakwood since 1994.
Chambers, Dawnette Associate Professor of Communication & Art
B.A., Oakwood University, 2013; M.S., Roosevelt University, 2016; At Oakwood since 2018.
Cheddar, Dwyane, M.A. Associate Professor of Communication Media
Teacher Certicate, Edna Manly College of Visual and Performing Arts, 1986; M.A., Middlesex
University, 2000. At Oakwood since 2007-2015 and 2016.
Dairymple, Lisa Ph.D., Associate Professor of Nutrition and Dietetics
B.S., Mercy College, 2006; MS, Alabama A & M University, 2009; Ph.D., Alabama A & M
University, 2014. At Oakwood since 2015.
Dowdie, Nadine, M.P.H., R.D. Assistant Professor of Nutrition and Dietetics
B.S., Oakwood College, 1988; M.P.H., Loma Linda University, 1992, 1989. At Oakwood since
2019.
Dulan, Stanton, M.D. Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences
B.A., Oakwood University, 1997; M.D., University of California, Los Angeles, 2009. At Oakwood
since 2015.
Duncanson, Kelley, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Business
B.S., Oakwood College, 1991; M.B.A., Alabama A & M University, 1993; Ph.D. Jackson State
University, 2007. At Oakwood since 2020.
Durant, Juliet Ann, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of West Indies, 1986; M.S., Alabama A&M University, 1994; Ph.D., Texas
A&M University (1999). At Oakwood since 2000.
Elliott, Rennae, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Communications
B.S., Livingston University, 1987; M.A., Andrews University, 1989; Ph.D., Ohio State University,
1994. At Oakwood since 1996.
Ferdinand, Jason, D.M.A. Professor of Music
M.M., Morgan State University, 2001; D.M.A., University of Maryland-College Park, 2015. At
Oakwood since 2008.
Fordjour-Hankins, Iris, M.M. Assistant Professor of Music
B.A., Oakwood College, 1991; M.M., Boston University, 2008; doctoral studies, University of
Kentucky. At Oakwood since 2016.
Foster, Julie Moore, D.M.A. Associate Professor of Music
B.M., Marygrove College, 1987; M.M., Mannes College of Music, 1990; D.M.A., The Catholic
University in America, 2011. At Oakwood since 1999.
418
Foster, Preston, M.P.A. Assistant Professor of Political Science
B.S., Oakwood College, 1978; M.P.A., Harvard University, 1991. At Oakwood since 2015.
Fraser, Handel, Ed.D. Assistant Professor of Management
M.B.A., University of Scranton, 2013, Ed.D., Northeastern University, 2019. At Oakwood
since 2019.
Gohanna, Vern, M.B.A. Assistant Professor of Management
B.S., Oakwood College, 2001; M.B.A., Columbia College, 2008. At Oakwood since 2012.
Goodridge, Ellengold, M.A.Ed. Assistant Professor of Education
M.A.Ed., University of Phoenix, 2011; doctoral studies, Capella University. At Oakwood since
2014.
Greer, Savonna, M.A. Assistant Professor of History
B.A. Walla Walla University, 2013; M.A., California State University, 2017. At Oakwood since
2020.
Hamilton, Terry, M.Ed. Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Oakwood College, 1984; M.Ed., Alabama A&M University, 2000. At Oakwood since
1988.
Harrison, Bobby R. , M.S. Associate Professor of Communication Media
B.F.A., Andrews University, 1981; M.S., Alabama A&M University, 1983. At Oakwood since
1991.
Henry, Earl S., Dr.PH, M.P.H. Assistant Professor of Allied Health
B.A., Oakwood College, 1983; M.P.H., Adventist University of the Philippines, 1986; Dr.PH,
2016, University of the Philippines. At Oakwood since 1999.
Hodnett, Martin, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., Oakwood College, 2000; M.A., Loma Linda University, 2005; Ph.D., Loma Linda
University, 2009. At Oakwood since 2010.
Hodnett, Richard Associate Professor of Business
B.A., Communication, B.A. Electronic Media, Oakwood University, 2007; M.B.A., La Sierra
University, 2013. At Oakwood since 2018.
Huslin, Dwight MSN, RN Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Chicago State University, 2000; M.S.N., Governors State University, 2004. At Oakwood
since 2018.
Hyman, Ramona, Ph.D. Professor of English
B.A., Temple University, 1979; M.A., Andrews University, 1986; Ph.D., University of Alabama-
Tuscaloosa. At Oakwood since 1985-1988, 1989-2008, and 2014.
Isaac, Elaine, Ed.D. Assistant Professor of Child Development and Family Studies
B.A., Oakwood College, 1985; M.S., Alabama A & M University, 2005; Ed.D., North Central
University, 2018. At Oakwood since 1999.
419
James, Lisa, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Oakwood College, 1989; M.S., University of Alabama at Birmingham, 1992; Ph.D.,
Auburn University, 2003. At Oakwood since 2010.
Jeries, Joseph, M.S. Assistant Professor of Math and Computer Science
B.S., Haigazian College (Lebanon), 1987; M.S. Andrews University, 1989; doctoral studies,
University of Alabama-Huntsville. At Oakwood since 1988-1991 and 2002.
Jones, R. Cliord, Ph.D. Professor of Christian Ministry
B.A., Fitchburg State Collge, 1976; M.A., Andrews University, 1079; D.Min., New York
Theological Seminary, 1989; Ph.D., Western Michigan University, 2001. At Oakwood since
2021.
Joseph, Jea, M.S. Assistant Professor of Math and Computer Science
B.S., Oakwood College, 1986; M.S., University of Wisconsin-Madison, 1989. At Oakwood
since 2010
Kessio, Japheth K. A., Ph.D. Associate Professor of Finance
B.Ed, University of Nairobi (Kenya), 1979; M.B.A., University of Nairobi (Kenya), 1981; Ph.D.,
University of Bradford (England), 1989. At Oakwood since 2002.
Kim, Sung-Jun, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Music
M.A., Andrews University, 1992; Ph.D, Michigan State University, 1998. At Oakwood since
2006.
Kwesi, Ifeoma I., D.Min. Associate Professor of Christian Formation
and African American Studies
B.A., University of South Alabama, 1973; M.Div., Andrews University, 1994; D.Min., Andrews
University, 2012. At Oakwood since 2002.
LaiHing, Kenneth, Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry
B.S., City University of New York, 1972; M.S., Long Island University, 1981; Ph.D., University
of Georgia, 1988. At Oakwood since 1982.
Leftridge, Veronica, MSN. RN Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S.N., Hampton Institute, 1983; M.S.N., University of Phoenix, 2010.
Lesnov, Roman, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Nursing
B.Eng., Kovrov State Technological Academy, 2006; M.A., Shuya State Pedagogical University,
2011; Ph.D., Applied Linguistics, 2018. At Oakwood since 2019.
Lesnov, Roman, Ph.D. Associate Professor of English
B.Eng., Kovrov State Technological Academy, 2006; M.A., Shuya State Pedagogical University,
2011; Ph.D., Applied Linguistics, 2018. At Oakwood since 2019.
Lewis, James, M.B.A. Assistant Professor of Business
B.A., Oakwood College, 1973; M.Div., Andrews University, 1976; M.B.A. University of
Baltimore, 1985. at Oakwood since 2020.
420
Li, Tarsee, Ph.D. Professor of Old Testament
and Semitic Linguisitics
B.A., Southen Missionary College, 1980; M.Div., Andrews University, 1988; M.Phil., Hebrew
Union College, 1997; Ph.D., Hebrew Union College, 1999. At Oakwood since 2000.
London, Jr., Samuel, Ph.D. Professor of History
B.S., Prairie View A&M University, 1997; M.A., Sam Houston State University, 2002; Ph.D.,
Purdue University, 2006. At Oakwood since 2011.
Mbyirukira, James B., Ph.D. Professor of Education
B.A., University of Lubumbashi, 1980; M.A., University of Iowa, 1986; Ph.D., University of
Iowa, 1992. At Oakwood since 1999.
McKenzie, Bernice, Ph.D. Assistant Professor
B.S., Caribbean Union College, 1998; MSW, Andrews University, 2008; Ph.D., Yeshiva
University, 2019. At Oakwood since 2021.
Mercury, Kenneth, M.S. Assistant Professor of Business
B.S., Boston University, 2008; M.S. Boston University, 2013; At Oakwood since 2020.
Morris, Priscilla, M.S.N. Assistant Professor
A.S., Oakwood University, 2001; B.S., Loma Linda University, 2003; M.S.N., Texas A&M
University, 2015. At Oakwood since 2017.
Moral, Manuel, D.Min, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Practical
and Pastoral Theology
M.A., Andrews University, 2006; D.Min., Andrews University, 2008; M.A., University of
Salamanca (Spain), 2012; Webster University, 2012; Ph.D., Northcentral University, 2018.
At Oakwood since 2018.
Mountain, Chandra, Ph.D. Associate Professor of English
B.A., Oakwood College, 1990; M.A., University of Florida, 1994; Ph.D., University of Florida,
2001. At Oakwood since 2012.
Murphy, Steven, M.M. Asssitant Professor of Music
B.M., Oakwood University, 2013; M.M., Middle Tennessee State University, 2016. At Oakwood
since 2017.
Nava, Paul, M.A. Assistant Professor of History
BA, La Sierra University, 2004; MA, Northern Arizona University, 2019. At Oakwood since
2021.
Nixon, Paul, M.A. Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Oakwood College, 2002; M.A.; National University, 2008. At Oakwood since 2019.
Norris, Bianca, M.S.N. Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Oakwood College, 1998; B.S.N., University of Alabama-Huntsville, 2015; M.S.N.,
University of Alabama-Huntsville, 2017. At Oakwood since 2018.
421
Ochieng, Patrick, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Chemistry
M.S., Western Michigan, 2007; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 2015. At Oakwood since
2015.
Ojwang, Gilbert, Ph.D. Professor of Old Testament
and Semitic Languages
B.A., Andrews University, 1991; M.Div., Andrews University, 2000; Th.M., Lutheran School
of Theology at Chicago, 2003; Ph.D., Lutheran School of Theology at Chicago, 2007. At
Oakwood since 2007
Osei, Albert John, Ph.D. Professor of Physics
B.S., University of Science and Technology, Ghana, 1979; M.S., Queen’s University (Canada),
1985; Ph.D., Alabama A&M University, 1997. At Oakwood since 1994.
Otieno, Onesimus, Ph.D. Professor of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Eastern Africa, 1993; M.A. and M.S., Ohio University, 1998; Ph.D., Oklahoma
State University, 2002. At Oakwood since 2002.
Patel, Darayas N., Ph.D. Professor of Physics
B.Sc., University of Bombay (India), 1979; M.S., University of Bombay (India), 1983; M.S.,
University of Alabama in Huntsville, 1988; Ph.D., Alabama A&M University, 1999. At Oakwood
since 1993-1995 and 1999.
Peters, Gregory, M.P.T. Assistant Professor of Health and Human Sciences
B.S. Howard University, 1997; M.P.T. Howard University, 1999. At Oakwood since 2020.
Pollard, Leslie, Ph.D. Professor of New Testament and
Professor of Management
B.A., Oakwood College, 1978; M.Div., Andrews University, 1983; D.Min, Claremont School
of Theology, 1992; M.B.A., La Sierra University, 2004; Ph.D., Andrews University, 2007. At
Oakwood since 2011.
Pollard, Prudence LaBeach, Ph.D. Professor of Management
B.S., Oakwood College, 1978; M.P.H., University of Michigan-Ann Arbor, 1982; Ph.D., Western
Michigan University, 1993. At Oakwood since 1994-1997 and since 2011.
Prigg, Benson, Ph.D. Associate Professor of English
B.A., Lincoln University, 1987; M.A., Bowling Green State University, 1988; Ph.D., Bowling
Green State University, 1990. At Oakwood since 2008.
Ranatunga, Don Rufus, Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Peradeniya, Sri Lanka, 1979; M.S., Bowling Green State University, 1989;
Ph.D., Purdue University, 1995. At Oakwood since 1998.
Ramella, Raghavalu, Ph.D. Professor of Economics
B.B.A., Spicer Adventist University, 1996; M.D.B.A, Spicer Adventist University, 1998; M.A.Tilak
Maharashtra University, 1998; M.B.A Southern Adventist University, 2000; M.Ph, Tilak
Maharashtra University, 2001; Ph.D. Tilak Maharashtra University, 2004. At Oakwood since
2019
422
Richardson, David, Ed.D. Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., Oakwood College, 1993; M.Div., Andrews University, 1995; M.C. University of Phoenix,
2003; Ed.D., Argosy University, 2012. At Oakwood since 2018
Richardson, Melissa, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Biological Sciences
B.S., Oakwood University, 2009; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 2015. At Oakwood since
2015.
Roach, Shaunda A., M.B.A. Assistant Professor of Computer Information Systems
B.S., Oakwood College, 1997; M.B.A., Alabama A&M University, 2001. At Oakwood since
2002.
Rodriguez-James, Heather, MLS. Associate Professor of Library
B.A., Atlantic University, 1981; MLS, Queens College (CUNY), 1996; At Oakwood since 2007-
2016 and 2020..
Rowe, Cory Assistant Professor of Pastoral Care and Counseling
B.A., Oakwood College, 1989; M.Div., United Theological Seminary, 2012; D.Min., United
Theological Seminary, 2015. At Oakwood since 2017.
Schmidt, Londa L., Ph.D. Professor of Biological Sciences
B.A., Andrews University, 1961; M.S., Loma Linda University, 1968; Ph.D., University of
Edinburgh (Scotland), 1982. At Oakwood since 1994.
Sherard, Mattie, DNP, RN Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Oakwood University, 1991; M.S.W., Grambling State University, 1994; D.S.W., Walden
University, 2017.
Sherrod, Shalunda, D.S.W. Assistant Professor of Social Work
B.S., Oakwood University, 1991; M.S.W., Grambling State University, 1994; D.S.W., Walden
University, 2017. At Oakwood since 2017.
Smith, Shushannah Smith, M.S. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Oakwood College, 1998; M.S., University of Alabama in Huntsville, 2001; M.S.E.,
University of Alabama in Huntsville, 2015; doctoral studies , University of Alabama in Huntsville.
At Oakwood since 2002-2010 and 2016.
Thomas, Leon C., Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Business
B.A., Oakwood University, 1996; M.B.A., Alabama A & M University, 2000; Ph.D., Capella
University, 2015. At Oakwood since 2019.
Tucker, Karen Mosby, M.S. Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Oakwood College, 1975; M.Ed., Alabama A&M University, 1981; M.S., Alabama A&M
University, 1987. At Oakwood since 1976.
Vanterpool, Elaine, Ph.D. Professor of Biological Sciences
B.S., Oakwood College, 2001; Ph.D., Loma Linda University, 2005. At Oakwood since 2006.
423
Volkov, Alexander, Ph.D. Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Moscow State University, 1972; M.S., Moscow State University, 1973; Ph.D., U.S.S.R.
Academy of Sciences, 1982. At Oakwood since 1998.
Waddell, Julian, M.B.A. Assistant Professor of Business
B.S., Oakwood University, 2010; M.B.A. American Military University, 2017. At Oakwood since
2019.
Ward, Kayla, Ed.D. Associate Professor of English
B.A., University of Montevallo, 1992; M.S.E., Samford University, 1998; M.Ed., University of
Montevallo, 1994; Ed.D., Nova Southeastern University, 2007.
Watson, Janice, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Communication
B.A., Andrews University, 1981; M.A., Andrews University, 1983; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1997. At Oakwood since 2008.
Weems, Howard, Ph.D. Professor of Psychology
B.A., Oakwood College, 1985; M.A.P.H., Andrews University, 1995; Ph.D., Walden University,
2000. At Oakwood since 2001.
Wilchcombe, Dana, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Education
B.A., Lincoln University, 1989; M.Ed., City College of New York,1996; Ph.D., Alabama A&M
University, 2007. At Oakwood since 2014.
Williams, Donaldson, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Education
M.A., Andrews University, 1995; Ph.D., Andrews University, 2009. At Oakwood since 2011.
Williams, Mishael, M.S. Assistant Professor of Allied Health
B.S. and M.S., Medical University of South Carolina, 1995. At Oakwood since 2016.
Williams, Joshua, M.A. Assistant Professor of Spanish
B.A., Oakwood College, 2004; M.A., University of Alabama-Tuscaloosa, 2007. At Oakwood
since 2007.
Williams, Vashon, Ed.D. Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Oakwood College, 1997; M.S., American Public University, 2007; Ed.D., North Central
University, 2021. At Oakwood since 2016.
Wilson, Jesse L., D.Min. Associate Professor of Practical Theology and
Evangelism/Urban Ministry
B.A., Oakwood College, 1981; M.Div., Andrews University, 1983; D.Min., Fuller Seminary,
1996. At Oakwood since 2007.
Wolhein Nava, Soa, M.A. Assistant Professor of English
B.A., California State University, 2010; M.A., Northern Arizona University, 2015. At Oakwood
since 2020.
Wood, Deril, Ph.D. Assistant Professor of Education
M.Ed., University of South Florida, 1985; Ph.D., University of South Florida, 1993. At Oakwood
since 2006.
424
Young, Andrew, Ph.D. Associate Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Oakwood College, 1999; M.Ed., Alabama A&M University, 2002; Ph.D., The University
of Alabama-Tuscaloosa, 2016. At Oakwood since 2003.
Young, Tara, Ed.D. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Oakwood College, 1998; M.Ed., Alabama A&M University, 2001. Ed.S., Liberty University,
2016; Ed.D., Liberty University, 2018. At Oakwood since 1998.
Professor Emeriti
Nigel Barham, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of History
B.D., London University (England), 1964; Diploma in Education, Birmingham University
(England), 1965; M.A., Andrews University, 1968; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1976.
(1968-2011).
Ursula T. Benn, D.A. Professor Emeritus of Spanish
B.A., Toronto University, 1961; M.A., Teachers’ College, Columbia University, 1964; D.A.,
Atlanta University, 1993. (1978-2005).
Luetilla Carter, Ed.S. Professor Emeritus of Psychology
B.S., Hampton Institute, 1954; M.S., Alabama A&M University, 1975; Ed.S., Alabama A&M
University, 1979. (1973-2006).
Cecily Daly, Ed.D. Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., West Indies College, 1972; M.A., Western Carolina University, 1979; Ed.D., University
of Alabama in Tuscaloosa, 1994. (1985-2015).
Lela Gooding, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of English
B.A., Oakwood College, 1967; M.A., Western Carolina University, 1979; Ed.D., University of
Alabama in Tuscaloosa, 1994, (1972-2014).
Sandra Price, Ed.D. Professor Emeritus of Management
B.S., Athens College, 1969; M.S., Alabama A&M University, 1973; Ed.D., University of
Tennessee, 1982. (1967-1991 and 1992-2006).
Ernest E. Rogers, Ph.D. Professor Emeritus of Biblical Languages
B.A., Union College, 1943; M.A., Seventh-day Adventist Theological Seminary, 1952; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University, 1967. (1945-1979).
425
Index
A
Absences 63
Academic Bankruptcy Policy, LEAP 231
Academic Dishonesty 63
Academic Grievance 64
Academic Policies 44
Graduate Studies 250
Academic Probation 58
Academic Scholarship 20
Academic Support Services 65
Accounting 150
Admissions
Adult and Continuing Education 226
Adult and Continuing Education 226
Advanced Placement Courses 19
Adventist Colleges Abroad 61
Allied Health 188
Applied Mathematics/Engineering 124, 125
Auditing Courses 57
B
Biblical Studies and Languages 222
Biochemistry 92
Biological Sciences 85
Biology Education 166
Broadcast Journalism 103, 105
Business Administration 151
Business and Information Systems 148
C
Campus Buildings 6
Career Connections 38
Center for Student Success 65
Certicate in Christian Ministry 275
Chemical Engineering 93
Chemistry 91, 94
Church Leadership 223, 225, 233
Classication 48
Clinical Laboratory Science 197
College Level Examination Program (CLEP) 53
Commercial Art 99
Communication 96, 100
Communication Arts 101
Communication Media 103
Communication Media: Broadcast Journalism 111
Communication Media: Film and Television Production 111
Communication: Public Relations 111
Computer Science 128, 129
Cooperative Programs 60
Correspondence Courses 57
Course Description, Adult & Continuing Ed. 390
Course Descriptions, Master of Arts in Pastoral Studies 401
Course Numbers & Prexes 47
Credit by Exam (CE) 52
Curriculum 44
426
D
Deferred Grades 56
Degree Candidacy 79
Degree Requirements 74
Department Course Fees 26
Dietetic Internship 210, 215
Dietetic Internship Cost 23
Dietetics 189, 211
Disability Accommodations 5
Disability Support Services 68
Double Major 65
Drop/Add/Change Courses 51
Drop/Add Process, LEAP 229
E
Education 162
Elementary Education 163, 167
Ellen G. White Estate Research Center 74
Engineering 124
Engineering (Applied Math) 127
English 115
English and Communications 96, 113
English as a Second Language (ESL) 70
English Language Arts Education 117, 168
English: Literature 116
English Prociency Examination 51
Eva B. Dykes Library 73
Exit Examination 51
F
Family and Consumer Sciences 188
FERPA 50
Final Examinations 51
Finance 156
Financial Aid 31
Financial Policies 21
Fitness and Wellness 190
G
General Education Curriculum 76
General Education Information 75
General Psychology 234
General Studies, A.S. (Traditional) 83
General Studies, B.S. (Traditional) 82
General Studies, LEAP 235
Geography 324
Grade Point Average 55
Grading System 54
Graduate Program
Pastoral Studies, Master of Arts 403, 411
Graduate Studies
Academic Policies 271
Academic Support Services 255
Financial Aid Policies 247
Graduation Commencement Participation 79
Graduation Diplomas 79
Graduation in Absentia 79
H
427
Health and Counseling Services 41
Health Care Administratio 324
Health Care Administration 152
Health Science 192
History 174, 175
Honors Convocation 58
Honor’s Program 57
Honors Program 59
Human Development and Family Studies 189
Human Environmental Sciences 187, 210
Human Resource Management 153
I
Incomplete Work 56
Graduate Studies 252
Incomplete Work, LEAP 230
Information Technology 236
Interdisciplinary Studies, A.A. 81
Interdisciplinary Studies, B.A. 80
International Baccalaureate 19
International Studies 176
Intramural Sports 41
L
Late Registration 50
Life Experience Policy 52
M
Management 154
Management Information Systems 157, 160
Marketing 155
Masters
Business Administration, M.B.A. 259
Pastoral Studies 272
Public Health 264, 265
Urban Ministry and Community Developmen 273
Mathematical Techniques (Applied Math) 127
Mathematics 130, 131
Mathematics and Computer Science 123
Mathematics Education 132, 169
Meal Plans 22
Medical Technology 197
Minimesters 62
Minors
Accounting 158
American Civil Rights History 180
Art 111
Biblical Languages 224
Chemistry 95
Child Development 202
Christian History 180
Computer Science 133
Correctional Science 145
English 119
English (TESOL Emphasis) 120
Entrepreneurship 159
Fitness and Wellness 202
Food and Nutrition 216
Health and Physical Education 202
History 181
International Business 159
428
Management 159, 160
Management Information Systems 160
Marketing 160
Mathematics 133
Music 139
Physics 133
Political Science 181
Psychology 145
Recording Arts 140
Sociology 146
Spanish 120
Theology 224
Music 134, 137
Music Education 138
Music Education-Instrumental 170
Music-Vocal/Choral Education 170
N
Nursing 204, 208
Nutrition and Dietetics 210
O
Organizational Management 158, 232
P
Pastoral Care and Pre-Chaplaincy 221
Pastoral/Evangelistic 221
PhotoJournalism 100, 109
Physical Education Teaching 171
Pre-Law 179
Pre-Occupational Therapy 195
Pre-Physical Therapy 193
Pre-Physician Assistant 196
Prerequisites 62
Pre-Speech-Language Pathology 199
Pre-Speech Pathology 199
Print Journalism 106
Professional Writing 116
Psychology 141, 143
Public Policy 178
Public Relations 102
Q
Quantitative Science (Applied Math) 126
R
Refund Policy 25
Registration 50
Religion and Theology 218
Religious Education 172, 224
Remedial Courses 69
Repeated Courses 56
Residential Housing 43
S
SAP Appeal 34
Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) 33
Secondary Education 163
Social Science 180
429
Social Science Education 180
Social Science Education 172
Social Work 182, 185
Spanish 118
Student Citizenship 42
Student Handbook 42
Student Life and Mission 39
Student Missionary Program 61
Study Load 48
Suspension 58
T
TESOL 117
Theology 220
TOEFL Information 71
Transcripts 62
Transient Letters 62
TUITION Cost 21
Tutorial Services 67
V
Vocal Performance 139
Vocal Performance and Pedagogy 139
W
Withdrawal from University 51
430
WWW.OAKWOOD.EDU
Oakwood University
7000 Adventist Blvd., NW
Huntsville, AL 35896
(256) 726-7000
ENTRAR PARA APRENDER
SALIDA PARA SERVIR
